Most - Often Needed - World Radio History

Most - Often Needed

1953VOLUME TV -7

TelevisionServicing Information

VOLUME TV -7

PRICE 3

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Most - Often - Needed

1953Volume TV -7

TelevisionServicing Information

TI11..1)121"

PRA,' E ? KILNCE1FX 17r

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

Supreme Publications3727 West 13th Street *** Chicago 23, Illinois

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

2

Foreword

This new "1953 Television Servicing Information'manual is the seventh volume of the Supreme Publica-tions TV series. As in previous volumes, we havetried to include in this new manual circuit diagramsand all essential service facts on every popular TVset made during the past year. Factory prepared andchecked material was used in every case where it wasavailable. We believe that each manufacturer knowsits sets best and can prepare the most accurate andeasiest to apply service material on the very sets theyengineered, built, and distributed. The kind receptiongiven by servicemen to previous volumes of this seriesencourages us to believe that our selection and edit-ing of factory material incorporated in these manualsmeets with your needs and approval.

The data on 1953 TV models included in this newSUPREME manual brings exciting news of recent tech-nical developments that will prove of great interest toyou and will be the help you need when these sets arein your shop for service.

The list of Contents is given on pages 3 and 4,while a complete Index by manufacturers and model(or chassis) numbers begins on page 191. Refer tothis list and index to find the TV material you need.

Our sincere thanks and appreciation is extendedto all manufacturers through whose cooperation it waspossible to present technical information on the setsof their make.

M. N. BeitmanApril 1953Chicago, Illinois

Copyright 1953, by Supreme Publications.

All rights reserved. This book, or partsthereof, must not be reproduced in anyform without permission of the publisher.


Contents

Admiral CorporationChassis 19B1, 19C1, 19E1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19G1, 19H1, 19K1, 19N1 . . . 5 to 11Chassis 22C2 and 22E2 (22A2, 22A2A, 22M1, 22Y1 are similar) . . . 12 to 18

(For list of models see first page of text)

Arvin Industries, Inc.6000 Series, Chassis TE-319, -330, -331, -332, various models . . . . 19 to 227200 Series, Chassis TE-337, TE-341 (see page 23 for list of models) 23 to 26

Capehart-Farnsworth CorporationCX-37 Series, versions CT -75, CT -77, CT -81 33 to 36

CBS -ColumbiaChassis 817, 820, 821, Models 17C18, 17M18, 17T18, 20M18, 20M28,

20T18, and 21C18 27 to 29Chassis 1021, Models 21C11, 21C11B, 21C21, 21C31B, 21C41, 21T11 30 to 32

Crosley Corp.Chassis 385, 386, 387, 396 (for list of models see page 37) 37 to 40

Allen B. Du Mont Laboratories, Inc.Chassis RA -166, -167, -170, -171, Models 17T350, 21T327, 21T328,

21T329, 21T359, 21T366, 21T376, -U, 21T377, -U, 21T378, -U 41 to 46Emerson Radio and Phonograph Corp.

Chassis 120163B, -D, 120164B, 120166D, 120167D, 120168D, 120169B 47 to 54(For list of models using these chassis see page 47)

Gamble-Skogmo, Inc. (Coronado)Models 25TV2-43-9045A, -B, -C, and 25TV2-43-9060A, -B 55 to 56

General Electric Co.Models 20C105, 20C106, 20T2, 21C200, 21T4, and 21T5 . . ..... 57 to 70

The Hallicrafters Co.Series 1200D, with prefix letters A, D, F, G, J, K, L, P, R, T, W, X,

Chassis A1300D is similar (see page 72 for list models) . . . . 71 to 77Hoffman Radio Corp.

Chassis 196, 196M, 196T, 197, 199, Models 21B116, 21B309, 21B701,21B907, 21M115, 21M308, 21M700, 21M906, 21P310, 21P702, etc. 78 to 82

The Magnavox Co.Series 105C, 105E, 105F, 105L, 105M (for list of chassis see page 83) 83 to 86

John Meck Industries, Inc.Chassis Types 9026, 9032, and 9033 (see page 87 for list of models) 87 to 88

Montgomery Ward & Co.25WG-3066A & B, 25WG-3071A & B, 25WG-3072A & B, 25WG-3073A,

25WG-3073B, 25WG-3075A & B, 25WG-3077A & B, -3079A &B 89 to 90

3


Table of Contents, continued

Motorola, Inc.Chassis TS -292A & B, TS -324A & B, TS -395A, TS -400A, TS -401,

TS -408A, TS -410A, TS -501A (list of models on page 91) . . . 91 to 98

Olympic Radio & Television, Inc.Chassis Types TK and TL, Models 17T40, 17T48, 17C44, 17K41, 17K42,

17K50, 20T46, 20T47, 20C45, 20052, 20053, 20D49, 20K43, 20K51 99-102

Packard -Bell Co.Models 2421, 2422, 2423, and 2822 103 to 106

Philco CorporationDeflection Chassis G-1, H-1, J-1; R.F. Chassis 71, 81, and 91 107 to 124

(For list of similar chassis and models using these see page 107)

R.C.A. VictorModels 17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220, Chassis KCS72, 125 to 132

(Models 21T208, 21T217, 21T218, 21T227, 21T228, 21T229,using Chassis KCS72A; and 21T242, 21T244, using ChassisKCS72D-1, or -2, are similar to models covered.)

Models 17T250DE and 17T261DE, using Chassis KCS74 133 to 135

Raytheon Manufacturing Co.Chassis 17T1, 17T2, 21T1, 21T2, (see page 136 for list of models) 136 to 140

Sears, Roebuck and Co. (Silvertone)Set 1175-21, Chassis 478.380; Sets 1182-21, 1189-21 with 478.381 147 to 150

(Similar sets are listed and described on page 147)Sentinel Radio Corp.

Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461 141 to 146

The Sparks-Withington Co. (Sparton)Chassis 27D213, Models 5342A, 5343A, 5382A to 5386A, 10352, -53 151 to 154

Stewart -Warner ElectricModels 21T9211B, -C, -D, -E, -F (Model 9210C is similar) 155 to 158

Stromberg-Carlson Company417 Series, and 421 Series 159 to 166

Sylvania Electric Products, Inc.Chassis 1-508-1, 1-508-2, 1-510-1, 1-510-2, (1-504-1, -2 similar) 167 to 174

(See page 167 for a complete list of models using each chassis)Trav-ler Radio Corp.

Chassis 36A2, Models 217-32, 217-33, 217-37, 220-34, 220-35,221-36; Chassis 36B2 in Models 217-331 and 217-371 . . . . 175 to 178

Westinghouse Electric Corp.All 1953 TV sets issued to date of publication. To find chassis and

models covered refer to complete reference table page 179. 179 to 184

Zenith Radio Corp.Chassis 19K20, 19K22, 19K23, and 21K20 (List of models on page 188) 185 to 190

4

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19! 3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

AldmiralChassis 19B1, 19C1, 191 1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19G1, 19H1, 19K1, and 19N1

Used in Models 17DX10, 17DXI 1, 17DX12, 121DX10, -A, 121DX11, 121DX12, -A,121DX16, -A, -L, 121DX17, -A, -L, 221DX15, -A, -L, 221DX16, -A, -L, 221DX17,221DX17A, -L, 221DX26, -A, -I , 221DX38, -A, 222DX15, 321DX15, -A,-L,321DX16, -A, -L, 321DX17, -A -L, 321DX25A, -B, 321DX26, -A, -B, 321DX27A, -B.

Service notes presentedand circuit diagrams on pagAll 19 series chassis emplo,19C1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19H1,The 19E1, 19G1, and 19N1

below, alignment information on pages 6 to 9,s 10 and 11, apply to the above listed TV sets.the same basic television circuitry. The 19B1,

ind 19K1 chassis are television only models.hassis are used in combination models. These

chassis use various size pic ure tubes and some have tone controls. Twotypes of tuners have been us !d and both are shown on page 10.

INDIVIDUAL CHANNEL SLUG ADJUS1 KENTUSING A TELEVISION SIGNAL

Individual channel oscillator adjustn ent ofevery receiver should be checked upon nstalla-lion or servicing. If this adjustment is 1 roperlymade, it is possible to tune from one st lion toanother by merely turning the CHANNEL .ontrol.With correct oscillator channel adjustment, bet picturewill be located at the approximate center of the range ofthe TUNING control. However, this may not n ;:essarilybe maximum sound output.

Channel slug adjustment can be made withot remov-ing the chassis from the cabinet. Adjust as fo ows:a. Turn the set on and allow 15 minutes to arm up.b. Set the CHANNEL knob for a station in c ieration.

Set all other controls for a normal picture.c. Set TUNING control at center of its range

ing it approximately half -way.

d. Remove the CHANNEL and TUNING knole. Insert a 1/s" blade, NON-METALLIC screw&

consisting of one metallic and one non-metalldriver is available under part number 98Athe 1/4" hole adjacent to the channel tuniFor each channel in operation, carefully a,channel slug for best picture with clear disure that the Tuning control is set at the cenrange before adjusting each channel slug. Otrotation of the slug will be required; turningin too far will cause it to fall into the coil.slug falls into the coil, remove the coil, r

retaining spring aside, lightly tap the opetthe coil until the slug slips out. Replacereset retaining spring.)

y rotat-

ver (kitc screw -.0 -3) ing shaft.just theail. Be.?.r of itsly slightthe slug(If the

ove theend of

Lug and

TOUCH-UP OF RATIO DETECTOR SECONDARYUSING TELEVISION SIGNAL*This adjustment is accessible through the 1/4" hole

(just below T201) in bottom of the cabinet or the chassismounting shelf, located toward the left side facing therear of the set. Removal of the chassis is therefore notrequired. Adjustment need be made on one channelonly. Proceed as follows:a. Turn set on and allow about 15 minutes for warm up.b. Tune set for normal picture and sound.c. Carefully insert a non-metallic alignment tool through

the opening in cabinet bottom below T201. An align-ment tool with a screwdriver blade or hexagonal endis required depending on the transformer used, see" note below. When the alignment tool engages thebottom tuning slug A8, adjust the slug for bestsound with minimum buzz level. Do this carefully asonly slight rotation in either direction will generallybe required. Correct adjustment point is located be-tween the two maximum buzz peaks that will benoticed when turning the slug back and forth about1/4 to 1/2 turn.

d. If necessary, repeat individual channel slug adjust-ment and conclude with retouching the ratio detectorsecondary. Note: If oscillator adjustment is requiredfor other channels, it will not be necessary to repeatthe ratio detector secondary adjustment.

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAP Al2, USING ATELEVISION SIGNAL

Beat interference (4.5 MC) appears in picture as veryfine vertical or diagonal lines, very close together, havinga "gauze -like" appearance, the pattern will vary withspeech, forming a very fine herringbone pattern.

The trap can be tuned by watching the picture and ad-justing the slug for minimum 4.5 MC interference.

If ratio detector transformer (T201) ,has hollow hexag nal core slugs, bottom slug adjustment A8 can be made from top of chassis,if you use alignment tool (part number 98A30-7; availal e at Admiral Distributor). Bottom slug (A8) can be reached through thehole in the core of the upper slug (A10). 5


Admiral Chassis 19B1, 19C1, 19E1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19G1, 19H1, 19K1, and

TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREGENERAL

Complete alignment consists of the following individualprocedures and should be performed in this sequence.a. IF Amplifier and Trap Alignment.b. IF Response Curve Check.c. 4.5 MC Sound IF and Trap Alignment.d. RF and Mixer Alignment.e. Over-all RF and IF Response Curve Check.f. HF Oscillator Adjustment.

IF AMPLIFIER ANDConnect bias battery; negative to test point "T", seefigure 9, positive to chassis. A 3 volt battery is requiredfor steps 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5.

Disconnect antenna. Connect a jumper wire across theantenna terminals.

ALIGNMENT TOOLS

19N1

An alignment tool kit consisting of one metallic andone non-metallic screwdriver is available under part num-ber 98A-30-3. A non-metallic alignment tool with a screw-driver point at one end and hexagonal wrench ( for hol-low hexagon core slugs) at the other is available underpart number 98A-30-7.

TRAP ALIGNMENTSet Channel selector to channel 12 or other unassignedhigh channel, to prevent interference during alignment.Set the Picture control fully to the left (counterclockwise).Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up.Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

Step SignalGen. Freq.

VTVM and SignalGenerator Connections

Instructions Adjust

1 *27.25 MC VTVM high side to test point "V",common to chassis.Generator high side to 6J6 (V102)tube shield; insulate shield fromchassis. Connect low side to chassis

-near 6J6 tube base.

Use 3 volt bias battery.Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.When peaking, keep reducing gen-erator VTVM reading ofapprox. 1 volt or less.Set channel switch to channel 12 orother unassigned high channel.

Al for minimum.

2 25.3 MCA2 and A3 formaximum.

3 23.1 MCA4 and A5 formaximum.

4 *27.25 MCRepeat step 1

above.

5 To insure correct IF alignment, make the "IF Response Curve Check" given on opposite page.

* Before proceeding, be sure to check thequency standard for absolute frequency

After becoming familiar withalignment of sets by merely

A10 All Al2RF AMP. RF AMP. MIXER

Al3HF OSC.

ADJ.

signal generator used in alignment against a crystal calibrator or other fre-calibration required for this operation.

ALIGNMENT HINTalignment procedure, some servicemen simplify subsequentusing the essential alignment data given in figures below.

CIO4 C106

6BZ7

6BC5 6J6OR

A5 23.1 MC MAX. MIXER PLATE

Figure 8. Top View of TV TunerShowing Adjustment Locations.

6

NEG. OF C205ELEC. 4MFD

TEST POINTJCT. OF 0206R206 & R207

r- A523.1 MC MAX

MIXER PLATE

Al27 25MC MIN

TRAP

A3V 25.3MC MAX

1ST IF

A423.1 MC MAX

2ND IF43 046

A2 C206 A 20625.3MC MAX is

390011953RD IF

TEST POINT(AGC BUSS)

11305

1000 OHMS

1)30100

1000 OHMS

C205 L

TEST POINT ..7--.., j. 303

A8 A6 Al A9(BOTTOM SLUG) (TOP SLUG) 4.5MC MAX 4.5 MC MIN4.5 MC ZERO 4.5 MC MAX SOUND TRAP

SEC. RATIO DET. r.. RATIO DE T. TAKE OFF Jv-

OTEST POINT

JCT. OF L302AND L303

Figure 9. Bottom View of Chassis Showing Test Point Connectionsand IF Alignment Data.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19! 3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

Admiral 19B1, 19C1, 19E1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19G1, 19H1, 19K1, 19N1 Chassis

Receiver Controlsand Bias Battery

Set Channel melee -tor on channel 12or an unassignedhigh channel. Pic-ture control fully tothe left. Connectnegative of 3 voltbias battery to testpoint "T"; positiveto chassis.

21.2511C

MARKER

(NAT NOT

BE VISIBLE)

LIT I FAST BST/.

IAPPROX.8S%- - -

IF RE ;PONSE CURVE CHECK(Using weep generator and oscilloscope)

SweepGenerator

Connect high sideto 6J6 mixer-osc.tube shield. Insu-late tube shieldfrom chassis, lowside to chassisground. Set sweepfrequency to 23MC,and sweep width ap-proximately 7MC.

4.5 MC

25.7t MAF

SO.,.

9- 30 %MARDIFFERENCE II HEIGHT OF PEAKSSHOULD NOT EXCEED 30/.

APVit0t. 3 NC-.-

24.31IC MARKER

HT ASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK

Figure 6. Ideal IF Response Curve.

MarkerGenerator Oscilloscope Instructions

If an externalnarker generator isised, loosely couplesigh side to sweepvenerator lead onube shield, lowide to chassis.darker frequenciesndicated on IF Re-ponse Curve.

MC.ER TOUCH-UP OF A2 AND 1.3 WILL GENERALLY INCREASE PEAK. TOUCH -LIP OF A4 AND AS WILL GENERALLY INCREASE PEAK.

WILL ALSO CHANCE POSITION OF 25.75MC MARKER. WILL ALSO CHANGE POSITION OF 22NC MARKER.

Figure 7. IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.If it is necessary to adjust for approximate equal peaks and

marker location, carefully adjust alignment slugs as instructedunder the above figures. It should not be necessary to turn theslugs more than one turn in either direction.

If the curve cannot -be made to resemble the response curveshown at left, repeat all steps under "IF Amplifier and TrapAlignment" making sure that generator frequencies are accurateand adjustments are carefully made. If a satisfactory curve can-not be obtained after repeating these steps, it may be necessaryto change IF amplifier tubes or check for a defective circuitcomponent to be sure that each stage is operating properly.

Connect to testpoint "V". See fig-ure 9. Marker pipson scope will bemore distinct if acondenser from 100mmfd. to 1000mmfd. is connectedacross the oscillo-scope input.

25.75MGMARKER

Check curve obtained againstideal response curve in fig. 6.Note tolerances on curve.Keep marker and sweep out-puts at very minimum to pre-vent overloading. A reductionin sweep output should re-duce response curve ampli-tude without altering theshape of the response curve.If the curve is not withintolerance or the markers arenot in the proper location onthe curve, touch-up with IFslugs as instructed below.

25.75 MCMARKER

UM

4.5 MC SOW D IF AND TRAP ALIGNMENTa. Connect signal generator high side to P

(6AL5) through a .01 mfd. condenser, co]to chassis.

b. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and tea equipment towarm up.

c. Set Picture control fully to the left (count) clockwise).

Step Signal Gen.Freq. (MC) VTVM Connecti

t 2 of V304sect low side

d. Use a NON-METALLIC alignment tool. If Ratio Det.Transformer (T201) has hollow core slugs, bottom slug ad-justment A8 can be made from top of chassis, if you usealignment tool #98A30-7 obtainable from Admiral Dis-tributor.

ns Instructions Adjust

When using a signal generator, b sure to check it against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standardfor accurate frequency calibratios at 4.5 MC. Accuracy required is within one kilocycle.IMPORTANT: If a signal genera or and frequency standard are not available, alignment can be made usinga TV station signal. Tune in a sta ion and follow steps 1, 2 and 3 below. If necessary use a higher scale onthe VTVM.

1

2

3

Set toexactly4.5 MC

High side totest point "Y";

common to chass A.Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

A6 and A7 for maximum (keepreducing generator output tokeep VTVM at approx. 1 volt).

High side totest point "Z";

common to chass .Use zero center scale on VTVM,if available.

A8 for zero on VTVM (the cor-rect zero point is located betweena positive and a negative maxi-mum). If A6 was far off, re-peat step 1.


common to chase 1.

Connect a 10 mmfd. condenserfrom pin 5 of V305 (6CB6) topin 7 of V201 (6AU6).Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

A9 for minimum. 7


Admiral

8

RF AND MIXER ALIGNMENTa. Connect negative of 3 volt bias battery to test point "T",

positive to chassis. If it is difficult to obtain a curve ofsufficient amplitude, remove battery and connect a wirejumper from test point "T" to chassis.

b. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. If sweepgenerator does not have a built-in marker generator, looselycouple a marker generator to the antenna terminals. Toavoid distortion of the response curve, keep sweep gen-

(continued)

erator output at a minimum, marker pips just barely visible.c. Connect oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm resistor to test

point "W" on tuner (Fig. 11). Keep scope leads awayfrom chassis.

d. Set channel selector to Channel 10.e. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver to warm up and test

equipment.

FOR SETS USING TV TUNER 94D52-1(This tuner uses a 6BC5 tube for RF amplifier V101.)

and -2

Step Marker Gen.Freq. (MC)

Sweep Gen.Frequency

Instructions

1

193.25 MC(Video Carrier)

197.75 MC(Sound Carrier)

SweepingChannel 10.

See frequencytable below.

Check for curve shown below. If necessary, adjust A10, All and Al2 (figure11) as required. Adjusting All will generally shift the center of the responsecurve in relation to the video and sound carrier markers. A10 and Al2 shouldbe alternately adjusted for best gain with flat top appearance. Consistentwith proper band width and correct marker location, response curve shouldhave maximum amplitude and flat top appearance.

2

Set the sweep generator tosweep the channel to bechecked. Set the marker gen-erator for the correspondingvideo carrier frequency andsound carrier frequency.

Check each channel operating in the service area for curve shown below.In general, the adjustment performed in step 1 is sufficient to give satisfactoryresponse curves on all channels. However, if reasonable alignment is not ob-tained on a particular channel, (a) check to see that coils have not been inter-mixed, or (b) try replacing the pair of coils for that particular channel, or(c) repeat step 1 for the weak channel as a compromise adjustment to favorthis particular channel. If a compromise adjustment is made, other channelsoperating in the service area should be checked to make certain that theyhave not been appreciably affected.

FOR SETS USING TV TUNER 94D46-2 and -3(This a 6BZ7 tube for RF amplifier V.10.1.)


Sweep Gen.Frequency

Instructions

1193.25 MC

(Video Carrier)197.75 MC

(Sound Carrier)

SweepingChannel 10.


Check for curve below. If necessary, alternately adjust All and Al2 (figure11) as required to obtain equal peak amplitudes and symmetry, consistentwith flat top appearance, proper band width and correct marker location.

283.25 MC

(Video Carrier)87.75 MC

(Sound Carrier)

SweepingChannel 6.


Check for curve below. If necessary, adjust A10 as required to obtain curvehaving maximum amplitude and flat top appearance consistent with properband width and correct marker location. After completing adjustment, re -check adjustment of step 1.

3

Set the sweep generator tosweep the channel to bechecked. Set the marker gen-erator for the corresponding

video carrier frequency andsound carrier frequency.

Check each channel operating in the service area for curve shown below.In general, the adjustment performed in steps 1 and 2 are sufficient to givesatisfactory response curves on all channels. However, if reasonable align -ment is not obtained on a particular channel, (a) check to see that coils havenot been intermixed, or (b) try replacing the pair of coils for that particularchannel, or (c) repeat step 1 for a weak high channel as a compromise ad -justment to favor the particular channel. Repeat step 2 for the weak lowchannel to favor the particular low channel. If a compromise adjustment ismade, other channels operating in the service area should be checked tomake certain that they have not been appreciably affected.

DIP SHOULD NOT

EXCEED 307. OFTOTAL HEIGHT 4.5 MC

fMARKER, VIDEO CARRIER MIER , SOUND CARRIER

Full skirt of curve will not be visible unless generatorsweep width extends beyond 10 MC.

Figure 10. RF Response Curve.

FREQUENCY TABLE

ChannelNumber

ChannelFreq.,MC

VideoCarrier,

MC

SoundCarrier,

MCHF Osc.,

MC2 54- 60 55.25 59.75 813 60- 66 61.25 65.75 874 66- 72 67.25 71.75 935 76- 82 77.25 81.75 1036 82- 88 83.25 87.75 1097 174-180 175.25 179.75 2018 180-186 181.25 185.75 2079 186-192 187.25 191.75 213

10 192-198 193.25 197.75 21911 198.204 199.25 203.75 22512 204-210 205.25 209.75 23113 210.216 211.25 215.75 237

Al5HF OSC

ADJ.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19! 3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral Series 19, continued

wA10 All Al2

RF AMP. RF AMP. MIXER

C101 C104 C106

A5 23.1 MC MAX. MIXER PLATE

Figure 11. Top of TV Tuner, Stu] gingAdjustment Location.

A5ADJUST FROM

TOP OR SIDE

I

2TUNING ROTOR

SHOWNAT HALF ROTATION

Fv

0

4

6160...1)1BE SHIELD

la.____412

-413HF OSCILLATOR

ADJUSTMENT

(TURRET POSITIONED TO

ADJUST CHANNEL 71

5

FLAT OF SELECTOR SHAFT CENTEREDBETWEEN CHANNEL COILS 3 AND 4

Figure 12. Front View of TV Tuner.

OVER-ALL RF A %ID IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK(Using weep generator and oscilloscope)


SweepGenerator


Picture control ful-ly to the left. Chan-nel selector onchannel 10 orother unassignedhigh channel. Con-nect negative of 3volt bias battery totest point "T", posi-tive to chassis.

Connect to antennaterminals. Set gen-erator to sweepchannel selected.Keep generator out-put as low as pos-sible, to preventoverloading. Seefrequency table onpage 6.

fan external mark -r generator istsed, loosely couplesigh side to sweepenerator lead.larker frequenciesre shown in fre-uency table onage 8.

Connect to point"V". See figure 9.

50'4

MAXIMUM

DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEAKSSHOULD NOT EXCEED SO'/.

50050 CARRIERMARKER

(NAT NOT BEVISIBLE)

AT L AST 95'/. POINT

Compare the response curveobtained against the idealcurve shown in figure 13. Ifthe curve is not within toler-ance, touch up the IF slugas instructed below. It shouldnever be necessary to turnslugs more than one turn ineither direction. If the curveis satisfactory on the channelchecked, all other channelsshould also be satisfactory.IMPORTANT: When sweepoutput is reduced, responsecurve amplitude on scopeshould also decrease, butcurve shape should remainthe same. If curve shapechanges, reduce sweep outputand/or the scope gain untilthe shape does not change.

NEASURED FROM RICHEST PEAK

Figure 13. Ideal Over-all RF and IF Response Curve.

Note that video carrier (marker) on the "Over-all RF-IFResponse Curve" will appear on the opposite side of thecurve as compared to the "IF Response Curve" figure 6.This is due to action of the mixer tube.

VIDEO CARRIER

WARNER

MORE THAN 30%

I -

SOUND

CARRIEI

CURVE NOT WITHIN TOLERANCE. CURVE CAN GENERALLT IECORRECTED NT INCREASING LOW SIRE SITS At AID AS.

VIDEO CARRIERNARVER

SOUNDCARRIER

MORE THAN 501.

CURVE NOT CHIN TOLERANCE. CURVE CAN GENERALLY BECORRECTED IT INCREASING LOW SIDE WITH AS AND AS.

Figure 14. Over-all RF and IF Response Cur es, Incorrect Shape.

HF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT(I sing a signal generator)

Receiver Control Settings Signal Generator Instructions

Set channel selector for each chan-nel to be adjusted. Set "Tuning"control at half rotation. Turn vol-ume control fully to the right(clockwise).

Conne. to antenna terminals. Setgenera. 3r to exact frequency ofIIF os. Ilator. See frequency tableon pa e 8. Set generator formaxim in output.

Connect a wire jumper from test point"W" on the tuner to test point "Z". Seefigure 9. Remove the ratio detector tubeV202 (6AL5). Carefully adjust the os-cillator slug A13 on each channel until awhistle (beat) is heard in the speaker ofthe receiver. 9


Admiral Corp. Schematic for 1961, 19C1, 19F1, 19F1A, 19H1 and 19K1 Television Chassis

This schematic is exact for later production of the above listed chassis.Chassis 19E1, 19G1, and 19N1, incorporate a radio tuner and switchingnetwork since they are used incombinations, but the televisionsection is identical to this circuit.

WAVEFORM DATA(Waveform given on schematic)

Waveforms taken with PICTURE control set fully to the right, all other controls set fornormal picture tin sync). WARNING: Incorrect adjustment of the DX Range Findercontrol will cause waveform distortion.

Waveforms at video and sync stages obtained with transmitted signal input to receiver.

The oscilloscope sweep is adjusted for 30 cycles (which is one-half of the verticalfrequency), or for 7875 cycles (which is one-half of the horizontal frequency) so that twopulses appear on the screen.

The peak -to -peak voltage readings shown are subject to some variations due to responseof the oscilloscope and parts tolerances.

Waveform at pins 1 and 4 of V403 and terminal "C" (2) of TiO4 taken with a 10 mmfd.condenser connected in series with the oscilloscope high side.

CAUTIONPulsed high voltage is present at pin 3 of N406. Do not make direct connection to this

point. Waveform at pin 3 of V406 taken by clipping or twisting lead from oscilloscopehigh side user lead connecting to terminal 3 of T403.

TV TUNER 94D52 -12c-2USED IN 19BI CHASSIS ONLY

V302, V303, & V304 CIRCUIT SHOWN BELOW USED ONLY

WITH 94D52 -I&-2 TUNERS (19BI CHASSIS)

SCHEMATIC NOTESRun numbers are rubber stamped at the rear of the chassis.Numerical symbols C), (:), C), etc. on schematic indicate a production change

covered by a run number.

Al c), a etc. indicate alignment points and alignment connections.

0 TV TUNER 94D46-2&-3USED IN 19 CI, 19F1, 19FIA, 19N1,6.19K1 CHASSIS

r1

1571 TAO RE 11111

1/1011.106

TURRET S111101 SETTIN SELECTS PAIR OF

COILS L101 1 L102 FON OIANNEL 0E311E1

BUILT. II ANTENNA

r

6BC5OF AMP.

VIOI

1.1015

-52

1102

411

TO 301

TO NA 3

OF 4301

-

11041000

L1024

I 120 1103

6J6RF MIXER

81024

-25

01065-3

JO 1107CIO! 10f

- 111140

SOY

1.109

C114

100 REO TO

1304

THIS CIRCUIT USED WITH 94D52-1&-2TUNERS (19BI CHASSIS)

6CB6 1/2 6U8 6AL5211D IF 3RD IF VIDEO DEIS ACC

8302 V3034 V304 T0001

SY

TO 03031

PIN5 301

1300

TO OR

1 8335

TO P116 AOPLATE OF 0301

120

11316 11131T

331 UN

0311 0312

I

300 f1213,:, ..2(21:11-

I ea0 /IOU

10 0502 10 11331

TO

JUNCTION1321 111312

10

6BZ7

RIOIIlk t

C111

11102

415

100

ISlie

5-1102

11111TF

V301.

0 8302 0

V303

V304

8203

V202

8204

8201

1.10213

CIIT

C115

DISCS 100

L307

150r

Of7307MM

OF

MIKAN WOKSI 2 3141 4 1 I

0311

12

L105 CII1.001

1.104

1 GREEN

1303

-ISP5

TURIN0110

HI/01155CI 2 VIOI

.1.201 68Z 7

8306

V1035YAC

5U4cRECTIFIER

V501

! >TE110115112

I 1102.42

I 1 e 1E0

J IIOVAC

1501

2101II

210

to SKIM FIELD

2. C501 0502TIC2130) IC4011)T

Imo 10110

6J6IF 1111E1

V1024

\2

1.109 CID

1333IS NEC

arNOM2.

seta

LOCK

10-1101101112.

NNE

11

LN

ISM

3.3 NU

111N11N

L103aim

0111

IN

1

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19!;3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONTV VOLTAGE DAT,

PICTURE control turned fully clockwise. CHANNEL -ontrol set on an unusued channel.Other front controls set at approximately half rotas ;n. Vert. Lin. and Height set atapproximately half rotation. DX Range Finder con ol sert fully to the left tat "0"position/.

Antenna disconnected from set with terminals shorted Voltages marked with an asterisk * will vary widely ith control setting. Line voltage 117 volts AC. Voltages measured with a vacuum tube voltmeter h tween tube socket terminals and

chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages at V306 measured from top of socket with to oe removed.

6AU6 AsSOUND IF MEP.

V201 1201

120145N6

0.$

.Sr

IMF5 ISO

2

1202Si

6

2 3

II

XL3

1-*005

620330

/SOY

6AL5RATIO DET.v202

IV -.41.

Or

82042 10K

6205.106

0500C204450

6206310

1201

41K

C208.0022T

82084INEC 0011

C209

.01

6AV6SOUND AMP.

V203

Cs2,;1

1223-4-vvvv.-4 1 5

420 4,26224a 470

IOU swory /14 007150140S 441- OW 444

151/1/14/404SaS

C112

-2 3 6,01 I

R2111 11 /MYIMEC.4R213 0215

6AS5SOUND OUTPUT

V204

11112 srisoo 5%5% 4

7 MOO

130Y

Note: Tone control usedin the 19C1, 19F1, 19H1and 19K1 chassis.

CM IS .0511,011110/1/9010.4SSIS

- M20310214 SPEAKER-Al BLUE 1'202

4 4

TO 0501

10 IN 1 I

OF 5U4 L

RED r_ILK -VI

FIELD

1J.LIRJOA.15$),

80170 214 BOTTOM VIED

1200 Of SOCKET11201

TOP VIEW OF

MAC N202

104

6061ST IFV301

/JOY5 0303

/JOY2.2

5.4 130341

CIM

-1 )1-.00 .101

6364

15

436 1301VN.23I 25.3140

C

4

FE 11

1335$1000$

.001

63011000

6CB6DID IFv302

130Y01 5

2/1,

1336SI

0

130,

131110K

5 V.

1/26U8

130223 I MC

2 -

C30116

C319 .004

10E3-1312

1004

Or

6AL53RD IF VIDEO DET ACO.

V30 3A V304

6IMO

7 I

6313100 4

c3081

.004

31 6301

1303 0310

.24163 H- 227

4314330

0301

1

120

300

11331 =X40

56095

04 5

-5

633

1315

21E6DA

RANCE

FINDER

1317 "4303

C311 C312

.41 1.001

r L302 ,

113321804100 ) 0313

6611)

C213A 11138 C213C 65V

22410 a DNED D 40Mf0 HOWL

6CB6 - 1-15°-5-1VIDEO AMP.

V305

132001303 'NEC

03146.8

L3044.511C

411004

-DV 7

11321

IR 08BII 00

PIC uRE

142 11

'I(5114203311

1000

40ERT.

4VY

_L_tl 111111

fill

R32233K

4323AAA. 6_

13 2 4

o 10K

650VERT

IN piq

0316

.22

63265 AR

1321221

1801

R 331 1006

I 150 11111C1IIE 55

I _LC315 11391 '50 1 2101

[IL__C311

01

14534 smv)03

2.3 NEC

1/2 12AUTMG SEM Unit

V40t 1 413

101'

-Jr

il7".116

301VEIT

411

_2.1C-

40;

.01

1;6132

IRK

Pi 111111111011111111$

1/2 12AU7SYNC. CLIPPER

V4018

-I,

64062.16E0

Mc;

106VERT

_L

SOY

11111111111111111h

1/2 6SN7CT1101111 050 CONTROL

flOOY

//,

1413

1421 14231200 121

642236060%

V403A

2

3 CS,

/2 6SNICT140111 05C

3100 141304

ATIC411022

A4 t 3156

5%1501

6405191

IO

6443 3._1401___11108___11409__

8200 226 8200 6200 I

1 0403 0404 0405 I

1 .002-r1

L I

C1142021124201

1203 VERT. r -j(

1/2 6116r40;040

ILL[! RED

." 304 t'))1 ii160418111E3410

RtE4:0 -JOY

9

1404 -T-

L8425

3411

NEC

BT. HOLD

7541 BIZ.

VERT. OSC.

v30313

HOR1Z 4018426 6427

5412101

5.5

-0407041

VERT.

V4038r An T404/COY 8429 NOW

8200 OMitC12) 1401 10(41

0410681

1- GS

0 411

210

1

95,4

437

.01

10%

6430

1506

R43I

1201

501

650 312171,22K

660 ccre)10-160 SrSEMI

1200411 433 42)

118E5

0420R431

68 5

0408

8413INN 04036 z 24101:7; 201110)h,.

(0'120VVENT.

6S4VERT. OUTPUT

V40204 lI10

2 MEG

;1310111

1402BLUE

1000..

SA

8411 R416 3000

e20 vER Lip

4500 50

j.10000

j...........fiO-k1fT/ I--;; /iDLUE

f 'TEELON i ) 4411

.

I 14 034I 560 ' I vEricis

RED 1 5 DEE YORE

1

47,,4419 TOTAL

I 560BLACK I 6 - _I

th

1405

IB3GTHIGH VOLTAGE SECT

V4 05

soo,.: CONNECTS TO

P116 OF MOS-6806 ctROW, OUTPUT

V404

/SOY

m

443547

0122

I 3t

041

45401

143682

1431110021

442 7

11152100

C42/

1444 142856K 1.01

ITBP4A20DP4A2IWP4X

2IWP4

2IEP4A

2IZP4A

v306

3c)

0141026

1700

I303

T234.

354_.

470e 7

4.14.

2 OM

R/0

) CORONA SNIELO

6AX4CT RED

DuipEci,,v406 , 47 I

R440

I 1000NOY

L 402WIDTH

5

L_

2

T4 630nor/011AL

OFF. 0011020 TO 384TOTAL

8438 1439 1TE

1'3250' 1100000 0424

C4211tXITE

2 28 NOM

1403 rieratstor-if NIA 47111/a0414NOW 1111.

C044313 041

3/8 AMP, 2506 ME

11


12

Admiral 22C2 and 22E2 CHASSISUsed in Models 222DX15S, 222DX16, 222DX17, 222DX26, 222DX27, 222DX48,222DX49, and 322DX16. The 22C2 chassis is used in straight television sets,while 22E2 chassis combines a radio receiver and is used in combination sets.The service material is applicable to both chassis, while the circuit on pages16 and 17 is exact for 22E2 chassis. The service material for these chassisbegins on this page and is completed on page 18.

22A2, 22A2A, 22M1 and 22Y1 CHASSISare similar to the 22C2 and 22E2 Chassis, but use slightly different tuners.These additional Admiral chassis are used in the following models:121K15A, 121K16A, 121K17A, 121M10, 121M11A, 121M12A, 221K45A, 221K46A,221K47A, 321M25A, 321M26A, 321M27A, 421M15A, 421M16A, 421M35, 421M36,421M37, 520M11, 520M12, 520M15, 520M16, 520M17.

TOUCH-UP OF RATIO DETECTOR SECONDARYUSING TELEVISION SIGNAL (Al2, BOTTOM

SLUG OF T201)

"This adjustment is accessible through the 1/4" holei just below T2011 in bottom of the cabinet or the chassismounting shelf. located toward the left side facing therear of the set. Removal of the chassis is therefore notrequired. Adjustment need be made on one channelonly. Proceed as follows:

a. Turn set on and allow about 15 minutes for warm up.

h. Tune set for normal picture and sound.

c. Carefully insert a non-metallic alignment tool throughthe opening in cabinet bottom below T201. An align-ment tool with a screwdriver blade or hexagonal endis required depending on the transformer used, see" note below. When the alignment tool engages thebottom tuning slug Al2, adjust the slug for bestsound with minimum buzz level. Do this carefully asonly slight rotation in either direction will generallybe required. Correct adjustment point is located be-tween the two maximum buzz peaks that will benoticed when turning the slug back and forth about1/4 to 1/, turn.

d. If necessary, repeat individual channel slug adjust-ment and conclude with retouching the ratio detectorsecondary. Note: If oscillator adjustment is requiredfor other channels, it will not be necessary to repeatthe ratio detector secondary adjustment after oncecorrectly adjusting it.

SERVICING RADIO TUBES AND DIAL LIGHTIN 22E2 SETS

The radio tubes can be serviced without removing theTV chassis from the cabinet. The radio tubes can bereached through the opening in the underside of thechassis shelf.

MYS V(Iii.....MSS POP IZONTAL

0 TOPOINA 0\CHANNEL TUNING

SLUG ADJUSTMENT

Figure 1. Control Panel in 22E2 Sets. Channeland Tuning Knobs Removed.

CHANNEL TUNING

SLUG ADJUSTMENT

Figure 2. Control Panel in 22C2 Sets. Channeland Tuning Knobs Removed.

CORRECTING

MAGNET

ks4

ALIGNMENT

TEST JACKS

PICTURE POSITIONING LEVER

MOVES SIDEWAYS ORUP AND DOWN

FOCUS COIL

ION TRAP

NORIZ.

LIN.

/WIDTH

HORIZ. DRIVE

HEIGHT

HORIZ. LOCK

DX RANCE FINDERVERT. LIN.

Figure 3. Chassis View Showing Adjustment Locations.

If ratio detector transformer (T201) has hollow hexagonal core slugs, bottom slug adjustment Al2 can be made from top of chassis,

if you use, alignment tool I part number 98A30-7; available at Admiral Distributor ) . Bottom slug Al2 can be reached through thehole in the core of the upper slug (All).

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19! ;3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 22C2 and 22E2

IF AMPLIF ER AND TRAP ALIGNMENT Connect bias battery; negative to test p int "T", see

figure 7, positive to chassis. A 3 volt ham y is requiredfor steps 1, 2, 3, 4 and 7. A 11/2 volt bias battery is re,quired for steps 5 and 6.

Disconnect antenna. Connect a jumper v, e across theantenna terminals.

Set Channel selector to channel 12 or other unassignedhigh channel, to prevent interference during alignment.

Set the Picture control fully to the left (counterclockwise). Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to

warm up. Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

StepSignal

Gen. Freq.VTVM and ignal

Generator Con iections Instructions Adjust

1 25.3 MC

2 22.3 MC

3 23.5 MC

4 21.25 MC

VTVM high side to t st point "V",common to chassis.Generator high side t 6J6 (V102)tube shield; insulate shield fromchassis. Connect low ide to chassisnear 6J6 tube base.

Use 3 volt bias battery.Use lowest DC scale on VTVMWhen peaking, keep reducing gen-erator output for VTVM reading ofapprox. 1 volt or less.Set channel switch to channel 12 orother unassigned high channel.

Al, A2 and A3 formaximum.

A4 for maximum.

A5 for maximum.

A6 for minimum.

5 *27.25 MC

6 *19.75 MC

Connect Generator an VTVM sameas in step 1.

Use 11/2 volt bias battery. Set chan-nel switch between channels tobreak channel coil contact VTVMreading will change when coil con-tact is broken.

A7 for minimum.

A8 for minimum.

7 25.3 MC Connect Generator an VTVM sameas in step 1.

Use 3 volt bias battery. Set channelswitch same as in step 1.

Readjust Al and A2for maximum.

8 To insure correct IF alignment, ma ze the "IF Response Curve Check" given below.

IF RE ;PONSE CHECK(Using weep generator and oscilloscope)


SweepGenerator

Set Channel selec-tor on channel 12or an unassignedhigh channel. Pic-ture control fully tothe left. Connectnegative of 3 voltbias battery to testpoint "T"; positiveto chassis.

21 25 MCMARKER

EOM NO RE)

sic LE

AT LEAST 95%

Connect high sideto 6J6 mixer-osc.tube shield. Insu-late tube shieldfrom chassis, lowside to chassisground. Set sweepfrequency to 23MC,and sweep width ap-proximately 7MC.

25.75 MC

AKER

50%25 MC MARKER

F, TO 15%

DIFFERENCE 11I HEIGHT OF PEAKS SHOULD NOT EKCE ED 30%

DIP Al CENTER OF CORE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 30% MEASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK

ITASUATO 1505 H/CHEST 1141

Figure 5. Ideal IF Response Curs.


H an externalmarker generator isused, loosely couplehigh side to sweepgenerator lead ontube shield, lowside to chassis.Marker frequenciesindicated on IF Re-sponse Curve.

22MC MARKER

Connect to testpoint "V". See fig-ure 7. Mark-er pips on scopewill be more dis-tinct if a condenserfrom 100 mmfd to1000 mmfd is con-nected across theoscilloscope input.

25.75MCMARKER

Check curve obtained againstideal response curve in fig. 5.Note tolerances on curve.Keep marker and sweep out-puts at very minimum to pre-vent overloading. A reductionin sweep output should re-duce response curve ampli-tude without altering theshape of the response curve.If the curve is not withintolerance or the markers arenot in the proper location onthe curve, touch-up with IFslugs as instructed below.

Figure 6. IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.

If it is necessary to adjust for approximate equal peaks, care-fully adjust slug AS 323.5 MC). It should not he necessary toturn slug AS more than one turn in either direction.

If the curve cannot be made to resemble the response curveshown at left, repeat all steps under "IF Amplifier and TrapAlignment" making sure that generator frequencies are accurateand adjustments are carefully made. If a satisfactory curve can-not be obtained after repeating these steps, it may be necessaryto change IF amplifier tubes or check for a defective circuitcomponent to be sure that each stage is operating properly.

* Before proceeding, be sure to check the sit -sal generator used in alignment against a crystal calibrator or other fre- 13quency standard for absolute frequency cal bration required for this operation.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral

14

4.5 MC SOUND IF AND TRAP ALIGNMENT 22C2 and 22E2

a. Connect signal generator high side to Pin 1 of V304(12AU7 or 12AT7) through a .01 mfd. condenser, connectlow side to chassis.

b. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up.

c. Set Picture control fully to the left (counterclockwise).

d. Use a NON-METALLIC alignment tool. If Ratio Det.Transformer (T201) has hollow core slugs, bottom slug ad-justment All can be made from top of chassis, if you usealignment tool #98A30.7 obtainable from Admiral Dis-tributor.

Step Signa Gen.Freq.l (MC) VTVM Connections Instructions Adjust

When using a signal generator, be sure to check it against a crystal calibrator or other frequency standardfor accurate frequency calibration at 4.5 MC. Accuracy required is within one kilocycle.IMPORTANT: If a signal generator and frequency standard are not available, alignment can be made usinga TV station signal. Tune in a station and follow steps 1, 2 and 3 below. If necessary use a higher scale onthe VTVM.

1

Set toexactly4.5 MC


common to chassis.Use lowest DC scale on VTVM.

A9, A10 and All for maximum(keep reducing generator out-put to keep VTVM at approx.1 volt).

2High side to

test point "Z";common to chassis.

Use zero center scale on VTVM,if available.

Al2 for zero on VTVM (the cor-rect zero point is located betweena positive and a negative maxi -mum). If Al2 was far off, re -peat step 1.

3High side to

test point "Y";common to chassis.

Connect a 10 mmfd. condenserfrom pin 8 of V305 (6AC7) topin 8 of V304 (12AU7 or12AT7).

Al3 for minimum.

RF AND MIXERa. Connect negative of 3 volt bias battery to AGC buss (test

point "T"), positive to chassis. If it is difficult to obtain acurve of sufficient amplitude, remove battery and connect awire jumper from test point "T" to chassis.

b. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals. If sweepgenerator does not have a built-in marker generator, looselycouple a marker generator to the antenna terminals. To

ALIGNMENTavoid distortion of the response curve, keep sweep gen-erator output at a minimum, marker pips just barely visible.

c. Connect oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm resistor to testpoint "W" on tuner (figure 10). Keep scope leads awayfrom chassis.

d. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentto warm up.


Sweep Gen.Frequency Instructions

1

193.25 MC(Video Carrier)

197.75 MC(Sound Carrier)

SweepingChannel 10.


Check for RF response curve below. Alternately adjust A15 and A16 (figure10) as required to obtain equal peak amplitudes and symmetry consistent withproper bandwidth and correct marker location.

2

83.25 MC Sweeping(Video Carrier) Channel 6.

87.75 MC See frequency(Sound Carrier) table below.

Check for RF response curve below. Adjust A14 as required to obtain curvehaving maximum amplitude and flat top appearance consistent with properbandwidth and correct marker location. After completing adjustment, re-check adjustment of step 1.

3

Set the sweep generator tosweep the channel to bechecked. Set the marker gen-erator for the correspondingvideo carrier frequency andsound carrier frequency.

Check each channel operating in the service area for curve shown below.In general, the adjustment performed in steps 1 and 2 are sufficient to givesatisfactory response curves on all channels. However, if reasonable align-ment is not obtained on a particular channel, (a) check to see that coils havenot been intermixed, or (b) try replacing the pair of coils for that particularchannel, or (c) repeat step 1 for a weak high channel as a compromise ad-justment to favor the particular channel. Repeat step 2 for the weak lowchannel to favor the particular channel. If a compromise adjustment is made,other channels operating in the service area should be checked to make certainthat they have not been appreciably affected.

DIP SHOULD NOTEXCEED 30% OF

TOTAL HEIGHT

MARKER, VIDEO CARRIER

4.5 N C

(MARKER, SOUND CARRIER

Full skirt of curve will not be visible unlessgenerator sweep width extends beyond 10 MC.

Figure 9- RF Response Curve.

FREQUENCY TABLE

ChannelNumber

ChannelFreq.,MC

VideoCarrier,

MC

SoundCarrier,

MCHF Osc.,

MC2 54- 60 55.25 59.75 813 60- 66 61.25 65.75 874 66- 72 67.25 71.75 935 76- 82 77.25 81.75 1036 82. 88 83.25 87.75 1097 174-180 175.25 179.75 2018 180.186 181.25 185.75 2079 186-192 187.25 191.75 213

10 192-198 193.25 197.75 21911 198-204 199.25 203.75 22512 204-210 205.25 209.75 23113 210-216 211.25 215.75 237

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 195 3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral

417 iNoivinuAL CHANNE

A819.75 MCMIN TRAP

TRAPS AT -

(LikUNDERSIDE,OF CHASSIS

TESTPOINTw

C107

Figure 10. Top of TV Tuner, ShowingAdjustment Location.

AI25.3 MC MAXMIXER PLATE

AD.)

A77.25 MCIN TRAP

C104

FT1 6J6 \',, a6RZ7

V 102 M101

MIXER

Wm'

wOVER-ALL RF A .1D IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

RF AMP

Chassis 22C2 and 22E2

6J6 TUBE SHIELD

416

417INDIVIDUAL CHANNELSLUG ADJUSTMENT

(TURRET POSITIONED TOADJUST CHANNEL 71

FLAT OF SELECTOR SHAFT CENTEREDBETWEEN CHANNEL COILS 3 AND 4.

A 8 FRONT --

A7 REAR2

TUNING ROTOR

SHOWNAT HALF ROTATION

Figure 11. Front View of TV Tuner.


SweepGenerator


Picture control ful-ly to the left. Chan-nel selector onchannel 12 orother unassignedhigh channel. Con-nect negative of 3volt bias battery totest point "T", posi-tive to chassis.

Connect to antennaterminals. Set gen-erator to sweepchannel selected.Keep generator out-put as low as pos-sible, to preventoverloading. S e efrequency table onopposite page.

If an external mark-er generator isused, loosely couplehigh side to sweepgenerator lead.Marker frequenciesare shown in fre-quency table on op-posite page.

Connect to point"V". See figure 7.

505.

MAXIMUM

DIFFERENCE IN HEIGHT OF PEI SSHOULD NOT EXCEED 30%

SOUND CARRIER

MARKER

(NAY NOT BEVISIBLE)

AT LEAST

95: POINT

VIDEO CARRIERMARKER

MORE THAN 30%

CURVE NOT WITHIN TOLERANCE. CURVE CAN GEI WALLY BECORRECTED BY INCREASING LOW SIDE WITH AE

HUND

C TRIER

Compare the response curveobtained against the idealcurve shown in figure 12. Ifthe curve is not within toler-ance, touch up the IF slugas instructed below. It shouldnever be necessary to turnslugs more than one turn ineither direction. If the curveis satishictory on the channelchecked, all other channelsshould also be satisfactory.IMPORTANT: When sweepoutput is reduced, responsecurve amplitude on scopeshould also decrease, butcurve shape should remainthe same. If curve shapechanges, reduce sweep outputand/or the scope gain untilthe shape does not change.

MEASURED FROM HIGHEST PEAK

Figure 12. Ideal Over-all RF and IF Response Curve.Note that video carrier (marker) on the "Over-all RF-IF

Response Curve" will appear on the opposite side of thecurve as compared to the "IF Response Curve" figure 5.This is due to action of the mixer tube.

VIDEO CARRIERMARKER SOUND

CARRIER

MORE THAN 30%

CURVE NOT WITHIN TOLERANCE. CURVE CAN GENERALLY BECORRECTED BY INCREASING LOW SIDE WITH A5.

Figure 13. Over-i I RF and IF Response Curves, Incorrect Shape.

HF OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTUsing a signal generator)

Receiver Control Settings Signal Generator Instructions

Set channel selector for each chan-nel to be adjusted. Set "Tuning"control at half rotation. Turn vol-ume control fully to the right(clockwise).

Conne t to antenna terminals. Setgenert ar to exact frequency ofHF os illator. See frequency tableon opp osite page. Set generator formaxin 4111 output.

Connect a wire jumper from test point"W" on the tuner to test jack "Z".

Remove the ratio detector tubeV202 (6AL5). Carefully adjust the in-dividual oscillator slug A17 until a whistle(beat) is heard in the speaker of thereceiver. 15

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONWAVEFORM DATA

Waveforms taken with picture control set fully to the right, all other controls set fornormal picture lin sync). DX Range Finder control set fully to the left (at "0" position).Warning: Incorrect adjustment of the DX Range Finder control will cause waveformdistortion.

Waveforms at video and sync stages obtained with transmitted signal input to receiver.The oscilloscope sweep is adjusted for 30 cycles (which is one-half of the vertical

frequency), or for 7875 cycles (which is one-half of the horizontal frequency) so that twopulses appear on the screen.

The peak -to -peak voltage readings shown are subject to some variations due to responseof the oscilloscope and parts tolerances.

TV VOLTAGE DATA

PICTURE control turned fully clockwise. CHANNEL control set on an unused channel.Other front controls set at approximately half rotation. Vert. Lin. and Height set atapproximately half rotation. DX Range Finder control set fully to the left (at "0"position).

Antenna disconnected from set with terminals shorted.

Line voltage 117 volts AC.

Voltages measured with a vacuum tube voltmeter between tube socket terminals andchassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages at V306 measured from top of socket with tube removed.

Voltages marked with an asterisk * will vary widely with control setting.In combination models, B+ voltages in TV chassis will be slightly higher when set isswitched to radio position. Alternate voltage readings for radio and TV are shown forsound output tube V204 (6V6GT).

PAT -111 /AIM

TV TUNER 94D47-2111501 541101 0E11110 SELECTS 1911 OF

Cali 1101 1 1102 IN 014181 *SIZED.

L1018

I LIOlA

I 1101

I 19 3 -an3

41)

; ;;L' 1102 `;°: 0115-/ 47.

6BZ71ST I 200 IF 1%2

0101

T 3023

4

T 3011303 2

130 3

%'1032,

11102A

C106

6J6OF NICER

V 10 2 A

24 0

47 11011 01075j: HOPI j

uomir - '5.3

1ST

1114 1103121 21.1118 8309

V301

T 301

-F HOP

2A062IF

T302

3A0. IF

/MP

4

2201

- '

0311

0 RC

ZIP 2

/** !ore, #oOP -- NOP 222112 0

611 21I --- 0 NOS

!;::21___ CALL 0% 0106 .11

;1_2;01,71305

' si 0 zoo N

L1020 vvIl

Il

11

C IRI':: .Y.1

RE, OSC.

1101

6121 11

3 91L13013

751 LI 0

_ my 5302 C301 C3I1_J1 I It 15-ig mc

iy, 3 RI ICS

Tr 0302/ CNN(--4.--.)

C324 In"

1110

01 3' .2 C101 10 -WI I 1 -W -C,

3%

10

L

1 ,t7r ,, -F1.11.11".70111 NI 1307330

0013 .0015

330

1313

I 11111 COLN/ ifs 1303

;ir I 151 4 0

I-309

L4I 2,'01 L203

6BE6

Admiral CorporationChassis 22C2 & 22E2(material continued)

*mom ,T7MINH I

1i."11 CONVERTER704 5

/1 v701 nor

1/2 12AT1O 6AU61ST SOUND IF 2I0 SOW IF RATIO

03 0 4 B 0201 1204 020

6BA6IF SNP

702 mr

12211 MOP041

L202 OF °

ZIP1202 LT 1201

4.3 NC

12031000

6AL

_HIT° _L-11(41.

1541 1330

1071r

WYE

1351

15 NEP 23 NEC

1/26SNiCTgal NC

2401 V401%If

148 Mt HOS 0404

221 500 1200I

CAN C402 ILI01NUNJON_ Ti.005 "E

NOW1111t 14531

11.3113

16

LOE MOP

-15,

6S4RENT. OITPUT

11402

1.340, T402

or V IONA

1101!/al5%

1404

1000

5 Off YOKE1 435 A.

55, 1 10111

01314271)I 20 NO

12AUTSYNC SEP

CLIP/E40403

1411

331 21.301104

1420271 20

4318

31111

L 2011201 C2024K 41N

A9 I

CNN

II

6CB6 6CB6 6AG5

11.

1/2 6SPITsTSYNC INV

V40113

254VEIT.

6AL5SYNC MSC

V404IP

4101211E

Isr VI

16SN1CT14011 OSC

1501V405 OOP

0 1321011

Tf;,?.1.

12411130 CI

CI

Hf

1113ir 1201

143215

9431

00 130

-;143tail 0010

141

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED lf. 53 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

11701

20001

111111

11:

IIN4646.-4'KC

5ET.

355100St

S7030

57030

STO3A

IAD

44 703 HOo24111110E 11Tfl

al 704 m705 14 106 Pei i WW1;NOM N-1

00103/110 61 -OFF

Admiral CorporationSchematic for 22E2 Television and Radio ChassisChassis 22C2 is used in television only modelsand is exactly the same except for radio sectionand switching arrangement.

SCHEMATIC NOTESRun numbers are rubber stamped at the rear of the chassis. Numerical

symbols C), C), C), etc. on schematic, indicate a production change

0, (i), etc. indicate alignment points and alignment con-nections.

IMPORTANT: Before making waveform and voltage measurements, seeinstructions on adjoining page.

it°P IP

Ins111

221/

022

361

6AV6110(111(IMO fir0203Nr

1221 13613 tr.INC

0200005

gaaa 2210210

4_ 413/2

lit

001/ 1210

Isar = arr

r'r11(0

Jo 13110141 It

6V6cr00012 OVIPST

010/ .115, NRMr

101 C211" -trzos

MP",

o 22131

203/0

121111.1NI

50:AtenAii

I/212AT7 6AU67303VIOE0 OFT COED ACC n't213 NC 03044 0307

2305

113012301

1015

1311

1100

302

I 15

5%411

NY

261

1-1_2322ILI 1333

001

cut _kw

RP

tl$11

NIP

con

p.gor - 1

M203 M202

13)101

L

TEST ,,ACAS

P337

Taco I

2-.T25C__iVRoc 47010

2._yi°ao

12 nU7

24T'V304

_TEST POINT T1AGO BUSS

Figure 7. Bottom View ShowingTest Point Connections.

6ACTVIDEO MOP

0305N

1132 1,64111100

1344

2320.170034,

1315?TO

L303 Pate .11 1"rr7- eft' nit

0,20vw110 JIM MY21,01,-_-,

Irn n

r 143111 a

;ft% 1,111- _114.30 4- INL _ _1

10

II

1III

13221323'.C11OOis, 11

3

13311. LO0330

2/01,: ISO

1230/11 -eil(-2_ V_ 031112110 04,30031 '

fiff MIXESMOO IRX VIE OM,

ISOCIE1 afaWfo 1041 211(/

1311

11134 1000

10006161

MP '

0306 2040

210 11100E 1101.1.113

14.312

0000 153

000150

_1_

6CD6c001101

'0 0131 0406

144

Beni[115,.141

1440 144341 1101

21

145113,0

1111

Al CS /500 SW

2500 511

1B3cr11 1E21121E0

V4071404 1443

rr.161450 240 23 .

-vvvv-C434

.0001

406

136

L402MIN

2011101

6W4cr0111E130T06

!Mr

C42L25

2421 02 CM 04

aelar

3

1403 'N.".

4101

500

1E0--12431 TIN 11445 MEL_ TOT1Lw

NIKE6050

2"1"11401 ,

2501 I/O Mt Ft

400001.

310 WM 1300

14132

1144101

441311LEM 2100

1104

2439500

101100 1121 140401 303037

SOCHI30111.

2(0

240 -S1NA

102161400211.

41/Lill

656 9061100

7"

10011 21321230121SONO

331103

000

Itor:ZIEMNI

1003

HMINN T502

1221131E1 1 I

1

MEILoa L

VIM

V404

0406

0204

0401

VS06

0406

0405

0203

502

0505Coll

0302 Jos

1305O 0V301

O 0 00304

v307

4.1. N-TR 7101 1.1611

L105

1 7

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAdmiral

18

SERVICE HINTSTROUBLE SHOOTING

No picture or sound: Raster OK. Incorrect ad-justment of the DX Range Finder control in a weaksignal area may result in complete loss of picture andsound. In strong signal areas, incorrect adjustment mayalso result in picture bending, excessive contrast andpoor sync. See instructions for adjustment on page 3.

No sound and no raster. In the 22C2 chassis, nosound and no raster or distorted sound and no raster canbe due to a blown fuse M401.

EXCESSIVE SNOW IN PICTUREExcessive snow in the picture can be caused by faulty

tubes in the receiver. Check receiver as follows:Short circuit the antenna terminals and turn the pic-

ture control (contrast) fully clockwise.Connect a vacuum tube voltmeter from test point "V"

to chassis. Set the channel selector on an unassignedchannel. If the voltmeter reading exceeds .6 volt nega-tive, excessive receiver ( tube) noise is indicated. Thiscondition can usually be corrected by tube substitution.Substitute tubes in the following order: Video detectortube V304, RF oscillator tube V102, RF amplifier tubeV101 and IF amplifier tube V301, V302 and V303.

Corona or arcing in the second anode supply can alsocause a high noise reading at the video detector resultingin excessive snow in weak signal areas.

MISCELLANEOUS TROUBLES DUE TOFAULTY TUBES

Faulty tubes cause the majority of receiver troubles.The list below contains most common troubles which aregenerally due to faulty tubes.a. Poor fringe area reception due to low B plus voltage.

Check the 5U4G.tube.b. Poor fringe area reception due to low sensitivity.

Check the 6CB6, 6AG5 and 6BZ7 tubes.c. Picture and sound separated due to IF oscillation.

Check the 6CB6 and 6AG5 tubes.d. Picture bending caused by leakage between tube ele-

ments. Check the 6CB6 tubes.e. Poor sync stability, usually more noticeable in ver-

tical circuit. Check 12AU7 tube.f. Washed out picture due to negative grid current.

Check 6AC7 tube.

PRODUCTIOCHANGE FOR INCREASED SOUND LEVEL

Run 1 in 22C2 and 22E2 chassis

Early production sets used a 12AU7 tube for videodetector and first sound IF amplifier V304. Later pro-duction sets stamped Run 1 or higher used a 12AT7tube for V304. The schematic figure 16 shows a partialcircuit of the first IF amplifier in sets using the 12AU7tube. Important: The 12AU7 and 12AT7 tubes are notdirectly interchangeable. Replace with same type tubeused in receiver.

22C2 and 22E2

DISTORTED SOUNDDistorted sound can be caused by misalignment of the

ratio detector transformer T201. This misalignment issometimes due to frequency drift of the ratio detectortransformer. If realignment of the ratio detector trans-former does not correct this trouble permanently, a

permanent remedy for this trouble is to connect a 20mmfd, -750 temperature coefficient, ceramic condenser(part number 65C6-26) in parallel with condenser C204(180 mmfd, ceramic, connected across the secondary ofthe ratio detector transformer T201). Realign ratio de-tector after adding the 20 mmfd. condenser.

REPLACING FUSE M401

The horizontal output circuit of these receivers is pro-tected by fuse M401 (.25 amp., 250 volts). This fuse islocated in the rear of the high voltage compartment. Toreplace the fuse, remove the two screws at the base ofthe high voltage compartment and lift the cover awayfrom the base.

REMOVING PICTURE WINDOW FOR CLEANING

If the picture window has a removable molding(at the top). remove the window by first removing thePhillips head screws and molding at the top of the pic-ture window. Pull the top of the window away from thecabinet slightly and lift it up out of the channel at thebottom.

After cleaning the window, picture tube and picturetube mask as instructed below, install the window byplacing the bottom edge in the channel and replace themolding. Use care when tightening screws on molding toprevent stripping.

CLEANING GLASS PICTURE WINDOWClean the picture mask using a soft cloth, dampened

in mild soapy water. Clean the picture window and theface of the picture tube using a soft cloth, dampenedwith your favorite window cleaner. Wipe dry using achamois or soft, lint free cloth. Only use cloths whichare just dampened as presence of moisture or water in-side the set may cause damage. Install the window asinstructed above.

N CHANGESMECHANICAL CHANGE IN RADIO TUNER

USED IN 22E2 CHASSISMechanical changes were made to the later production

radio tuner sub -chassis used in 22E2 combination mod-els. The dimensions of the radio chassis were alteredslightly and the mounting position of the gang condenserwas changed.

Early production radio tuners used gang condenser(part number 68B53) which mounts in a vertical posi-tion. Later production radio tuners use gang condenser(part number 68B53-1) which mounts in a horizontalposition.


6000 SERIESCHASSIS 330-332CHASSIS 319-331

Chassis TE330,

V20R F AMP6007

Arvin INDUSTRIES INC.Models 6173, 6175TM, 6179TM, 6213TB,

6213TM, 6215CB, and 6215CM.

(Other suffix letters may be used.UHF means UHF tuner included. )

TE332, are the same as TE319, TE331, but include UHF.

6

173

:4 70

100

6-II

1

2

LS C3

56

SENN1 L7

Iy

R2113470

LS

V2IMIXER

1/2 6,16

5

SWITCH SHOWN INCHANNEL 13 POSITION.

CI7I15

CII 1 LB39

Fr,

O CIS OF6200

1/2o 0M 6J6

10

156

Oct

TUNER UN T

221Re

4: MilliaRI R". 7

GRIOO3 RI C22

'MIU 2.

HEATER 8+ *50135V

LE 13+

250V

1:41TVOLUME

PICTURE__CONTRAST

L114FILTERG110116

VERTICALHP.5

O II

HORIZONTALHOLD KOUT

VERTICAL LOCAL -BRIGHTNESS LINEARITY DISTANCE

O

TI 12 NORIZ LII3WIDTH DRIVE HORIZ

CONTROL LOCK

CS C2

T107 ADJ.CATHODE

TRAP

of

0 ®'

LI II 1101 ADJ.4.52IG 4. 5 1110TRAP

FINETUNING

CHANNELSELECTOR

T104 ADJ.39.75 TRAP

1103 ADJ.MC TRAP

1105 ADJ., 47.25 MC TRAP

TOG ADJ.3..75 MC TRAP

TIOIRATIO SET.

TIOS ADJ.47.25 MG TRAP

1,7

0

In

-J

HO

Cr

oz O-F -

roul0/LJ a

MIAJN

ID

aQzZZ-Owlt -ccz 41ar

TOP VIEW - CHASSISBOTTOM VIEW

See pages 20 and 21 for circuit dial ram, and alignment table on page 22.

III CF;L-Y

GO 111 _1

-ILO

QID0

VOL VtiEAal IVARSI

OP. IOUNJ. MIMPAL.

19


Arvin television CHASSIS TE 330-1

r

VHF100V H 1-

L_

TUNER UNIT -VHF -UHF

IF AGC

C1165000

NANc 7103C11536 T

CII7

B2IR20

R223i0K

UHF+85

R219158

C194

CGLATjI74' 30

MED

UHF+250

I ST PIX IFV5 .90V6CB6

I-075V

i5K

1318

HIGHEST SYMBOLNUMBERSASSIGNED

6195R223

L121

R221820

TO VHFTUNERTERMINAL VHF

BOARD +250

019510001000

SELRECT

FUSE1/2 AMP

TICKS40

= MED

CI88 .7 CI92.22 1 1000

CI22

7104 n3.731c47

+909 42.25118

11 tC12147

CI201CII9 1610

w81223300

822222

15.75

RI231000

1-C123

255

6124113K

-1-C124

t5./ 5_07,7 \f-kr-AfRI5722

MEG70

I RESISTANCE ARE SHORN IN CHMS; KICCO, MEG.I,C00,0C0.CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 111 ME IN MFD AND MORETHAN III IN AIMED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

1 COIL RESISTANCE VALUES LESS THAN OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.

4. ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

RI25ISO

D.C.VOLTAGES ARE READ WITH VOLTOHMYST USING COK Aftnr-___L

C101

68

I22

2ND PIX IFV6 490V

6CB6

ISOLATING RESISTOR ON THE PROBE. ANTENNA TERMINALSSNORTED. LINE VOLTAGE 117 V - VOLTAGES SHOULDREAD WITHIN 207 EXCEPT VERY LOW VALUES AND WHERENOTED WITH AN ASTERISK (AL BEFORE VOLTAGES ARE MEASUREDSTATION WAS TUNED IN AND ALL CONTROLS EXCEPT CONTRASTSET FOR PROPER FIX CONTRAST SET MA X.C.W 0..1 VOLTAGEVARIES WITH CONTROL SETTING.

G WHERE VOLTAGES ARE AFFECTED BY CONTROL SETTINGS, THE VOLTAGESSHOWN ARE READ WITH CONTROLS SET FOR PROPER PICTUREADJUSTMENT

7 RESISTANCE VALUES SHOWN ARE WITH FART DISCONNECTEDFROM CIRCUIT.

R ALL WAVE FORMS MEASURED WITH A STRONG SIGNAL INPUTAND WITH CONTRAST SET TO GIVE 309 OUTPUT PEAK TOPEAK AT JUNCTION OF R153 AND RI55; PICTURE TUNEDPROPERLY AND IN SYNC.

9 WITH A STRONG SIGNAL INPUT AND LOCAL -DISTANCE SWITCHIN LOCAL POSITION - 4.8 V IS MEASURED AT JUNCTION OF8I40 AND SWITCH STATOR CONTACT AND -2.66 V AT JUNCTIONOF 8142 AND 0147. WITH A WEAK SIGNAL AND SWITCH INDISTANCE POSITION -1.4 V. IS MEASURED AT JUNCTION OFRI 42 AND 6147 AND -as V. AT JUNCTION OF R143 AND 814 4.

RiSo1006

I ST SOUND IF

V9B1/2 I2AU7

SYNC SEP+29V.

1.7 VR103150

R104ICCO

010410X)

LIMITERV/

6 AU6

;07

RI06680K

CO5 75000 I2

R10K

8)0822K

SOO C

I I 0 V

R10990

tt7:

R101 -I470

7105 4,254c

R1281000

R2I522K

RI 7K

8160

3RD FIX IF

c V747 6CB6

.7 L103-

812 9150

560K 18 00

-075V6131IRK

R13247

8162-I820

4

100V

+29Vjii63 .

C45,71

C1551

HCRIZ. DISC.

V/46AL52

3

5

4R193 -I

II C156001

RI9412 K

HCRIZ. OSC

o/\// V/5.270pm> 6SN7

GT

CI71.01

X IMEG

R1921-.VII7 2-I 1- CI7

MEG." .0047 1.047

SEE -NOTE ID

,0 WITH SET TUNED IN ON STRONG SIGNAL, AND HORIZ HOLD CONTROL SET FOR A STRAIGHT VERT LINE AT TOP OF PIX,VOLTAGE SHOULD READ APPROX ZERO VOLTAGE SHOULD GO NEGATIVE WHEN CONTROL IS TURNED CC .w FROM ABOVESETTING AND PIX SHOULD SHIFT TO THE LEFT. VOLTAGE SHOULD GO POSITIVE WHEN CONTROL IS TURNED C W FROM

2ZERO VOLTAGE AND PIS SHOULD SHIFT TO THE RIGHT

T106 311"c

-CI32

110001

L1C131610

R

CC °I33119

SYNC.SPLIT

V12A6SN7

6 GT.31vRI641100

#1664700

6176100 325V

I--C175

R195 3903

100L104

813447

R13418K

CI36ICCO

II OK.

8200

174

(

NM _In .3- 770.--ICR19R KRI96 50K1200

HCLICRIZilla9

C4018.0

C313077

08147

7

R20450 C.112

X

R207,

C161.001

12'FK

CI6216160 DD47

R166 .0047'8.2KI

C159 VERTRI67 ope RI7q HOLD

82K2 2.5MEG.

81681158

0072 R171Z2 I( icoK

YELLOM

RI73

MEG.ME

R17210

MEG.

11PlOP

HORIZOUTPUT

V166R06

GT

R205 27 K27K

HORIZ HOLD MAX C W -II 5 VHORIZ HOLD MIN -15V

MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 19 53 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ARVIN Chassis TE330-1 --'ircuit Diagram (Differs from TE330 and TE332as explained in note below and differs from TE319, TE331 in UHF tuner.

RATIO DET

V2 6AL5 47RII K0

5

10J3V

3

C10 7500

2 -.15V.C109.047

0108.0033250K

4 MFD IVOLUMEII 50 V. COVITCL

I ST AUDIO AMP

V36AV6

7

C110

0047 2

8114

MEG.2

CIII I47

9115

150K

CI121 9116I 10001

I

C113DI

RI17

MEG

AUDIO OUTPUT

V46 v 6

GT190

4 23CV

7192014

RI1913

MFG220c

250V

75 4225 os.loo;),ON,LP.V.Vta) 3.

4500 42 75

4TH RIX IF floovV8

6

OVI

-03712 2

1107

136

5

2

+100V

- C138610

6139I'"

r,13let 1

L

91371000

8138150

1142

TI08 6 %Ease

27

j_C141IKEIO

L106iEl 723K9

2ND DET.

I2AU 7

V94 -0.45

LID00 MC.-

C14668

R141220K

956014011

C143__ 8143 ttK12622 3 ,2213K 3,30

7f+24V el8,44a = W IOK

C144 .-a C141Dc°0 Imo.C145 221

ii

C

SON

3IT

L109la

VIDEO AMP

WO +225V AC7 8 R c,i

R 54L47 I2°K

9 41191 9-

!2.

7 I 5 592160 / 1220K

7 .4

30v

300

110406 C 4

100MED

8148R145220K - -

91501 500'CONTRAST

LIIILII0 4.5 TRAP

000 V0 -Try.tr,G

P TO*1 111

orP TO P

M53

10K

9156 I C15227011 T 270

-0151.047

'77

II OV

VERT. OSC

VI286SN7GT

- 9V.

R175-1I.5 MEG

REiGIITRI762.5 Rt77MEG. f1800

1163 1.047

R121788-1 I7

4 440V

CI64.1

1

RI792.2

MEG.

H.V. RECT.

rTIII111. 9II Sr

).6,0 17.

22,0:

11/7183CT

702

Lr= - T112 WIDTH

ye.R20133.9

VERT CUTPUT+425VBLUE7VI3 9624

91801500

91813K -s-

6

*2 7 XD

PLVRA100MFD

C520MFD

017L1-12 014209 97102201 2:!01(

Ar. *.eds

84-*C183

CI047

DAMPER

VI86W4GT

TI10

GREEN

9211

22011Ns,

CI136

RED

82i

R841

16 LII8 3 KM( 2

RED 41-V

2500

3

5

7n8

U

51330-1 Differs from T8330 no follow.:

5195 (1000 oat. Disc.) added in candle]. with C27(8 from Releolua Rectifier)L121 (1.7 oh) added in aeries rite selenium Rectifierto Dual Tuner.

FUSEi /4 AMP.

91196

CcI36,3

HIC168

91858201

1 1 7

R217100K

9187220K

R189.1-

CMt 100K

NEBRoff_SS

06 V2231M +4

PI XTUBE

BRIGHTNESS MAX C.W4-I4 5VBRIGHTNESS MIN +110 V(CONTRAST MAX C W I X

R218 -I,00 3014 R213 -I

6.6 K

.0WER RECT 4300V

VI9 8, 25U4G

RED

LLat25114 103C-60MFD .F80 mrp

230VA C2D=5MFO

253!

2

lalsi

u Do r =121ue,E71 pal 001 02217

IC187101

220K T of9214 1 C186

SWI02

c:14-1Fe OC 1103

cn

270v

CONTRAST MAX.CW +1.93

CONTRAST MIN+ I I V

:BRIGHTNESS MAXC W +130V.BRIGHTN ESSMIN 0

nment information is given on page 22, over. 21


22

ARVIN Chassis TE319, TE330, TE331, TE332, ALIGNMENT, continued.(Refer to page 19 for chassis views.)

VIDEO I.F. AND TRAP ALIGNMENT

I. SET TUNER TO CHANNEL 9 -10 OR 1 1 .

2. SET LOCAL -DISTANCE SWITCH IN LOCAL POSITION.

3. CONNECT A 3V BIAS TO THE JUNCTION OF R141 a RI 43 AND GROUND.

4. MAKE SURE THE T.V. RECEIVER, SIGNAL GENERATORS AND SCOPE ARE BONDED BY A COMMON GROUND.

STEP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FREQUENCES ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS

I. V.T. V. M . ACROSS R147 ISOLATE V.T.V.M. LEAD WITH II1K RESISTORSET ON LOWEST SCALE.

2. R R.F. SIGNALNER TUNER TEST PONT 39.75 TIO4 I sr I.F.{TO06 3RD I.I.F.TUNEFORMINIMUM

3. SAME SAME 41.6 703CCA3TtlIZETLRAII: { TUOR NE BOTTOM

SAME SAME 47.25 TI06 2ND IP710114TH

LP { FrEBOTTOM

MINIMUM

5. SAME SAME 45.3 TI C007 ruTNEERR COIL ( JoUN E TOPMAXIMUM

ITUANT WITH- CORE ALL THE WAY IN AND

6. SAME SAME 45. TUNE TOPT1011 4TH. LP {

7. SAME SAME 43.I 1106 3FD.- IF TU(Fg"EMA

TO

8. SAME SAME 45.75 T105 ao. I. F. { TUNE TOPFOR MAXIMUM

9. SAME SAME 42.25 T03T"I04 IEVERI.F.IFFTORUNE TOP

MAXIMUM

10. SAM E TO CHASSIS NEARLST. I.F. TUBE VS

45.73 45 41.642.73 42.25 USED AS A MARKER GENERATOR

I I. OSCILLOSCOPE JUNCTION CI4911L120 ISOLATE SCOPE LEAD WITH IIIK RESISTOR

I 2 - GENERATORvEANTENNA

TERMINALS CHANNEL 10TOUCH UP TOP CORES FCR DESIREDRESPONCE CURVE RECEIVER TUNER SET TO CHANNEL 10

13. SAME SAME MARKER 41.6 TI07 CATHODE TRAP SEE CURVES BELOW

I 4. SAME SAME ALL CHANNELS CHECK CURVE ON ALL CHANNELS

r-1 41.60

45.75 42.25

A. TI05 AND TUNER COIL AFFECT SLOPE ON LEFT SIDE.

B. T106 AND TI08 AFFECT TILT OF CURVE.

C. T103 AND TI04 AFFECT WIDTH OF CURVE AND SLOPE OFRIGHT SIDE.

45 2 .75

INCREASE SCOPE GAIN. TUNE TIO7UNTIL TRACE LOOKS LIKE THIS.

41 .60

POSSIBLE POSITIONS

41.60

HIGH INFREQUENCY

OF CURVE AFFECTED BY CATHODE

41.60

CORRECT

TRAP TIO7

4160

LOW INFREQUENCY

SOUND I.F. ALIGNMENT AND 4.5 TRAP ALIGNMENT

STEP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FREQUENCIES ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS

1 V. T. V. M.PIN I V2 TO GROUND

RATIO DETECTORSET ON 10 VOLT °nal F

2SIGNAL

GENERATORJUNCTION OF LI20

AND C1494.5 MC

BOTTOM TIOI RATIO DET. TOPLIOI tST SOUND I.F. TUNEFOR MAX. ON VTVM

SET GENERATOR OUTPUT TOREAD APPROX. 5 VOLT CN V.T.V.M

3.V.T.V.M. JUNCTION OF RII0AND C108

TUNE TOP OF TIOI RATIO DET.FOR ZERO.

SET METER ON LOWEST SCALETUNING TIOI SHOULD SWINGMETER ABOVE El BELCH ZERO

4 SAME SAME SAME CHECKSTUNE GENERATORABOVE AND BELOW 45WC

POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE FEM(SSHOULD READ WITHIN 30%

5. V.T V. M. PIN I V2 TO GROUNDRATIO DETECTOR

SET ON 10 VOLT SCALE

6. SIGNALGENERATOR

JUNCTION OFLII2 AND RI53

USE .01 ISOLATING CAP4.5 M C

TUNE 4.5 TRAP LI I 1 FOR

MINIMUM ON VTVM

REMOVE VIDEO MAP VIO CON -NECT 200,4,4 CAPACITORBETWEEN PIN 8 AND PIN 4

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19 i3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

7200 SERIES

CHASSIS 33 7- 341

Arvin INDUSTRIES INC.

Models 7210CB, 7210CM, 7210CR, 7212CFP,7212MEA, 7214CM, 7216CB, 7218CB, 7218CM,7219CM. (Some with additional suffix UHF.)

TE341 is the same as TE337, but : ricludes UHF.

ALIGNMENT (Continued o page 26)

CHART I AGC ADJUSTMENTSEQUIPMENT

I VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER

2 0 TO -30 BIAS SUPPLY ( VARIABLE)

S DGESTED

_, --ela45 V = 501,

BATTERY= POT

;[

BIAS SUPPLY

PINTO 5 016, 200

ISOL ATIONRESISTOR

TO GROUND

STEP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION ADJUSTM NT INSTRUCTIONS

I PIN I V8 SHORT PIN I TO GROUND

2 VTVAI PIN B V I I B SET BIAS CONT DL R 165FOR ZERO VOL ; C6I V7VM

3 SET LOCAL-DIS DNCESWITCH ON DI TANCE

REMOVE KEYEDAMPLIFIER TUBE VI 6

4 VARIABLE BIASSUPPLY 0 TO -30

PIN 5 V 16TUBE SOCKET

SET FOR -7 VC T ONVT v M

5 VTVM ACROSS Cl 4 MFD,TUNER AGC LEAD

SET THRESHOL CONTROLR2OZ FOR - 1 75 DIN VTVM

6 MOVE LOCAL -DI TAN CETO LOCAL POSIT ON

VTVM SHOULD READAPPROXIMATLY -4 VOLT

AGC THRESHOLD (R207)

This control has been set at the factory for properoperation in both fringe and local areas and should bechecked only if on strong signal "overload" operation isindicated or excessive snow on fringe signal is evident.

Local area-strong signal1. Contrast setting for normal picture.

2. Set local -distance switch in "loc." position.3. Set control full counter -clockwise.4. Turn control clockwise until set does not over-

load (as evidenced by picture smear or bending).

Fringe area-weak signalIn isolated cases of operation where it appears thatthe "snow" is greater than normal for the particu-lar area, the setting of this control should bechecked. When the control is turned maximumcounter -clockwise, the receiver will operate at maxi-mum sensitivity. However, for this setting of thecontrol, strong signals could cause "overloading,"so it is advisable to approach the optimum settingof the above steps.

I-cr4xo6Y

O.n00elwNV/

o0co

wz coo o1=1-

w

I- 2 ;Z _, 0ILI 4 z2 w 8 1-

_IZ > o0 'ft >-_I x

Q).- ° 'J

"

LIZ .,:r to- o- LT (,)

..: 161 4

a- z CO2 44 F - w0 ,

3 ajw I

).- 4 crt ' < - , >ou, -j> 0UI lal0 0 z

.:5 sCr a. 0

1=4N 1"I.-

CCQ=0

'"1-,

4I0z,,,2,_u.,--

2a

a4,,t,

w_Ia.2001--zw

x, = '

i

w-2,7

c' 2r<

.4, i

0,..w03

-LA1

I-

2

g0

17o

0Z

a,_'CrZ

1`2820,0 oAz 0 1,33

_lasoM).-RI.7,>, co 0,7,I -to w>--koperLa 0 u.i- 0 ,,,r04- 7,-'xizwc ' r -t- w.c2C I ),13 0 0

w..-.;30

9

02>I->

0aZ<.w

c-0"0illx0

2

30

0

P.

1

g

ii=

I

ccwZ

taW

52V/4owU)D

;2

",.1

0......

X21.01,0wowzcoOW

SeI- 0o w0, =- , - -1-. ,

°0 Z:1,11'821..41--c' 000 c/11

P,

.v

AA

o

o

!Ti

S.r-.co

<sWO-

i,

0

zw2I_CO

D-,o4

0,,'''v( -

< aE6 31- =6P

0'asOD,_-za,z-,

o- gI-

Za -p1,0U

.

,_9

22 -221--cr

8,2

..°

`g 1-Da-

0.>.

Pm

.2

`cS2-I-2_... x

,9-

°i--2_.2.10(-,-,r22

°I- 2

S<32(_1-crg8.

-Tc

EaDa-ce32

-,,,,Ofx2Lu -z,.1i..m

02_ D1-2

,7(4

022i-i_cr82

i tjDRO,0o h.c 0CB '1(vI- CCw o0.-

W.0 41-1A. 0

tvo. ccotOoo,--ow5'-05>821f it1-400

LT

z 0/F-: 'ctgo_0,,,,,

w2r<°00 _Jr,. ,,,o - - -l' -'8,121c1

. J, 55 4

w0010ci.°i:050'>802S1-1-00

0w3n,oivccIA.

02,-air<

020,,-cr

02."r--<

02

0r<.1.

02

tvvt

020)

-0.

02ro.a

02op

-a

02.ev

0a

0000mmmm0 0 .0 0I. cs/ cs.1,I

0 ,I I.- -aaaa

2

c0st

o.0 ,0-

a vl

0._,wZz.4

5

0wwZzAiI0

i-,

0wZ28

co

_>u-oCO

-.°-

o3L,0---°-

i-2

Utw1-

Lif,

=01-

I-Z2I-2i-cr

L'D1-

I-Z2, -21-.o1--

I-

E.

LT,

1.-.o1.-

I-g2I -(0,

I-x0,-

g.

WI-,.

31-

iI -

'2,--Es

zp

'ix22(7/ 4LU Cr1--Mo. tr.,

Z' -P -Z1

'2 yF. 02-ri) 4WiCC0,0Cr ',.-r,

uiR,7,1-ing

, a-0 ,r)

SE-I-0 0tiZZ,,,,< ,

8icl

CO

x =0 >...., Le 0WoLit, CO

o zcT.

ILy17)

U-

X<wZ

0>u.o-za.

w r-, 0.,-z -io,_:,- ..,, 0'.ozo

r.,co Ei.

l ?( 6

rt0V-0u,I--L..,.,

w

wa_tZ 4z zw5I . - ,...Z n-<,

8,-a0 -w, cc

cr,

5'(3,

0a°Z <zzwiI-Z Cr

<1'2

,2.Ci-

0w

2>

1->

2>1-

'1e04,coCc

W, 6[co

It go<xow

j.2

20

:lpxa22too, ,Z

CEO

zl,Z<Q xco tvL ,Z

CLO

z4,-_,z40 cr,,,m,

lbw- " zKO

46zlz,9OWco,,,wXX 0

zc',_Z.<2.ow,E,CEO

15<coIvLf,

0

',,z0X2(0LLE,

C.0

5:9,

2cctowL,.,=

20

sI-

v.1,,,,-.

0

w§00 >o_.-1 I-09 >0

_ix112z

`,2,1xviw wZ

coo

cc0

..,.7,-lal ccww3xOW

0

cc0,0w1.--

w0

wo_

8V)

3Jo0

z0

1TtX'-Z'

Ow0

w0.o0'3_IG

0

idgZ'

Ow

fl.W

1,7,

- o.I I< Ar Al 1.0 1.- CO 0 Z cs1 to_ o .11 X, r - CO_a, 0 . t',/

C, 23

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONARVIN Chassis TE341-3See notes belowhow this chassisdiffer from earlierproduction runs;TE337 does nothave UHF input.

rTUNER

7UNIT - V.H.F.

AOC HEATER I.E

L_

T8341-1 DIFFERS FROM 16341 AS FOLLOSSiR166,270K.,10% changed to 5166-1,160K.20%. 5167.4.7 meg.,changed to R167-1,2.2meg. R203.220K.,ohanged to 5203-1,100K.R202 as shown in schematic deleted.R202.1000 ohm.,10%,25.,reeietor added from jun-otion of 5161 & plaid of V12 to 4.218V.C10,5mfd..250V.,electrolytio condenseradded from junotim of 2161 and pinj6 ofV12 to ground. 5235 changed from 15K.10%,271.tol6K.,5%,2W. R242,16K,52,2N,added in parallel with R235. R235,10%.6%62.added from junction of 8235,5242& C194 to ground. Cn VHF tuner, C24ohaded from 47mmf.to 22mmf.$341-2 DIFFFRS FROM 12341-1 AS FOLLOWS

R220,91K.changed to R220 -1,100K. R221,150K.chonged to 5221-1,50K. 5244,1000

ohms added. R245,56K.added.C196,.01mfd.added.8210.330Kchanged to 8210-1,470K.P143.1011. deleted.C4,5mfd deleted.Junctionof 0127 and 5130 connected to 9218 voltsthrough R244(Waa connected to Finp6 of V10)Pin 6 of V10 col:mooted to 9136 V. R202con-nected to 4550 V.(Was oonneoted to +elev.,

TS341 -3 DIFFERS FROG 2E341-2 AS FOLLOWS,R150.3.9K.changed to 5150-1,2.7K. R182.1.5 meg.changed to 2.6 meg. 0104.1200hchanged to 185 uh. 5154.2.71 changed toR154 -1.3.9K. L106,120uh changed to185uh. 1108,93uh changed to 185 uh.L105,93uh changed to 600 uh.C148.10nnfdeleted.R246 25ohm6,145.added.5202 con.neotion changed from4250Vto4518V.C145lOonf. deleted.

8239

+250K +en +115V.

R242 I

1SK3

R2, 531 CI 4 11241100zw0ttt

V/LSE SOUND I.F.

6AU6A_

SOSCLev

16101

1350

) 810182

1250.TIO1

rIC

-31203, 15

R102 L1030

CI02-.0i I .01 I

o B0E:7,SV

1.1v

+0.2V.

0107 4

R103 .01MOO R105

R104 1560106I

6847K T =

V22.ND. SOUND I.F.

6AU6

R10656K

60V.

1100.01

02500

T 104

'20: 33

V6ISM PIX

* s

II

Si) 2522K

I 11

C121 .0047

R1244700

.2

82400200

205V

0 13 :1

RI29,...::22 . 4 C126 1_42.2._ _ __ ,.._1L

11127.3.100 *

.0047 1Z133)

TD047 TV.iV7 :). R2444 >

1000

1105 TOG---0128 -1 1- 0;i0

100 0,0512

0291 .0.0VD t

_j TL20 4

R1321.Vt131 56

V71.200V TI2.80 PI% I.F.

6CB6 A Ri6.8

3

001324

4461it-VA'

000

91 `8133;CI31 5338

VT +121v T1013

3.80 PI% I.F.

6CB6

-1=A837)4T88.

AlC133;.0047

RI

01396K

oasiAga?

AGC

CI22 1 6126.0047 I ICOO ;DcIZ,77

HIGHEST SYMBOLNUMBERS ASSIGNED

CI95R245

I. RESISTANCE ARE SHOWN IN WAS- K I. MEG. 1,000,003

2 CAPACITANCE %BLUES LESS THAN III ARE IN MFO AND MORETHAN (11 IN TAMED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

3. COIL RESTANCE VALUES LESS THAN 111 OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.

4 ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

5 D.C.VOLTAGES ARE READ WITH YCATONMYST USING 100KISOLATING RESISTOR ON TOE PROBE. ANTENNA TERMINALSSHORTED LINE VOLTAGE 117 V -60- VOLTAGES SHOULDREAD WITHIN COIL EXCEPT VERY LOW VALUES AND WHERENOTED WITH AN ASTERISK 101

46 WHERE VOLTAGES ARE AFFECTED BY CONTROL SETTINGS.THE VOLTAGES SHOWN ARE READ WITH CONTROLS SETFOR PROPER PICTURE ADJUSTMENT.

7 RESISTANCE VALUES SHOWN ARE WITH FART N540.10E07E0FROM CIRCUIT

G ALL HAVE FORMS MEASuREC WITH A STRONG SEAM 0001AN0 WITH CONTRAST SET TO 610E bOv OuTPuT PEAK TOPE. AT JUNCTION GF L 100 [AD F061. PICTURE TUNESPROPERI.T AND IN SYNC

9 WITH A STRONG SIGNAL INPUT AND LOCAL -DISTANCESWITCH IN LOCAL POSITION -8v IS MEASURED AT PIN Et

0118 MID -65V ACROSS C7 WITH A WEAK SIGNAL ANDSWITCH IN DISTANCE POSITION -5V IS MEASURED AT PINVII 13 AND - IV. ACROSS C7.

24

,1 G170.047

+135V+218V

...r-L.Asn"rfar,

V118

:44 1-1Astri"AGC CATHODEFOLLOW.WER

12AXT-.20 7

1u3C.

SW.

DIST.

6207T. 3 /AEG

=4WD

IC169.0047

R20833 MEG

820633K

LT,T,

MFD 816200K

-5

0164100

1

R16320K10150

R2091200

0171

V/6KEYED

S AMPLIFIER6AU6

6.3300+050,

R20

470K

RIGS15 K

BIASADJUSTWENT

1051 SYNC. V/3T.017 AMR 52H

-I .440

12AU70420

4 9 5

RI67-12.2MEG xt. --

F27tPK+

CI72.001

7

R211W OK

8212IOOK

RI69478 IWA.

+0.-v

%Li3 fSS RITZS 220

-÷7

00 617110

x-33

V14 AS N6C., s.NTGLII 7

5 012v

6 + V

0154.47

R1751.10

R1764.70

1 1/ .031 3980173 0213

T VI7HeIV*2

3

Vr.+ 460 V

R2i433K

R177 WU,L2 X

II8176 056es 14

RITE, CI5722K .0O22\_' 01.-1

" 1414"E"'"ik..2C!

-SWINE

V18HORIZ.OSG

6SN7GT

-3vTo

+3v

0216 6MEG

GI77 100

C1713 .0039

R2I8 8.261W

CT

01110 ine°2 L:XA

01500 200U0 82192450

8 7

I R2171+8.4V

R2I5 1-7034C'774.7MEG =

1.0

428

47

s

079330

0270

9.5v S 0227

ClapI e2°°330.

R220-IICED

0221A500HOR1Z

= HOLD

0E12

370HDRIZ _DRIVE

5

+1350

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT (Rear)

1. Set the Horizontal Hold Control to the center of itsrange.

2. Adjust the Horizontal Lock until picture is in sync.Then turn the Horizontal Lock right until the pic-ture goes out of sync. Next turn the Horizontal Lockto the left until the picture just pulls into sync.

3. Turn the Horizontal Hold Control full left. Switchthe Channel Selector off station then on again. Thepicture should then go out of sync. Turn the hori-zontal Hold Control full right. Switch the ChannelSelector off station then on again. The picture shouldgo out of sync.

4. Adjust the Horizontal Lock until the number of diag-onal bars are the same for both the right and leftout of sync positions.

VERTICAL PEAKING (R188)

1. Adjust height and vertical linearity controls as out-lined above.

2. After a normal picture is tuned in, adjust the con-trast control maximum to the left and adjust thebrightness in order that the picture can be seen.

3. Adjust the centering ring until the top of the picturecan be seen.

4. Adjust the vertical peaking control (R188) so that4 or 5 faint horizontal lines (covering verticallyapproximately I/0 inch) can be seen. This adjust-ment is made to give equal spacing of the individualraster lines.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19 s3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ARVIN Chassis TE 34 1- 3V5 +2600

RIO 9

320 V3R11047K CV SW. -MI

Rua10011 V4

F-, -1 RATIO OEM1 mv GALS G011 ?01321 "ARCM) .

0:041DL AWL/ L1 Aar,

_ BATS_

CI17 I2TO RP9 .1.C141

MO K

AUDIO OUTPUT6A05

GLUE

TIO 3500742vI

1. =

1t I,

1

.C.I 79

RIO7L. 333K 2 - J RIP

OK - i

me Li

,__41 .ca 450162

16BEG. C28 R120 RE07

SPEAKER

1.3m vAl

13/08,. R112 0.°(i)--. zl,264 :2, 1 LUNE

R117

',Pai OOK

1_15 5,,,,,, 470K

R121

5

--7 RI 22 R12321000

.1C109K i M11 JACK TONE 10

%C30 30 's ° G3 A A C34 5...I, X" -K-

I _n_ MEG t -.1 2014E0 I W x5 50 MFO - I5VG115

.0033 300 V

I 35V 250 V

am.: (15/AingAlEr''1-7.-X '''.:L5,-t'..4..ji..".'UW.NUAVA.15.-f i " -°:' r"'ACI4A4rLI MU. V/ IA LI05

250M1 5.. rThitBiorl"5VA DEE

1N64 ...711...1.11.-%'1

.

2. r."4"1".____,R150-1RI45 I T. VIDEO AMR

.., NOISEINVERTER

2.7K 004

elyr.......=A 91544

3.9K

4 ..._23." -13.//4.414//***// ino 2 ND. VIDEO AMP/ " ''' 6405 I-06 U07 MC TRAPV9 TE3V TI09 TIM 3.311 ..4904.TH. PI X LE

6086 1

70 TOA 7-&421,i C 1

rallWO

C144s6

1850.I2AX7 5

CM/ 1R6.1.1.9'21

Ida5I36

.004? 1 pm,. . CM i

; : 1102 r.--- It? r(3...... MA

A.7. 2 -.A V12.5 V 17 0 OCV41614L9 Itdov-.IRV

.,,-m

13-1 MKt 1

-

i...44Tx4

10 1

,1

_I, L103 i 30.

1.7 - ."A ii35 1 F2254

8152 -19p5Ri56 ).:40.r

1 MEG 5 46v

\ -*/

.71(MAO60

k'IT, 4-113715E0 Zall op:o

GI W MIRI'R146 3,4 k

47 - 33K11-- %Rt55

__,....,..._ -2Ri57

R.5101--,.2.5K -1% G10

K30

G1357 p .01 I .0.II -J.+

470K

-G---

- GAM.022

-5

2.7K 620 CONTRAST mio,_zx-15V - MO

1350

2164

1*. 5R 11

VI4rT-..,,-.. .-..tfirlf7-..-"'"8 V/54319833K

82016811

RION° C.W=19204 C.0'.77

470KTill VERT.OSC. etirs. lf

8197 SH+ .. .54354i 1.2.K ..., 6SN7GT c.f. ../ . 0 VERT.- -IFIED 430K ' i T.,

c,58 i 2' 9 R183 I4")" .E015 .

2

ow

22C160 mE.047

654IL

OUTPUT erZK1

: ALPSI 562 IRTII2 01

8RIGNINESS=-5

CI64

SKt-I0I

C16,5'.'

R203-11006

tY

IV,cc

°.i

RI81 IlL"G3 MEG *

RISO+348V 2

GREEN ''/ 8 I

,;1 1419, F,63 I A016 i

-HI I/ ..L1..E0VR1134

vERT..._ 10 NEGHOLD

k 9.1 k 5 5. . aL. L LI a 3 JR-50

R139B200

MAX +42VNM +98V II

c.

e.i.35v6R186

RI88 A% rat, ia, V24R.32- RI.52.5X1.5 K1E6

111 '-r t IMEG430 K

1 7.-"..'..'"1 Riglij9

R187+ vE.x, MIL F3K

LK.D..

I00 4WD .4\- 1.101.

firR203

(ILA KPICTURE TUBE

1 1 2IMP45 REG KEAKING

NE1GNT 460v .

111/J. 0166

500-0-

C193

10475

20Xv.-r

.%

H.V. RECT V249+1511V-- iB3GT

-----,v..

236 2237 R2313VI9r T113'I

220K 2201( 220132W 2W 2W

I1155HCRIZ..__I V3

I,

6 0 POWER RECTIFIERSId - YE 3000OUTPUT 61-94

6006 007414.

Il2F#246

71139 :2:ma 127229 5U4 25

I9°9232347

5 2164 + 3.9 V23 G313 ... E3..__I. , 834R223 ' \C188 5U4G

40mF D

a C2 A40 250v

5 iM410"4

GI 65:

I "-.' ..:2013 VI_ '- x WO

C19I.00., I F12X3+30V 2

4., 11111 Of ____FFX '6

24 85R224

+70K C184X ,

1-9Imo.In

i ,....I Lt_

3,7A,

I

DAMPER643

RED

RED 4,__,Ititit-YELLOW

. i.1

et 0901

7: IT'

+2192

43234ii 50JR226

_ Rd: __IA 4230

aLWO -m SW. ,..

9--134 50 5W

A.55f ,,,,, 0114011061304 I--0 13 54G163 .;,7,st7-729'

R225 " MOT9 -,1.111 WHITE DOT

°,..-p. 1114 VI.

12W

20 :L4WD i_.--,"2 - G182I .017FUSEi/ 4 AMP v 1 3000

WO R23100169.

CSC25

1.1-1.4.--."5...-- 223K 5Y1-104- tint BC.

NED

-15V 3002

i3S V

AGC THRESHOLD

VERTICAL PEAKING

PICTURE(OUTER RING )

ON -OFF VOLUME(INNER KNOB)

UHF PRISM WINDOW

CHANNEL SELECTOR( INNER KNOB )

TUNING -UHFFINE TUNING -VHF

(OUTER RING) 25


ARVIN Chassis TE337, TE341, ALIGNMENT, continued.

SOUND. [F AND 4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTEQUIPMENT -4.5 MC SIGNAL GENERATOR , V T V M

STEP EQUIPMENT CONNECTION FREQUENCIES ADJUSTMENT INSTRUCTIONS

I. V T V M PIN 5 OF V3 SET ON 10V SCALE.REMOVE V9 ( 4 THPICTURE I.F. TUBE).

2. SIGNALGENERATOR

PIN I OF V 10 4. 5 MC BOTTOM TI10 TOP &BOTTOM OF TIO1 &BOTTOM OF TIO 2FOR MAX. AFTERADJUSTMENTS HAVEBEEN MADE , SETGENERATOR OUTPUTFOR 18V READINGFOR NEXT STE P.

CALIBRATE 4.5 MCSIGNAL GENERATORBEFORE USING -- -PREFERABLY WITHA CRYSTAL.

3. VTVM JUNCTION OFC112 8 RII0

TUNE TOP OF 1102FOR ZERO ON VTVM

SET METER ON LOW -EST SCALE TUNINGTI02 SHOULD SWINGMETER ABOVE ANDBELOW ZERO.

4. VTVM JUNCTION OFC112 & R 110 4. 5 MC

CHECK- TUNE GEN-ERATOR ABOVE aBELOW 4.5 MC.

POSITIVE AND NEG-ATIVE PEAKS SHOULDREAD WITHIN 30%.

5. VTVM PIN 5 OF V 3 SET ON LOW SCALE .

6. JUMPER JUNCTION OFC168 a R 204TO PIN I OF V2.

7 SIGNALGENERATOR

PIN I OF SEC-OND VIDEOAMPLIFIER(V12)THROUGH A 100UU CONCENSER.

4.5 MC TUNE 4.5 MC TRAPL107 FOR MINIMUMON VTVM.

ON -OFF VERTICALVOL ME HOLD

TOP VIEW PICTURECONTRAST

HORZ.HOLD

BRIGHTNESS

TONEPHO 0 -TV

HEIGHT

VERTICALLINEARITY

LOCAL

I

(STANCECHANNEL

-SE L E CT OR

FINEVERTICALPEAKING I

TUAINC

--02.)03

- -K IN(C117,

tAF?

ESCOPE21 M P4

' V24 ,114

A GCTHRESHOLD---,__

o MI INIE MII El=

T102

CONVERTER- -

1104 TRAP39.75 M C

--"--

pp0

6827(V28\p3071,_./

I6S" IniG

(C.13I6S4 $

I

411).4166.1Ss_ 2

G3

- -C9

RATIO DET.

1104 ADJT.05 I** I FPLAT, -E -TR

V4AT.

7.01/Wa.CONVERTERI F

1102 RATIO DU CB

4 5 M C .,1106 0, I F N (vA,3_ Fmk

ragry1103

ir......,...------TIO5 ADJ.

/TRAP4125 MC.

GP D ------ --TIOI 1sT SOUND

N._ m!" . au

"F0 2

603 20 TRAP

,V3 5

TIO6 ADJ.

I F 4.5 M C V7 M 2'27 . 0 3G T

. %

__, `,1-2,1.N.c

7107 2,0

,CB6 0 V9 VIbCB

2"..--`\ el V2I F41 OMC - _I .

V17AL5 V20 I 10 T101 J.

. 7 / 4 5 MC

T108 3.., I F

455 MC -'

1114 ..-

, v. I

' 'rAx

V 2

M-1 I ORZL.NE cp e 0 8

V23 2.605

vIG 019I

db 0 ---5U4 0 4 /

G6SN7

GT6E10 6

TL

\1 .

'''' LII3

/ vouTHI

T109 4. I F "

AND IN64 ,--

I0 V22 0DETECTOR r \

..,'un 0182 LIO9 4 MC T110"ADJ. TIO9 ADJ

SFE4KER WIDTHDRIVE SOCKET

HORZ HORZ45M G / CONTROL \ LOCK \ DRIVE LOCK

SOUND

gtpl

, HORZ26 T110 /CENTRING

BOTTOM VIEW

4 5 MC 43.7 MO

AD

TRAP

JMENT ZOE

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19! ;3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

The service material on this paf eand the schematic diagram on thnext two pages are correct for t .e

following CBS -Columbia TV setE :Chassis 817

Models17C1817M1817T18

Chassis 820 ChasE is 821Models Mc del20M1820M2820T18

211:1.8

Chassis 817-1 and 820-1 are sin ilarand the differences are explainer inthe schematic diagram.

V21201414A

-11'7201 V9 :,`,1"

1 .. .,I V14 .:: VI3 (""1-')

(SiEFEvuNEI frzm;" "" ii -11,:, ' "'\- i LII4 t`/ Tao::TIME V 3*:::

LOCATION e -N "1' V15 Lo.v55i-

I MI I vi

1....?,.Z..o. ,"1.,,,_s L 392

(;5)Lia -./ ,_),% va .'"v12 (31"7)lme i '..a.

I200

V20

VIO

1150, )

L13

I

I

V5:2 7"--\ VW LIIQ V7""°

L203

L a

TUBE & ?RIMIER LOCATION

ti

V Vrr

: JI

VIP

A .Subt,hary Coltimbra Bralleastik; .Sy sin Inc

TUBE TUBE PIN NUMBERSLOC. TYPE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGESV 1 6BC5 -1 0 0 6.2 Sc 105 105 0V2 6J6 120 75 0 6.2 ac -2.5 -4 0V3 6C136 -0.4 0.6 6.0 ac 0 120 120 0V4 6CB6 -0.4 0.6 6.0 ac 0 120 120 0V5 6CB6 0 1.0 6.1 Sc 0 120 120 0V6 6AL5 0 0 0 6.3 ac 0 0 -0.4V7 128117 90 -0.4 2.0 6.3 ac 6.3 ac 165 0.5 3.5 0

to A 175 to A 40 to' 70V8 6AU6 -0.5 0 0 6.3 ac 120 50 0V9 6AL5 -0.5 -0.5 5.5 ac- 0 0 0V10 6SQ7GT 0 -1 0 0 0 85VII 6V6GT 0 0 200 210 0 0V12 12BH7 60 20 20 0 0 20V13 12BZ7 90 -0.8 0 0 0 90V14 12BH7 420 -.3° 22° 0 0 100°V15 6AL5 12 -12 0 5.5 ac 0.1 0V16 128117 290 0.1 15 6.3 ac 6.3 ac 120V17 E 6BQ6GT -20 0 0 155 -20 0

-1.56.3 ac 06.3 ac 10-0.4 0 6.3 ac-0.9 0 6.3 ac-30 0 6.3 ac0.1-5 15 0

6.3 ac 15V18 1%2A High - Voltage RectifierV19 6W4GT 320 0 525 0 310 0 525E 525cV20 5U4G 340 320 ac 320 ac. 340V21 1711P4° Pin1:0; Pint: 3 to Pin10: 515 Pm 11: 40 to Pin 12: 6.3 ac;

6; A 150; c

NOTE: All voltage measured with V. T. V. M. from pin to ground with linevoltage of 117V ac and antenna terminals shorted. Values are DC un-less otherwise noted. The Phono-TV switch, if provided, is in theTV position. Varies with contrast (picture) setting. On 820 end 820-1 tube type is 20HP4A and Pin 6 = 515Vc Varies with brightness setting.° Varies with linearity setting.E Varies with Horizontal Hold setting.F Pins 7 and 8 are filament terminals.

Vsries with height setting.HORIZONTAL LINEARITY

AUDIO TAKE OFF -

(08

WIDTHCONTROL

(0. 0VERT. HEIGHTLINE

PHONO- FOCUS

CENT

000°0 00 0 0o 000

A FCVERTCENT

HORIZ

DRIVE

REAR CHASSIS CONTROLS 27

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 817, 820, 821

VI 8 V2R -F TUNER

R -F AMP, OSC -GONV

22.8 MC

L__

LINE 13V/ITCH GANGEDTO VOLUME CONT

S*I .01

C201-1-

28

11142125TRAP

T200

CI286.8

C 100

270

RIO3.911

V36CB6

V46CB6

82 I sr I.F. 2tio I.F.

C101 A 11102

1.1500 330

V205U4GRECTIFIER

V9 V156AL5 6AL5

TO TUNER

PICTURECARRIER

SOUNDCARRIER

2 55.25 59.75

3 61.25 65.754 67.25 71.75

5 77.25 81.75

6 83.25 87.757 175.25 179.75

8 181.25 185.75

9 187.25 191.75

0 193.25 197.75

199.25 203.75

12 20525 209753 211.25 215.75

R103 R10447K 47

J C101 Bi500

VI2 V6 V21 V5 C107B

12887 6AL5 NICTURE 6CB6 15000_ TUBE -

VI41281-17

CHASSIS PICTURENO. TUBE V21

817 8 817- I 1711P4

820 8 820-1 20111.4A

821 21FP9

L200

C104

270

L102L103228X

RFCMC

8107

1105 2201500

0106IMFD

C206-

V712887

VI612887

V4 C204 C205

6CB6 150001 500 0

NOTE

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDALL CAPACITORS MARKED LESS THAN 1,1N MFD.ALL CAPACITORS MARKED MORE THAN I , IN MMF,

ALL CAPACITORS RATED 600 V.ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS.

IN CHASSIS DESIGNATED 817-I 8 820-1;0 HOR. HOLD CONTROL & 112I6 ARE OMITTED. AND R312 IS

CONNECTED TO GROUND.0 PHONO SWITCH e. JACK ARE OMITTED.

WHEN V18 IS IX2A; R315.24 OHMS

IN CHASSIS DESIGNATED 820 8 821;

0 C3I1 IS !Owe 2500v

6C3

IN CHASSIS EMPLOYING VERTICAL OUTPUT XFMR PART M0.10115-4

0 R217 IS 3.911 0 R222 MAY BE (K0 11218 MAY BE 1.5 MEG. 0 R234 MAY BE OMITTED

0 C 213 IS .05 MFD.

I.F. ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1 - Connect "high" lead of signal generator to the

test point located on the top of the IIF tunerunit (Refer to the R -F tuner location diagramlocated on inside of cabinet). Connect ground tochassis.

V56CB6

3RD I.F.

_LCIO7A

R10 15000'150

010922

L105is RFC

100K

R108 11111

220 15 K

ORANGE

2

YO MFD450 V

R300225o_n_

15W

GREEN

C2030

ITICMFD450v

V61/2 6AL5

DET.

V6BI/2 6AL5

VI2AI2BH7

SYNC. AMP

111101111

114.4611 ANON1,11114 11111'

"111101111,

R20227K

NOTE. * OSCILLOSCOPE SYNCED ATVERTICAL SWEEP RATE

* * OSCILLOSCOPE SYNCED ATHORIZONTAL SWEEP RATE.

PLUG

(PIN ENO)

VIDEO

GREEN

ORANGE

R301 11302

4.7 K 6.8K2W 2W

30V PP

11112

82

17 L 06

MEMI 0110I 10

11113

I _= 4.7K

MCP .11*11.

ldllll uMMoi

R203 C207

(121.4\AA..-1)2

o R20468KIC

V7

7V PP 12BH7VIDEO AMP.

RII83.3KM

1111'1111111111

!YR.%

TWO NINO

112072.28

40VPP

7

RIM150

RIM

V 13A

I2BZ740V SYNC. SEFPP

1-177°09C--

R20222x

1 0 301.001

Vls6AL5

HOR. PHASE DET.

R30330V Pp 100K

S NC

SOCKET(BOTTOM VIEW)

RED

C302.005 1

390VPP

20VPP

C303

111306 C303.3M .05

R307 030522K 38001W

2 - Connect DC VTVM lead (through 10K isolatingresistor) to 4.7K diode load resistor (11113);

ground to chassis. Set VTVM to 5 volt scale,negative polarity.

3 - Set 1.F. generator to 25.4 megacycles with suf-ficient output to read approximately 3 volts onthe VTVM.

V86AU6

RATIO DET. DRIVER

.006 100 KCI18

II111

16./.0 .....31[111,10 111161

R1251.8K

120VPP

V96AL5RATIO DU.

T100

CII9'1000

C120.05 P

PHONO

- 200VPP 4700

P213 R2I4 R 32 R 33-1 C2-1

22K 22K

12BH7

C306

1(390

MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 19' ;3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 817, 820, 821

vw VII6SQ7 6V6-GT

LII3AUDSO

TAKE OFFC414 4.5 MC

R12210K

P100A5000

RI20 RI2IIIK 18K2W 2W

C2I0 R211

.01 22K

R2I08.2K

60V

FIX

4.1300

AFC

18309

P2055K

HOR. HOLD

:m

C308

8.2 K

C222.005

A21050

?TT80VPP SOW BETS USE

vERT INTEGRATORIETWORK BROWN ABOVE

C30925-280HOR.DRIVE

390 C3/0

VOLUME

20 -1500 V

HOE. OUT

R2207C

P2C5 M11

1GHT P2211.5 N

L301WIDTH

.050314 HOR. LIN.

.05

4 - Carefully adjust L101 and L104 (see tubetuner location) for maximum deflection on VT M.Adjust sweep generator output to keep m terreading approximately 3 volts.

5 - Set I.F. signal generator to 22.8 megacycles T ithsufficient output to read approximately 3 v itson the VTVM.

AUDIO AMP. AUDIO OUTPUT

CI27.1.001I

*P.,"A'cNO

YELLOW

R2253 3K2W

R226so" 3.3 K

2W

B 20VPP

P301

0316 100 W 111 I.1

H R CE T.

RI29 8130470K 330

1W

BOTTOM VIEW 10" SPEAKERTIOI

C124 T1.01 CI25

C 126C'Lux+ 10 MFO

450 V

C218.05

11228

33K

.05 C220e-1(GREEN .01

gpri_BROWN

VERT.CENT.

V18

IAX2H.V. RECT.

C3182201000V

I L2038 1'1 I

_J

5 MFO12 V

PIN END

RI3132507W

PIN END

T 02

5" SPEAKER

P204100 K

BRIGHTNESS

R230IM

YELLOW

EN

P206IN

FOCUSCONTROL

V21

PICTURETUBE

Continued fromprevious page.

6 - Carefully adjust L404, L103 (see tube and tunerlocation) for maximum deflection on VTVM. Ad-just signal generator output to keep meter read-ing approximately 3 volts.

7 - Set I.F. signal generator to 21.25 megacycles,set VTVM to 10 volt scale (negative polarity),and adjust signal generator output for conven-ient deflection on VTVM.

8 - Adjust L114 for minimum deflection on VTVM. 29


CBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 1021V17

6V6AUDIO OUTPUT

See page followingthe circuit diagramfor additional ser-vice information.

VI661 V6

AUDIO AMP.

PIOIA2501)

VOLUME

VI56AL5

RATIO DET.

110245 MGRATIODET.

250V

FCASCCOE TUNER

+150V AGG

UNE SWITCHON VOL.GOMTROL

C30101

J_ C302_---.01

301

See page following thecircuit diagram foradditional information.

30

2225MG

5 VAC

63 VAC

V46AU6

ST I.F.

V265U4

RECTIFIER

V56AU6

269 I.F.

10203100

L 3012 HY

idiT

r8704A

ro UFO450 V

R301

V23}V22 }VI66AX4 6CD6 6V6 6AV6

G306 0307

1500015000

L202

_1_ 6206100

R3021.2I W

NOTE)

V66AU6390 I.F.

VICO

KINESCOPE

V9 VS V21

12827 6AU6 I2BH7

V76CB6

4TH I.F.

C 209A5000

R304 VISA2.7KI W .1212BH7

R305 SYNC PHASE SPLITTEF

3.3KI W

G401_1_0051

R3062.76

I W

V 20

6AL5NOR. PHASE DET.

R40133K1W

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDALL CAPACITORS MARKED LESS THAN I, IN MFD.ALL CAPACITORS MARKED MORE THAN I, IN MMFD.ALL CAPACITORS RATED 600 V.ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS. (K KILOHMS , IAEGOIIMS )


V14 VI36AU6 6AU6

RATIO DET. DRIVER 4.5 Mc. AMPLIFIER

-6210-680

1205

23A

16112 L10147 4.5

MI

IN60VIDEO DET.

100

5

-CII35000

RIII § RII218K 82

L206VIDEO DET.ASSEMBLY

YELLOW

V86AU6

KEYED ACC

22165.66I W

V12

6AU61st VIDEO

2221 0214

8220 R22233K 2.2M

10213^ 002 MFD

V9I2BZ 7SYNC. SEP.

217 R2192.7K 6212 56K

1MFD100V R224 2 6216

.01 27M 270

.01 V188VERT INTEGRATOR NETW0IM T201 ti2 I2BH7

R 7 R31 R3 VERT OSC.RM.,

221 8.26 82K 700 03111 LIMED

DO -'. .01r1 R

.002TI

.Coo

C C

W C311/C-(2L_ _J i.5M

Rir 560T

R4021001( R405

R4034706 40

100K .05R404

C403

R4076.8K

3.3M

C4063900

V21

I2BH7HOR. OSC.

__L_

P4015K

1_401 HOR.AFC HOLD

R408

4.7K

P3025M

VERT.SIZE

CBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 1021

L102SLUE

a1014TE

C115

.05

R1164708

2114

RII52.7K2W

R226

2VI9

8.2K

AI4VERT. OUTPUT

T202

BLUE 33K REDC304C C305420 MFD .111 _ 80 MFD450V

=.450 V

V22

C410 0409 R411

GREEN

63040

10 MFD,==--.450V

6CD6HOR. OUTPUT

C48-1.- R4130 222:

VIIL104

6AQ5 43 Mc. TRAP2ND VIDEO

R 117270

1W

P101856

CONT

P201100K

IGI-ONESE/

C219J MFD

TO HOR. OUTTRANS.

C2I702

SLUE EPOWN

L105RED

1.107

2121392

R120471(

C220_ R104.05 " 2.2K2W

21 FP4V10

KINESCOPE

V24I B3

H. V. RECT.

R228

I M

FOCUSP202

COLOR PLUGSOCKET

COLOR PLUSPIN END

8.2 C414

20

.24;6-\C''716 ----.--1301(3302W 2WK

Cti6

1

S112 V2 33

°6AX4

YOKE DAMPERT AHOR.

lOOMFD12 V

Chassis 1021 is used in Models 21C11, 21C11B, 21C21, 21C31B, 21C41, 21T11. 31


CBS -COLUMBIA Chassis 1021. (Circuit diagram on previous two pages).Models 21C11, 21C11B, 21C21, 21C31B, 21C41, & 21T11.

CBS -COLUMBIA

TELEVISION RECEIVERS

TEST POINT

ca r

®C36807

CI3

I

sit1 r TuNt / I

Tu.( r

vt(f-.11.0 . V20(mato)

.IN

VI4

TUBELOC.

TUBETYPE 1 2

VI 6BQ7 125 -2V2 6J6 70 140V1 6BZ7 240 140V2 6J6 120 140V4 6AU6 0 0V5 6AU6 0 0V6 6AU6 0 0V7V8

6CB66AU6

060

A 280-120

V9 12BZ7 90 -1.5vio 21FP4 0 0

Vii 6AQ5 0D

16V12 6AU6 -.5 0V13 6AU6 0 0V14 6AU6 -1.5 0V15 6AL5 -10V16 6AV6

E-100-4 0

V17 6V6 320 6.3 acV18 12BH7 70 -16V19 12A4 12 0V20 6AL5 10 -7V21 12BH7 110 -9V22 6CD6 100 0V23 6AX4 - -V24 1B36 14 kv 14 kvV25 5Y3 340 160V26 5U4 800 350

V011 MIMSMOLL. OMNI SIN

PICTURE TUBE010

21 FP4A

CONTRAST

L201

OsuC) LKE

®L205

Lica I

VI

32

.025MC,

301

TUBE B TRIMMER LOCATION

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

3 4

PIN NUMBERS5 6 7 8 9 10 11

O 6.3 ac 0 225 125 125 06.3 ac 0 -2.5 -3.5 0 - -

140 6.3 ac 0 140 -2 0 0

6.3 sc 0 -4 -10 0 - -0 6.3 ac 130 130 1

6.3 ac 0 130 130 1 -6.3 ac 0 130 130 1 - -6.3 lac 0 130 130 0 -

0 6.3 ac 0 320A - -

1200 6.3 ac 6.3 ac 90 1.5 0 0

- - - 150V - - - 800 c80140

O 6.3 ac 150 135 - -6.3 ac 0 70 70 0

0 6.3 sc 110 110 .86.3 ac 0 125 60 0 - -

0 6.3 ac 0 0 -25 -6.3 ac 0 0 0 E80-200 - -

240 255 0 - 0 12 -0 6.3 ac 6.3 ac 80 20 22 0

6.3 ac 0 0 - - - 3405.6 ac 0 .3 0 .3 - -

15 6.3 ac 6.3 ac 260 2 15 0

F15 -40 -40 - 6.3 ac 100 -- - 340 800 6.3 ac 0 -

14 kir 14kv 14kv 14kv 14kv -340 190 ac - 190 ac 340 160 -- 320 ac - 320 ac - 350 -

ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VTVM FROM PIN TO GROUND.

LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 117 VAC

ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED: LOCAL -DX SWITCH IN "LOCAL" POSITION.

A Top number - "Local" position. Bottom number - "DX" position.

140V)to(0

(303oov)c Varies with brightnessB Varies with focus

Varies with contrast (7 to 16V)E Varies with VolumeF Do not measure. High Voltage Pulse6 CAUTION: Use High Voltage Probe.

L -J CIS

NOTE,

CIVACnaTII "ICE ""(3P.CA,CISCIS &CAT AREFEED THRU CAPACITORSNOONAN CANON DENTEN-SHIELD ASST.

ilzarsocVIDEO LE;21.2611C AUDIO LF..

VI

6BQ7*F AMP -I

LS

AS1700

CIS

H TS 9 (IF)"LAM 111.111

130 2800

RFL3 TEST POINT

CS 7-17

V2

waR6J6

OSC.

RA 5 I10K

T

220N

5.3

ca

0

TUNING -F 162111000

SCHEMATIC FOR.CASCODE TUNER PC -5412I5

LI

CI7

IS I Nowa)RtA

130V


CAPEHART - FARNSWORTH CORPORATIONThis servive material is for Capehart Chassis CX-37, versionsCT -75, CT -77, and CT -81. Alignment material below isnued on page 36, and the circuit diagram is on pages 34

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENTNote:

1. Connect the sweep generator output cable (properly 8. Adjust the markerterminated in its characteristic impedance) to pin 1 the bottom slugsof V201 (grid of 1st I -F Amplifier) through a .001 amplitude of theufd. isolating capacitor and adjust it to sweep from to the bottom40 to 50 MC. If a separate marker generator is used trol from the frontit should be coupled to the same point through a 10K tool for the adjustment.resistor. 9. Connect the sweep

2. Remove the AGC Amplifier tube (V401, 6AU6) and point on the R -Fconnect a bias source from terminal 3 of the R -F, I -F capacitor. SetChassis Power Cable plug to chassis. A bias source the available equipmentmay be obtained from a 4.5 volt battery with a 1K MC and 45.75pot connected across its terminals. Connect the posi- 10. Adjust the overcoupledtive end of the battery to chassis ground and connect the R -F Tuner)the arm of the pot to terminal 3 of the R -F, I -F plug. curve similarConnect a VTVM to terminal 3 of the plug and adjust certain types ofthe pot for a minus 3.8 volt reading on the VTVM. usable due to the

3. Connect the oscilloscope high side to the junction of the scope whichR219 and pin 7 of V205A through a 10K isolating the generator.resistor. coupled stage should

4. Check the response curve for evidence of local oscil- nate method oflator influence by adjusting the fine tuning control must fall withinIf the shape of the curve changes, switch to another of the curve onchannel where oscillator influence is not present or fall within 40%else adjust the Channel Selector so that it is between The valley of thechannels. tilt should not

5. Adjust the marker generator to provide a marker at marker shouldthe high frequency41.25 MC and adjust the top slug of T202 (Co -Chan-

nel Sound I -F Trap) for minimum response at theirsimarker frequency. This adjustment may be made

easier by running the sweep generator output highso that the trap "dips" are easily visible.

6. Adjust the marker generator to 47.25 MC and adjust 12

the top slugs of T203 and T204 (Adjacent Channel (sos NP2

Sound I -F Traps) for minimum response at themarker frequency.

7. Reduce the sweep generator output so that a normalcurve is seen. Adjust the marker generator to 42.65MC and then adjust the bottom slugs of T202 andT204 to obtain maximum amplitude of the 42.65 MC Mirmarker.

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

conti-and 35.

generator to 45.3of T203 and T205

45.3 MC marker.slug of T205 remove

panel. Use a thin

and marker generatorsTuner through a

Channel Selector toallows, markers

MC should be providedI -F circuit,

and the slug ofto that shown in

sweep generatorsspureous response

are caused by the variousUnder these conditions

be aligned asI -F alignment. The30% to 70% of maximum

one side and the 45.75to 60% of maximum

curve should not exceedbe greater than + orfall within 5% of maximum

side of the curve.

'' - - '..-

"CX-37SERIES

TELEVISIONRECEIVERCHASSIS

MC and adjustto obtain maximum

To obtain accessthe contrast con -

blade alignment

to the test.001 ufd., isolatingChannel No. 9. If

at both 42.25simultaneously.

T101 (on top ofL201 to obtain aFigure 5. With

this method is notcurves obtained on

harmonics ofthe over -

in step 6 of alter -42.25 MC marker

amplitudeMC marker muston the other side.

10% and the-10%. A 45 MC

amplitudeon

011CO.0 )

45.7.5C002 -set)

12LAIC

- - - '- 45___ _- VI,VLL.C; P.P.OPT

PO%

-W% 44-

40Z-

-30:

Figure 5

StepNo.

SetSweepGeneratorto:

SetMarkerGeneratorto:

ConnectGenc "atorOutputCables to:

ConnectOscilloscopeto:

Adjust RefertoNote/s:

1. 41.25MC

pin 1 ofV201 (gridof 1st I -FStage)througha .001 ufd.capacitor

Junction ofR219 andpin 7 of V205Athrough a 10Kresistor

Top slug ofT202 for min.response at41.25MC

1, 2, 3, 4

2.Sweepfrom40 to 50MC

47.25MC Top slugs ofT203 & T204for min. re -sponse at47.25MC

1, 2, 4, 6

3. 42.65MC Bottom slugsof T202 &T204 for max.amplitude ofmarker

1, 2, 4, 7

4. 45.3MC Bottom slugsof T203 &T205 for max.amplitudeof marker

1, 2, 4, 8

5. Repeat Steps 1 & 2 after completing Steps 3 & 4

6. 42.25MC45.0 MC45.75MC

Test Pointon R -F Tunerthrough a.001 ufd.,capacitor

T101 (on top ofR -F tuner) andTop slug ofL201 for curveshown -in Fig. 5

2, 4, 9, 10


Capehart CX-37V201

1202 202V4. 2.6. 2.1 F

IN I.F.6CB6y%

-I, 6C136

it :74'

IIIIEN .it ''' 5600

'----ii: fefg:'gg

... 41.71.117« Mt CM. c oes,c,,- a. j ono

VIOIA V102RF AMP OSC. 8 MIXERii 6807 6J6

Leos,

120 u..,3<MA

.

M -

ZYI'ls :,:: w /.0 2 MOO CIA1

115., MC ?at 4, T'"' ..:401( C21

. 5 L icel)1-

4-111 A 0. 513 il

, 0

.4...&il '

,,2AA.4.

II

65

1064.

51054573 03013 ° ll A5

11

COOS r-.. ra , POW* SOCK( T

" 0. Il ll1201

V101 8

' ' ."1::,..1.11c

V401RF AMP .lo 6

7a . A.G.0 AMPV26807

12g. ' T ' ,,.t,s 2 21156 6AU6

ID..:..t

ZrVg11." ill o K R .0 5

.1.1109 00,,,,

-

Igr cos. V11V0

1.I FAT

1125 V

w.1 SLIM

-

C AS BCC ::P1 4 4..T -I I 4522- 300

IV403AV402

SYNC SEP.60E6

PHASE SPUTTER°IwoY2121.17 .rair.'-r--is,7.1.,,1 1-.-Z, V502

" 'V501 .4. l''''' 4566 v - 66 ..6 VERT. OUTPU

c4011.crool. " r -', Ogg0 " VERT.&AOC

OSC.CLAMP ....

6V6GT

ell' 6E1F6

. 7* :In a, ..1. z C533 RS26

VA oT,C

...

'

715 =.,

...

Ry-

' 7

4'

R535

13619160 55322 46 1205

"R53

C60.00

300

A I

Z.5Z I.MK 32 V

.31rV403B

V503HOR12.0SC. V504

CSOSoo - -...

404 PHASE1h12 /11U7 All '''''

12AU7 HOR.6190661

OUTPUTR525

I- (SIO 5 5

AR506

1 0520 CS JOC316 A

71! 11509

ORT71.0

".' :, 1.1,0-I-1

,, 6200,. AR516 .1i'411

ggODA TWO

e-1

C306.., T OSC 'lc,,I

50 PO, 2 MAI C524

MOSC. 200 ote2"

TUBE SOCKET VOLTAGE CHART TUBE SOCKET TERMINALS

Tube Type& Ref. No.

Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9

V101 (6BQ7) 123 -0.3 0.7 0 6.3 A.C. 240 120 123

V102 (6J6) 94 88 6.3 A.C. 0 -1.8 -6.7 0 - -V201 (6CB6) -1.3 to

-1.60.5 0 6.3 A.C. 130 115 0 - -

V202 (6CB6) 140 140 6.3 A.C.(135 D.C.)

0 A.C.(135 D.C.)

290 275 140 - -V203 (6CB6) 130 135 6.3 A.C.

(135 D.C.)0 A.C.(135 D.C.)

275 250 130 - -V204 6CB6) 130 135 6.3 A.C.

(135 D.C.)0 A.C.(135 D.C.)

280 280 130 - -34 V205 (6X8)

V206 (6AQ5)0

1 to 9-1.210 to 18

300

6.3 A.C.6.3 A.C.

0221 to242

0.7130

-1.2N.C.

130- 90-

to

1


CAPEHART "CX-37" CHASSISV203

»tic 3'i I.F.6C86

xo

(213I' 040I .40

2.020

V2062MI VIDEO6A05

V505H V RECT.

I B3GT

°

.22.500

C0.1.32

V2041251. 4

4* I.F.------ 6C56

Iczr

Srg..DEFLECT.

YOKEL502

V301 (6BN6)V302 (6BK5)V401 (6AU6)

V402 (6BE6)V403 (12AU7)V501 (6BF6)

V502 (6V6)V503 (12AU7)

V504 (6BQ6)

V207PICTURE TUBEI7LP4 on 2IFP4A

-4112VTA.TE (OWN

ILE0

012.1200

0.14.1.133

300 WTI

0.4112OVTIN

V601RECT.

nan 5U4G

V301AUDIO DETECTOR

6BN6

2130REACT.. 5002.

V302AUDIO OUTPUT

6E05

TTAIW SPE.E.

V205 AIC VIDEO AMP

1/2 6%8

V2058I SOUND I.F.

Vi 6 X8

CURRENT DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

sLOTES

[SS 00.44SE S.C4120 4.C. C.I.TIC CAPAC.10. ITILTED 412.0 01.240 I, 500 c DC 44.41.,(ADO? .CAN RATED no WO, SOO pc crOna00, RES.S10.3 *At c, .LD2 in 000AS lx 1,000 000S.

1.12G. 000,000 .1252 COLORS PIETER TO SOLID COLOR Or .1112 O. COLON On wine. co.

C04( 20.4S AONSIIKINTS Av. On inan to( 01S.S. .D.CATED An.. Pail,. DICO. IL.n0 AocuSTAINTS .444.1 Wain. T. C.SSIS Anc 004.20 4.005 .4421.6 inwow Oft .. 1.00- EA -.40.01 0.1 ALL CON.14.0s 054 (405 I- ---1

Pin 1 Pin 2

-6.4 to

C4021500

'"COTTLFir

0 A.C.(135 D.C.)

icnW

4.0 00140TO*C01.4..045

6.3 A.C.(135 D.C.)6. 3 A.C.

149 to 8 to 10

11.2. nowITS Nan..C .0 CON.CliONS S... DA.- DDT LOWS -

0 20.211 SwirCn S60 IS 0.2110 E0Cuir 1.0.112.0s nmSC. IS CLOSED

100

Pin 9

6.3 A.C.

(cap) 452to 541V506 (6W4) N.C. N.C. 550 N.C. 285 N.C. 6.3 A.C. 0 A.C. -

(135 D.C.) (135 D.C.)V601 (5U4) N.C. 320 D.C. N.C. 320 A.C. N.C. 320 A. C. N.C. 320 D.C. -(5 A r 1 15 A C 1All voltages measured with no signal input on a vacuum tube voltmeter from tube socket pin to chassis unless other-wise indicated. All voltages should be with ± 20% of the above stated values with line voltage of 117 volts, 60 cycle AC.Voltages on V206 vary with setting of Contrast. Voltages on V401 vary with setting of AGC Set. Voltages on V501 and 35V502 vary with settings of Vert. Hold, Vert. Lin. and Height. Voltages on V207 vary with setting of shading.


Capehart-Farnsworth Chassis CX-37, Alignment4.5 MC. SOUND

Note:1. Connect generator output cables to junction of L206

and R219 (pin 2 of V205A).2. Connect vertical input leads of oscilloscope to detector

network shown in fig. 7. Clip the alligator clip of thedetector input over the insulated wire between pin 2of the 6BN6 and L303 so that there is no direct electri-cal connection between the input to the detector net-work and the circuit under test. The ground connec-tion of the detector circuit, however, should be con-nected to the chassis.

3. Short pin 1 to pin 2 of tube V202.4. Inject 4.5 Mc. Signal with 50% AM modulation and

adjust L301 for maximum. Use full vertical amplifieroscilloscope gain so that the signal level from thegenerator is kept as low as possible.

5. Adjust L303 for maximum indication and then recheckthe adjustment of L301.

I -F ALIGNMENT

continued.

6. Remove crystal detector network and connect the oscil-loscope directly to the junction of R308 and R309.

7. Inject 4.5 Mc. FM signal with 25 kc. deviation andusing full generator output to insure liniiting in the6BN6, adjust L302 (quadrature coil - accessiblethrough bottom hole in back of Shading Control) formaximum output.

8. Remove short from V202 and connect receiver toantenna through a signal attenuator (CentralabPCH-4, IRC QJ-3 or Equivalent). Adjust set for re-ception of a local TV signal. By attenuating the in-coming signal so that background noise is just notice-able at all times a more exact setting can be obtained.Adjust Noise Rejection Control (R307 - accessiblethrough top hole in back of Shading Control) for mini-mum background noise and hiss.

9. Remove attenuator and with full signal adjust L302for clearest sound.

4.5 MC. SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

StepNo.

Set Generatorto:

ConnectGeneratorOutputCable to:

Connect ScopeVertical InputCable to:

1. 4.5 Mc. 50%AM Modulation

Pin 2, V301throughdetector net-work fig. 7

2. 4.5 Mc. FM25 kc Deviation(maximum sig-nal output)

Junction L206,R219

JunctionR308 and R309

3. Remove short on V202 and connect set toantenna. Tune in station and attenuate sig-nal so that background hiss is apparent.

4. Set connected to antenna with full signalinput.

Adjust To ObtainReferto:Note/s

L301 and L303 MaximumIndication

1, 2, 4, 5

L302 MaximumIndication

7

R307 Minimum back-ground Hissand Noise

8

L302 ClearestSound

4.5MC. TRAP L214 ADJUSTMENT CHART

Step Set Connect ConnectNo. Marker Generator Oscilloscope

Generator Output Cables VerticalTo: To: Input Cable to:

1. 4.5 MC Junction of Junction ofA.M. L205 & R219 C234, R235, R232Modulation Ground side

to chassisthru detectornetwork Fig. 7

Adjust:

L214 slug forminimum ampli-tude of modu-lation.

ALLIGATOR

CLIP 560 'JO

INPUT 150 K

Figure 7

47 K

1N64 SCOPE

36

Adjustment of the AGC control (R238) should only bemade with the aid of a calibrated oscilloscope. Connect thevertical input of the scope to pin 1 of the 2nd Video Ampli-fier (V206). With the set connected to an antenna andadjusted for normal reception adjust the AGC control (ontop of chassis between power transformer and high voltagecage) for an indication of 12 volts peak -to -peak.

The AGC control is properly adjusted at the factory andthe setting is marked with colored cement across the shaftand bushing of the control. If the control should becomemisadjusted and a calibrated oscilloscope is not available,the control can be set approximately by resetting to itsoriginal position, as indicated by the cement.

Adjustment of the Quadrature Coil (L302) andNoise Rejection Control (R307) should be made atthe time the instrument is installed to insure thebest sound reproduction. Access to these adjustmentshave been provided from the front of the instrument.With a station properly tuned in remove the Volumeand Shading Knobs.

Adjustment of the Quadrature Coil can bemade by inserting an alignment tool through thebottom hole that is located behind the Volume and

Shading Knobs. Adjustment of this control shouldbe made for the strongest and clearest sound.

The Noise Rejection Control can best be setwith the signal attenuated until background noiseis apparent in the sound. With the signal attenuatedadjust the control for minimum background hiss andnoise. This control is located behind the top holethat is exposed by removing the Volume and Shad-ing Knobs.

Early production chassis may vary from the schematicshown in the following ways:

C209, C239, C240, C241 were not used.R225, R242, R306 were not used.R315 was 470K instead of 100K.R226 was 1800 instead of 820.R238 was 250K instead of 100K and was connected

between pin No. 1 and pin No. 7 with a 4.7K inseries. C526 (.047 mfd 400V) was connected fromjunction of C524 -R519 to +300V and H. V. fusewas .15 amp.

C525 was grounded instead of connected to pin No. 8of V502.


CROSLEY

C0102

CHASSIS 385Models: EU-17COL Models:

EU-17COLBEU-17TOLaEU-17TOLB

I. F. ALIGNMENT1. To Check I. F. Alignment on Oscilloscope:

(a) Lift the shield of the Oscillator - Mixer tube V2sufficiently to clear the socked ground clips. Con-nect sweep signal generator "hot" lead to the under -grounded tube shield and generator ground lead tothe tuner chassis.

(b) Connect high side of oscilloscope to high side ofcontrast control (pin 2 and 7 of V108), and the lowside to chassis.

To Lug4ofS103

To minus (-) of 4 1/2 v. Battery...4

To chassis ground and plus (+) of4 1/2 V. Battery

5000 Mtn Control only, Part No. 144260

VARIABLE BIAS CONTROL ASSEMBLY

(c) Apply - 3.0 volts D.C. to lug 4 of S103 (Seesketch "Variable Bias Control"). Contrast controlshould be set in the maximum counter -clockwiseposition.

(d) With the generator sweep set at zero, connect anelectronic voltmeter between lug 2 of 8103 and chas-sis. Adjust the output of the generator to obtain areading of 2 volts D.C. on the meter.

(e) Set generator to sweep from 20 mc. to 30 mc.

0163

3306164

330

CA101

111 to.

R22 2K

v1

6805RF AMP

C3

CT

16

L2CHANNEL 13RF GRID ADJ

L3 iiiCHANNELRE PLATE ADJ.

CA

1(0 2

CHASSIS 386 CHASSIS 387EU-21COLd Models: EU-21COLeEU-21COLBd EU-21COLBeEU-21TOLEU-21TOLB

IB

C9

La

1070

R3

C5_

Ft;K 'BOO

22K

62

4,00* L6111

CHASSIS 396is similar.

Models: EU-17COLUEU-17COLBUEU-17TOLUEU-17TOLBU

(f) Connect marker generator to sweep generator out-put leads and adjust to provide markers that appearin the curve.

(g) Observe curve and position of markers (see nomi-nal response curve). Slight deviation in shape fromthe nominal response curve is permissible, but ifany great deviation is noted, it will be necessary torealign the I -F Amplifier.

2. Alignment, I. F. & Tuner Assembly (with electronicvoltmeter):

V26J6

TOG/MIXER

Connect - 3.0 Volts D.C. bias supply to lug 4 of5103.

Connect signal generator "hot" lead through a 1000mmf. capacitor to TP-1 (wire protruding from tun-er directly adjacent to the oscillator mixer tubeV2) and ground lead to the R. F. tuner case.

Connect high side of Electronic Voltmeter to lug2 of 5103 and low side to chassis.

Set signal generator to 25.0 mc. and adjust bottomof T103 for maximum meter deflection, limitingmeter deflection to 2 volts D.C. by adjusting inputattenuator.

Set signal generator to 23.3 mc. and adjust bottomof T102 for maximum D.C. meter indication. Ad-just signal generator amplitude to make this peakindication approximately 2 volts D.C.

Reset signal generator to 21.9 mc. and adjust thetop of T102 for minimum D.C. meter deflection.Signal generator amplitude must be sufficiently high

TP-20

6i OOC121

L CgrNAEDLJ 13/ 0 0 1._

FINE

- TUNING

DiANNEL 13MIX GRID

ADJ

IRO2206

C16

03

-10

CII

LBCHANNEL 605C ADJ.

GIG

1070

OTP 1

0.3

R6

i0K

R5

Cl

20.65 MC

L9

3L10T5 CIT)1

.005 RSMID 3.36

NAY100

'1470

Circuit of tuner, connects to main chassisdiagram on the next page. Alignment in-formation continued on page after diagram.

L II

'000CIT

T1300

C IB

I 00

4

.2r3 c.

0

-45OX

OH-4

oa)

0

O

a)

co

CO

U)En

C.)

37

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

CROSLEY

CO 101

mon

45MC0SOUND

TAKE -OFF

0149

66

61076AU6

4.5 MC AMP

no745 MC

81632200

6106GALS

RATIO DET

11 164

RIGS

CIS2 816610K

308I67 CI54 a 11116E1

0153 .005LjNIEGIc2:44i,270

01046C4

AUC4p 9AMr-

800317_.:

T.001MED C162

1005

1I55R1611

-11014FD

n61693311

Tuner diagramon previous page.

38

0116

ST ,ED

610610K

111050104

CIOS

.°()51. T"' Kum.= MFR

1,110447

AOC

ItcaIK44

61026C86

2ND 1-F

5

7

R109I2K

T0014- MED.

7102 ,03L,MG__ 6C86

3RD 1-F4

I

23 3MC.

5

Cilf2._

rI 108 1005K -. UFO

CIO! IM)1005 151;,

WOT -÷-

DTI

R115 4 TV 1-1AVMI MEG

L102

'HUw E

HMS

L113 6113

".1TI03

c::MC IN 64 I I 0

1"4"..."112"1

ANN

R 111CULL

K 001

SLIBLIRPANDISTANT

1LOCAL

'Nk

SW 102REAR VIEWAGC. CONTROL

390KR 113

MEG. -.11 lJ

II FO,

5103

Z 11116

MEG

814275

6117AN,2.2 MEG.

TESTSOCKETTOP VIEW

4.0

P102

CA102

C

100 MED

I35 517101

SR 102

E.

MFD.

00103

RED.OUICX

5,4101SWITCHSWITCH

O' VOLUMECONTROL

I.4

This circuit exact for Chassis 386 and 387.Chassis 385, and early 386, 387 are similar.

0115_

'aI

NOTES:

IALL VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH AN ELECTRONICVOLTMETER CONNECTED FROM SOCKET LUG TO CHASSIS

2. SUPPLY VOLTAGE 117V 60 CYCLE AC.

3 11.10004 ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES IN MMF AND ALL RESISTANCE

VALUES IN OHMS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED5 TERMINAL 13 TIED TO TERMINAL I ON INSIDE OF YOKE.

6 CAPACITOR USED ON 386 CHASSIS ONLY7. JUMPER MAT RE CONNECTED OR OPEN DEPENDING ON

REQUIREMENTS FOR OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT.

0TP-3

C1371 Cap

GALSHOME. A EC

111504,7 MEG

2

101 6 T1C12

T T

C140

00311149 °Fa

4 7MEGC14I

-1.21'FD

T103

=1

V113 A1/26567 G1HOR1Z OSC.

61513K

J R F TUNER

TIO7 T 106

SEE NOTE 7

1115247K

RI72476

EARLY PRODUCTION SETS USED 680 MMF. FOR C145 AND 4.7 K OHM FORR157. TO INCREASE THE HORIZONTAL DRIVE IN LATER PRODUCTIONSETS, C145 IS 560 MMF. AND R157 IS 5.6 K OHM. IF EITHER COMPONENTREQUIRES REPLACING, REPLACE BOTH COMPONENTS WITH VALUES ASSHOWN IN THE SCHEMATIC.

SOKOHMSTOP


VIII6W6 GT

1010 OUTPUT

01 MEG.

1109

c,5I 0o.002 MEG.

0*ED

Lf.X

SIOI Pr01

SEE PARTS UST

LII4

BRIGHTNESS

1_104ILLIE066 000MR( S"

R 119 .T.HCH(_7_

33

St V P. WOO6A116

VIDEO IOW

Glitie "0TiOurD

#1194

CC.41/1ASTCONT.005

I PFD.

&"'

0120Awe

L105-4. 45 MGTRAP

0121

4170smEG.

I1001STOPSTOPr

0 imFD

12

S

REF'

36 V P

Crosley Chassis 385, 386, 387.

PICTURE TUBEV1I6

litte3115 CPPSS4S

11 2 0

9 OTC 44.05

GREER 8122mar 3V2.66.811

412131.71

01236. 6123

P Frr 331

L107ORANGE11miTE

23v P -P

0124 jEt10K

220

R1254706

0047Mrs.

0124_

T22

0109GSN7GT

SYNC.CLIPPER

1012612 2

MEG.

41276801C125

.OSMIFD. 5601

.ASIN1

612,31-14

C

ro

CI I!

41282.21

22V P -P

#130

221

zo, 221MFD. CI 2r,_

0171I SUESFoCUS

.1E4IN SEE NOTE 5

5

C'-'0151515152n51515151P-°L1128

VERT DEFL.YOKE

GREE BLACK TR

I CRESS0139

V105.27v - I/2 12134C6C7

VERT .MPSawe pffitirl 7101

CI26,33 0134,,,111

111SO 5

ar

IC°47PFD. TEL

,. G129 _ 013610...i3K1

005 MFD - 3 31

G126f

im VERT.., 2 2..

R135

350K OHM

.047T 1137mFD I

G130_

=79

1

STOP ivv j

, P

1/2 12 Ewa 7,5Sv105 9

VERT OUTPUT 070

TICS

`231.1?.

9113911 6SN7 GT40R12. CSC.

R1562204

C1451

.7;390

7./ "IT6OUCTTPUT

!WV 1111 .\CI46 002\6\

560

R15633011

EARL',4121

V114

4174Am&10

0166

01200_A .5100

I '35MED

C168

4.0059112 MED. -_-_

64X4DAMPER

118

CI

20

R159or

4.71

204 v P -PVERT OSC

GMO

04042OEFL.YORE I

0131047

11129_

41-.

0138

HEIGHTCONT

5 MEG.

MEG.STOP

VERT.UNEAHlTy

G13

T.005DOD.

G133I

GlieD

101:11

01401.50MM750

R1418.7K

61_141-4tD

CMS

47CO

T10

V 115

183 GTH V RECT

reg.

S

R160 CENT wo"°"IZ

HORIZ-7CENT

3,

'17144 01

ps 101MFD

L109

WIDTHCOST

0 0161

2.2 SEE NOTE 6

500

C167_-1-0.1.F0 R173

1201

HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT1. Tune in a local television signal and adjust contrast con-

trol for normal picture.2. Connect electronic voltmeter between TP-3 (green lead)

and chassis.3. Short TP-4 (orange lead) to chassis and adjust electronic

voltmeter to zero.4. Remove short from TP-4. Do not change zero on elec-

tronic voltmeter.5. Connect a 0.1 mfd. plus 20%, 600 volt capacitor between

TP-5 (red lead) and chassis.

6. Adjust Horizontal Hold control for zero reading on themeter.

7. Remove the 0.1 mfd. capacitor from TP-5 and chassis.Do not disturb setting of horizontal hold control.

8. Adjust Horizontal Stabilizer coil (L108) for zero read-ing on the meter.

9. Remove electronic voltmeter from TP-3

10. Check horizontal pull -in range. The pull -in range shouldbe approximately 500 of the controls rotation. 39


21.9 MC.

98%

Crosley Chassis

3.3MC 26 4MC -

24 65MC4 25 2MC

25 OMC

NOMINAL OVERALL I. F. RESPONSE CURVENOTE: Response as Seen by Means of Sweep Generator

65%

385, 386, 387, Alignment continued.

100%

I. F. ALIGNMENT (Continued)to produce a definite null. Meter must read atleast 0.5 volts at null.

(g) Repeat steps 5 and 6.

(h) Next set signal generator to 25.2 mc. and adjustbottom of T101 for maximum meter indication, lim-iting output of generator so peak reading will notexceed 2 volts D.C.

(i) Reset signal generator to 24.65 mc. Connect a 500ohm resistor in series with a 500 mmf. capacitorfrom TP-2 (wire protruding from.the tuner throughthe insulated eyelet between the brass adjustingscrews) on the R -F Tuner to the Tuner side of C101.Adjust L101 for maximum meter deflection, butlimit output of generator so this reading does notexceed 2 volts D.C. Remove the 500 ohm resistorand the 500 mmf. capacitor.

518102

OST

111155

NOR12/401.1)

8135 9160VERT WRITHOLD CENT MOTH

I I. I I 210

8171 R172Iwornass Focus

R140 813/3VERT UN 04E0PT

11111 L109STAB LIZER

41146906

GT

7101112 OUTPUT

Kra 050 role CANPUT HORT 1' C ST.C.CurPE14

V1136567

ELT

00103

R142

11126A14

0

SR 101

17

DAMKR

VERT 050VERT OUTPUT

JimdIWE acireD

IT:O%Kftm O 0103

3 "m4 WG T".SO4MT

4 50C g T 5" O0AWL

1.110 0 517C

KE-O

RA110VET

TRANS

11096567

GT

wiTE0*Art

TM)?

RATO 0E5

V1046C4

AUDIO WM.

LICK

24.6571C ®MIXER COUPLING

TV CHASSIS TOP VIEW(Tube and Alignment Locations)

tis

1103

eT 102

3511.7ArrL

#21071.7

7101

Al I-7walk

40 CONTRAST

RueP-077-0111-101.11NE FIRE TuNING

POMO. SELECTOR

(j) Set signal generator to 24.65 mc. Connect the 500ohm resistor and the 500 mmf. series capacitoracross L101 and adjust mixer output (L9) on R -FTuner for maximum meter indication. Adjustingamplitude of signal generator to make this maxi-mum indication approximately 2 volts D.C. Re-move the 500 ohm resistor and the 500 mmf. ca-pacitor.

(k) Check sensitivity. The input for 2 volts D.C. out-put and zero bias should not exceed 150 microvoltsat 24.65 mc. with a generator internal resistance of1.5 ohms or less, and the local oscillator set toproperly tune in channel 5.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

1. Connect crystal controlled 4.5 mc. 400 cycle amplitudemodulated signal, modulated 30% or greater, to lug 2 ofS103 and chassis.

2. Connect high side of scope through detector probe to thepicture tube cathode (pin 11). Connect low side of scopeto chassis. Adjust 4.5 mc. trap, L105 for minimum 400cycle deflection on scope.

3. Connect electronic voltmeter to lug 2 of ratio detector,V106, and adjust 4.5 mc. sound take -off (L110) and bottomof ratio transformer (T107) for peak reading on volt-meter. Adjust input to make this peak reading 4 volts.

4. Adjust input to obtain 12 volts output. Transfer elec-tronic voltmeter to junction of R167 and C153 (refer toSchematic Wiring Diagram). Adjust top of T107 for zerobalance on electronic voltmeter.

5. Recheck steps 2, 3 and 4 above.

712/021

2138

C12

2SW

374CADJVT

252P0161

T 103

V106C1116

7101

1101606

KRT Ur FOCUS

(1;173 1 RITZ

01028.7

VERT OSC VERT AlOt.

010E0YAK

3M11-7AWL

AUDIOAN71.

2119 I -FAre.

110965007

GT

9WOONESS 0408

SYNCCLIPER

V1084486

110

1:1, AG .INTERLOCK-

nn

1.105

NEAP

T107

MC

RATIOOCT

TRANS

"D'ETIO

10SACS

VIISRI

GT

AU010773812 OUIPIIT

L101 MIXER COUPLING

4931705 210.

C1013v-6uCT

R - F TUNER

7108AUDIO

R4 OM ADJST CONNECTCW

VIfef AWL

CHANNEL 13

N ot E KATE0.15,

24.65 MC

05C-17111ER MOT6)6

CliANNEL-e)OSC AD7VT

(CHANNEL 305C A137131

CHANNEL 13MIXER GRIT

VT

7-

NORD 4081CENT 7.00

RI

NOR1Z

TOLD

R135 1 17155

V1136567

GT1105

NORMSTABILIZER

V1126A

Dow

41146906

GT

NOWOUTPUT

LOCAL.CoST Sr

ALL,

SW ,02

C1,13

7106

1115

165

TV CHASSIS BOTTOM VIEW

SR

1502101

FINE TUNING

551 00108

CONTRAST

OFF -01.-vOLWIE


ALLEN B. DU MONT LABORATORIES, INC.

RA -166/167, 170/171 CHASSISMODELS

Model Name Chassis CRT17T350 Chatham RA -166 17 inch

rect.21T327 Ridgewood RA -167 21 inch

"41" rect.21T328 Wakefield RA -167 21 inch

rect.21T329 Essex RA -167 21 inch

rect.21T359 Oxford RA -167 21 inch

rect.21T366 Lynwood RA -167 21 inch

rect.21T376 Somerset RA -170 21 inch

11 rect.21T377 Newbury RA -170 21 inch

11 rect.21T378 Hanover RA -170 21 inch

rect.21T3761.: Somerset RA -171 21 inch

11 rect.

21T3771: Newbury RA -1.71 21 inchII rect.

21T378U Hanover RA -171 21 inchii rect.

ServicesVHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF

VHF. PhonoprovisionsVHF, PhonoprovisionsVHF, Phonoprovisions

CabinetTable Model,Mah. and BI.Console W/doors.Mah. and HI.Console W/doors.Mah. and Bl.Console W/doors,Mah.Table Model.Mah. and BI.Console,Mah. and HI.Console W/doors.Mah. and 131.Console W/doors.Mah. and BI.Console W/doors,Mah. and Bl.

UHF -VHF, Console W/doors,Phono Mah. and Bl.provisionsUHF -VHF, Console W /doors.Phono Mah. and BI.provisionsUHF -VHF. Console W/doors.Phono Mob. and BI.provisions

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT. - If the picture istilted, squeeze the ends of the yoke spring clip (A in Fig-ure 1 8 ) together and lift them off the CRT support ring.Rotate the yoke until the picture is horizontal. The deflec-tion yoke retainer (B in Figure 18) may rotate withthe yoke. If this occurs the retainer should be held in posi-tion while the yoke is rotated, making sure that the yokeend cover rotates with the yoke. When the deflection yokehas been properly adjusted, reset the spring clip to hold theyoke in position.

UHFANTENNA

.1209

POSITIONING ADJUSTMENT. - If the picture is notproperly positioned, readjust the positioning magnet usingthe following procedure:I. Push the positioning magnet assembly forward until ittouches the rear of the yoke retainer.2. Bring the protruding adjustment tabs (C in Figure1 8 ) together.

3. Rotate the entire positioning magnet assembly aroundthe neck of the tube until the picture is properly positioned.4. If the picture cannot be properly positioned in thismanner, separate the tabs slightly and rotate the entire as-sembly around the tube again. Continue to repeat thisstep, increasing the separation of the tabs each time, untilthe picture is properly positioned.

'filM11111111018

Figure 18.

300".INPUT

1

UHF TUNER89 012 921

IST RF 250 ft,TUNED LINE TUNED LINE

CI

,( 4TRIMMER

LI53

COUPLINGLOOPS

I33t

015810 Uhf

10%

iirF% LI55

OSC. DOUBLERRISI LOOK

POINTTUNED LINE

TRIMMER

L164

CR101HARMONIC

GENERATOR

1 TUNER 89 012 921 AND SIOI AREUSED IN RA 171 CHASSIS.

OSC. TANKCOIL

C1564.71.1uf

10%N330

COAX

IF OUTPUT41.25 MC

FREO.OSC.VI516J6

Schematic diagram of the UHF tuner.

.1209VHF ANTENNA

TO VHFTUNER

300^INPUT

1505

c.c)

vt,

O

to

CtiazO

-.1

CU

B)

41


42

NNTERNA.1201

r IP .6R.F. AMP

C112 I NIOI aNI! N2 6BK 7

-0" 130

R.F AMPVIOIA12 81,

0103

S

5 yPX o

0LiON

L J

C.000.1

50

PO120

0

PO

V101 V*20 0 0 0C121

LIVESOO

SLIT

C119C/20

110

CIO

51

MIXERV102A I :1&/

1/2 S.16

L'"L'" 0 006 24 -PS

C1N 0 .3yr

xro 19/0OO

Iov

OSC.V10211- 112 .b

TUNER CC 012 RCN MSS ONIONY6211/ UPI POSITION.

TVA

Ci141

RED

COAXIAL051.6

2051 0210

0203

v2I

TurNIP 01299 USEDIN R-1), OP6515

9.2146215103130 A5% IST.V1DEO 1.F.'. V201

6C B6

:71.1100 0220

0122

4 500 6,50

1

"gTL,T2"

11212 1023420011.

T 0D9

"AT"

02

:EZ

R.

P20

POINT

2202,V22.C

1,0,9750

2TOV

631e21000

c 204 I

.1330- -J DOT

6V0'

TO%R208

C206

2ND.VIDEO I.F.V202

ELBE

R2

27 11,

MVO'

MU,CSAINIEL

'666 3RD. VIDEO I.F.I

TOP V20312

SLUG 6006

0 220

0VO5V

09

2011500

119/ T 07,11: TEDOT

909 BOTTOMSLUGC201

2T.= 3913

20

R216

Mov

C 211

0216-TVW

C21.

°EA. ' ex,1===

T'

SOUND LF.V206

6.6

IS

002023

010T

sv

ISOW

0

320342.51.10

)00

8216

20%

2

20%

4114. VIDEO I. F.0 6204

POO,P150

8220

2- ;'Al

Y201

0 0

5V

C210

4.51/0

322 2 V,2016 IIO 2120

SOY

0I/202 205

0 0 0 01215 1216

120

0

SYNC NOISENOISE .10 1ST. SYNCINVERTER 33K CLIPPER

1212a,V2238 V20111111

1212.2

CMS

0 ..00 3302PK5

0

300v R235r

Ft2ND. SYNC

§3V0 CLIPPERNEG. V2088

1'2 12.2

O 006 R236 -1-1.11,

0 00

3RD. SYNCCLIPPERV209A1,2 126112

0

AGCa.6I16

N470: 6'W

300

236 _202.

To

;t0

A

0

500

0'N

. 0oifo

26

7g;.906,0P= EACEI

50VREGULATOR

V 223A6 1,2 12.7

0

7V

60Y

069

200

3002

R2E!it

NOTES1. All voltages are shown with the Contrast

control rotated fully clockwise. and the Du -monitor logo) control adjusted for - 6.5 volt.at P204, the age lest point.

2. Voltages ± 20% of those shown are normal.3. All resistors are 10%, one -hall watt, unless

otherwise Indicated.

4. All capacitor. are 20%. 500V, unless otherwiseIndicated.

5. All capacitors are ceramic, unless indicated asfollows:

M -mica, P -paper, -±-electrolytic

PHASESPLITTERSPLITTER

V20981,2124717

C2

000

NOR. PHASEDETECTOR

V2106415 NT:

0

crao°bg R 26

TO V2

r

0232

26

2!L

.0.02

VERT. OSC.62136664

CZSI

1314'

11CZ CC

005 .006

1::71715

PIM11006

20111TI:IrCR, NOLO

a

0 9

0.0 0

6 R269 c o33

200V

MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

r

X2-

MONDCtS0 .... VA S

JZOS .03 300.0. 1000 TOLIMA( OW IL INFOT -;

140003 SNITCH S203 AND TONE CONTROL USED IN RA. eTC.ill CHASSIS.

Ve010

,.., ,

TO C220.0232

520.3 g 7(:)

S. .:: ,,,

1(-0i

...Vt. .,,,',441:tn° 1130A

ttiSOUND CONVERTENAND VIDEO CET. 111E0 AMP

V205 VIIISACS toss 1211y2

TilfWa

OS L202

- 0S20111)31

- CONT'SAir.

aTHE WATER 0555. Hutt IA

CONNECTED TO whocc HIS CHASSIS.

Du Mont ChassisRA -166/167, 170/171

NON V401C.R.T.

C.R.T.

21.14A1,14

V401 s

-r-ov SOOST

$203 Tv

""Aii T Sol

/

;

I

s0v a

C2l(62 -..J7020

xaa C227 C2110I.CN 22g40011

**" 2,08E

026000

L 02020

1:011

SOS

11201

v[ siEE

1600 4).

:42 T-VW 2ov

NOR.OSCV219

6SNT-GT

0000

A

SC20

ICOOYSS.00S

eveA03.,

IICOV ioY

NOR.OEFL.AMP.V220

'SOS -ST

0326 '3:0:4710ISK 2011.

HOS. °SIVE

113301 uSIO IN00.1.0.0

vv. 112.110.1, cHAS3r,

r500V

J's\t"/

430.

VERT. DEFL .AMPV214

ISSN

5. SCOUT

Dr rote

lL

TO v203

A

450

- PIN VIE

11[1!aede SOY

NOM/0NT+

V6

__JNON° SINITCH 11.203OSLO 00,10,1711

Co 30S.02/3.32110 00E0 INSA -00.$71 000505.

A AUSE OF SYMBOLS

Solid symbol Indicates source el Voltage.

Open symbol indicates point to winch voltage Isapplied.

Solid bca Indicates an adJustable contra

10 +202 720)

DAMPERV221

6A21-GT3cov

CAS ANT600vrov.

L21.Hos 6122

D. SOO5T

H.V. RECT.V222

83-GT

C200SOOOH2080_

N310 AND 5203 USED IN4,120,21 CHASSIS.

0202N v. 14.510/

Power supply circuitis on page 45.

43


VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT RA -166/167, 170/171Place STATION SELECTOR between channels to disable oscillator. Remove fuse, F201. Connect a shortlength of wire to pin 5 of V101 (see Figure 1). Use the lowest VTVM range for all steps.

StepSignal Generator

Output Indicator Connect to Adjust RemarksFrequency Connect to

144.5 mc

No Sweep

Pin SV101

0 VTVM

Pin 2. V2112205 for maximum

reading

Set signal generator output tomaintain reading on lowest rangeof VTVM.IVTVM

242.5 mc

No Sweep

As Above

0 VTVM

As AboveZ204 for maximum

readingSame

2VTVM

346.1 mc

Na Sweep

As Above

0 VTVM

As AboveZ203 (bottom) for

maximum readingSame

3VTVM

443.75 mc

No Sweep

As Above

0 VTVM

As AboveZ202 for maximum

readingSame

4VTVM

5 47.25 mc

As Above

0 VTVM

As AboveZ203 (top)

for minimum readingIncrease signal generator outputto obtain reading on VTVM.5VTVM

6

43.5 mccenter freq.

10 mcdeviation()

As Above

0Oscillograph

throughXTAL

Pin 5V201

Mixer Plate Coil (1.109)and Z201 (top) for 44.8mc marker on one peakZ201 (bottom) for 42.5

mc marker on otherpeak.

Adjust for waveform below.42 5 mC 44 8 MC

6XTAL

74.5 mc

400 CPSAM

Pin 2V211

0Oscillograph

through XTAL

Junction 11266,11267, and C239 L207 for minimum

reading7XTAL

SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

84.5 mcApprox.

1 MC sweep

Pin 5V20513

0Oscillograph

through XTAL

Pin 7V207 L204 and Z206

(bottom)

Adjust for waveform below.

8XTAL

9 As Above

As Above

0 OscillographDirect

Junction R232.C228 2206 top

Adjust for waveform below.

A.7...9DIR

ALTERNATE SOUND IF ALIGNMENT - USING TV SIGNALStep Signal Source Output Indicator Connect to Adjust Remarks

8 TV Signal VTVMPin 7, V207 L204 Z206 (bot.)

for maximumreading

Teleset must be tuned for bestpicture.8XTAL

9 As Above VTVM

Ratio Det.Test Point P206

Z206

Top for zeroreading

As Above

The material on Du Mont sets in this manual is presented

44 through the courtesy of Allen B. Du Mont Laboratories, Inc.


DuMont Chassis RA -166/167, 170/171

P201

II V AC

ALIGNMENT TEST POINTS

Z201

V1ST.I.F

60N

6202 PART OFVOLUME CONTROL

6202

0202

BLK.-YEL.

PHONO AC PLUG J206 USEDIN RA -170,17I CHASSIS,

0 0 0 0 0OSC

MIXER R -F AMRV101V102

6J6

3RD V.I.F. LI 4TH V.I.FV201 V202 V203 V2046CB6 6CB6 6CB6 6C136

2NDV.I.F.

Z202 Z203 Z204 Z205

315V AC

6.3V

GRN.

L204SOUND SOUNDCONY. I.F.

V205 206GALS 6AU6

VIDEODET.

r -n FL, r--+ r_, ni_i r --1r-1 r-a 11 1-1r9 1-1 I I 1-1

POWER RECT.V2175Y3-GT

Z206

3t0V

RATIODET.V207GALS

r-1-1n r-1

' ELECTRICALE,L TAPE

Figure 1

CI P204

1ST & 2NDSYNC CLIPPER

V20812 AU7

PHASESPLITTER

V20912AT7

3

P205

PHASINGWhen the alignment procedure has been completed. the phasing of the

video IF strip should be checked and corrected if required.1. Tune the receiver to the best signal available. preferably a station

transmitting a test pattern.2. Adjust the Fine Tuning control until the sound in the picture is

eliminated.3. Carefully examine the picture for trailing whites, or the presence of

spurious black response (smear) following black elements of thepicture.

4. If either of these conditions is encountered, adjust the top slug ofZ201 not more than 1/2 turn to eliminate the condition.

VIDEOAMP.

V21112 BY7

uu1 luu

C282

L209

0283A C283B

4400V 4200V

POWERRECT.V2185Y3-GT

P206

1STAUDIOAMP.

V2I4BATS

300V-

1201DIAL LIGHT

.IS AMP

RA -I66,167 CHASSIS DONOT HAVE DIAL LIGHT.

2ND AUDIOAMP.V2I56W6

45


Du Mont TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

PICTURE Symptom Procedure

Bright Horizontal LineLoss of Vertical Size

1. Substitute V213 and V2162. Check voltages, waveforms and associated components of V213

and V2163. Check yoke and vertical output transformer, T201

Critical Vertical Hold 1. Check waveforms in integrator network

Drive Line in Center 1. Check setting of drive control

Insufficient Horizontal Size1. Check settings of horizontal size and linearity controls2. Substitute V220, V221 and V2193. Check boosted B f and associated components4. Check C279 and C278

Insufficient Vertical Size

I. Check setting of vertical -size control

Control Has No Effect2. Check vertical size pot. R324

Control Does Not GiveNormal Size

2. Substitute V213 and V2163. Check voltages, waveforms

and associated componentsof V213 and V216

Loss of Horizontal and VerticalHoldProbable Cause: Faulty sync clipperstage

1. Check settings of front panel hold controls2. Substitute V208 and V2093. Check voltages, waveforms and associated components of V206

and V209

Loss of Vertical Hold Only I. Substitute V2082. Check associated components of V20813

No Horizontal Hold - or CriticalHorizontal Hold

Probable Cause: Defective a -f -c circuit

1. Check setting of front panel horizontal hold control2. Substitute V210 and V2193. Check setting of L210 horizontal -stabilizer control located on rear

of chassis4. Check voltages, waveforms and associated components of V210

and V219

Picture Oversize - Low BrightnessProbable Cause: Insufficient high voltage

1. Substitute V2222. Check h -v rectifier components

Picture Too Small (Horizontal andVertical)Probable Cause: B 1 low

1. Substitute V2.17 and V2182. Check Bi- line and associated components

Poor Focus I. Check setting of ion trap

Poor Horizontal Linearity

1. Check setting of horizontal -linearity control2. Substitute V220 and V2213. Check voltages, waveforms and components associated with V220

and V221

Poor Vertical Linearity

1. Check setting of vertical -linearity control2. Substitute V2I63. Check voltages, waveforms and associated components of V216

and 213

Sound Bars In PictureProbable Cause: Misalignment

1. Check tine tuning adjustment2. Check video i-f alignment

Vertical InstabilityProbable Cause: Faulty vertical oscillator

I. Check setting of front panel vertical hold control2. Substitute V213 and V2163. Check voltages, waveforms and associated components of V2I3

and V216

46 Weak Picture I. Substitute V2112. Check voltages and components associated with V2 I I


EMERSON RADIO AND PHONOGRAPH CORPORATION

The service material presented below and on the next seven pages is applicable toEmerson television chassis listed in the first column of the table below and used inmodels enumerated in the second column. Parts of this service material is exact foronly Chassis 120163B, and notes in the column at the right explain major differencesthat exist for each of the other chassis.

Chassis Models Main differences from material given.120163B 716D, 717D, 719D Exact material given. Circuit on the next two pages.120163D 722D Cabinet only is different.120164B 711B, 712B, 720B Has phono input and switching arrangement, uses

21MP4 picture tube, 1B3 rectifier.120166D 721D, 728D Electrically same except for automatic horizontal

frequency control using a multi -vibrator V-13 con-trolled by phase detector V -12B; + L-11 phase coil.

120167D 731D Same as 120166D, except it is a combination + clock.120168D 716F, 717F, 719F,

727DIdentical to 120163B except has automatic frequencycontrol explained under 120166D.

120169B 711F, 712F, 720D,732B, 734B

Identical to 120164B except has automatic horizon -tal frequency control explained under 120166D.

In fringe areas there is generaneon signs, electrical motors, etc.)To reduce this condition this chassisThis compensator is located at theeffects of electrical interferencewith an on -off switch so that it

a higher ratio of electrical impulse noise (ignition,to signal which might tend to effect sync. operation.has been equipped with a "Fringe Compensator."

rear of the chassis, and can be adjusted to handle thein most fringe locations. This compensator is provided

can be disconnected when not required.

- - --/

NOES

TURRET SWITCH SETTING SELECTS I-T

L 3,, ,L 9, L-WANOL-IIARE MOUNTED ON INDIVIDUAL

/ CHANNEL STRIPS ON TURRET

I

COILS FOR CHANNEL DESIRED 7

2 SNITCH POINTS ARC UsISEREG/ IN THE ORDER OF THEIR RESPECTIVE

/ ;34 '7,4/ leg , 1R/

AMP.

C-3

/ LOCATION FROM THE REAR ENO

,10--1 OF THE TUNER3 ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE

--11// R F AMP 'I

1/2 V -Ir/-- -1 , 00

6807 1.0 5- 3

R-8470

I2

, I

I

IN OHMS AND CAPACITANCE VALUES

LI-9 RE IN MIFF UNLESS OTHERWISEINDICTE11

I

ANT. INPUT6807

1 , 'L 7 --N\N----.,.- I '

BAL.300 IL 7 I

L-33^ ' el2'1! I i LI-10 = L-12 c-21

1

-F L-4:ee

: 75 . C-7.01

1

MIXER L -I31/2 V-2 \.---.T -I VIDEO

II

... 1

1 eoicIII L-11 00Z I. F

L - - J I

L

6 J 6 -.atC X

OUTPUT

d L-6

c-i

)C

1 R -CI

C

.

K

C-10to1000

C- 6

FINETUNING

C-3

__I

C-6470.s-3

IR-10226

-1

AGC 0

3-e PkIGREEKL 6 C -I

1000R-92206 C-23

1000

+ 225 V 0 BLUE

icoa R-54200

I 6J6 -3 1

RED

C -I2000

TEST POINTN15-6"

+150V.0

6 3 v 0_ BLACKIcoOO L-8

'oo

A2-A13-1-C - 19-r,000-1-

.1....SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF TUNER #470696 USED ON CHASSIS 120163-D 47

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONEmerson Chassis 120163B

RESISTANCE READINGS FOR CHASSIS 120163-D

SYMBOL

TUBE PIN NUMBERS

PIN I PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 PIN 8 PIN 9 PIN 10 PIN II

V-1 1.1 sin 47 0.3 0 011 K ell K 0

V-2 1.1 mg 47 0.1 0 ell K .11 K 0

V-3 0.1 180 0.3 0 .11 K 011 K 0

V-4 0 800 K 0.5 0 5K 0 5K

V -S 1.2 megcontrast0-1.5 K .1 0 .18 K .11 K

cont.0-1.5 K

V-6 1.2 men 0 0 .1 011 K ell K 220V-7 47 K 0 0 .1 011 K 8 K 0

V-8 0 100 K 0 .1 200 K 0 100 K

V-9 10 meg 0 0 .1 1.6 meg

fr Ingecomp.

212 mg 240 K

V-10 n.c. 0 013 K 013 K *70 K 13.5 K 0 470

V-11 4700 2.3 meg 0 .1 .1 45 K 15 K 0 0

V-12 2.2 meg 10 K 0 2.4 meg 10 meg 0 0 .1

9-13 1.5 meg014 -HOLD

11K -55K 400 K 500 K 70K 0 0 0

V-14 n.c. 0 n.c. 0 18 K 470 K n.c. 0 100 Cap of 6E106 95K

V-15 PIN 2 MD 7 INFINITE PLATE 95K

V-16 n.c. n.c. 95 K n.c. 011.5 K n.c. 95K I 95 K

V-17 150 150 K 2200

V. Hold700 K-1.7 mg

V. Size1.2 meg2.8 meg

-2200 0 0

V-18 n.c. 0 011 K 011 K 2.2 meg11.7 meg 0V. Lin

470-5 KV-19 n.c. 911 K n.c. 21 n.c. 21 n.c. 011 KV-20 n.c. 011 K n.c. 21 n.c. 21 n.c. 011 K

V-23 0 0 n.c. n.c. n.c.

focus0-.5 meg-90 K n.c. n.c. n.c. 800 K 240 K

0 Varying resistance - wait until meter settles (about 30 sec.)

All controls in position for normal picture.All measurements taken with a vacuumAll readings listed in tables were taken

48

tube voltmeter and ohmmeter.between points shown and chassis.

30 C.P.S. 7875 C. P S.

IIIIIIIIIMMA MINIMII 'I .1,

P To P 50V

s'..,n7A,

P TO P 5 Ov

imr,

P TO P 100v P TO P 100 v

P TO P 44 VP TO P 4 4 V

'CZ11.:''VP TO P 38V

.-- ,

11

P TO P 36V

P TO P 8 V CEIMINIME

Connect 3 volt bias battery to both I.F. and R.F.AGC. circuits, positive terminal to chassis, nega-tive terminal to junction of R -l6, C-19, C -l8.Add a jumper wire from this junction to junctionof R-8, R-14, C-7 so that the bias battery is alsoapplied to I.F. AGC.

0

INN

P ro P I I V P TO P I I V

c:;PO,VFAIL .

,..-z;gaimasamimam

VIDEO AND/OR SYNC. TROUBLES(LACK OF CONTRAST, TEAR, OVER-LOAD, NO HORIZONTAL OR VERTICALHOLD, POOR HOLD, JITTER, ETC.)

FILTER TROUBLES (LOW SO AND 8-, A.C.PICTURE, NO SYNC., NON LINEAR SWEEPS)

NOTE

THE RIPPLEVOLTAGE AT OTHERPOINTS IN THEFILTER NETWORKIS LESS THAN02 VOLTS PEARTO PEAK.

60 N..\CPS.

arEMIEll

T.V. TUNER00 ND 470696

1/2V-22 i-6J6MIXER

v-21 6507 R.F.AMP.

V-22 6J6 05C.11MIXER

uNECONTR.,.

IIELL.CTOR

OFF -TOLL41."

CO4 TTTTT CONTROLMemvaNT HOLD DORIC. HOLD

FRONT PANEL CONTROLS

FOCUS

0Cull Nopir COmpEN- Nona HINT TENT

REAR CONTROLSCHASSIS

CODEDC-3 IS 6.81414FPT NO 928004

L -3

5c-iap

L -

ADJACENTSOUND

3+ 3+ ARC TRAP

11-49410

+ 1 DV +215 9.

F-1Fun

.3 AMP

T -I2

SW I

ONOcr SWITCHCONTI ON VOL OL)

L'2

SOUNDCARRIER

TRAP

LOW VOLTAGE RECTIFIERV-19 V-20

SUMO 5U402es C.

100100

L -15n+ 40 +

C 66

P-3

041

X-3

1ST VIDEOI. F. AMP

V-18086

.+235 V.

+215 V.

+ 130V

:2)117 VOLTS

::3i AC LINE.4. 160 CPS/

1'7 i' CHASSIS NO. 120163-D

Slight peak to peak voltage differences may be noticed if chassis is triangle code marked.The wave shapes shown here are arranged so as to give the serviceman an easy method of signal trac-

ing. The peak to peak voltage given may vary slightly depending on signal strength and component varia-tions.

To accurately observe the wave shapes, the relatively high input capacity of an oscilloscope must bereduced so as not to change the operating characteristics of the television set. Failure to do this will resultin wrong wave shape readings..

Connect antenna and tune receiver to channel where best reception has been obtained in the past.Low end of the probe is connected to CHASSIS and the contrast control is set at MAXIMUM CONTRAST.The 30 and 7875 C.P.S. oscilloscope sweep settings are used so as to permit the serviceman to ob-

serve two cycles of the wave shape.

7815C PS

HORIZONTAL T

ELMDDT

R-4470

R-5470

+19011

IMOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

Emerson Chassis 120163B

- I.OU

0-6 10C0 -Di1000 .".7

ro

470- f C

I ST SOUND SOUNDI F AMP LIMITERV-6 V-7

6AU6 6AU6 snaz.,...r. 6A L 5pee ...I

T

k -C-°' 5-5v ,

TO

0

2ND VIDEOF AMP.

V-26C86 1.6

PREEN007

C-29 1 C-SIIM- 5000 11.38

F NSF 470

C-3050003131F

R 36- 10K

R-35

3RD VIDEOF. AMP.

OmV-3 F DOT

6Cee 2,0,0 1.441-ri 1114. --cir

SOUNDDISCRIMINATOR

VOLTAGE V-8

OeNEEN 007 T x

VOL T AGE

" tlArT"110 -V

VIDEO 6 AGO DETECTORV-4

6AL5

T ..T LISD

680 -X NW C -I1R-9 es° C.13 14

ELTEONTu 00470 IMF v-sE5

NSF

R.I1R -I2 R-13

C-10 100 C-12470 470 C te

5000 = . 1000

41500. MN'611U14

WM' +1500. +215 V.C-7 X +a CB.22 T L -5

VIDEO TO SYNC

SYNC. AMP10012 SEPARATOR

V -II12 AU7

R.57 R-5111011 2.2 MEO.

R -NI005

C220Nur

+150 V.

R-59WO 0

VIDEO TO SYNC.

1101112. SYNC.AMPLIFIER1/2 V-128ESN? GT

1ST AUDIO AMP,AGO CLAMP 6 NOISE AUDIO

SUPPRESSOR OUTPUTV-9 V-10

GAVE 6V6GT

c-31-050 047

VIDEO TO SYNC 01000 TO SYNC

10RI2 CONTROL TUBEN.88150 0 V----1010NTZtpYelIS

C.43 I \ 1/2 V -13A 1/2 V.132 HORIZ YELLOW275 821YR-83

V.HORIZ OSC.

6SN7 GT estcrwr TVR C-492 SOK ISOR.74 01C-41 C -42 .047 . 11,200

,C-51 R-77

R-49 001 48INOK O

3 R-45470K

R 43IMES

VOLUME 1150 V.CONTROL +2354

41111..........VIDEOAMPLIFIER

V-5GCSE

VERT SYNC.SEPARATOR

1/2 V -I2 A6SN7 GT

-13v

C-5747 NSF I

KI

R R-64R et 0K 350K

MEG Lisro

R.841011[0.iv

RESISTORS ,NOICATED III ORNS. A 1000 ORM,CAPACITORS INDICATED IN MICROPARAOS IOW)

14E sPEce

O NORIZC -47 R-71 PHASE.47 3900 22

VERTICALOSCILLATOR

V -I 7et TD ev6SN7 GT

R-87ISO 7

R91690K

OR8200

GREENDOT

NORIZ. OSC. ALIGNMENTLOCATED ON TOP REAROf CALM+ SEE TunLOCATION DI

VERT SIZE+215 V. [CONTROL

7v

-90MEG

T T VENT. TMOLD CONTRO.

R-95 C-6325E0. _1 10

C-62I R-96

22MEG

R -9t

R.76470K

11

X -2 P-2Rio

C- STMO

R-23 R-27220 2200

,asv L-8 047R-24 R.2116800 470

+ISO V. 12155

SEE PL ATE CIRCUITA OF V-3 6016.

CHASSIS WITH THISTRIANGLE COOS HAVE0-I3 OMITTED AID C -IREPLACED BY A JUMPERWIRE. 1+2155 NO LONGERCONNECTED IN THISCIRCUIT. I

HORIZONTAL J.

OUTPUTV -I4

6E06 GT

C-53 .1

12711100

R-150+215 V 33K

VERT. OUTPUTV -I8

6W6 GT

R-96

R-262000

UW1801711E58CONTROL

HIGHVOLTAGE

RECTIFIERV -I5IX2A

YELLOWooT

L-11 81°HORIZ.SIZE

CONTROL

C.85

+215 V.

FOCUSCONTROL

PICTURETUBE

V-2317 LP4

HIGH VOLTA OELEAD

V-166W4 GT

HORIZONTALDAMPER

X -I

BOTTOMOF SOCKET

o

DEFLECT ION YOREWHIRL,

521M

L-13NORIZCOILS

I

-04560

R.63560

L--

< L -14VERT.COILS

: FOR THIS MEASUREMENT READJUST4215V. VERTICAL HOLD TO STOP PICTURE ROLL.

12 K 5-970 2 HORIZ, GAIN ON SCOPE FULLY OPEN.00 NOT USE LOW CAPACITY PROBEFOR THIS MEASUREMENT.P To P PEAK TO PEAK.

7 470

VERT. rLIN. CONTROL

I

OUBLES ( POOR HOLD, TEAR, NO HORIZONTAL HOLD, NO HIGHVOLTAGE, POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY). VERTICAL TROUBLES ( NO VERTICAL HOLD, NO VERTICAL SIZE, POOR VERTICAL HOLD,

VERTICAL JITTER, POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY).

P TO P 80 V P To P 90 V EZMINnia LIELMIEM

0ALL WAVE SHAPES TAKEN

WITH HORIZ. OSC. TUBE )V-13)REMOVED WITH THE EXCEP-TION OF WAVE SHAPES 10THROUGH 18.

C PSLi -4 / ----

P TO P 360V. 111:EMZEI kaaili/El LIMMEnZa airWri EIMMIXIMI

A wave shape seen in your oscilloscope may be upside down from same wave shape shownhere. This will depend on the number of stages of amplification in the oscilloscope used. 49

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONCLAMP -

IIIII

-'- \ ,../-Emerson Chassis 120163B, continued. ---;%. irk%. -\\""1.4111N..-

""gl,L_........../' \.,, --

ALIGNMENT ADJUSTINGo s, , .......":" : , 11)

ARM Oi(Presented on the next five pages.)'---..----j-- -. \ ,----%---,5=--.: - --

--------___=-----

t---'------. ,-------- /------- --

. -,---,---__-_- 11 ION TRAPALIGNMENT //;:::

t:,!---:- ADJUSTING ARMa. Equipment Required - A sweep generator, (10 MC.

sweep with center frequency of 44 MC. plus allnecessary R.F. sweep frequencies as listed in R.F.Table), accurate marker generator, oscilloscope

STANDARD

5 IGN l AN15 ,IA5

CENTERING UNIT

and V.T.V.M. ore required for alignment. The AAAAA N SIGNAL I

marker generator must supply frequencies of 4.5MC., 40 to 48 MC. and 50 to 216 MC.

GROUND TO CY45105AO _....._

b. Alignment Points - The location of all I.F. trans-formers, Tuned Circuits, trimmers in

...o .,

and shown

Figure 8.

TV R.F. & MIXER ALIGNMENT

SWEEP OVANATON

WITH 50 OHM

OUTPUT

5p 41.

ANTENNATERMINALS

C NO"

Connect 3 volt bias battery to both I.F. and R.F. sore INCIP GENERATOR

AGC. circuits, positive terminal to chassis, nega- o.rx 000 COINOUTPUT CONNECT

tive terminal to junction of R-16, C-19, C-18. DIRECTLY TO ANT.

Add a jumper wire from this junction to junctionTERIIIIALS

of R-8, R-14, C-7 so that the bias battery is also Figure 4. Generator Connectionsapplied to I.F. AGC. R.F. Channel Alignment.

for Television

SWEEP & MARKERGENERATOR

MARKER GEN. OSCILLOSCOPE MISCELLANEOUS TRIMMER TYPE OF ADJUSTMENT

CONNECTIONSFREQ.RANGE

FREQ.CONNECT IONS INSTRUCT IONS OR SLUG AND OUTPUT INDICATION

Connect asshown in Fig. 4and adjustsweep controls

Channel#12

209.75 MC.Sound Carrier

205.25 MC.

Vert. input ofscope through10K resistor totest point on

Set Channel Selector to #12

NOTE

Keep output of R.F. Marker

C-2R.F. Amp

InputTrimmer

Adjust Trimmers C-2, C-5 and C-6to obtain response shown in Fig. 5

IMPORTANT: When adjustingtrimmers C-2, C-5 and C-6 it will

for width sothat completechannel re-

207 MC.CenterFreq.

Pix Carrier tuner Fig. 8Low side tochassis

Generator at a level thatprovides a readable markerbut does not distort the

C-1I.F. Trap

be noted that the band pass char -acteristic can be broadened bysacrificing amplitude. It is under -

sponse may beobserved asshown in Fig. 5

curve that is being observedon the scope.

C-5R.F. Plate

Trimmer

sirable to overly broaden thecurve as that would result in aloss of sensitivity.

C-6MixerGrid

Trimmer

C-1 should normally be set at max -imum capacity (screw all the wayin) unless interference is encoun-tered. See note below.

#13213 MC.

*215.75 MC.**211.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #13(See Note Above)

The r -f bond pass characteristic of the othertelevision channels should now be checked

#11201 MC.

*203.75 MC.199.25 MC.


without disturbing the settings of trimmersC-2, C-5 and C-6. Adjust the r -f sweep gen-

marker for operation on

010195 MC.

*197.75 MC.**193.25 MC.


erator and generatorthe other television channels, observing posi-tion of both the sound carrier and picture car -

#9189 MC.

*191.75 MC."187.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #9Note

tier markers.`----1

(See Above)

#8#8183 MC.

*185.75 MC.**181.25 MC.

Set Channel Selector to(See Note Above)

Sameas

#7177 MC.

*179.75 MC.175.25 MC.

Sameas

Above


..1"Above

#6 ' 87.75 MC. Set Channel Selector to #6 185 MC. ` 83.25 MC. (See Note Above)

"'"#5

79 MC. 81.75 MC.

0 77.25 MC.Set Channel Selector to #5

(See Note Above)

.1:T..."-"'

Figure 5 -- TUNER RESPONSE CURVE

#469 MC.

71.75 MC.' 67.25 MC.


SHOWING BAND-PASS LIMITS.The response for all channels should meet with

#3

63 MC.* 65.75 MC.

** 61.25 MC.Set Channel Selector to #3

(See Note Above)

the requirements of Fig. 5. To do so it may benecessary to compromise by slightly changingthe initial channel #12 adjustments of C-2,

#257 MC.

59.75 MC.* 55.25 MC.


C-5 and C-6 while switched to channel whichdoes not conform.

**Picture Carrier MarkerNOTE: C-1 IS AN I.F. TRAP AND CAN BE ADJUSTED IN THE FIELD TO REDUCE ANY INTERFERENCE WHICH

SO *Sound Carrier MarkerMAY AFFECT CHANNEL 02 FROM A NEARBY TRANSMITTER OPERATING IN THE 40 MC. BAND.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONI.F.

*KEEP

ALIGNMENT Emerson Chassis 120163B, etc., continued.1) Tune receiver to unused Channel 10 or 12.2) Connect 3 volt bias battery with negative terminal to I.F. AGC. (Junction R-8, C-7, R-14) positiveterminal to chassis.

3) Connect D.C. V.T.V.M. to Pin 7 V -11A sync. separator (video take off point) see Fig. 7.4) Connect terminated marker generator to floating shield of conver.er tube V-22 6J6. (Shield raised

slightly so that it does not make contact with chassis). Use unmoduloted marker. See Fig. 7.

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST PROCEDURE45.75 MC.

Unmoduloted 1 -4 Peak for maximum response. Adjust output of signal generator so that maximum re -sponse does not produce more than -2V. D.C. on V.T.V.M.

43.2 MC.Unmodulated 1-3 "

45.3 MC.Unmodulated 1-2 .,

42.0 MC.Unmodulated

L-3T-1 It

41.25 MC.Unmodulated L-2 Adjust trap for minimum response. Increase output from signal generator so that a

true minimum position can be found.

5) Connect vertical input of an oscilloscope instead of V.T.V.M. to Pin 7 of V -11A with vertical scopegain set at, or near, maximum. (Horizontal scope sweep set at 400 cycles).

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST PROCEDURE47.25 MC.

400 CyclesAmp. Mod.

L-1 With signal generator set at maximum output, adjust L-1 for minimum vertical re -sponse on scope.

6) Now that all the I.F. coils and transformers have been set, the overall response can be observed andadjusted if necessary.

SIGNAL GENERATOR INPUTMEASURINGADJUSTINSTRUMENT PROCEDURECONNECTION

FREQUENCY

SWEEP MARKER

Connect terminatedsweep and markeras shown in Fig. 7.

Centerfrequency44 MC.10 MC.Sweep

45.75 MC. Scopeconnectedto Pin 7

V -11A1

1-2 If 45.75 MC. doesn't lie from 60 to70% down adjust T-2 (see fig. 6 ) fortolerances. *

Providing overalltilt is not as specified,TRAPS L-1 and L-2ING OVERALL I.F.

OUTPUT SIGNALTUBE OVERLOAD MIGHT

4 IN

curve

MUSTRESPONSE

GENERATORRESULT

f--

is within tolerancesrepeat entire alignment

BE ADJUSTEDCURVE.

AS LOWAND THE RESPONSE

PERMISIBLE

'' 20% EITHER

as shown below, no further adjustments ore needed. If bond width orprocedure. If still out then a slight retouching is permissible.

AS INDICATED ABOVE. DO NOT RE -ADJUST WHILE OBSERV-

AS POSSIBLE WHEN OBSERVING THE OVERALL I.F. SHAPE SINCEWILL APPEAR INCORRECTLY FLAT AND WIDE.

TILTWAY

NOTE: It may be impossible toobserve the 47.25 MC. markerwith the average service equip-ment due to the high attenuationof trap L-1 (adjacent sound).

ADJACENTSOUND

.....' 60%

4 MC -1.1

RESPONSE

TO 70%

45.75 MC

4725 MC.

20 %MAx

41.25 MC

.-

35 TO

I.F.

iii--

Figure 6. OVERALL CURVE 51


Alignment for Emerson Chassis 120163B, etc., continued.

w+114PFLOATINGSHIELD

roGENEw.CONNECT

PLACE ON yr vfrfWHEN NEEDED

TO MARKER

SWEEP

Figure 7. CONNECTIONS FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT.

All instrument leads should be dressed as directed and as short as possible to preventinteraction between input and output leads. Failure to do this may result in an un-stable response indication.

NOTE: It is important that the output cable of the sweep and marker generator be properlyterminated in their characteristic impedance which is usually from 50 to 75 ohms.If this termination has not been built into the end of the cable by the instrumentmanufacturer, then a resistor of the proper value (characteristic impedance) shouldbe connected across the output of each generator cable as shown above.

52

Il

A2 -A13ACCESSIBLETHRU HOLFIN TUNFRCHASSIS

FRONT OF CHASSISC-3

FINE TUNING

TEST POINT

T-142.0 MC.

T-245.3 MC.BOTTOM

L-3 42.0 MC. BOTTOM

L-2 41.25 MC. BOTTOMSOUND CARRIER TRAP

L -I 47.25 MC. BOTTOMADJACENT SOUND TRAP

1-343.2 MCBOTTOM /

C -I I.F. TRAP T-4ADJUSTMENT TUNED 45175 MC.IN FIELD TO REDUCE BOTTOMINTERFERENCE ONCHANNEL 2 DUE TONEARBY TRANSMITTERSBROADCASTING IN THEI.F. RANGE. IF NO INTER-FERENCE IS PRESENTTURN SCREW ALL THE WAY IN.

T-54.5 MC.

TOP ORBOTTOM

T- 64.5 MC.

TOP ANDBOTTOM

O

1-74.5 MC.TOP ANDBOTTOM

SECONDARY ON TOPFOR PT. NO. 708018

Figure 8 - LOCATION OF ALIGNMENT POINTS (TOP VIEW)


Alignment for Emerson Chassis 120163B, etc., continued.

R.F. OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

1. Connect marker and sweep generator as shown in Figure 4, low side to chassis.

2. Connect scope to Pin #7 V -11A (12AU7).

3. Connect 3 volt bias battery as described under R.F. Alignment.

4. Before undertaking oscillator alignment be sure I .F . circuits are correctly aligned for band pass characteristic and trapsettings.

5. During oscillator alignment, it is necessary to set the fine tuning control so that the tooth on the fine turning cam pointsdownward.

MARKERSIGNAL

GENERATORFREQUENCY

SWEEPGENERATORFREQUENCY

MISCELLANEOUSINSTRUCTIONS

TRIMMEROR

SLUG

TYPE OF ADJUSTMENTAND OUTPUT INDICATION

*209.75 MC.** 205.25 MC.

Channel#12Center

Frequency207 MC.10 MC.

Sweep

Be sure that fine tuning control hasbeen properly positioned (tooth on thecam pointing down)

NOTE

During this step and thru-out all suc-ceeding steps it is necessary to:

1. Keep output of sweep generator at alevel that does not allow the readingon a VTVM to exceed minus 1 voltwhen connected across video detectorload at minimum sweep width.

2. Keep output of standard signal gen-erator at a level that provides areadable marker but does not distortthe curve that is being observed onthe scope.

AdjustSlugA-12

NOTE: Before making the following adjustment,advance the vertical gain control on the scope inorder to magnify the sound trap portion of the re -sponse curve.

Then, use a non-metallic screwdriver to adjustchannel #12 oscillator slug (accessible thru holeon front of r -f tuner unit and shift response curveso that sound carrier marker is located at theposition indicated below.

Now reduce gain control setting of scope to re -store pattern to normal amplitude and observeposition of picture carrier marker. This markershould appear on the high frequency side of thecharacteristic curve. The amplitude of the pic-ture carrier should be between 60 and 70% downfrom peak response.

*215.75 MC.**211.25 MC.

'203.75 MC.**199.25 MC.*197.75 MC.

**193.25 MC.

*191.75 MC.**187.25 MC.*185.75 MC.

**181.25 MC.

*179.75 MC.**175.25 MC.

* 87.75 MC.** 83.25 MC.* 81.75 MC.

** 77.25 MC.* 71.75 MC.

** 67.25 MC.* 65.75 MC.

61.25 MC.* 59.75 MC.

* 55.25 MC.

Channel #13213 MC.

Channel #11201 MC.

Channel #10195 MC

Channel #9189 MC.

Channel #8183 MC.

Channel #7177 MC.

Channel #685 MC.

Channel #579 MC.

Channel #469 MC.

Channel #363 MC.

Channel #257 MC.

Set Channel Selector to #13(See note above)











Adjust the r -f sweep generator and marker generator for op -eration on other television channels; set marker generator tosound carrier frequency. After setting Channel Selector to cor-responding channel, adjust oscillator slug thru hole on front ofr -f tuner unit. (A-2 to A-13)

This permits response curve to be shifted so that sound carriermarker will appear at the position indicated below.

-4----60 TO

7 0 %

PIX I.F._+_45.75 MC.

SOUND I. F.

41.25 MC.

TYPICAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE

NOTE: Make sure that cam on fine tuning control shaft re-mains properly positioned during this step (tooth on the campointing downward).

NOTE: If an unsatisfactory overall response is obtained for a particular channel, observe R -F amp. and Mixerresponse curve for that channel (as described in R -F Amp. and Mixer Alignment Table). If characteristicdoes not conform reasonably well within the typical curve shown in Figure 5, then do the following things:

1. Check method of connecting scope, voltmeter and generatcr leads to eliminate possible distortion ofobserved response, or:

2. Attempt to obtain a better compromise for R.F. response on all channels by realigning R -F Amp. andMixer circuits, or:

3. Try replacing Antenna, R -F and Oscillator coils for the particular channel.

*Sound Carrier Marker**Picture Carrier Marker

53


Sound Alignment, Emerson Chassis 120163B, etc. , continued.

1. Set receiver to channel #3.

2. Keep output of signal generator as low as possible so that a sharp maximum meter reading will be ob-tained with slight adjustment of the sound transformers.

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR INPUT MEASURING

CONNECTION FREQUENCYINSTRUMENT

ADJUST PROCEDURE

1 Marker gen. through.01 mfd. to Pin 7 ofV-4, Low side tochassis.

Marker -4.5 MC. Connect V.T.V.M.through 10K resistorto junction of C-29,R-33, R-34, Lowside to chassis.

T-5(top)

orbottom

Peak for maximum responseAdjust generator input toproduce one volt

2 0 Marker -4.5 MC. T-6(Topand

bottom)

0

3 Connect sweep gen-erator in parallelwith marker gen.(Marker gen. lightlycoupled)

Sweep -4.5 MC.(450 Kc. sweep)Marker -4.5 MC.

Replace V.T.V.M.with scope con-nected through 10Kresistor to junctionof R-48 and C-72.Low side to chassis,

T-7(second-

aryTop

#708018)

Position 4.5MC. markerat center ofS -curve byadjustingsecondary.

4.5 MC.

4 0 II II T-7

(Primary)

Peak primaryfor maximumamplitude andlinearity. Re-peat step 3.

Alignment of Miracle Picture LockThis can be done without removingchassis from cabinet. Short phasing

V-23ITLP4

TELEVISION(GLASS-RECT.;

SOUNDDISC

V.111TAM ALS

VITR

coil, see note in Figure 10. Turnhor. hold control clockwise whenviewed from front. Start with hor.

4110 .16OSC Oa

CONVERTER0 68072ND VIO I F 3RO. VID

et 4ct.; AI ST VID ' ....

.. -

1

I

V.7SV-9 U010

AU6AVG

''. 1ST.I v.6 SOUN I r

6AU6DV -I0IF VIDBIT 6.6

6AL54; 42 V16 AUDIO OUTPUT

GT

'I

fre. slug all the way out, rotate inuntil picture just locks into sync.Adjust hor. size if necessary. Ifpicture falls out of sync. , repeatprevious step. Remove short from

IF. _ SY t.ul . TUVE R I,

L V RECT L V RECT

0 NORIZ4D DAMPER5 UG . 4

DEFLECTIONYOKE

I2AU7 11)?

HORIZ SYNC. AMP X?,VENT SYNC. SEP 6.T.

phasing coil. Starting with phasingcoil slug all the way out rotate in -

until picture locks into sync.wardsRotate tuner turret

6W4 GTCENTERING

UNIT V-17

off channel and

POWER

VERT 6SN70SC GT.

back on same channel. If out of sync.

TRANSFORMER 10 TRAP HOR1ZOSCrotate phase coil inwards until pic-

' G iX2AH V NEC.

G

HOR1Z.

-13 V 065147 VERT. 6W6 ture locks again. Check all other

\OUTPUT GTOUTPUT OT channels in same manner. Picture

JP 3

0_3 Fl TERMINAL STRIP TO PERMIT should stay in sync. , if not rotateSHORTING OUT HORIZ. PHASECOIL SO THAT HORIZ. CIRCUIT CAN phase coil inwards until picture on

ANTENNACONNECTION <

Figure 10 - TUBE

54

BE ALIGNED WITHOUT REMOVINGCHASSIS FROM CABINET. on each channel stays in sync.

LOCATIONS DIAGRAM

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGamble -Skogmo *** Coronado Models 25TV2-43-9045C Table & 25TV2-43-9060B Console

Models 25TV2-43-9045Band 25TV2-43-9060Adiffer by having

V-8 6BL7R-48 1500R-57 1 meg.R-59 15,000

I Rf umr I

Model 25TV2-43-9045Ais like -9045B, butdoes not have AGC.

6.3v AC

ISO V

.2.50 V

V -I6CB6

/ST P/X I -F

8.2K 47

R-2%C -I.

1000

717

6 3VAC

V -I L I6CB6

C 161000r.

T C1O2oroA

T- I/ST PlY/-F COIL

13 1

13_

V-26CB6

2ND PI)! I -F

T-22 ND PaI -F COIL

(26 8-4 5

100022 K 47 1000

V-36CB6

3 RD P/X I -F

L-436.10 H

6 R-7 C-5R-8 C-4I K 22K 180

IG0 0 I1000

R-27K

I_C-23

V-26CB6

C-17

M1000

L-2

3 RD P/XI -F COIL

C-647

R-91.5 K

V-36CB6

= 1000

L-3

1083

C 7

'7-4A LB6AL5

C-191000=

=0.22

C-20 ..0-211:1 R-29=0 22 = 1000 150C-21000= 150

R-30 R -3I

2.7 MEG

/90 V

t R-28100 K

- oz*8-32

330 K

R-35 R-364710 1011 V-7

68E60-25.. SYNC. SEPAPATOP

01

WAveFORAINI

R -37R-37C-2

5

6381

270K. 1000 ME G j:

I R 397 5 MEGSYNC.STABILITY

C 27047 I

144068K

ALL RESISTANCE VALUESIN OHMS

ALL CAPACITANCE VALUESLESS THAN 1.0 IN ME. ANDABOVE I.0 IN IAMP, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

COIL RESISTANCE VALUESLESS THAN 1.0 OHM ARENOT SHOWN.

0I50

114820 h

C-281000

V-5 B12AT7

PHASE SPLIT TER

R-78 R-80100K 100K

6

R 460 R-460 R-460220 8216 8.26 zI

422211

R-433313

R-447.2

-..C-29 C-3041-1000 20 MF -

R-45K

250 V

V-156AL5

PHASE DE T

9 0-

R-79 R -8I4 7 MEG

No. 12-6AU6 A.G.C.450V P -P 15,750 C.P.S.

470KC-61

C-60. 0 I

C-62

.00471 270

R-8227 K

R-836 8 K

R-846.8 K

It, 0-318 C 310005 T 005.

L -I4NOR/Z.FREQ.

C-324700

A C THRESHOLDCONTROL

R-33 470K

MEG

6SN7-GTAi 2.5 MEG

R-34WAVEFORM 4711

V -B

VERT. OSC. d VERT OUTPUT

0-34

7100

C-3300471

5 L-12VERT DEFLECTION COIL4

H

R-47 C-36

47011 0 IR-48820

IMF

T-4VERTOSC.

R-49417VERT C-37LIN. .047

R-501.5 MEG.

8-51MEG

VERT-,HOLD

.t 0.300,10-65.1.

4700

R 8756

V-/66SN7-GTA

NOR/Z. OSC.

R-551.2 MEG.

R-532 2 MEG.

R-88220 8

C-6601

IC -64.047

R-85 R-8633V 2 2K

0-630.22

R-52 R 5418011 2 5MEG

HEIGHTCONTROL

F1 3

3

R 572.2 MEG.

R-5610 tt

38.01

T-5VERT.

OUTPUTTRANS. =

C-40-1000

V -V6AU6A. S. C.

R-59 ILC-706.810-r 30 MF

05300

00-0s

4

1C-41

+1044F

7 5.-1

04-1OU)a)

"c)o8 cp-o3 ;..4

lo 5

it ilko

0a.U)a)

;.4

O0

_o oiz

13tv

0(-)

R-89150 K HOR/Z. DRIVE

WAVEFORM. /6

C 67 ±300

..

C-681 C. 691430-- 3301 220

WAVEFORM715

R-91(150 K

R-925.6 K

R-9450 KHOR/2.HOLD

R-93470K

WAVEFORM.17

R-9047 K

/N SOME RECEIVERS 0.90 /5 ASSHOWN WITH 001 TED LINES.

VI76BQ6-GT

HOR/Z. OUTPUT

C -7I 0R-95 C-725 MF. 100 .047

R-96 C-73126 1000

300

LAIPILIPAINo. 16-6SN7 Hor. Osc. Plate

135V P -P 15,750 C.P.S.

No. 17-6BQ6 Grid120V P -P 15,750 C.P.S. 55


Gamble-Skogmo *** Coronado Models 25TV2-43-9045C Table & 25TV2-43-9060B Console

1 0-

10

tu)

0 3A- orl S 0b0

C.)

;.t

04-40CO

70--1.4

a)

V -I A6AL5

PIX DET.

a)

534.o

Bo0. '3°CO

too -

000 110

Fw

12.o

1R710i22 K

v -to6AU6

1ST AUDIO -F

V -SA12AT7

1ST VIDEOAMP.

r -L-9

OOM41

V -II6AU6

1ND AUDIO /-F

V-46AH6

FIBEO OUTPUTWAVEFORM -1

C -II_.047

r L-10I ,eome N.

L__ _R-15 1

22 K_1

R -I3 N R-14I MEG 100

022CONTRAST I 5K 12

"5° v CONT.

AN'WR-212 2 It

T-77 SOUND RAT/0

---1 H 7. -DET. TRANS.

-igi'-7 - -L --ii ' - I- -.C-1 1 ... T-641

C-42 il R63 1"`1 -7 ISOUNDH100 !.___,1 /-F 1 1711tI_

L. I 1_-"L__ -- ' 'TRANSC-47- L-13 -

SOUND 1-45 1-46 5000

TAKE -OFFCOIL R-61

1K

1000 10056K .__,AAm,__.1 01.K65 I:5-40900R-62

7 ...0-64100 K

R-63133K

013 047

R-24100K

V-126AL5

RAT/0 DET.

L-41R 167K

8-1.8100 K R -I9

I MEG.WAVEFOR.U.2

.300 I,

C-1501

',soyR-25

500KBRIGHTNESSCONTROL

V-136AV6

1 ST AUDIO AMP.

TONECONTROL

C52 R-72047 I MEG

6.66 R-69 C5`41270 681( R-70 0047,-

IC -5347068 K

V -A B6AL5

--- D.C. RESTORER

V -El2IMP4

V-/46AQ5

AUDIO OUTPUT

-C-57- -101

F1.750 1I-15 I 14706 470K

L 2 J

C-54 _.. R-71C;_6

R . 30047 _I_ I MEG IC MEGr -e -

VOLUMECONTROL

T-8AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS.

R 77I 1(

*250

00-

T-9NOR/Z. OUTPUTH. V TRANS.

I

-V -18

6W4-GTDAMPER

L- I6 #.3007

NOR/I. LINCONTROL

SIBNo. 2-12AT7 Plate No. 2-6AH6 Grid35V P -P 60 C.P.S. 8V P -P 60 C.P.S.

-99I MEG

V -I91B3-GT 130,1 250V .300

H. V REC7.

Rlet RV

R -I03330

V-205U4 -GL. V. RECT.

L-18 F,502. Fus

FILTER

T101 CHOKE

047 60500

10 K

30 MF 80- C-80 - C-358MF

80 MFC-795C-77

No. 3-Pix Tube Grid20-100V P -P 60 C.P.S.

- R -I09100 It

T-10POWER TRANSRE,r--__

GR

C.81 A

ON 01SW/ TCH

C-81 0T.01

NTER0005

No. 18-6W4 Damper Plote120V P -P 15,750 C.P.S.


GENERAL

MODELS 20T2, 20

2114, AND 2115

ELECTRIC

C105, 20C106, 21C200,

TELEVISION RECEIVERS.

The service material on models listed above is printed on thenext fourteen pages. Separate circuit diagrams are shown forthe group of 20T2, 20C105, 20C106, 21C200, and for the groupof 21T4, 21T5, since there are minor differences in the circuitsused. Other information is applicable to all models except wherethis fact is noted to differ.

REPLACEMENT OF PICTURE TUBE:

1. Remove chassis as outlined above.2. Place cabinet on its front, being sure not to scratch it.3. Remove the two mounting bracket screws fastening the

bracket to the cabinet, see Fig. 4.4. Loosen the two tube mounting draw nuts and remove them

from their catch brackets.5. Remove ion trap.6. Slide out complete yoke assembly with attached PM focus

unit. Remove the four nuts and pressure plates which fasten thepicture tube support bracket to the cabinet.

7. Lift picture tube out of the cabinet and remove dust seal,tube strap and the four brackets by loosening the tube -strapscrew.

8. Place picture -tube strap around rim of new picture tube,inserting the picture -tube support brackets between tube rim andstrap as shown in Fig. 4.

9. Place the dust seal onto the eight hooks located around thetube mask inside the cabinet.

10. Place picture tube into cabinet repositioning the tubebrackets to fit over stud screws in corners of cabinet and movepicture tube to center tube in mask as viewed from front of thecabinet.

11. Unhook the dust seal and place it around the edge of thepicture -tube face so that it contacts both tube and tube mask.

12. Tighten tube strap mounting screw and the four bracketnuts.

13. Install yoke and PM focus unit assembly and fasten tubemounting bracket to cabinet.

14. Install ion trap.15. Connect picture tube socket to base of tube, high -voltage

lead to picture -tube anode lead, two yoke plugs and two loud-speaker leads.

16. Install knobs and chassis mounting screws.

WOBBLE PLATE ADJ. ARMLOOSENBLOCK SCREWS ANDMOVE LEVER OR*. ORSIDEWAYS TO CENDTER PICT-URE AVOIDING NECK SHADOW

ORE ADJUSTMENT

MOVE UP OR DOWNTO CENTER YOKE

MOUNTING PPM NUT

[TURN TO PRESS PICT. ITORE AGAINST MASK j

R01 El POORPLUGS FOR

OK CABLE

TILT LEVER

filiVALNAWMERT GUARE TORE

THIS (HSI

TO St

ROSE CLAMP SCREWLOOSEN BEFOREMOVING PICTURETILT LEVER

Early Production

YOKE MOUNTING SCREWLOOSEN SCREW AND MOVEPLATECENTER EUPT&RE DO ASSEMBLYWTO

FOCUS MIT CENTERING ADJ.[MOVE UP OR DOWN -T01

CENTER FOCUS UNIT j

FOCUS UNIT ADJ. SCREWMOVE FORWARD OR BAORWARD SO THAT DISTANCEBETWEEN FOCUS rITAND YOKE PS SIN

FOCUS CONTROL

ADJUSTABLE FROMBACK OF RECEIVER

10N TRAP

ROTATE. MOVE FORWARD

M\DX1rANIKVITHPAS

Fig. 3. Picture Tube Adjustments

REMOVAL OF CHASSIS FROM CABINET:

1. Remove knobs and cabinet back.2. Disconnect speaker leads, picture anode lead, yoke con-

nection and picture tube socket.3. Remove chassis mounting screws.

NOISE CANCELLER CIRCUITThe noise canceller circuit improves the sync stability in thepresence of severe noise. The noise is prevented from enteringthe sweep circuit where it would prematurely trigger the sweepcircuits with consequent loss of synchronization.

The negative going sync is fed into the grid of the sync ampli-fier V11A, 2 6SL7. Figure 6 shows a noise burst superimposedon the sync pulses. The pulses are amplified and appear aspositive going pulses across the plate resistor R352. At the sametime a composite sync with noise burst is fed over C315 into thecathode of the noise canceller V12A, 6AQ7. This tube is con-trolled by two bias controls. An automatic bias is provided bythe AGC fed to the grid, and a manual bias is provided by thePicture Stabilizer control, R341 connected to the cathode. Thenoise canceller tube is biased so that it starts to conduct onlywhen noise signals higher than the sync level occur. This tube isshunted across the sync amplifier tube VI1A, so that at themoment the noise canceller conducts, it virtually short circuitsthe sync amplifier output preventing any noise from passingalong to the clipper. The negative noise burst from the noisecanceller tube will not only cancel out the initial noise burst, butwill "bite" even down into the video information, so that nosync pulse is left. When a noise burst whose time duration ex-ceeds that of several horizontal lines occurs, several sync pulsesmay be wiped out and no sync information at all is passed to theclipper. During this time interval synchronization will not belost because of the inherent inertia or "fly -wheel" effect of thesweep generators. The AGC does not suffice to bias off the noisecanceller tube over a wide range of input signals. Therefore thePicture Stabilizer control, R341, provides a manual bias adjust.ment to permit a wide range of noise cancellation for changinglevels of input signal.

YOKE ADJUSTMENT

IrrI6U4TE:"417"

MOUNTNG ORAN NUTTURN To PRESS PIC-TURE TUBE ADMAST

WOMBLE PLATE ADIARII YOKE MOUNTING *GREWLOOSEN SCREWOR

DOWNAND MOVE

PLATE UP TOCENTER YOKE ASSEMSLY

LOOSEN TwO LOCK -SCREWS AND MOVE LEVERUP, DOwN.OR SIDEWAYS

LiOUNEGIFSZOW

DISTANCE BETWEENU mip YOKE TONBE T Snli

PP MOP

[mug,TILT LEVER

LOOSEN YOKE CLAMPSCREW AND TURN LEVERTo SQUARE P1CTuRE 3::9;L°:447E:I'?esfL7'"1

late Production

FOCUS UNIT ADJ. SCREWSLOOSEN NUTS CENTER wort.ADJUST NUTS AND MOVE LMTFORwARD OR IIACKRARD SOTHAT DISTANCE BETWEENTOGAS UNIT AND TONE IS Ste

1:2=41.7*

ION TRAPROTATE.MOVE FORWORD,AND BACKWARD FORANDIMUKI INNIKTRESS

7

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 20T2, 20C105, 20C106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

VIDEO DET.

-VIDEO AMP.

L256

VIDEOAMPV7B

4--

PICT. STABILIZER-.CLOCKWISE

L268 R295

L258 L270

C315

-I I+SYNC PULSESTRVIUR

r406 BURST/ ° R339

0-00Ex mgr VCI, )..

0 1,1 95 0 2' e,

"rc;

2P1,8S'

..1]"°6'14,5 ca ,C)

ca V.4 V v

ti>,=3:t-°..0E87.de..- rn Cr0.";A.c.a-N> V° As 0

C °L.

- coFA7:1% I0 a,...) 0 a JJ°crE%, 0

`g.9.

07:1IZM

3

vO E zv"'

',;; .a 7-5, r,o a 01

al -0 to t.-,0 > o.") 0 a To a> co .E o > o

PM FOCUS UNIT (LATE PRODUCTION)

58

NOISE CANCELLVI2 A

6A072

SYNC. AMP.VITA

6SLT

IC312IR340

Fig. 6. Noise Canceller Circus

TUBE STRAP

PRESSURE PLATE

L264

.+SYNC PULSES

.."-NOISE BURST

-IP

III TO CLIPPERC354

R287

YOKE MOUNTING SCREWLOOSEN SCREW AND MOVEPLATE UP OR DOWN TOCENTER YOKE ASSEMBLY

LOOSEN LOCK SCREWS AND MOVELEVER UP DOWN OR SIDEWAYS TOCENTER PICTURE AVOIDING NECKSHADOW

YOKE ADJUSTMENTMOVE UP OR DOWN TOCENTER YOKE

KNURLED NUTTURN TO PRESS YOKEASSEM. AGAINST PICT. TUBE

-(*A0ION TRAPROTATE, HOVE FORWARDAND BACKWARD FORMAX. BRIGHTNESS WITH.OUT NECK SHADOW

PICTURE TILT LEVER r401LOOSEN YOKE CLAMP J401SCREW AND TURNLEVER TO SQUAREPICTURE P402

*J402

WIDTH CONTROL L353ADJUST SO THAT RASTEREDGES ARE NOT VISIBLE "43.

HORIZONTAL LINEARITY L352410ADJUST PICTURE FORCORRECT NOR. PRO'PORTION ADJUSTSIMULTANEOUSLY L353

t

VI1ST

VECOMPUTERORISLUTOR

PONT

WM.

MATT men. wet.WM,

Fig. S. R -F Tuner

TUBE MOUNTING BRACKET

PICTURE TUBESUPPORT BRACKET

YOKE ADJUSTMENT (SIDEWAYS)MOVE SIDEWAYS TO ADJUST YOKE

FOCUS UNIT CENTERING ADJUSTMENTMOVE UP OR DOWN TO CENTER FOCUS UNIT

YOKE ADJUSTMENTMOVE UP OR DOWN TO CENTER YOKE

GROUNDING STRIP

NON=b-

KNURLED MOUNTINGDRAW NUTTURN TOTID

FOCUS UNIT SWIVELMOVE FORWARD OR BACKWARD SOTHAT DiSiANCE BETWEEN UNIT ANDYOKE IS INCHES

FOCUS CONTROL KNOBADJUSTABLE FROM BACK OF RECEIVER

FOCUS UNIT CENTERING ADJUSTMENMOVE UP OR DOWN TO CENTER FOCUS UNIT

YOKE CLAMP SCREWLOOSEN BEFORE MOVINGPICTURE TILT LEVER

011

DIPOLE TERMINALS

INTERLOCK 1451

TRANSLATOR POWER

R.F. TUNER

HOR. HOLD NOR. DRIVEADJUST UNTIL PICT ADJUST FORIS SYNCED AND MAX. WIDTHPHASED AT CENTEROF RASTER@

L351 R388

HEIGHT CONTROL VERT. LIN.ADJUSTpCT. TO EX ADJUST FORT NOIIMBEYOND MASK. BEST SYMADJUT KIETRYSPWANE /. CORRECT0 OUSLY R3Sa Ivjg PROPORT

R341 R308 R3II

PICTURE STABILIZER

..FILAMENT IITRANSF.

1

T451

T405OUTPUT TRANSF

TURN CLOCKWISE TO STABILIZEPICTURE. PICTURE DISTORTIONMAY OCCUR IF ADVANCED TO FAR.

* DO NOT APPLY POWER FOR ANY LENGTH OF TIME WITHOUT ION TRAP ADJUSTED FOR SOME ILLUMINATION

Fig. 4. Preset Controls and Picture Tube Adjustments (PM Unit Early Prod.)


General Electric Models 20T2, 20C105, 20C106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

R -FAMPL I

VI

R -F UNIT VIDEO

CONv 1STV 3A I F

1 V4

R -FA MPLI

V2

V3V3 B

Fig. 5. Block Diagram, Models 21T4 and 21T5

-P-

I-F AMPLIFIER VIDEO AMPLIFIER-1 1 -

3RD i 1 DE T AMPLII -F

1

Yi 41- V7A2ND

I - F5 V6

_J

AMPLV7B

SYNC.AMPLL8 CLIPPER

VII

HOR. DEFLECTION -15,750 C.P.S.

H -SUPPLY

VI5

C.R T

NOISECANCELLER

I/2 VI2

4.5nocI-

IT

L

DISC 8F C

1/2VI2 &VISA.

SWEEP

VI 3B

SWEEP-0- OUTPUT

V14

1DAMPER

VI61

VERT DEFLECTION -60 C PSF 1

SWEEP GEN __/.5WEEP GEN,1

8 OUTPUT 9.V9 VK)L _J

AUDIO I -F

I AMPLIV17

RECEIVER ALIGNMENTMake sure to read all notes before aligning your receiver. The

alignment procedure described follows the sweep method.

When using the G -E sweep equipment, the G -E ST -8Abalanced adapter should be used to obtain a balanced 300 -ohmoutput for R -F tuner alignment. The balanced adapter should beconnected to the R -F tuner unit through approximately 3 feetof 300 -ohms transmission line and a resistor pad, as shown inFigure 16-A located at the R -F tuner input connections. Connec-tions to the sweep generator are shown in Figure 13. When usingother test equipment of the unbalanced output type for align-ment of the R -F tuner unit, a pad as shown in Figure 16-B shouldbe used instead. For purposes of Receiver I -F system alignment,a balanced sweep output is not required. However, the sweepoutput cable should be properly terminated. In the case of G -Esweep equipment, an unbalanced cable with its terminatingattenuator is provided and connected to the sweep generator as

LIMITER RATIOA MPLI -9- DET

VI9

1STAUDIO

V20

AUDIOOUTPUT

V2ISPEAKER

shown in Figure 14. In cases where other sweep equipment is usedfor I -F alignment the output cable and an associated terminatingresistor (50-70 ohms) should be used.

Use an accurately calibrated marker generator (G -E ST5A orequivalent) to supply picture and sound carrier markers. Ifother equipment such as a conventional signal generator is usedto supply these markers, its output should be loosely coupled tothe sweep generator output terminals and the marker outputamplitude must be kept as low as possible to prevent distortionof the sweep waveform.

Consult the accompanying alignment charts for proper connec-tion of the sweep equipment to the required points in the receiverfor proper alignment.

It is often advisable to perform the alignment with the picturetube removed. The filament circuit can be completed by using atype 6SN7 tube with all pins clipped off except pins No. 7 andNo. 8 which must be plugged with No. 1 and No. 12 of the picturetube socket.

TEST EQUIPMENTThe following test equipment is necessary in order to effect

alignment of the tuned circuits of the receiver:

1. R -F SWEEP GENERATOR

(G -E Type ST -4A or Equivdeet)

a. Frequency requirements:4.5 MC with 500 KC and 2 MC sweep width.40-50 MC with approximately 10 MC sweep width.50-90 MC, 170-220 MC with 15 MC sweep width.

b. Constant output in the sweep range.c. Minimum output 0.1 volt.

2. MARKER GENERATOR

(G -E Type ST -SA or Equivalent)

The marker generator must have good frequency stability,accurate calibration and must cover the following frequencies:

a. 41.25 MC for video IF42.50 MC for video IF44.20 MC for video IF44.50 MC for video IF45.00 MC for video IF45.75 MC for video IF47.25 MC for video IF

SWEEP OUTPUTTO MARKER

.-3000LINE

RESPONSEFROM RECEIVER

Fig. 13. R -F Alignment Equipment C

OUTPUT TO VERT.OF SCOPE

NOR. SWEEP VOLTAGETO SCOPEUNSHIELDED PAIR

Lions

b. 4.5 MC for sound IF and trap alignment.c. Picture and sound carrier frequencies for Channel No. 2

through No. 13.

3. BALANCED OUTPUT ADAPTER

(G -E ST 8A or Evuivalent)

See R -F Alignment, note I.

4. OSCILLOSCOPE

The oscilloscope should have good sensitivity and preferablya 5 -inch screen with a good wide -band frequency response onthe vertical deflection circuits. Although the high frequencyresponse is not necessary for alignment, it is imperative whenmaking waveform measurements.

S. VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER

A vacuum tube voltmeter (VTVM) is necessary to measurethe bias of 3 volts required for video and RF alignment.

6. DETECTOR NETWORK

A crystal detector network as shown in Figure 25 is necessarywhen aligning the 4.5 me trap, L260.

ST -5AMARKERGEN.

OUTPUT TO VERT.OF SCOPE

RESPONSEFROM RECEIVER

AT TENUATOR

NOR. SWEEP VOLTAGETO SCOPEUNSHIELDED PAIR

Fig. 14. I -F Alignment Equipment Connections 59


R -F TUNER

NOTES:

1. The R -F Tuner unit may be aligned without removing itfrom the main chassis. Disconnect the 300 -ohm transmission linefrom the antenna terminals of the R -F tuner and connect thesweep generator as described in the General paragraph.

2. Connect a bias battery to the junction of C284 and R288and picture control. Connect the positive lead from the batteryto the main chassis. Adjust the picture control to give a -3 voltbias measured from the AGC lead to chassis.

For purpose of R -F Alignment, the B+ voltage to the oscilla-tor tube V3A must be removed. Referring to the Figures 28 and35, note that the oscillator B+ wire is connected to the third lugfrom the right on the terminal board.

3. The inductance of the coils are adjusted by brass screwswith the exception of L111, L118 and L126 which are adjustedfor proper tracking by inserting a knife blade between the wind-ings. Adjust C104, C105, C106 and C108 for maximum gain andproper bandwidth of 4.5 mc across the top of curve on ChannelNo. 13, Fig. 19-A. Coil L122, may be dressed to aid inthe tracking of the high channels. C105 controls the bandwidthand C104, C106 and C108 bring the circuits into resonance.

4. With the channel switch on No. 6, tune L112, L114, L119and L127 for maximum gain, optimum curve flatness and 4.5mc bandwidth (Figure 19-B).

S. In Channel No. 5 coils L111, L118 and L126, mayhave their inductance adjusted for proper tracking by insertinga knife blade between the windings. On Channel No. 4, coilsL110, L117 and L125 may be "Knifed" to obtain good tracking.On Channel No. 6, coils L112, L119 and L127 tune the circuit toresonance and coil L114 controls the bandwidth.

6. With the channel switch on No. 3, adjust coils L109, L116and L124 for maximum gain and optimum curve flatness. (Figure19-B.)

7. Check tracking on Channel No. 2 and "Knife" coils L108,L115 and L123, to obtain good tracking.

8. On all channels the picture and sound carrier markershould not be less than 75% of the peak of the r.f. response

L124

CH 3 2ND R -FPLATE

STEP II

tl

CONV.-CISCV3

IIP

0106

CH.13 BANDWIDTHSTEP I

) 0\112 LII6 L119

CM.6 2ND-RFPLATE

STEP 8

60

CM. 3 2ND R -FGRID

STEP II

CH.6 2ND R -FGRID

STEP 8

L 12

I,S;( R F

CNA MT R -FPLATE

STEP 8

Fig. 15. R -F Tuner (Side View)

4300

406/1113000 TRANSMISSION ,LINE TO BALANCED 4OUTPUT ADAPTERGE -ST -BA

1114

1109Gn.3 MT R -F

PLATE

SWEEP CABLE IMPEDANCE Z.

1111111171Ire

1600

7E41,1211 DEAD-END

R. R,SOD SAC 200720 R20 10(1

92n an 00(1

Fig. 16. Sweep Generator Termination

ALIGNMENT

curve. If two minimum values occur the curve will look likeFigure 19-C. When the sound carrier is 25% down the curve weobtain curve of Figure 19-E; when the picture carrier is 25%down we obtain curve of Figure 19-F. For the low channels wemay obtain a limit curve like Figure 19-D.

9. Seal trimmer screw of C105 and the slugs in the coilsL114, L112, L109, L119, L116, L127, and L124 with wax toprevent detuning. Seal the tuning screws in trimmers C104,C106 and C108 with glue. Reconnect all leads to the R -F tunerfor normal operation.

OVER-ALL (RF-IF) ALIGNMENT CHECK

As an over-all alignment check after the I -F has been alignedfollow the given procedure:

a. Connect R -F sweep to the antenna terminals.b. Inject a 45 mc marker into the video I -F.c. The fine tuning control is set to place the picture carrier at

30% and the audio carrier between 5-8% as shown infigure 18.

In case an additional generator to provide the 45 mc marker isnot available, obtain the final I -F curve of Fig. 21E as in step 5of the video I -F alignment and check the percentage of the dis-tance between the 45 mc marker and the peak of the curve(between 40 and 60%). Adjust the curve so that 100% is repre-sented by 2" on the scope and the value of the rise is readilydetermined. Then adjust the R -F curve to the same height.Because 2" represents 100%, it is easy to determine the 30%point for the picture carrier and the 5-8% point of the soundcarrier.

d. If the curve does not agree with the limits the followingadjustments should be made to bring the audio carrierwithin limits:I. On high channels adjust C108; caution do not move

the adjustment screw more than 3 full turns ineither direction.

II. On channel No. 4, 5 and 6 adjust L127.III. On channel No. 2 and 3 adjust L124.

T100 1106

IN RAPUTI I -F TRATRAPTNS.

I "kir -4), 4,

1ST R -FVI 'Tr

CHANNEL 13PLATE

STEP I

T101

Fig. 17. R -F Tuner (Top View)

MariMENEM El FA 81...111

E131:111

PNIIIN4111.111

Fig. 111. Over-all Curve

CON130S0

01H8

a

C IELSW 'CH

TEST POINT.A.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 20T2, 20C105, 20C 106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

R -F ALIGNMENT CHARTSweep Generator Sweep Width 10.15 MC

ReceiverStep and MarkerNo. Marker Generator

Position Frequency

1 No. 13 211.25 MC,215.75 MC

2 No. 12 205.25 MC,209.75 MC

3 No. 11 199.25 MC,203.75 MC

4 No. 10 193.25 MC,197.75 MC

5 No. 9 187.25 MC,197.75 MC

6 No. 8 181.25 MC,185.75 MC

7 No. 7 175.25 MC,179.75 MC

8 No. 6 83.25 MC,87.75 MC

9 No. 5 77.25 MC,81.75 MC

10 No. 4 67.25 MC,71.75 MC

11 No. 3 61.25 MC,65.75 MC

12 No. 2 55.25 MC,59.75 MC

SignalInputPoint

ObserveResponseCurve at

Adjust

Antennaterminals

at head -end(see Note 1)

Test point

thru 10K -resistor

andhead -endchassis.

C104, C105, C106 and C108 for maximum gainand proper bandwidth. See Fig. 19-A.

SeeNote

1, 2, 3

No adjustment.Check tracking and adjust L122 if necessary.

3

L112, L114, L119 and L127 for maximum gain,optimum curve flatness and proper bandwidth.See Fig. 19-B.

1, 2, 4

No adjustments.Check tracking, see Note 5.

5

L109, L116 and L124 for maximum gain and op-timum curve flatness. See Fig. 19-B.

1, 2, 6

No adjustment.Check tracking, see Note 7. 7

BANDWIDTHLIMIT CURVES

R313 PIN 6 OF R4I9B V208

R407 C4I8

-A-CHANNELS * 7-13

PIN 2 OF VI1,651.7C356 B

=. R354

0316

2 3 2 3

R4I7 0410 R4I8C03022

250K .01 500KC003? 01

IZtA 8302

82K 39K

TRIODE COUPLATE VERTICAL INTEGRATORWIRING WIRING

Fig. 32. Wiring Diagram for Ceramic Couplate

NORMAL CURVES

Fig. 19.TENON. WARP

-B-CHANNELS * 2-6

R -F Alignment Curves

eseParr

TILTLIMIT CURVES

CHASSIS DECK -Al I CHASSIS DECK -

Fig. 33. Wiring Diagrams of Vertical Integrator 61

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 20T2, 20C 105, 20C106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

6

OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENTGENERAL-Two methods of oscillator frequency adjustment aregiven below. The first method uses a transmitting station for theadjustment while the second method uses a sweep generator toalign the oscillator coils.

A. "On Station Signal" AlignmentR -F and video I -F alignment must be correct before attempting

oscillator alignment. An operating transmitting station is neededfor each one of the coils being adjusted. Tune in the station start-ing with the higher channels and adjust the tuning screws for allavailable stations so that with the fine tuning control in the fullclockwise position, audio is just visible in the picture. Then,check to see that best picture response on all channels takesplace approximately in the center of the oscillator tuning range.

B. Sweep AlignmentI. R -F and video I -F must be properly aligned before align-

ing the oscillator.2. Connect a bias battery from the junction of C284 and

R288 and the picture control with the positive terminal to chassisand adjust for -3 volt bias at pin 1 of V4.

3. Disconnect the 300 -ohm transmission line from the antennaterminals to the R -F terminals and connect the sweep generatorto the R -F tuner terminals as described in the General paragraphon page 13.

4. Set the fine tuning knob 180° (12; turn) from the counter-clockwise limit of its rotation, i.e. rotate the fine tuning knobcounterclockwise to the end of its travel, then turn the finetuning control knob 180° (IA turn) clockwise. This setting of thefine tuning control should be maintained for all oscillator adjust.ments.

5. Make the indicated adjustments so that the picture carriermarker for the channel falls at 50% on the high frequency side ofthe response curve.

CON:/. 305C.

L135CHANNEL 13

STEP 13

L134CHANNEL 12

STEP 14

L134CHANNEL II

STEP IS

L134CHANNEL 10

STEP 16

L134CHANNEL 9

STEP 17

L134CHANNELSTEP II

TIO1

L134CHANNEL 7

STEP 19

L 133

CHANNELSTEP 20

Fig. 20. Oscillator Adlustments

OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT CHART

Sweep Generator Swoop Width 10-15 MC

CHANNEL 2STEP 24

CHANNEL 4STEP 22

L132CHANNEL 5STEP 21

StepNo.

Receiverand

MarkerPosition

MarkerGeneratorFrequency

SignalInputPoint

ObserveResponseCurve at

Adjust

13 No. 13 211.25 MC

Antennaterminals

(see Note 2)

Junction ofL256, R265,C268 thru10K ohms

andchassis

L135 Channel No. 13 oscillator adjustment.

14 No. 12 205.25 MC L134 Channel No. 12 oscillator adjustment.










1 24 No. 2 55.25 MC L129 Channel No. 2 oscillator adjustment.

SeeNote

1, 2, 3,4, 5


VIDEO I -FNOTES:

I. Connect a bias battery from junction C284, R288 andR284 (picture control) to chassis. Adjust picture control to givea -3 volt bias at the grid, pin 1, of tube V4 measured with aVTVM; disconnect VTVM after this adjustment.

2. Set channel switch to channel #11 and turn fine tuningcontrol to the counterclockwise stop.

3. The noise canceller V12 should be biased off during align-ment by rotating the Picture Stabilizer at the rear of the re-ceiver to the counterclockwise stop.

4. The sweep generator should be properly terminated inits characteristics impedance. Couple the signal to the point ofinput through the capacitor specified and adjust signal input togive a video response curve of 3 volt as shown in Fig. 21-A.

5. The traps L265 and L267 must be tuned before aligningthe video i-f amplifier for minimum amplitude at 47.25 mc; thisadjustment should be made with high scope gain.

6. In most cases it is only necessary to perform an over-allalignment of the video i-f to obtain the final curve. L251 will

ALIGNMENT

adjust the marker 42.5 mc of the audio or low -frequency sideof the response curve; coil L266 will adjust the marker 45.75 mcof the video or high -frequency side of the curve. T101 and L254should be adjusted simultaneously to obtain maximum gainand flatness of the curve as in Fig. 21-D. Then L266 is readjustedto give curve Fig. 21-E; slight readjustment of the core of someother coils in the video i-f may be necessary to obtain this curve.

7. It is necessary to detune the i-f coils by shorting as notedin the alignment chart to prevent the coil preceding the signalinput point from influencing the response curve.

8. The marker 41.25 mc should be 7% down with 45.00 mcmarker at 100%. The 45.75 mc marker should vary betweenthe limits 25% and 35%, and the 42.5 mc marker should varybetween the limits 50% and 90%, while the peak of the curveshould not vary more than 40-60% below the 100% line, seeFig. 21-E.

9. It is important that the cores of all coils, including traps,be tuned on the outside of their respective coils.

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

Step

1


47.25 MC

2

42.50 MC44.10 MC45.75 MC

3

41.25 MC42.50 MC45.00 MC45.75 MC

4

5

41.25 MC42.50 MC45.00 MC45.75 MC47.25 MC

SweepGeneratorFrequency

40 to50 MC

Signal InputPoints

Between

Converter grid test point "A"thru 100 mmf. capacitor as head -end chassis.

V6 grid (pin 1) thru .01 mf. cap.and chassis; short L266.

V5 grid (pin 1) thru .01 mf. cap.and chassis, short L251 and re-move short on L266.

V4 grid (pin 1) thru .01 mf.capacitor & chassis; removeshort on L251.

Converter grid test point "A"thru 100 mmf. cap. as head -endchassis.

ObserveResponse Curve

atAdjust

SeeNoteNo.

Junction L256,R292 & L268thru 10,000ohms resistorand chassis

Cores of L265 and L267 forminimum output at 47.25 MC.

1, 2,3, 4,5, 9

Core of L254, 3rd i-f for curveof Fig. 21-A.

1, 2,3, 4,7, 9

Core of L266, 2nd i-f for curveof Fig. 21-B.

1, 2,3, 4,7, 9

Core of L251, 1st i-f for curveof Fig. 21-C.

1, 2,3, 4,7, 9

Core of T201, T101 and L254for curve 21-E.

1, 2,3, 4,7, 8,9

3/4VOLT

.anlOORMIP

Wrill-ttNA1,,E

mil sap. Inkn11nos..4,1 ......I.. Milli IIIIII/011

. ....... A MEMpas.1NMlinalMUNI

11111UFAIMIIMMO...'BOI MMMNM

111:MT, ' M.= ,!!!.,,INO111111ELJ111111ONION110

OMEMM

NOW

-D-

'4!17-11GAVIJit"

-B-

mad,,,,Z1213:::r

NirPIMA ALLY'

:CM , CELT!:

GEN3 1

'11121:113MMMMMMMM

1

.....122j::::

Naw

macqu--46.cicoLorjouNC264

Fig. 21. Video 1F Curves

-C-

63


AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT P404Or"*"I. Feed a 4.5 mc signal with a 500 kc sweep and adjust for

proper response curve as indicated in the chart.2. Transformer T401 is adjusted for maximum amplitude r6'''''''vie..,. Imo' i VI3

12917 C Vs

the 4.5 mc marker V7GT

IX2A

and symmetry of response curve about(Figure 23-A). T451

f .' .

7402

eArr

vo..., "VI6

25W4r"

3. The secondary of T402 is adjusted for curve, Figure 23-B. .t ..Cr( (01

260°'' L®6SL7 73521

This adjustment should give as straight a slope as possible be-tween the positive and negative peaks with the center of the 4.5 6AL5 VI7 1 .c.f.:41:

402U6 J

^04

I Imc marker falling midway between the peaks.4. The primary of T402 is adjusted for maximum of the posi- 1;:a

C3792 ..° AS,G

6S07 .T.,

J403 1

IfL254 - ---,Ar/

I -Live and negative peaks. necessary, readjust the secondary ofT402 so that the marker falls midway between the peaks. R.F. TU ER

VI2V2" 616)7 0464 111 .2:4 6.

5. Keep the input signal of the sweep generator low enough 25sr1-6

6CEI6!Mr...., 4401

so that limiting does not take place, otherwise the response curve TIOO

AAG1)

will broaden out, preventing correct adjustment. Check by in-creasing the output generator: the response curve should increasein amplitude.

6. As a final check (step 5), readjust the secondary of T402for minimum buzz on all available stations.

14

SeV2

tr361., 12SN7

''''" L267,II,M,"' vs x

6CB6vio

Tgl'"'"'25GT4.6

oliALFL...Ili

el. NT

7. An alternate method to the visual alignment is the soundoutput method using an operating television station, preferably

6AK5

vs

71010 lir 045I USED IN 20"

when transmitting tone modulation during test pattern trans-mission.

12/177

.im ,..,

P MODELS"-.----...-...

a. Tune the receiver for best detail. - -L451

b. Set the picture control to give reduced contrast or by l0-using a resistor pad in the antenna circuit.

c. Adjust transformer T401 and primary of T402 for maxi-mum sound output.

d. Adjust the secondary of T402 for best quality audioreception and for minimum buzz in the output.

AUDIO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

Fig. 22. Tube

.5:V2... V.2'....

and Trimmer Location

StepNo.


SweepGeneratorFrequency

Signal InputPoints

Between

ObserveResponse Curve

atAdjust

SeeNoteNo.

1 Pin 1 of V17thru .01 mfd.cap. and chassis.

Junction of R404,C404, and secondaryof T401 thru 10Kand chassis.

Primary and secondaryamplitude and symmetry

of T401 for maximumof curve. See Fig. 23-A.

1, 2

2

4.5 MC 4.5 MC500 KC,

Keep signalbelow limit-ing level

Pin 1 of V18thru .01 mf. cap.and chassis.

Junction of R408,C411, and R411 thru10K resistor andchassis.

Secondary of T402marker and sweep atand base line.

to place zero beat of 4.5 mcthe cross -over of the curve 1, 3,

4, 5

3

ofreceiver. Primary of T402 for

tive and negative peaksnecting these peaks.

equal amplitude of the posi-with a straight line con-

See Fig. 23-B.

4 Secondary of T402marker at cross -overline. See Fig. 23-B.

to place zero beat of 4.5 mcpoint of curve and the base

5 Recheck alignment of Step 4 on operating station as in Note 6.

.411111111lie.a

-,-

ini 1

a IVIBOCIU

--4.5,,c

. Fig. 23Audio I -F64 -eximur-

Curves

Notes:

This trap is used to remove 4.5 mc audio i-f from the videoamplifier which shows up in the picture as a cross -hatch pattern.This trap will very rarely require adjustment. If adjustment isnecessary, proceed as follows.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 20T2, 20C 105, 20C 106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

TRAP ADJUSTMENTS

ALIGNMENT OF L106 I -F TRAP (R -F TUNER)

The trap, L106, Figure 17, is for the purpose to remove anyfrequency in the i-f range which may cause interference and itshould be aligned for minimum interference.

The trap, L106, may be aligned by tuning for minimum IFchannel interference pattern on the screen.

If the interference frequency is known, L106 may also bealigned for minimum interference as outlined below.

1. Connect 3 volts bias from the A.G.C. line to chassis.Connect the positive of bias battery to chassis.

2. Use an accurate marker generator to furnish marker of thesame frequency as the interfering frequency.

Connect the scope to view the response curve at output of thevideo detector.

Use a sweep generator with its center frequency set approxi-mately at the interference frequency.

3. Do not tune L106 so it will attenuate Channel No. 2.4. Use the GE-ST8A balanced adapter and a 3 -foot piece

of 300 -ohm transmission line to couple the r.f. sweep to theantenna terminals of the receiver, to properly match the inputimpedance of this receiver.

If the shape of the response curve changes when you graspthe 300 -ohm transmission line, a resistor pad, as shown in Figure16-A, should be inserted at the head -end antenna terminals. Inmost cases as you grasp the 300 -ohm transmission line theamplitude of the response curve will decrease, the shape will notchange.

L106 ALIGNMENT CHART

Sweep ChannelMarker Frequencies Observe Response Switch Adjust See

Frequency and Input Curve at Setting NotePoints

Interferencefrequency

40 to 50 MCto antennaterminals

Junction. R292, L256and L268

2 Core of L106 for minimumamplitude of curve at marker.

1, 2,3, 4

ADJUSTMENT OF VIDEO AMPLIFIER 4.5 MC TRAP(L260)

I. The trap (L260, C271) is adjusted for minimum amplitudeof the 4.5 mc marker. Use a detector network as shown in Figure25, connected from junction of L264 and C275 to chassis todetect the signal.

2. Adjust the Vertical Hold control to remove the verticalpulses from the response curve.

L260 ALIGNMENT CHART

Marker Sweep Signal Input Signal SeeGenerator Generator Points Oscilloscope Adjust NoteFrequency Frequency Between No.

4.5 MC 4.5 MC*1 MC

Junction L256, R292,L268 and Chassisthru .01 mfd.

Across 100K resistoras shown in Figure25. See Note 1.

L260 for min. amplitude of 4.5 mc marker.Increase scope gain, Figure 24.

1, 2,3

TOR364

GREEN

TOCHASSIS

YELLOW

TOR356

4.5 MC

Fig. 24. 4.5 MC Trap CvEtT

TO TOR289 R274

R365 R305 8276NOR. HOLD VERT. HOLD BRIGHTNESS

TOR 88

TO ACINTER-LOCK

RB2: :4413

ORANGE

Fig. 30. Wiring Diagram for Front Apron Controls VOLUME a PICTURECONTROL 8 SWI-CH

500 MMF

TORECEIVER

TO

TO X451SELENIUMRECTIFIER

68K

TO

I N6 4

Fig. 25. Detector Network

J401-6TO

C451

0453TO Fig. 31. Wiring Diagram of Terminal

TO VERTICALINPUT OF SCOPE

TO R276BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

TERMINAL BOARD(TOP DECK OF CHASSIS) WIRING

Board on Top Deck of Chassis

TO R313

65

V2

S O

D 6

0164

4 In

GO

MM

& 0

0611

108.

OA

KS

noM

- 00

1.6

02

410

R L

X -

035

DIO

DE

Vid

.. D

etec

tor

Ass

embl

y

0006

V5A

054 A

T 7

C11

4

var.

..142

nr,

1W

sic.

DI

It.01

0610

072

'161

0O

ld

Aco

Lsok

Ang

imer

013,

004

NO

MO

WN

=h7

242L

4om

s 44

2 ro

ma:

22U

TO

11-

vA

TM

2.0

0 A

l/VO

LTM

OT

E..

7112

4160

20 W

ITH

4 7

71,1

4

IWO KO "

L

L52

L43

510;

11

Gen

eral

Ele

ctri

c M

odel

s 21

T4,

21T

5 C

ircu

it D

iagr

amA

DA

04.

To.

V4

V5

s.VsyI

Ior

27 L

3.11

IFD

ET

.A

CI1

611

1C11

6G

CB

s11

164

caa

2504

12.7

47oL

701

23 4

1144

144

uG

AL,

L 0

Va,

77

73

44

3

ALL

624

727

0046

3 ...

le

"*"

t2,1

1T24

2:12

.'""'

5,63

.V.`

12:

C43

14.2

0 70

300

606

C43

1-10

010

211V

2121

8411

PR

OD

UC

TIO

N C

HA

NG

ES

kii

C te

e

-I-1

827

NI

"

336

VIL

A

LW

gS00

0 47

0

V 7

Im V

IDE

O. 1

2AT

7

1010

44LS

O

UF

O04

.

4407

-1-

c04

1 60

00

UZ

I

V 7

B.

214

VID

EO

e 12

AT

713

.001

VE

RT

ICA

L'U

T25

L661

C30

1 I'?

0210

41:

6

V20

I1S

O 7

lee

AU

010

I

.046

j ,004

1704

,712

Fla

. 55.

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, M

odel

s 21

14 4

471

21T

5

I.P

RO

TE

CT

ION

OF

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L O

UT

PU

T T

UB

E25

BQ

6

In o

rder

to r

educ

e th

e da

nger

of

over

driv

ing

the

hori

zont

alou

tput

tube

, 25B

Q6

the

Hor

izon

tal D

rive

pot

entio

met

er w

asch

ange

d fr

om a

val

ue o

f 25

,000

ohm

s to

500

0 oh

ms.

2.T

O I

MPR

OV

E V

ER

TIC

AL

SY

NC

In o

rder

to in

crea

se v

ertic

al s

ync

tight

ness

the

capa

cito

r C

305,

V14

25 5

06M

OR

.O

UT

PU

T

VP

ICT

UR

E T

ullE

21E

P41

3

16"

L271

C27

7

Cr

lig=

11

1111

1V1!

0401

0

V IS 1%

2AM

.V. R

EC

TIF

IER

ars

114'

ic77

7.41

44

C 3

74

Si 2

:

1000

mm

f in

the

grid

cir

cuit

of th

e ve

rtic

al s

wee

p, V

9, 1

2SN

7 w

asch

ange

d to

C31

6, 1

200

mm

f. S

ome

rece

iver

s ha

d a

220

mm

f m

ica

capa

cito

r ad

ded

to th

e 10

00 m

mf

capa

cito

r.

3.IM

PR

OV

EM

EN

T O

F V

ER

TIC

AL

SY

NC

ST

AB

ILIT

Y

In la

te p

rodu

ctio

n re

ceiv

ers

the

stab

ility

of

the

vert

ical

syn

cw

as im

prov

ed b

y di

scon

nect

ing

the

AG

C to

the

3rd

I -F

tube

,V

6, 6

CB

6; th

e gr

id w

as c

onne

cted

to g

roun

d.

ea. J

0 33

2 4Z

O.-

168.

020L

KT

ION

CO

LA

:n:

0.00no

C ,L

CC

0

s 10

0 S

.VIN

C.I.

L4 P

OS

ITIO

NV

2S

AK

S1401

-E

VI

6484

ler

RF

.

co

T10

0,

VS

RIT

IM5.

1NA

.

UG

C12

3

3100

000

CC

:

VII

I C10

3

C3I

5

3101

-41

R 3

16M

EG

o

J

V9

sM

L

0130 10

C11

9

L

*""5

. Al g.

ST

AV

CT

io

'0',`

411:

°21.

1:!*

.001

14, O

R14

00E

L3 P

OC

IO3

C 5

AD

O B

r13

P

KIK

OP

L S

UD

O D

I..1 11

,110

. LA

TE

Mom

,.oc

ALA

0MIA

SF

.1.1

3390

1204

1100

.01,

443

9100

0714

55O

ST

ooT

S .4

2 P

1 M

P.

TO

e 0

111.

0100

0 4,

00§1

1451

4111

0 R

AG

A V

T01

1

V4

I.,I.F

.

6C8$

110

if"

Bif

iaC

213

5

Al -

-

0.42

1B

OO

5000

12.5

.?50

0050

00

I500

0c2

5/

P31

,

KSI

5500

3032 '"

eoo

""V

0V53

4 C

CO

NY

7(1

.12

AT

7

.00

1-

0R3

ru

CS 40

0

91

0035

0317

F-4

94po

t

L451 35

0

',132

.44

1.13

11M

C

1

clop

4117

-17;

i2t4

Nan

000

2555

C5

MI

200r

Col

. TR

.V

S5.

1,3

V6

YI

2.I.

E3.

7FD

ET

.6C

86eg

o 60

8616

64r-

CP

.1

cxw

t1U

LI1 14

15

1;41

1/

1125

6M

o0ex

.Ls

,01

420.

111

4234

A.L

TG

414

cora

01loco

VE

RT

ICA

L S

WE

EP

Dr

GE

NE

RA

TO

R-,

ipw

2113

.

!MLA

A51

9

310

71iit

zej;;

L45

0.3.

L.3

L454

L455

WO

.30

00lO

OT /0

.2.1

.1c"

TO

WO

L450

PT

33 001

1,61

1 v1

4LL

.EA

TE

R C

NO

ES

1.0

0

44*

CO

OS

-1(

306

vow

s

6R

318

47K

1000

100K

215V

8304

CO

K

5 20

V1

603

12

C90

4

.1 IA

F0.

1.

R39

06

3.9M

EG

8317

0307

R30

410

0050

0068

K

4S

3,01

,1=

ME

oNG

TR

IST

.

R 3

05R

308

- C

308R

1.2

326

125K

3 M

EG

,025

6F M

EG

16

VE

RT

HO

LD

0NT

113:

C 3

1410

00

I

1V2B

HO

7R

ULE

VE

RT

ICA

LO

UT

PUT

V17

SA

UG

PP

UZ

I

V 7

4le

r V

IDE

O12

477

V78

V8

2. V

IDE

OP

ICT

UR

E T

UB

Ees

, 12A

T 7

20C

P4

OR

2IE

P41

3C

175

LE.

-

it_00

000

VE

RT

ICA

LVIO

OU

TP

UT

1286

7

;Int

=ca

nL

PIL

IGN

T

1304

-ca

rol?

'3

RE

G../

4 A

EG

1/;1

2

.Eo

T;c

ols

4 I

401B

P.P

R

0110

IC3.

0

1.1%

dr:

acV

s

0435

4704

LIIN

TE

RA

Icis

I

00 -

4

C05

-04-

450

00

co 5

405

9300

1

tr. V

D; t

0, 1.40

6

4100

cssI

ocA

3

TO

Rli

VII

//6S

L7G

TS

YN

C. A

MP

&C

LIP

PE

R

V12

6gta

ri 10

00

100

0355

00

V13

414

12 5

6701

A.F

.C.

rale

V 1

381

25N

7GT

MO

R.O

SC

.

31f

09

11

git'C

5000

v a

- -4

1:05

---,

V19

,

6AU6

:64L

5.D

ET

EC

TO

R .1

%.

o.1

!,9

*5

..LI

. 1.

1 1940

7

411

73V

C01

7Ile

e°4r

.C.'1

3I

5000

4445

501 V20

6507

itA

UD

IOE

C1

R15

.043

.,,,

V IS 15

24IT

V R

EC

TIF

IER

VZ

I25

LIG

T7.

1:14

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

ZIN

rr°1

%:4

c11

414.

0PO

O

25W

4 G

TD

AM

PE

R

010-

;1C

ALF

L9i 0

41-1

1

C. s

ap

O8

C41

6

Fig

. OS

.S

ebes

eetis

Dle

sren

t, M

.A.I.

207

2, 2

0CI0

5, 2

0010

6, e

nd 2

1C20

0

T 302

1451

AT

v60

10 2

1

38

RE

DR

324

C45

48,..

.LC

310

330 -

00F

-30

311

MM

F

nEN

NeT

imiT

,.T

Ver

t. S

woo

p C

ircui

t of E

arly

Pro

duct

ion

Rec

eive

rs

Iwo

olg2

603r

so C

:95

W1

-25

805

1250

1103

651.

/03

251.

401

6.6

GA

L 5

L 5

62

77

57

115

73

3

v5

v6

V II

12.0

7E020

630'

150

566

AU

6

5L5

2L5

3L5

4L4

55C

459

026

0441

5000

4000

5000

It z0

462

VO

VI

VII

VS

Vie

v19

NO

TE

SE

E V

10

ALL

ME

A .0

015

1.40

Fila

men

t Wiri

ng fo

r M

odel

21C

200

V.

12

I

R42

9

Ver

t. S

wot

', C

ircui

t of M

odel

21C

200

as

CIV

3B CO

NY

.

il2A

T7

RII2

TE

ST

PO

INT

/C1.

7101

T 2

01

WA

VE

FO

RM

S

V4

Isr

I -F

6CB

6

0251

.5M

F

25 "

CT

RA

P

L267

C26

0 X

I F

R28

568

K

GE

N

* S

CO

PE

SY

NC

ED

AT

VE

RT

ICA

L F

RE

QU

EN

CY

* *S

CO

PE

TIN

= A

T t/

zH

OR

IZO

NT

AL

FR

EQ

UE

NC

Y

R -

F C

UR

VE

S

a.Fo

r w

avef

orm

mea

sure

men

t, us

e a

scop

e w

ith g

ood

wid

eba

nd f

requ

ency

res

pons

e.b.

The

wav

efor

ms

show

n w

ere

phot

os ta

ken

from

a ty

pica

lre

ceiv

er, t

uned

to a

goo

d si

gnal

, pro

perl

y ad

just

ed f

or s

ync

and

linea

rity

. Mea

sure

men

ts a

re m

ade

from

the

poin

ts in

dica

ted

and

grou

nd.

R35

CO

ME

8363

476

686

aC

LIP

PE

RV

I2B

VI2

AN

OIS

ED

isc

CA

NC

ELL

ER

T40

6

CH

ASS

IS

1 L_

V9

VE

RT

ICA

LS

WE

EP

GE

NE

RA

TO

Ra

BLA

NK

ING

12 S

N7

8302

396

F --

C36

303

65

0364

2

1401

4.

I/13%

5D

R35

6EIM

EG

R35

7IM

EG

V18

L I M

.- A

MP C

406

-II

-050

00

6361 ME

G

R40

706

"4

0170

1(M

F

2.

OS

C.

V13

L351

6 270

V7A

Iv V

IDE

O

1/2

I2A

T 7

V7B

2.0V

IDE

O1/

2 I2

AT

7

4T

RA

P

R27

086

6 2.

2ME

G

6061

P T

OM

_C36

8--

R37

i15

6

rxe

;72

CI

00. l

alf

0412

-00

2 -

ME

6800

1.26

111

0

RE

D

R26

91.

56

VIO

VE

RT

ICA

L O

UT

P25

L6G

T

HE

IGH

T

R30

83M

EG

14R

382

5R38

014

K A

T4K

140V

0

V E

R T

.

LIN

EA

RIT

Y

.IMF

CO

NN

EC

TG

ET

NE

TW

OR

KS

EE

PA

GE

19

0275

IMP

C43

B10

0MF

L353

WID

TH

C38

5L3

5203

74.IM

FIM

F

CH

AS

SIS

L264

R42

7447

6 S

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

I -F

CU

RV

ES

V8

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

WA

VE

SH

AP

ES

AP

O V

OLT

AG

ES

AR

E M

EA

SU

RE

DS

ET

WE

EN

PO

INT

S IN

DIC

AT

ED

AN

D C

HA

SS

IS.

ST

EP

CIR

CLO

FE

D N

UR

SE

R R

FE

IFI.u

.ZA

DJU

ST

ME

NT

IN A

LIG

NM

EN

T C

HA

RT

INE

SA

MS

QU

AR

ED

NU

RS

ER

S R

EF

ER

TO

SIG

NA

LGE

NF

RA

TO

RC

ON

NE

CT

1041

AS

OU

TLI

NE

D W

ITH

ALI

GN

ME

NT

CH

AR

T S

TE

P O

F T

IE S

AM

EM

AIE

R

0 0

CD

CD 3 LJ

CD A O CD

tsa

o1-

, 1-3

1-3 b./ 0

Hr's

cn

o c_n

0b.

.)

C.) O C)

CD FL

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGeneral Electric Models 20T2, 20C 105, 20C 106, 21C200, 21T4, 21T5, continued.

TROUBLE SHOOTINGIn most cases a trouble may be localized by observing the picture to test pattern and the presence or absence of sound.In general, the tubes in defective circuits should be checked first since this check does not take much time and the probability

of breakdown is higher in tubes than in components. When substituting tubes in the R -F or video I -F circuits, the original tubeshould be replaced in the socket if it is found in order. Always make sure that all tubes are making proper contact. In some casesit may be necessary to clean the tube pins to eliminate intermittances.The waveform diagram (Figure 27) may be used to locate trouble. Alignment equipment may be used to isolate defective R -F,video I -F or audio I -F stages by checking for the response curve as given in the alignment procedure.

SYMPTOM CHECK

DEFECTS OF THE R.F. AND I.F. CIRCUITS

A. No Picture, No Sound, Raster Normal 1. The R -F Tuner circuits of tubes V1, 6AB4 and V2, 6AK52. That the oscillator V3B, 12AT7, is operating properly.3. Video I.F. amplifier circuits of V4, V5 and V6, 6CB6 tubes.4. Crystal detector, Y1, 1N64 inside 3rd I.F. can.5. Channel switch, S100, A, B, C and D.

B. Snow in Picture 1. Capacitors C278 and C279 in antenna input circuit.2. For defective antenna installation or transmission line.3. Antenna orientation.

C. Lack of Picture Detail (Focus Satis-factory)

1. For misalignment of Video I -F amplifier.2. For misalignment of R -F amplifier.3. For mismatch of input impedances at antenna input terminals of receiver.4. For overloading of R -F stages.

D. Motorboating or Flutter in Pictureand Audio

1. For open by-pass capacitor C251 in AGC circuit.2. For open filament by-pass capacitors C121 and C122.3. For misalignment of video I -F and R -F amplifiers.

E. Wiggles in Picture Background Trail-ing Whites on Picture, Sound Normal

1. For misalignment of R -F and I -F amplifiers.2. For improper tuning.

F. Sound Bars in Picture (Black Horiz.Bars)

1. For microphonic tubes: V3, 12AT7; V4, 6CB6; V7, 12AT7; V8, picture tube.2. For misalignment of adjacent channel sound traps, L267 or L265.

DEFECTS OF THE VIDEO AMPLIFIER

A. No Picture, Sound Satisfactory, Ras-ter Satisfactory

1. For open video chokes L261, L263 and L264.2. For shorted capacitors C270 or C273 in video amplifier.3. For open coupling capacitor C268 in grid circuit of V7A.4. For open resistors R269 and R272 in plate circuits of V7, 12AT7.5. For short from pin 2 to 11 of picture tube, V8.

B. Poor Low Freqn. Response (TrailingWhites after Black)

1. For low value of R292, plate resistance R269 and R272 in V7, 12AT7 circuit.2. For low capacity of the coupling capacitor C268 or C275.

C. Lack of Picture Detail (Focus Satis-factory) (Smearing of Vert. Wedges)

1. For shorted grid chokes L269 or L262 in V7, 12AT7 circuits; shorted V7A plate chokeL261.

2. For open grid chokes L269 or L262 in V7, 12AT7 circuit.3. For high resistance of grid re...ist. R292 in V7A circuit, or plate resistors R269 or R272

in V7, 12AT7 circuit.D. Bright Picture with Black Lines 1. For shorted grid capacitor C275 in picture tube circuit; Picture control R284 will not

work.

DEFECTS OF THE SYNC SECTION

A. No Vertical Sync, Horizontal SyncSatisfactory

1. Waveform of sync input, pin 5 to V9, 12SN7.2. For leakage of C292 and C293 in V9 input circuit.3. For shorted resistors R301 and R302 in the integrator plate.4. Resistors R336 and R305 and capacitor C304 in V9 circuit.5. For leakage of coupling capacitor C309 on pin 1 of V9.

B. Weak Vert. Sync, Hor. Sync andPict. Normal

1. For leakage or low value of cap. C316 in V9 plate circuit.2. For leakage or incorrect value of cap. C292 and C293 in the integrator plate of V9

circuit.3. For frequency determining components: C304, R336 and R305 in V9 grid circuit.

C. Weak or No Vert. Es Hor. Sync, Pic-ture Present and Sound Normal

1. Waveform at pin 4 of V11A, 6SL7.2. For improper B+ voltages on V11, 6SL7.3. For correct value of R354 in V11 plate circuit.4. For defective coupling cap. C353 or C354 in VII plate circuit.

D. Weak or No Horiz. Sync, Vert. SyncSatisfactory

1. Waveform at pin 2 of discriminator tube V12, 6AL5.2. Sweep frequency determining components in the grid circuit (pin 1) of V13B, 12SN7:

L351, R364, C364 and C320.3. For leakage in the V12 circuit components: C356, C357, C358 and C360.4. For proper value of resistors R356 and R357 in the discriminator circuit and of re-

sistors R358 and R361 in the V13A grid circuit.5. For capacitors C363 and C365 and R366 in V13A circuit. 69


TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART (Cont'd)

SYMPTOM CHECK

DEFECTS OF THE VERTICAL SWEEP

A. Keystoning (Picture Narrows at Rightor left)

1. For defective vertical deflector coil, D302.2. For resistor R327 and R328 parallel to deflection coil, D302.

B. No Vertical Deflection (Single WhiteHor. Line)

1. For open deflection coil, D302.2. For defective sweep output transformer, T302.3. For Vertical sweep generator tube V9, 12SN7 or output tube V1O, 25L6GT defective

no B+ to tube V1O: open resistor R325 or shorted electrolytic capacitor C311.

C. Insufficient Height 1. For open electrolytic capacitor C311 in the plate circuit (pin 3) of vertical outputtube V1O, 25L6GT.

2. For high resistance of resistor R329 in the plate circuit (pin 5) of vertical gen. tube V9,12SN7.

3. For excessive leakage of capacitor C307 in grid circuit of VIO, 25L6GT.4. For defective vertical sweep output transformer, T302.5. For incorrect voltage values on VIO, 25L6GT.6. For low capacity of electr. cap C431B in cathode of V10; this also results in poor vert.

linearity.

D. Poor Vertical Linearity, Size Normal 1. For leakage or improper value of electr. capacitor C431B.2. For E+ to sweep output tube V10, 25L6GT.3. For capacitor C316 in plate circuit (pin 5) of V9, 12SN7.

E. Poor Vertical Linearity, InsufficientHeight

1. For defective vertical output tube V1O, 25L6GT.2. For inadequate drive voltage from tube V9, 12SN7; check waveform at pin 5 of V9.3. For low plate voltage of V9 or V10.4. For open or low capacity of electr. capacitor C311 in plate circuit V10.

F. Excessive Height, Sync Satisfactory 1. For low value of plate resistor R329 in plate circuit of V9, 12SN7.2. For open or low capacity of cap. C307 in grid circuit of V10, 25L6GT.3. For low picture tube anode voltage.

G. No Vertical Sync, Vert. Hold has noEffect, Insufficient Height

1. For shorted capacitor C304 in the grid circuit (Pin 4) of V9, 12SN7.2. For shorted vertical hold control, R305.

H. Poor Vertical Lin., Fold -over at Bot-torn, Insufficient Height

1. For short or high leakage of C316 in plate circuit (pin 5) of tube V9, 12SN7.

I. Curtain Raising Effect (Picture rollsup from bottom as Vert. Hold is ad-vanced)

1. For leaky capacitor, C304 in grid circuit (pin 4) of V9, 12SN7.2. For low value of resistor R336 in the grid circuit (pin 4) of V9.

J. Poor Vertical Sync 1. For vertical output tube V10, 25LG-GT high secondary emission.

DEFECTS OF THE HORIZONTAL SWEEP

A. Inadequate Sweep Width 1. For low 5+ boost to plate of tube V15, 1X2 -A or low 5+ to screen of V14, 255Q6.2. For shorted turn of Width control, L353.3. For shorted turns or arc -over in hor. sweep output transformer, T352.4. For parasitic oscillations in circuit of V14, 25BQ6 (defective tube or open filament

by-pass. C462)

B. Too Great Sweep Width 1. For Open Width control, L353.2. For low value of picture tube anode voltage.3. For voltages of horizontal output tube V14, 25BQ6.

C. Poor Horizontal Linearity 1. For short or shorted turns of Hor. Linearity contr., L352.2. For leaky capacitor C370 in grid circuit of V14, 25BQ6.3. For by-pass cap. C380 on screen of V14, 25BQ6.4. For defective hor. sweep output transf., T352.

D. Black Deady Line or Lines (BarkhausenOsc.)

1. For Tube V14, 25BQ6.

E. Keystoning 1. For shorted turns of horizontal deflection coil, D352.

F. No Horizontal Sync, Bright Vert. Bars 1. For shorted, open or leaky capacitor C365 at pin 1 of V13B, 12SN7.2. For shorted resistor R366, at pin 1 of V13B, 12SN7.

G. Gear -tooth Effect, Tearing of Picture 1. For open or low capacity of C375 at grid circuit of V13A, 12SN7.2. For open or high resistance R362 at grid circuit of V13A.

H. Poor Hor. Lin., Bright Vert. Bars,Inadequate Width

1. For open or low capacity of C374 at the Hor. Linearity control L352.

70.. DwimdthPictd.,HPoohrt Hor. Lin., Insuff. 1. For open or low capacity of C377 at terminal board in circuit of T352


hallicraftersSERIES 1200D TELEVISION CHASSIS

WITH PREFIX LETTERS

A, D, F, G, J, K, L, P, R, T, W & XCOMPARISON OF 1200 SERIES CHASSIS

The A1200D may be considered the basic chassis in the series 1200 chassis. The D, F, G, K, L, W and X1200D chassisare all based on the A1200D chassis with any one or more of the modifications shown on the following pages. See chartbelow for modifications used in any particular chassis.

COMPARISON CHART FOR 1200 SERIES

CHASSISPDC TUBE SIZE

SeeModification I

HEATER CIRCUITSee

Modification IV

TUNER TYPESee

Modification VII

MODIFICATIONS USEDand/or

NOTES FOR RUN 1

A1200D 17" glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode Basic 1200 series chassis.

D1200D 20" glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode I except step D & H

F1200D 17" glass Transformer 1C1376 Cascode II, HI, W, VI & VII

G1200D 20" glass Transformer 1C1376 Cascode I, H, IV, VI & VIIOn some chassis, R-181 is 270,000ohms and R-194 value is 100,000or 120,000 ohms.

71200D 21" metal Transformer 1E1380 Cascode I, IV, VI, VIII, IX, X, XI

K1200D 17" glass Transformer 1C1345 Pentode IV & V

L1200D 20" glass Transformer 1C1345 Pentode I except step D, II, IV & V

P1200D 17" glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode VI, IX & X

R1200D 21" metal or glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode I, VI, VIII, IX & X

T1200D 21" metal Transformer 1C1376 Cascode I, IV, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X

W1200D 17" glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode II & VI

X1200D 20" glass Series -parallel 1C1345 Pentode I, II & VI

Chassis A1300D used in Model 1075 is similar to T1200D.For a complete list of models using each chassis see next page, over.

71


CHASSIS IDENTIFICATION HALLICRAFTERS

CHASSIS NO. MODELS CHASSIS MAY BE USED IN

A1200D, K1200D or W1200D 1010P, 1012P After determining which

D1200D, L1200D or X1200D 1021P, 1026Pchassis is used in the set

are servicing, referF1200D 1013C

youto comparison chart on

G1200D 1022C, 1027C previous page to find what

/1200D 1062C, 1063Cchanges if any apply toschematic diagram shown.

P1200D 1051P, 1052P Circuits for A1200D basicR1200D 1053P, 1054P

chassis and for T1200Dwith almost all modifica-

T1200D 1055C, 1056C, 1060C, 1061C tions are shown.

COMPARISON OF 1200 SERIES CHASSIS (Cont.)

MODIFICATION I LIST OF MODIFICATIONS

To change from a 17 inch to a 20 or 21 inch picture tube the following changes are made:

LOCATION OF CHANGE CHANGE MADE

A. High side of Horizontal Hold control 82,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-178) added.

B. Plate (pin 2) circuit of HorizontalOscillator

220,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-179) added.

C. Plate supply decoupling of HorizontalOscillator (pin 2)

.1 mfd., 600 v. paper capacitor (C-162) added.

D. Plate supply decoupling of HorizontalOscillator (pin 2)

120,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-156) replaced by180,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-194).

E. Plate (pin 2) circuit of HorizontalOscillator

4700 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-157) replaced by8200 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-180).

F. Plate (pin 2) circuit of HorizontalOscillator

470 mmf. silver mica capacitor (C-145) replaced by390 mmf. silver mica capacitor (C-163).

G. Horizontal Output stage grid coupling 5000 mmf. disc ceramic capacitor (C-146) replaced by560 mmf. silver mica capacitor (C-164).

H. Horizontal Output stage grid leak 330,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-158) replaced by390,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-181).

I. Horizontal Output stage screw bypass .047 mfd., 400 v. paper capacitor (C-165) added

J. Horizontal Output stage screenresistor

10,000 ohms, 2 watts resistor (R-182) added.

K. Horizontal Output stage output trans-former

Horizontal output transformer T-106 (55D193) replaced byT-109 (55D197).

L. Servo Loop feedback from HorizontalOutput to AGC tube

Two 150,000 ohms, 1 watt resistors (R-151 & R-152) series con -netted replaced by 33,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-177).

M. Series capacitor in doubler powersupply

140 mfd., 150 v. electrolytic capacitor (C-135) replaced by200 mfd., 150 v. electrolytic capacitor (C-161).

N. Audio voltage amplifier cathoderesistor

1500 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-169) replaced by1200 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-176)

72 0. Speaker Speaker with field coil resistance of 85 ohms replaced byspeaker with field coil resistance of 61 ohms

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHALLICRAFTERS COMPARISON OF 1200 SERIES CHASSIS (Cont.)MODIFICATION II

The 75 mmf., 500 V. ceramic capacitor (C-142) connected from plate pin 5 to ground of the Horizontal Oscillator,V-108, is replaced by a 100 mmf., 500 v. silver mica capacitor (C-170). Some chassis have neither C-142 orC-170. The 100 mmf. capacitor, C-170, is the preferred capacitor.

MODIFICATION III

The horizontal integrating network in the grid circuit (pin 4) of the Horizontal Oscillator is changed as follows:A. 4.7 megohms, i watt resistor (R-149) is replaced by 470,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-189).B. .003 mfd., 400 v. paper capacitor (C-139) is replaced by .005 mfd.,400 v. paper capacitor (C-167).C. .01 mfd., 400 v. paper capacitor (C-141) is replaced by .05 mfd., 400 v. paper capacitor (C-168).

MODIFICATION IV

To replace series parallel heater arrangement with a heater transformer the following changes are made:LOCATION OF CHANGE CHANGE MADE

A. Between power line and Damperheater pin 8

190 ohms cold/19 ohms hot, 5 watts negative temperature coefficientresistor (R-143) deletea.

B. Heater string shunt 80 ohms, 10 watts, 5% resistor (R-144) deleted.C. Heater string shunt 42 ohms, 3 watts, 5% resistor (R-145) deleted.D. Heater string choke Air core r -f choke (L-113) deleted.E. First I.F. Amplifier heater bypass 4000 mmf. dual disc ceramic capacitor (C-104) deleted.F. Ratio Detector heater bypass 5000 mmf. disc ceramic capacitor (C-106) deleted.G. Video Amplifier heater bypass 5000 mmf. disc ceramic capacitor (C-158) deleted.H. 4.5 MC Amplifier heater bypass 5000 mmf. disc ceramic capacitor (C-159) deleted.I. Heater transformer Auto transformer T-110 (52C258) added.J. Sync. Clipper V-105 12SN7GT tube replaced by 6SN7GT tube.K. Horizontal Output V-109 25BQ6GT tube replaced by 6BQ6GT tube.L. Audio Output V-115 25L6GT tube replaced by 6W6 tube.M. Audio Output tube socket wiring Cathode pin 8 connected directly to heater pin 7 to place both heater

and cathode at the same potential.

MODIFICATION V


A. Integrating network in Vert. Osc.grid circuit

22,000 ohms, i watt resistor (R-133) replaced by47,000 ohms; 1 watt resistor (R-183).2

B. AGC divider network in Sync. Clip.plate circuit

3300 ohms, watt resistor (R-132) replaced by12200 ohms, a watt resistor (R-184).

C. Horizontal Oscillator cathoderesistor

1200 ohms, i watt resistor (R-153) replaced by1.500 ohms, a A watt resistor (R-185).

D. Horizontal Oscillator plate circuit(pin 2)

4700 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-157) replaced by8200 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-180).

E. Horizontal Oscillator plate circuit(pin 2)

470 mmf. silver mica capacitor (C-145) replaced by390 mmf. silver mica capacitor (C-163).

MODIFICATION VI

This modification is composed of MODIFICATION V plus the following changes:


A. Sync. Clipper plate circuit (pin 2) 680,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-127) replaced by1.2 megohms,ri watt resistor (R-190).

B. Sync. Clipper grid leak (pin 4) 22,000 ohms, z watt resistor (R-130) replaced by47,000 ohms, 1- watt resistor (R-191).

C. High side of Horizontal Holdcontrol

82,000 ohms, z watt resistor (R-178) added.

D. Sync. Clipper plate (pin 5) circuitsupply


E. Sync. clipper plate (pin 5) circuitsupply


F. Sync. Clipper plate (pin 5) circuitsupply

10 mfd., 150 v. electrolytic capacitor (C-169) added.

G. AGC Control Switch Switch S-102 (60B500) replaced by S-103 (60B507).H. AGC Control Switching 22,000 ohms, 1 watt resistor (R-188) added. 73

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHALLICRAFTERS COMPARISON OF 1200 SERIES CHASSIS (Cont.)MODIFICATION VII

To use a 1C1376 Cascode tuner in place of the 1C1345 Pentode tuner the following changes are made:

A. The 1C1345 Pentode tuner is removed and replaced by the 1C1376 Cascode tuner. These two tuners do nothave the same terminal connections. Refer to schematic diagram. The 1C1376 Cascode tuner may be usedonly with chassis which have a heater transformer.

B. A wire to supply 260 volts d -c is added between tuner terminal 4 of the Cascode tuner and the junction ofR-120 (33,000 ohms, 1 watt, the video amplifier screen resistor) and the 260 volt "B" supply.

MODIFICATION VIII

Whenever the picture tube used has a metal cone which eliminates the high voltage filter capacitor built intotubes with an outer aquadag coating, C-166 (500 mmf. 20,000 volts) is required between pin 7 and ground of the1B3GT high voltage rectifier.

MODIFICATION IX

A. A deeper chassis with a depth of 3 3/4" instead of 3" is used.B. The tuner, three i-f amplifiers, video detector, video amplifier, 4.5 MC amplifier and the ratio detector are

mounted on a separate sub -chassis.C. Test socket SO -101 is deleted.D. The 6C4 audio amplifier tube, V-144, is moved to a new location slightly forward and to one side of the

vertical output transformer.

MODIFICATION X

The horizontal stabilizer coil L-108 (55B1536) is replaced by coil 51B1642 and its mounting plate 63A902. Whencoil 51B1642 is used for L-108, plate 63A902 must also be used and either C-142 (75 mmf.) or C-170 (100 mmf.)connected between pin 5 of the horizontal oscillator and ground is deleted. Coil 51B1642 is preferred. However,the 55B1536 coil will be found in some chassis. Use coil 51B1642 and plate 63A902 for replacement purposes.

MODIFICATION XI

To use a 1E1380 Cascode tuner in place of the 1C1345 Pentode tuner the following changes are made:

A. The 1C1345 Pentode tuner is removed and replaced by the 1C1380 Cascode tuner. The 1E1380 tuner doesnot have terminal lugs on the back. The wire leads from this tuner must be connected to the correct pointsin the chassis as shown in the schematic diagram. The 1E1380 tuner also requires a supply voltage ofapproximately 250 volts as shown in the schematic diagram. The 1E1380 tuner may be used only with 3 3/4"deep chassis which have a heater transformer.

B. Resistor R-101 (100,000 ohms, z watt) in the A.G.C. bus is not required.

Chassis Alignment Location for Chassis A, D, W & X1200D

ST IF

GONG

T101

21 7516C

T2;)

6CB63RD IF

24 SWION 801-110M1

1- - -

V2 I

OSCOMEER

ETEIME

r VI

OF AMP 1

PICTURE TUBEV-116r

\ ua

4-115.10.180T110105RATIO DET.

564L5

G1-01121VTr1107 1\

.5 MG

6AU6.514C AmP

6C4AUDIO AMP

4.516C"°A111.GRID DJ.

GANGL105

DEO AMP 4.5NCTRAP

RT OSC

1211,vERT 05C

OUTPUT

6A L5SYNC. CLIPPER NOR1Z A FO

V -I05

AUDIO OUTPUTV -I15

DAMPERV -I IV

MOLIZOONTALSTARBILINZER

MORIZ 05CV-108

// /

25806

TZ OUTPUT1,109

V TEST POINTFOUND ON A a Dt2OODCHASSIS ONLY

Top View Alignment Locations for Chassis J & T1200D

\ TUNER

tOt

1ST 1

6036

01022NO IF

6C86

T102

0103

3RD IF6C86

-OSC 0414ER

1:T924757;cv I I

RI AMP

L 101C1)'' 24 7514C

101-)

o14-25 4

BOTT014/ 0113

RATIO OFTGALS

23 4 mCION BOTTORI

21 75 MCY LII0 -o 45 MC AMP Tt0711 \

TRAP 051E

VIO VII2

VIOE0 AMP 4.5 MC AMP I

61`66AL/6

24 514ION BOTT

PICTURE TUBEVii6

0 LION 5 NCLL CNASSISno. TRAP

(01 VERT OSC 10)

V106

TER OSC

B OUTPUT SYNC

12BH7 CLIPPER

VII.AUDIO AMP

6C4

V107140147AFC

64L5

/tVIIIii113/c-17

iNV RECTI

L 100MORI?

STABILIZER

AUDIO OUTPUT

DAM OW OUTPUT

T110

65147

v108

OSC ' III r(T

I2A

X4

GT

VII.

, A

IM

3 IO

C M

II

fV

II)

liki.A

MT

IOU

Rta

ntai

lo

GA

O

Tip

IlfV

ILV

SA

PO

TR

.V

tV

Pvi

RIO

TP

O11

.4-6

7866

111

MA

W. I

MO

WA

S.

GA

SN

M*

.R

OLA

It.1-

111

2580

6G

T

DA

MP

ER

HO

RIZ

. OU

TP

UT

V -

I10

V-1

09

HE

IGH

TLIOB-.

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LS

TA

BIL

IZE

R

6SN

7G

T

HO

R1Z

. OS

Cv-

1003

fig -

14s.

11

TE

ST

PO

INT

FO

UN

D O

N A

8212

000

CH

AS

SIS

ON

LY

Hor

izon

tal O

scill

ator

CilA

djus

tmen

t Poi

nt fo

r C

hass

isw

ith S

erie

s-P

aral

lel H

eate

rs

VIP

.vv

.ts

t.s.c

rro

WO

KS

AM

AU

DIO

CO

IIPU

T

rios

0111

CM

IN

SW V

My

!ft A

SK

AA

T

1.01

.32

0 0

@

1411

..7 -

AT

IPA

IL G

IG

0 0,

0 0

tl.

1.10

5

SP

AR

PR

TR

AP

LA. I

NV

AR

INC

RN

renr

t MO

S IR

. A

RO

mai

(em

o...V

oct

PLY

W.V

.M

P a

s au

V10

11P

4P3

AT

M[L

IPK

A

AllA

O-A

rIP

RIZ

OU

TIN

IT

110t

.6.1

11.1

11.

v,v,

VIG

RA

IR 1

.1V

IIrt

10-3

0M

ILE

S0-

10O

VE

R 3

0M

ILE

SN

ILE

S

VE

RT

FO

CU

SB

RIG

HT

NE

SS

AC

INP

UT

WID

TH

HO

RIZ

VE

RT

HO

RIZ

LIN

EA

RIT

YIN

TE

RLO

CK

CE

NT

ER

ING

HO

LDH

OLD

Rea

r C

ontr

ols

for

Cha

ssis

A, D

, F, G

, K, L

, P, R

, W a

nd X

1200

D

Litt

mor

r

PiC

ivA

L vII

vtlrf

OU

TP

UT vtA

lI.

/MA

IO

VIII

1.3.

0.D

Rv

Rte

l

u,

AG

CC

ON

TR

OL

fA

SW

ITC

H

t.1


Hallicrafters 1C1345 Pentode Tuner used in 1200D Chassis with prefix A, D, K, L, P, R, W, X.

ANT TERNTS 101

.0600 I11.67 CNN

r1

1

I

a;

1

RF AMP68C5

VIRF PLATE ADJ.

CHANNEL 13

L3 I.,__..,,___

it

...

i 3I(

FINE C7 -P;: 3

0 TP,

1

II_

C4-4

O Ct

:0 042 40.

TUNING;-I 0tao --I

c...1 _ 0 >1116 330 I

,... al. Z

I r.).

1270,000CHANNEL 6OSC. ADJ.

L8

I."cis _

5 oo a A1

L2CHANNEL 13RF GRID ADJ.

NA.*

...4

C3.0 I 0:

o0

-,-,- c.) .u),..,

0,... 0 ul. o .4U U

L.Two

Hallicrafters 1C1376 Cascode Tuner used in 1200D Chassis with prefix F, G, and T.

1

1

11-I

L324.75MC o

V I CHANNEL 13Arl--t-

68270R RF PLATE ADJ.LT

050CHANNAE413 CISL9 :L,0 E a;110

R 6F 6 .AMP°7 1('--- CISI FINES. . -. r w - 'I. I CAM

5000

j--4..1 PM

cd o$4 o.TERM.3 TurmN CII I-.

ANT L2.36 0.. L6 7 13300 b.0

TS 01 Cd -4-'

..:V a)

0_ 0JL

1

'nC .1.27

- ..., 00.000 .44 LB

c IT

CHANNEL 6

.-1.3000

561 0cd

A:-.

OSC ADJ1070'00

1=

1.!

-4-4 00 0

C%1

..si 2 -i

ICe . _L lit. '41 rn

Mi * TP-1 c16 I.... o E-4

T..0 l:.=

= V ..vn O r.12

760p00 0 rCit/2

c:n413ADJ.

CIA

.311

20 01-1

a

PPOO

Spoo T20

Cf

rl

100

CT

L6

V2

6J6OSC/ MIXER

=ismOo

03.0

V2LII

24.75 MC

L9LK!!CM -.-

IS

300016

- C

Hallicrafters 1C1345 Pentode Tuner

C.00

11166 333

470000

1.11110 c101

76

111

1

L

. el

CS

A

I .M

1

1(

1656

5V053

:; 0

Ca

010

.30

CHANNEL 13MIX. GRIN

ADJ.

V2

6J6050/MIXER

Ct.

RR8.000

-

LIE

100

0

L12 V2L I 3

Ix Vet,:

Hallicrafters 1C1376 Cascode Tuner.

0U U

Lot

(-)

1-3

rn C

OA

.O

f M

C 2

1.0

01 _

L-0

POO

10C

1-7

*WC

2,05

.0 0

.121

1.2

0111

01

IS))

)16MU

M 5

.22.

2.2

Lo05

5r.

5.04

1.

024_

2512

:12,

55

7.01

25 o

rlooK

II 75

MC 41

171,

02

15

VC

...

02.2

051

00

oCa

INC

2105

MC

CO

NT

RO

L

Mor

0 NC

O

Litt

:22

i

PIC

,. rt

.vo

lt

v.-7

1"-r

zr,7

4.-T

1-°-

I-L

.

oft M

em,

vorin

DS

C

L101

3H

OR

IZ. S

TA

BIL

IZE

RA

DJ.

CI

(.0

PO

O10

3.0

V10

2

.L5 11

.12C

1111

1111

1111

1111

1

T 1

10

3.

Hor

izon

tal O

scill

ator

1141

Adj

ustm

ent P

oint

for

Cha

ssis

with

Hea

ter

Tra

nsfo

rmer

r-

11.1

2 01

C

.000

1/2

0.7-

02M

OM

S 0

5C

RIZ

L.LO

0.11

0.12

t=

PE

[Mt -

Cr

1.01

1or

OU

TPt

i

.eas

e Im

o.O

NO

000

Pc

*fie

1/21

2101

Orr

vtur v.

7Li

tt fti

lr

voco

l

1, p

ctr

.c7

HE

IGH

TV

ER

TLI

NE

AR

ITY

FO

CU

SB

RIG

HT

NE

SS

AC

INP

UT

INT

ER

LOC

K

WID

TH

Rea

r C

ontr

ols

for

Cha

ssis

J12

00D

and

712

00D

HO

RIZ

CE

NT

ER

ING

10 -

30

MIL

ES

0-10

OV

ER

30

MIL

ES

I/M

ILE

S

AG

C C

ON

TR

OL

SW

ITC

H

C


116ffirinSERVICE DATAan

TELEVISION CHASSIS

196, 196M, 196T197 199

CHASSIS 197

CHASSIS 196MODELS21M115, 2113116

CHASSIS 196MMODELS21M115, 21B116, 21M308, 2113309,

21P310, 21M700, 21B701, 21P702

CHASSIS 196TMODELS21M308, 21B309, 21P310, 21M700,

21B701, 21P702

MODEL 27M709 CHASSIS 199 MODELS 21M906, 21B907, 21P908

The 197 chassis is similar to 196 chassis, exceptfor the variations to be pointed out.

Chassis No. 197 uses a separate sub -chassisdeflection system. This system contains its own low -voltage power supply, which consists of two 5U4's inparallel. Also two 6CD6's are used in parallel for thehorizontal output circuit, plus two 6AX4's in parallelfor the damper circuit.

The 6CB6 video amplifier has been replaced witha 6CL6 and the vertical output has been changed from a6S4 to 6BX7GT.

The audio output has been changed from a singleended output stage using a 6K6 to a push-pull type usingtwo 6V6's, which uses a unique phase inversion scheme.

J301 S102 R609COLOR CON V SPEAKER VERT.RECEPTACLE SWITCH LINEARITY

\ JI01 AUDIO7102 \

INPUTOUTPUT

TRANS.

6AL5V103

RATIO DET.n 6s,(160G5T

AUDIO -OUTPUT

7102 6507V104 6S4

[4.5 MC V402 DELAYED OUTP

ElAU6V102

C1212nd SOUND AMP c605

1,101 4.5MC

2VERT

6SN7GTV6Dy

VERT. OSC

R608VERT.SIZE R7I0

HHOLDOR1Z.

L701HORI7FREQ.

6SN7GT 6SN7GTV502) v-roy

2nd-SYN C. SEP,ES V702 1/s HORIZ' HORIZ

OSC.PHASE DET.

F.16 C60 T601VV I0)) 1st SYVNrISEP. cC780065 VERT OUTPUT

1st. SOUND AMP /C1,1107 TRANS.

L210 L2088 39.75MC 41.24120 47.21-250M3A4.SMC®/L207,----, L206 ,.---, L204 ,---., L2

Ce .I.U. 6 ei6 ff) 6CB6 ig) 6CB6 0i8 6CB6 (8)6AL51102 L301 V301

V20542.7MC \---" 44 'MC\ ---,42 25M0--/ 45.6MC 6CB6

A.G.C. 4.51ACG9 VIDEO VIDEO V204 V203 . V2024MI.F. 3rd IF. 2nd /.F. V'EC'l (14) .-14hicKEYER AMP. DET. 8

V701 AMP. AMP. AMP. 1st I.F. AMP.

1/z HORIZ. PHASE DET.

R7I I F601HORIZ. 3 AMP.DRIVE SLO-BLO

(FUSE

F(1136GT)

\ `V77006)

H. V. RECT.

R313 L705FOCUS WIDTH

ACLOCK

L704 1.10(212 LIN.(UNDER T701)

FUSE

68?)6GT

cv9,46W4GTV507 HORIZ.

HORIZ. OUTPUT OUTPUTDAMPER TRANS.

V 302PICTURE TUBE

21MP4 (CHASSIS I96M)21 FP4 (CHASSIS 196, I96T)

7R302

:11 ZfOtFINEEil

CON T RAST 5101 -S301 -R117HOL

TUNINGTV-PHONO El TONE R3I I

SWITCH BRIGHTNESSS801 -R112

OFF -ON VOLUMEFigure 10. Top View Parts Layout

45.05MC

I 801

C91

CHANNELSELECTOR

Chassis 199 is designed to be used in conjunctionwith Chassis 182B, an AM -FM radio chassis, in com-bination models. Because of this arrangement theaudio amplifier and audio output stages used in the196 are not used in Chassis 199. The output from theratio detector, V103, is terminated by a shielded cablewhich serves as the audio link between Chassis 199,the TV component, and Chassis 182B, the radio andaudio amplifier component. The VOLUME control isnecessarily deleted and the CONTRAST control is asingle potentiometer with OFF -ON switch.

Material on these sets is continuedbelow and on the next four pages.

SIGNALGENERATOR .005 of

) TO GRID

Figure 5. Signal Generator Isolation

42.25 45.60L _ -

10% LIMIT ONTILT AT

FREQUENCIESINDICATED

50%DOWN

10% LIMIT ON.DIP

3.6 MIN i

I.- 3.8 MAX -11

42.25 45.60

10% LIMIT ONROUNDED

CORNERS ATFREQUENCIES

I INDICATED

50%DOWN

39.75 41.25 45.75 47.25FREQUENCY, mc

Figure 9. Picture I -F Response Curve

AUDIO -AMP Et V60


HOFFMAN

0ca

0-0.0CO

0

5)

cc;

OJ

blbl)

4.4

c.

no

TABLE III - TV ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEPNO.

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY,

MC

CONNECTSIGNAL

TOOUTPUT

INDICATOR ADJUST INSTR UCTIONSSPECIAL CONNECTIONS

AND SETTINGS

SOUND 1-F AND RATIO DETECTOR

1 4.5CW

Pin 7of

V205

Meter acrosspin 7 of V103and ground.

T101 Pri.(bottom)

L101L210

Tune for maxi-mum reading onmeter.

Signal level should be lowenough to obtain approxi-mately 6.5 to 7 volts onmeter. Use isolation net-works shown in Figures 5and 6.

2 4.5CW

Meter acrossjunction of R111and R112 andswitch side ofR110.

T101 Sec.(top)

Tune for zerometer reading;use same sig-nal level as instep 1.

Repeat tuning of T101 pri-mary and secondary untiladjustments do not change.

TRAPS AND PICTURE 1-F

3 4.5CW

Pin 7of

V205

Meter connectedthrough detectornetwork to pic-ture tube cathodelead.

L302 Tune for mini-mum reading onmeter.

Detector and isolating net-works shown in Figures 5and 7. Temporarily detuneL210.

4 39.75CW

Mixer grid Voltmeter acrosspin 1 of V301 andground.

L208 Tune for mini-mum reading onmeter.

Apply -3V bias to AGC bus.See text for connection tomixer grid. Use isolatingresistor between negativevoltmeter lead and pin 1 ofV301. Keep generator out-put low. Remove 1/4 amp.fuse or bias V704 with -60Vfor remainder of procedure.

5 41.25CW

L205

6 47.25CW

L203

7 42.70CW

Mixer grid L207 Tune for maxi-mum reading onmeter.

Set CONTRAST control formaximum contrast. Adjustsignal level throughout I -Falignment so that a 1 voltDC output is maintained atpin 1 of V301.

8 44.10CW

L206

9 42..25CW

L204

10 45.60CW

L202

11 41.90CW

L201 Temporarily tune mixerplate transformer for mini-mum voltmeter reading at41.90 mc.

12 45.05Cw

MixerPlate

Coil, L4

13 Repeat s eps 4 through 12 until adjustments do not change.

14 Approximately43.8 with 10-mc sweep.Marker re-quired.

Mixer grid High gainscope to pin 1of V301.

MixerPlate Coiland L2011st. Othercoils ifnecessary.

Set 45.75 mcmarker at 50%point with MixerPlate trans-former T25.Eliminate tiltwith L201

See Figure 8 for isolationnetwork. Use markers todetermine bandpass betweenpicture carrier and 50g,point on opposite skirt.Bandpass should be between3.8 mc and 3.6 mc. Adjustother 1-F coils to obtainproper curve only whenabsolutely necessary.

(Continued on the next three pages.) 79


Hoffman Chassis 196, 196M, 196T

L 6

C21

ANL INPUT 11-300 OHMS,Tir,

265

R201IK

C201

.005

80

C22

68

C5.001

RI SEC

10. 8 II

ANT RET1-1-12213-104

IWIMP 4R75

Le

C23

R2I 5K

65./V,4

G 63

7

R61006

3-81

2/.

91

v

330K

001

PR

R4IBOK

4-.00

120 -

COIL TURRET

6

-"CS? 3MMF

L2

G001

L3

117 V60-

I IINTERLOCK

P801

SSDI

AC

F80

ARCWH

SEC

4 3 V 2, 2

6 J 6MIXER-OSC.

CII47

I 5 K

R8

R 9L6 4.7T 6.8

C5-

I

2206 F

L7

7

FIL. 0202

4 3

C13.001

C19

7 Z201OSC CHANNEL ) tatlgoli

1-2TP-1 2-13_1

T25

4605/AC*14w0

-1_2156 IO

017/ FINETUNING

RIO10 K

4 Z202

FTTI-01

Lo

ED E

L2011.9MC

it 20347IC

C203_.0015

0401.22

LYE.6086

Ise PICTURE 1 F

20

R401470

6C86241 PICTURE 1.F.

G B.001

15K

- °-t.0O2131

P201J201

105

RED

V 101 0026Au6 6 Au6

16 SOUND I F 24d SOUND I I

R 2022.2 Ir

C13447MMF

1_1__G

T47 », 4 5MMF .

3 0102

122

RIO

005C 101

005RCA47K

:Li2031;

60863r4 PICTURE I F

6C be461 PICTURE 1 F

R206470

L20245.6MC

C206470 -

R20447 0205

X.0015

V8015U4G

L.V.RECTIFIER

TELBL

4

C2071.5

1 .1

1_14 _C,206

47.25 2°MC

R20747K

R402 R403

156 50K

COLOR CODE

WH WHITEBL BLUEGRN GREENYEL YELLOWOR ORANGERED REDBR BROWNBLK BLACKGY GRAY

6601

0 BLD

-11-11PLK

C 8O C102

in .

in 1

60

150

28040

R 20800

ReC9f

C2710I

22100015

0209470

1.204

02121.0015

265 .60 )05RED OR

R803 6504U00 BOO

R 80208037 CE3D47 t_ ISO

4 0 MF 30MI - Ceat2w

R2I03.9K

C 5010022

10806 cero_7,. Am.F-

R2I3NO

L206461 MC

R2I2

R4053.36

120

042-g -

R2I1 G2I647

2X00t5

C215

C403005

I

8214826 4

C4C68406 005470K

A. 4.2"?330K

V5016A 26

Al SYNC SEPARATOR

V 701

6AL5HORIZONTAL

PHASE7 7 7 7 DETECTOR

703 TOR .2 00 MP VIO.B 8 4 B 7 8

NOTES

THESE NUMBERS REFER TO THE I B3GT PIN NUMBERINGR V 205 AND v70 OCCUPY SAME ENVELOPE

T V 002 AND v702 OCCUPY SAME ENVELOPE- - ASSEMBLY

SHELD (DASHED LINE AROUND v -NUMBER INDICATES EXTERNAL %BE SHIELD)BUS VOLTAGES ARE FOR 37v. LINE. ZERO StGNAL.0 VOLTS A.G.C.NORMAL CONTROL. SETTINGS EXCEPT MAX CONTRAST AND MIN. BRIGHTNESS

633 LS102 USED ONLY IN CONSOLE MODELS.

OENDIES 5101 56301 ARE °MGM TOGETHER AND ARE SHOWN IN

CLOCKWISE ROTATION.ALL CAPACITIES SHOWN AS DECIMAL FRACTIONS ARE MICRO FARADSAND WHOLE NUMBERS MICRO MICRO FARADS UNLESS OTHERWISENOTED- K.1,000 M.I,000,000

20;

50482

7 160

R2I5120

T U 5021/2 6 SN7GT2EH SYNC SEPARATOR

R5062.2

R50722K

R50131.86

R5091.8K

R510390

V 7036SN7GT

HORLZONTAL OSCILLOC703 7280

7)4,,

0702-T 0702 °°' -

i6SN7GE

G7010015

006R 701

R 702*OK

67034706

C 7040047

:7_)(,

7

HORIZ,

.0039

*C706- 10M6

P70700 K

----"Ve7r-r-108 470

R705 2 1 IS

4'7°4 R7061.5K

HORIZHOLD

Schematic Diagram for Chassis 196, 196M, 196T

a


7

V036ALS

RATIO DETECTORRIO1511

CI I4.004E.-4-I

#11

5101~

EC 12

13112 005 5MF

IOK

C113 - R114OW 50011

VOLUME

31(331(

0115

.005

7 LV2056AL5

VIDEO DEC TECTOR 120

V104I/z 6507

AUDIO AMPLIFIERg02

D2M87AGC

J101txt31, PHONO

INPUT

-.265

01160052

3

+105V .00;

6AH6viD60 AMPLIFIER

8216470

L207

021928.0015

0220

G216 470

R2171211

C2211.5

20E1

C 22

6

C22220

2s0 r-4.5MC

0225150 1.'1543. I 5

C2241--W?-iR 31839K

L

L21170011

82194.78

R116I8M

1r37.4.1;Wis. a,.ig

Lk3"*1,2J 0160

I r 1303 -I R307156350u

R

8301613D

7

R30339K

R3021,56

CONTRAST

_c

Hoffman Chassis 196, 196M, 196TV

5K6G7AUDIO OUTPUT

2 80

V 4016 A U6

AG.0 KEYER

30R 6

ti4 7K

R ?sit

83093311

R308

R305 IM

158 .280

C303.22

I

r -R2301I:2301 COL.OR.....,

S3°C."--.' #5301(

.4N,NESS

R3124711

5

840947 Meg

Z 501

R511 R512 R513 12

228 8.26 6.211

L3 02 T.005 .005TC 504 C505 C506 -

J

-05030047

V60165670T

VERTICAL OSCILLATOR

2 701 I

860147

V 70461306GT

HORIZONTAL OUT PUT

841022 K

R6071 5.611

I C6031 .1

V602654

VERTICAL OUTPUT

C6040.1

V 7056 W4GTDAMPER

SIZE

R6I 2

1311

R313 man

0607.047

T.' 0606- 2 OW

V 7061 8 3

H V RECTIFIER

0606.02SRN

OR

P301

4110

COLORCONY.PLUG

KL

R/

:.Z30

rDM 301

YOKE I

VERT *3L601

['EFL 560614

$R70982 K

Lig 71025K

HORIZ.DRIVE

711

250713

100 5

C 7100047

C711390

R7I 48.211

R7158712 1205606

GAP

137166.8K

C712.1

0713.47

Z Z

101

HORIZ. LIN. _84 T701L704,

C 8 C717_1_.033 7

07164 1111(__7_

13717

II 6a 3.9

L705WIDTH

#71822

CAP

2.1,3,57,6

_0718

AM?

RD R719 C724071.'r

2 I K 3

715 7.06 °EFL

2IFP4 A CHASSIS 19621M P4 CHASSIS 196M

PICTURE TU86702

(Service material continued on the next page, over.) 81

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONHOFFMAN (Continued)

265

VIM6415

TAI.PHASE

DETECTOR

c nr-law 001

i6SN7G7

0701

75

82

160

F SO.1/2 K

v50.6406

III SYNC SIPARATOR

8705470K

85062.2 K

8509I.86

R5I0390

V 703.6SN7GT

KetzoNTAL OSCILLATOR.200

MR7011

14081HOLD

Z 501

R5I2 8513

11.21 6.26

SO5 °5T ./cros

HOR12.DRIVE

14 711

25K

C 7100047

c7139

WAVEFORMSH INDICATES SCOPE FREQUENCY EQUAL TO HORIZONTAL SWEEP FREQUENCY.V INDICATES SCOPE FREQUENCY EQUAL TO VERTICAL SWEEP FREQUENCY.NUMBERS AT BOTTOM OF WAVEFORMS ARE PEAK TO PE AK VOLTAGE VALUES OF WAVEFORMSOBTA/NED WITH NORMAL SETTINGS OF ALL CONTROLS, AVERAGE SIGNAL INPUT AND RAISED LINE VOLTAGE.

R602WOK

V7046130627

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT

C7I3

VERT.SIZE

V 7056W4GTDAMPER

F 701

MAP.

L7U2

Z z

'601 81

8611

7 1506500.

a.GRN

4.RED

L705WIDTH

V 706IBS

/1 V. RECTIFIER

R7173.9

_C7113500

MMF

611Q6GT

165

YEL/BL

V2

VI6)6

V704

Bottom View Tube Layout and Pin Voltage Information

1121

6SN7GTV703

8.2

6W4GTV705

6.3ACA

C603C804C807

1235

8.26.3 AC

6SN7GTV502-702

-0.3 16.3 AC

13

6S4V602

2

6SN7GTV601

103

-4.5V

4.5V

55V

KEY

A - MEASURED RELATIVE TO OTHER HEATER PINB - PIN USED AS A TIE POINT ONLYC - FLUCTUATESV - MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER

EECI 0

El

21

OEM

6.3 AC

6K6GTV105

6.3 AC

65Q7VI 04- 4U2

42

444

111101

6AU6V501

V103

6-.3ACAC)

Op&Qv'

j25

JVC

F-4.8vc]

EN oia0 0100,

OUR

VOLTAGE AT PIN 8 WHEN OPERATING UNDER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS

125

0E1

6 AU6V102

0.7VC

EIS

febIbtels0 00 0DEO

6AU6V401

167

125

6A U6VIG1

6.3 AC

6.3ACA

52C

1. RATED LINE VOLTAGE2. SIGNAL THAT DEVELOPED -3 V I -F ACC BIAS3. NORMAL SETTING OF ALL CONTROLS EXCEPT MIN. BRIGHTNESS, MAX. CONTRAST, AND MIN.

VOLUME4. ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC VALUES MEASURED RELATIVE TO GROUND AND ARE OBTAINED WITH

A 20,000 OHMS/ VOLTMETER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

T350V.

4-


Malnavox 105 SeriesMagnavox 105 Series TV receivers were made in a number of chassis and a

suffix letter is employed to differentiate each type. At the time of publication, Lversion was issued and this circuit is printed on pages 84 and 85. This series 105Lwas used in some sets having Chassis No. CT362, CT363, CT372, and CT373.Series 105M used in the same type chassis numbers, differs only in a minor wayfrom 105L, and these differences are covered in the table on page 84. An earlierSeries 105C, 105E, and 105F are covered by the circuit on page 86, with a tableof differences. At times these series have been used in Chassis No. CT331, CT332,CT333, CT334, CT335, CT336, CT337, CT338, CT339, CT340, CT341, CT342,CT343, CT344, CT345, CT346, CT347, CT348, CT349, CT350, CT351, CT352,CT353, CT354, CT355, CT356, CT357. Parts of these two group of series thatare alike are combined in parts of circuits shown on page 85. While sets of the105 Series having other suffix letters may differ in some important respects fromthe circuits shown, in the main this material can be used as a guide in servicingMagnavox Series 105 sets.

Service Hints on the 105 Series TV ChassisIntercarrier Buzz -- Check alignment of secondary (top slug) of discriminator trans-former. Adjust for minimum buzz on transmitted signal. Try several station to checkif buzz is due to overmodulation at transmitter.

Loss of Horizontal and Vertical Sync. -- Check adjustment of horizontal drive trimmer.Check bias on noise inverter (V301A) grid. This voltage should be -9 to -13.5 volts.White Raster; No Picture or Sound -- Check AGC amplifier (6AU6), check keyer coiland width coil, try other I.F. tubes (should have nearly equal mutual conductances).Insufficient Height -- Check 6W6GT vertical output tube.Picture Smear -- Check peaking coils in video amplifier circuit.

.22242,L4,__, +285V

40MF

A -FOUTPUT

23°5VMFI

12014

350V.

2NDV

1STV I -F

v\A"2519"

1STA -F I -F

3RDV I -F

J30MF

250V.

_15MF

25ov

VERT.65ME1 OUTPUT50Vm

HOR.OUTPUT

HOR.DAMPER

B+ BOOST

HOR O -Sa A.E.G.

VERT.MV

1OMF1450V

H. V.

RECT,

30MF

2.50V

5 Mf___

350i

NO SEINV

1ST A -FAMP

1A G.0

POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK DIAGRAM

210V

210V210V

ELIMTER

+85V

1_30MF

25" 0-

ESG (6005)RF AMP(PLATE)MIXEROSC.

SYNCSEP

SYNC.AMP

SYNC.CLIP

83


Qo

I-c)X 2

Ce

U

9CU

10-

Magnavox Series 105L and 105M

L101 0101

45PAC

R -FAMC

T201

7-47. 16071

41"

L_

R235000

x63 V AC

2100

6AU6LIMITER

V101

859SOURCE

6CB6

r

04156

210V

1ST VIDEO I -F

V2OI

V2 I2AX7NOISE INVERTER

V3014

#4121/2 6SN7GT1" HOP. A.EC.

V4014H. HOLDR401

31014.5MC

1/2 6T8DISCRIMINATOR

V1024

11108688

R,o, 010500K -,-CO

R106100K

IN SETS WITHOUTTONE CONTROL0106 101000 MME.

6CB6%lc

2ND VIDEO I -FV202 452

rao °, g°3

0303240

R30364K

302

R20747

0203470

8206IBOK

2100.

V2 I2AX7SYNC SEP

V3018

8209470

280.7

1204

4:cI 1664 686 10

rti t1 65/AC

_, L204 L2CAgOR-ORis.

1/2 6T8IST A -F AMP

V1028

0108AIMF

R109I NEG.VOL.

.8%

210V

FOR SETS WITH R112

TONE CONTROL.

SHIELDED TWISTED PAIR

6CB63RD VIDEO I -F

V203

0205

R219220

2105.

6V6GTAf OUTPUT

V103TiO2

C503RII6390

21104

6AU6SOUND I -F

V204

L202WH

1130uh

L203BK-SKIIK

1000th

0221 0209SOOD SECO

K K--

#4iO'

2000

MODELS- CT362 (etc )(oViiREEZZELZE)

SERIES- 105L

6SN7GT '

SYNC AMP SYNC. CLIPPER

V3024 V30260311011.6

5II mem

90 3018207 37 226 8200 8200

MEG 7 eI 20 5000

R321 R322226 47K R323

#3253900

R3206.66806 4854

R406 R407 R408...,2;04,A,..3068208 1506

--T°47

:200 1141g;

X

1/2 6SN7GTHOR. OSC.

V40113

0406110-560

= 11 DRIVE

0409

4:00 6806GT

HOR. OUTPUT

V402

84 Ma3navox

1402

C413.047

F501150MA.SLOWBLOW

IB3GTH V RECT

V403

4194.7 11416

18E011v115601

92135600

V 102A

6CB6VIDEO AMP 39K

V205

9216

CONTRAST

2104

R2193300 RYE

OK

C2178218 .22MF2200

L.171111F7FEIAIllEiM1V207 FIIIZTIIIF71.127_11

6W6GTOUTPUT

.047 V304 8517i.514t0.

06022

R32727 K

.204

ALL UNUSED ELEMENTS OF V102URNS 6,691 ARE GROUNDED.

SERIES 105 LESS A-FAMP.


6AU6LIMITER

V101.159

5

R103CIEM SACO q2B 103

APR.T

1/2 6182524 DISCRIMINATOR

4'1149 - - V 1 0 2 A

4 5000 4000 26000

6AU6

f ASC.6

8230 021633K ia

1301

22K

.2500

,L301

CAPACITOR -

CHOSEN FORPAN. TRANSIENTS -

THIS RECEPTACLE NOTUSED IN CHASSIS HAVINGA -F AMPLIFIER.

12

210V

V2 6T81ST A -F AMP

V10282.2, R109 55

9V

R107 Ag103

ao sz _Ho47 75 4

100K RIIB liEGTONE

CONTROL 0112

SEETABLE

V207

88.3MUGHLIMITER STAGE 56 -Mr

952-T

.210

eSi?

1220

R502300 C50IC

501

TASBLEE

S501ON CONTRAST

CONTROL

Power Supply Circuit,Applicable to all 105 Series.

RIO10

N V. 115121

5U4GL. V RECT.

V501

T501

AIPOSITS

SEE TABLE

6V6GTA -F OUTPUT

R117 if V1032409

0109OIMF

1

.470K VPIRIII

42109

7

RIM- 390

TIO2

39390

290V.

74

Audio SectionPart of 105C,E, F, circuitshown on page86, over.

JIOl

11 2112V103

V102E1

OiMF---101111

RING390 5101 ON

8109

C 503A-20 MP

.290V1.5k

1.4018

SEETABLER501 R502

300

RAIL.21001*01 TY SET

:45Fiff -1-C-71 4111PI SF

V402

THESE CONNECTIONS USED WITH CR325 TUNER ONLY

Correct for all 105 Series

Horizontal Oscillator and AFC Adjustments1. Horizontal freq. adjustment, top slug T401a. Short out terminals C and D of the hori-

zontal oscillator and AFC transformer.Set the Horizontal Lock trimmer 1 turnfrom full clockwise position and Horizon-tal Drive trimmer to 1-1/2 turns fromtight.

b. Turn Horizontal Hold control to full clock-wise position and adjust the top slug ofT401, until picture locks in.

c. Check Horizontal Drive, Linearity, andWidth controls.

2 Horizontal waveform adjust. , bottom slug.a. Remove short from terminals C and D of

T401.b. Connect oscilloscope probe in series with

15 mmfd. capacitor to terminal C. Setscope at horizontal frequency and adjustbottom slug of T401 so that the roundedand sharp peaks of the curve are of equalamplitude.

c. Remove scope. With Horizontal Hold con-trol in full clockwise position, adjust fre-quency slug (top of T401) until picture isjust out of sync. as indicated by blankingbar appearing at left of picture. Back offfrequency slug slightly until picture againlocks in sync. This adjustment is madewith Brightness control in full clockwiseposition. 85

(10

show

n on

pag

e 85

.

OI

rn

W9

5.-

11/9

3-x

70

5-...

115V

z

R -

F

u,6

-- A

G.c

07-

.240

0

44 o R. M

I(1

)

<

0C

) X

1-3

cnC

a C

DC

a 11 E

n

CD

<-t-

p Cu1 T

JJ

L206

6CB6

1ST

VID

EO

I -F

V20

112

01II5

V25

.3

1201

I -F

150

0A

CC

IOU

Con

nect

s to

Aud

io S

ectio

n

6CB6

2ND

VID

EO

I -F

V20

2T

202

2704

423

.4 M

C.

41

127 .2

10

6AU6

,4,..____41, -..-.;?:.11

1204

VID

EODET. a

1ST

A -

FI -

F

6BC5/6AG5

_.T

.l"

45M

CL

__ _

_77-

---.

.._ p

m.

V20

4

3RD

VID

EO

I- F

V20

3T

203

..62

32--

SE

E28

0225

.514

Q =

1aM

NT

AB

LE

1500

0205

1209

0503

8

410

54F

T

ZT

*200

V.

TH

IS C

AP

AC

ITO

R B

EC

OM

ES

AS

ING

LE U

NIT

OF

IOM

F IN

CH

AS

SIS

WIT

HO

UT

A -

F A

MP

L202

13K

-13

K

L201

U-B

LU

478

0208

12J2

0G

CLO

RC

ON

VO

UT

PU

T

g V

IOLE

T

1406

7

V2 12AX7

NO

SE

INV

ER

TE

RV

30IA

CO

NT

RA

ST

1512

13600

L 20

4C

OO

IMF

176

75 C

PS

4500

P/P

6AU6

21EP4A

A G

C17BP4A OR 20CP4A

V20

6V

207

100V

39K

2,11

0;34

LW

HIT

E#2

22#2

23L2

DO

T47

0(47

ME

G

6CB6

VID

EO

AM

PV

205

4. 1

5021

1219

A ^

5MF

T

SE

ET

AB

LE

165V

R30

2C

309

627

00.,,

1

-

3°4

C30

34.

7

ME

M

240

=M

EG

1/2 6SN7GT

SY

NC

AM

PV

3024

1/2 12AX7

SY

NC

. SE

PV

30IB

78V

68K

R30

3

3300

7875

C P

S25

V P

/P

C30

447

20V

1/2 6SN7GT

SY

NC

. CLI

PP

ER

V30

28

R32

247

8,3,

447

K

855(

R32

003

0168

08R

306

680K

4706

314

0410

470

HO

W F

RE

O

1134

1,E

HT

4F

Im

ot

AI

290V

IL

- -

z- _

_J

R41

147

84

AA

II,A

,R

4I0

04cr

?02

00.0

1,A

F 1

090

1/2 6SN7GT

HO

R. O

SG

V40

18

550

EE

TA

BLE

75G

PS

22V

P/P

#130

1r

22X

S82

001

6BQ6GT

HO

R O

UT

PU

TV

402

R41

347

60-

60N

OR

DR

IVE

IIV

3/ 5

4+1

2200

R41

7I

YE

1447

T04

7F68

7975

CP

S14

0V P

/P79

75 C

PS

55 V

. P/P

2101

1

KE

R C

OIL

CP

I L40

121

3#2

12

445

0139

K

101-

0M

F22

14

R 2

30

IV;

330

F41

227,

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

0212

0212

.m

it'

= C

211

11M

5k1-

F9-

FA

.GC

.A

6.0

NO

TE

TH

ES

E V

OLT

AG

ES

MU

ST

BE

ME

AS

UR

ED

WIT

H A

NE

LEC

TR

OS

TA

TIC

VO

LT -

ME

TE

R.

+22

100.

2100

.

.280

0.

8026

R31

31

HE

IGH

T2.

5 M

EC

6SN7GT

1306

VE

RT

MV

.V

303

0141

NE

ISIC

SE

E W

M 2

170,

35V

R31

064

06

L401

SIZ

EV

t7"

M.

L402

0413

.IMF

(-4-

k414

.047

6W6GT

ER

T O

UT

PU

TV

304

C30

804

7MF

6315

X

2200

DO

N T

ME

AS

UR

E

F50

12

500

7875

CP

SS

EE

40V

P/P

TA

BLE

8317

1.56

1EG

.

6W4GT

DA

MP

ER

V40

4

7875

CP

S50

44 P

/P

30 C

PS

750

V. R

V

7301

CA

PA

CIT

OR

CH

O$E

N F

OR

563

MIN

TR

AN

SW

.NT

S

7875

CP

S14

00 P

/P

es00

6.1

I 30

CP

SI

1120

V P

/P

L301

EM

I

AW

AF

ITT

OW

TW

ITIII

I7,5

11:F

41 F

MB

rei

filf

gRa

wili

omor

iwzm

n=77

.,f.T

TIM

BIL

4000

vT4

iirrn

mar

tixai

01.,,

-.1

Em

ieSM

AK

TII

VIM

E1-

14"M

ti171

1.1:

Xd

Tif

iral

lr12

111M

ET

TA

EM

ZE

IRE

INE

INIF

F711

Mit

7411

1714


j°111"nv-Iam--1.11" industries

Chassis Types 9026, 9032, and 9033.Models 17PCSB2, 17PCW2, 17PTE2, 20PCSB2, 20PCW2, 2OPTE2,

2OPTSB2, 2OPTW2, 20TPRS2, 21PCS2, 21QDCS2, 24QDCS2,MM -617C, MM -617T, MM -620C, MM -620T, JM-717C,JM-717T, JM-720C, JM-720T, JM-721C, and JM-721CD.

SPECIFICATIONSElectrical Input, 117 v. A.C.Intermediate Frequency

Video 26.1 MCSound 21.6 MCIntercarrier SoundFrequency 4.5 MC

Antenna Input 300 ohms.

CI

C

...0:

5 AMR

TI

V1

L .V. RECT.

5U42

111111

360V.

2C 0 -10W 14 AMP 1500-1W

RI R240 uf 40 ur

3A C3B

Power SupplyCircuit Diagram

Circuits of the front end using either Standard Coil or Sarkes Tarzian tuners.Corresponding numbered terminals connect to main schematic diagram shownon the next page.

01, oa

4111

co

o,0 -1.

This separation is made for441 1C

O.

O

0 o01

rit -

000 0

cD

a16-11-111, 2 8

O

0

IHII

HII

8 0N_000

r0,* 0001

'NO''' ?II- 6i-111ct-1-r-- 2

1

(0 g .cc

a)402

>

14.00 \-4--

oHIII

,00tr\0

4

o

II N 44

I- I

5cr0

00040cr

-1000cr40z

printing convenience only.

O (ID

Luco

III

O OO0 I _

NOS,U

O

O

Nrr N

I- 01 oc,

`(;.,

0

110

111

00OO

0111

20 ur

C 30

+350V.

Q ,

0 lie' J-44- HII

I

X111

ll

vwv,

SISLUDS-Q-Ajm crifo

1-110

II

87

w atV

23

4.4M

C _ 7

°8.

2K"n

R10

50

5100

54

rn cr)1

.10

0

R10

6

2ND

.3R

D.

VID

EO

I.F

.V

IDE

O I,

F.

6AU

6V

246C

B6

L12

3 A L

G-1

0019

82 R10

7 5000 1C

104

5

2 2.

8MC

\

102

10%

R10

9T

5-10

054

100

-I--

500

0R

108

470

T10

5

6

SR

I180 10 50

00

C10

7

4TH

.V

IDE

O I.

F.

6CB

6LI

3V

25 5

.,

i1.

23 2

MC

,/

6' 0,4

6",-a+

-110

6rn

C50

-.00

522

0 051

R5I

470K

2.2M

R52

I8K

R50

6 8K

IOy

TS

-I0

054

500

C10

8

00 RII2

F4

-= 180

R11

4 5000

IN 6

0

25.4

7_,M

CC

HI -

r- 5

IC-I

-_L

CI1

51-

14

15-1

0054

0109

3 10

0'R

115

VID

EO

L15

AM

P64

0712

0u1,

'Ho

.1 HIC

130V

3i0

IMR

I20

RI3

0X

8.2K

8010

%C

131

41

110

-=

5% R13

1

R13

2K

-vvv

s.75

0C

13,2

P

CO

NT

RA

ST

TIO

ufC

ON

TR

OL

P60

936B

4 O

u=

0150 5

4.5M

C

TS

-10

050

AU

DIO

RA

TIO

T51

0051

4 25

6ckM

PT

57

05[6

:1E

MS

TO

R6A

U6

=10

'7

(120

LI8'

-/-3

9

3004

I-S

ELF

L16

LG-1

0015

ER

ES

ON

AN

T-r

- Q

AT

4 5

MG

...or

5LL

7C

I 3 .0

2

I

CI3

3

4.73

KR

5S

YN

C. A

MP

a

C5

SY

NC

. CLI

PP

ER

V9A

1.05

85

X

I2A

U7

7

270

47K

-..-

---_

--11

°R

58

47K

053

100K

R54

18K

R57

R56

I NT

O12

A-

TO

R8.

2K82

K22

K

ti15

' 0ac

t`1

CIO

-.0

05P

(19

RIO

330

K"

Cn

pV

2(1

) CD

a17

i '0

33K

Rir

x80

K47

.kR

(DI

0 CD

L -r

-005

1.00

5 -1

-.00

2

VE

RT

. OS

C.

6SN

7GT

022

V28

.005

R12

3

K

01M

VE

RT

._

SP

EE

D-

PI

RI5

20K

3 1 ICA

IX-1

0012

100K

R55 /1

2 I 2

AU

7

ALL

CA

PA

CIT

AN

CE

VA

LUE

S L

ES

S T

HA

N O

NE

IN M

ICR

OF

AR

AD

Sa

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N O

NE

IN M

ICR

OM

ICR

OF

AR

AD

SU

NLE

SS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

SP

EC

IFIE

D.

R59

680K

ALL

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E V

ALU

ES

IN O

HM

SK

. 1,0

00M

. 100

0,00

0P

HA

SE

DE

TE

CT

OR

47K

ALL

RE

SIS

TO

RS

AR

E I/

2 W

AT

T

611

24X

7rF

ro,

VIO

AC

5410

00

-I-

-47

0K.0

05R

6 I

C55

RI 3

3 IOK

+35

0 V

.

10%

11K

-4W

8134

+36

0V. 22

0R10

'4

Y Y

5R01

520

cR11

51

R15

5

I2K

15

39K

02'1

53

7c16

9J .0

005

CI

K R15

4

t

r- 1000

V41

3

I5K

C15

7

R7I

JR

7010

0K.(

8416

--N

ES

S P

5C

ON

TR

OL

10

390-

IW

R80

.005

RI5

66.

8K

4uf

10%

0158

6.8K

10%

RI5

7

+ 1

4 0

V.

/21

I2A

X7

IOM

470K

C80

AU

DIO

AM

R

R82 VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

Ca

.01

P61

325

0K

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

6V6

R81

3,-

f 465

.01

XC

82

330K

5%

,AS

OIN

A 8

3

180K

XV

8

V3

14 2.R

617

,"-

-

4.7K

100

25M-

----

--.

CI5

A

Tur

5K P3

VE

RT

. SIZ

E

T2

5VE

RT

. OU

T.

6SN

7GT

A4

7061

0045

E

P2

VE

RT

.LI

N.

3013

19

CI5

13

-20u

fI4

5OV

.

C37 11

5 uf

GIM

MIC

K

IB3

7

N.V

. EC

T.

V7

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L O

SC

.a

DIS

CH

AR

GE

V4B

/126

SN

7k6

SN

727

0-10

%V

444

C31

I6

R 3

0I.5

K5.

8K

R31

R32

82K

-21,

/.S

S10`

A.F

. C.

L3/

C34 27

0R

3

25-

X43

0

100K

--w

C31

Toy

.G

TE

CT

HO

RIZ

,50

KD

RIV

EH

OR

IZ.

T4-

SP

EE

220K

-10%

i,2.

R33

ffff

1G-1

0017

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LO

UT

PU

T

V5

3IM R

34

6BG

6

.05 H

+35

0V.

C36 R

36

a

13

:,=.4

--A

,00,

10z-

4ga

h70

6-10

0014

ET

M-1

0003

.25

oM

1Fat 10

38

WID

TH

CO

NT

RO

L +36

0V.56

C39

TO

-10

023

5%

4

R84

HO

RIZ

DA

MP

ER

6W4

V6

T4

TO

-10

034

/

TS

83ouf


MONTGOMERY WARD

rARREr .17 Errh7c-`68Q 7 5EL ECrs COILS FOROR CHANNEL DES/RED

6BZ7R -F AMP

ON

C 2035

IC 2077 6/

1-1 C 2,611

WHITE BLACK

A L.C.HEATER 6.3 V

VT G

INTERLOCK

iv

5-204 5-205

MODELS

25WG-3066A & B25WG-3071A & B25WG-3072A & B25WG-3073A & B

6J6MIXERS OSC.

0"'B//R-Fl A1.50/

TUNER

T-10POWER TRANS.

6.3 VAC

GAN A.

(G,1 SRN. 1.I SRN.' A'

T-7SOUND RATIODET. TRANS.

T-6SOUND I -FTRANS.4.5 MC.

PR/ 4 5 MC.

L-7TRAP4 5 MCII0

6 T

V-205 U4 -GL. V. RECT.

pf;;AL. L -/O R-57330

FILTERCHOKEI"

L58 L-59

MODELS

25WG-3075A&B25WG-3077A&B25WG-3079A&B

6 C B 6I ST P/X I -F

L

T- I/ST PIXI -F COIL

6CB6 L-1

BIki/rtit, ./50v

SEA/ES "A"A C C CIRCUIT

R-91.5 K

V-26CB6

2ND P/X 1-F

/5O V

This circuit diagramcontinued on page 90.

T-2 V -J 1-3

I -F COIL 3 R6DCP8/X6 I -P ` ,31:-RFD-C.971-

2N0 P/XI

C-32 TO 6.16 DIODES=1000

9.333 9 MEG

F 63 V-747K 106 :145 6BE6

SYNC. SEPARATOR

R-61 1R-62 6mI P..65}R-66,270 K 1.5 MEG. 68 K 8206

R-397.5 MEG.

p59 SYNC. STABILITY10K

Bottom Chassis Videoand Audio I -F Adjustments.

FRONT APRON

T-33RD PIX I -F24 I MC.

T-11ST PIX I -F23.1 MC

T-22ND PIX i-F25.9 MC

0 /50 v

L-436 -UN

R-722K

R-8180

6CB64 3 .5,,

O9"

6AL5R-9 P/X CET.1.5 K

0 ISO V

do

R-332 7 MEGM4A

R -346AL5 470K3A4

0 6406 0/00

O

3

O4-7

-4-, 6cr,

9-69 e00 b.0.,c:d

364

344970

R -68A 9-608 9-680-1,74g 5 0I.. 22 8.2 8.2

21, ,--V ... 3.3 K

O

::":, 1,:i b o °

-I-, -1-,

I , on , I

-- - - - - , - - _''. 8 TI m

,--i 5I 'T 1

-0 0V-58(1.)

;1.imI2AT7

,-- C.)PHASE SPLITTER ,.,'§ii OCd "6-'

0-67a,

2 2 K En C.)

a)Circuit separation zcdis made for print- r-i .!CZ

ing convenience. p. ,$)

- ANTENNA ADJf7,7, C-2010L±..\1.

T- I ,*I S. PIA F e

T-22 ND Pi% F

25 c Air

FRONT APRON

p -CONVERTER GRID ADJ C-209

R.F TEST POINT

CONVERTER COIL ADJ L-59252 SAC

1

RF PL ATE ADJ. C-206

L-13SOUNDTAKE -OFFCOIL4 5 Acr., RA

2ERO CENTER

T-3SOUND TR A

71 /NC

Top Chassis Videoand Audio I -F Adjustments

1-7SOuNCRATIO DETTRANS.

LITO 6A,N5

7-6SOUND I -F TRANS5C

L-7'RAP4 5 VC

89


MONTGOMERY WARDModels 25WG-3066, 25WG-3071, 25WG-3072,25WG-3073, 25WG-3075, 25WG-3077, 25WG-3079.These models have suffix A and B, indicating adifference in the AGC circuit as shown in diagram.

CA'

z 0D 1OU

O cl,Cd

D 2.

04-;

1-1

O

ca cd 0

O

R-24,00 K

O

3

4

6A 116/ST ALIO/0 b.'

1

L -13'°v;SOUND

TAKE -OFFCOIL R12

16

I22 6 1

MK 1

000I L-5160M,

S 0 AVA

7 68-702 20_

V -IS6AL5PHASE ,DET.

R-75470 6

R-734.7 MEG

90

.6-3847 K

V -I/6AU8

2ND SOUND /-F

V-5 A12AT7VIDEOAMP

MN 0 Teo

0 0os

2

sr -IS6AL5

RAT/0 DE r

1-7SOUND RATIO_DE2:211.42,/S.

01

un

R-60566

/50 V

L-8 'AV;36 MUM

so 56

R -S..,

I MEG

V-06AU6

A.G.C.

T-4VERT. I

OSC. 1

8.308AGC

THRESHOLD CONTROL )6)WIDTH,.44 i

HEIGHT VERT SYNC

CONTROL LIN. STABILITY

Adjustments Rear of Chassis

NOTE-AGC control used only in issue "B" receivers.

V-/.16AV6

/ sr AUDIO AMP.

TONECONTROL

R 721 MEG

R-71 R-23I MEG. 10 MEG

1. VOLUME'CONTROL

/00 Mt/

R-22

4-3001.5

CONTRASTCONTROL

2,er: I

R-86 11111

tU7

la

7- R-52

22 6 //

LnR-5347 K100K

R 25 500 6BRIGHTNESS

v -e VERT. OSC.S L-12

6 B L7 VERT. OUTPUT 74,4 Cm,4

7. 7vtar R-49

/AV 4 IS r- R-926. 10 6--0-14Wra

R 51 root R-87MEG,

R-90MEG.I NOLO 2.2 MEL, 1.2 MEG.

V -I46 AQ5

AUDIO OUTPUT

egriZIL(

V -AB6AL5

2 D.C. RESTORER

R-50I MEG

"000 `.3 ! 679I.--, 5.6 K

6,-,609,,,,,15.9"651170tw4:340 N.V. TRANS.OUTPUT9 sR -8I LS

1;07R2-554

MEGmiG

.

1

220 K MEG

WAVEFORM

OM6-4 6 6,

0.01VECDVZOrl. R 103 47 K

7 4c - --,1I

I IB3-GTI V-/9

IN.K RECT.5 Nit

K

.... m.o kra,L 114'. "A

1 RI04

HRIZ. 5.1

FREDA I NA

= '. 1

,S5 R 76 R-7127 6 6.8 K

R-80 I33 6 2.2 6

6-96 R 97 R-99111100`4 6150 K 5.66 4706

R-102

1 R100I12 K

- _Igo.'V -I6 R-94 V-/7

R-78 HORIZ. OSC. . NOR/Z. HOLD HOR Z OUTPUT68Q6-GT12. 6SN7-GTA 50 6

6.8 K

R.3 v

T-8AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS.

6.291K

.250 V

173.3.. uNT RIDSMEG1.

V -I86W4-GTDAMPER

R106 I L-17K 1/101t/Z.

!If tr>ii/C-

13007


otorolaThe circuit diagram on the next page, over, is exact for Chassis TS -292A and TS -324A.

All other chassis listed in the table below are similar and their main differences are ex-plained. Separate circuits of series filament connections, audio section, and conventionaltuner used in some chassis are shown separately. Alignment information applies to all sets.

Chassis Used in Models Tuner Tube How different from TS -292ATS -292A 21C1, 21C1B, 21F2, 21F2B,

21F3, 21F3B, 21K4, 21K4A,21K4B, 21K4W, 21K5, 21K5B,21K6, 21K7

Cascode 21FP4Use TS -292A Chassis shownin schematic diagram.

TS -292B 21T4AC, 21T4ACE, and alsoseveral models listed above.

Cascode 21FP4 C-74 changed to 10 mfd., alsoother minor part changes.

TS -324A(or -B)

21T4A, 21T4EA, 21T5A,21T5BA

Cascode 21MP4 Same as TS -292A except fordifferences shown in main schematic

TS -395A 17F13, 17F13B, 17K14,17K14A, 17K14B, 17K14W,17K15, 17K15B, 17K16,17T11, 17T12, 17T12B, -W

Conven-tional

17LP4 Audio circuit differs, see diagram.Filament transformer has 3 windings

TS -400A 17T11E Conven. 17LP4 Series filament, audio diff., see diagTS -401 17F12D, 17K13D, 17T9EF,

17T9F, 17T1ODConven-tional

17TP4 Audio circuit differs, see diagram.

TS -408A 17F13C, 17F13BC, 17K14C,17K14BC, 17K14WC, 17K15C,17K15BC, 17K16C, 17T11C,17T11EC, 17T12C, 17T12WC

Cascode 17LP4 Main difference in picture tube,otherwise same as TS -292A Chassisshown in schematic diagram.

TS -410A 17T13 Conven. 17HP4 See note under TS -400A.TS -501A 21T3 Cascode 21MP4 Same as TS-324A,but no tone control

I17 vOLTSGO CYCLES

SAFETYINTERLOCK

19

189

VI626X461 2580661

VI5 V12 v13 V8125N7GT 12817 6006W V2 V6

608 GANG

L26net.

VIB V10PICT TUBE 656761 65N7GT

V14

/\

IBC ONLTIGRAY 16 8

--17 7 2 / 8 5 4 3 4\--", I' 12 7 8

BUCK

2 3 80 120-,AW---

DO, TO Of A OFF -ON SWITCH R9090R9I

2

ION VOL 60611

2556 6C86 6086 6086 64L5 6(86

-=

0CD C,

®

r.

IP

VII V3 V4 V5 V9 VI

Above is the circuit of series wired tube filaments

00 00e 0 0 ED 8

cused in Chassis TS -400A and TS -410A.

At left is a drawing showing tube layoutof Chassis TS -292A and TS -324A. (Continued on the

next seven pages).

NI T

ON

I TT

-N

A

L241

1.

--"1

Con

vent

iona

l tun

er u

sed

in C

hass

isT

S -3

95A

, TS

-400

A, T

S -4

01, T

S -4

10A

4431

)01

DA

NN

430

3LN

I 044

.334

4344

3

'tor

44 O

NN

OW

N.

MO

NA

OR

IN. M

UN

N

mor

rs.0

0,61

rya

val.

434

4va

s P

oo, 4

13{4

,44

TO

CA

NN

N.T

444

43

AT

VS

I 414

34U

OP

ON

NP

UT

O 0

4 4.

PO

SIT

ON

I

µ--

--

sib

NO

V

Mot

orol

a

Wri

t: ,A

,F...

"7.7

=Ir

t

--P

fT

UN

ER

TT

-44

TE

LE

VIS

ION

CE

AB

SIS

TS

-292

A-0

0&

TS

-324

A-0

0

vta

1/2-

1111

.w

ee

/2-8

/111

...T

NIO

N

Aud

io c

ircu

it us

ed in

Cha

ssis

TS

-395

A,

TS

-400

A, T

S -4

01, a

nd T

S -4

10A

.

sits

o.>

'CO

Gtr 4r

o

4305 C5r

33

45U

M'

yeIe

.at

.

SM

IGT

WO

N 0

1;:4

sass

yW

OO

OU

TP

UT

LOC

AL

PA

3-

sueu

sem

iI R

OW

E

PO

WN

3

14.N

I 31

", J

14,7

i3T

hr-

1-1

_"

,.. f47

.


J5

MOTOROLA 1953 Models. General Information and Production Changes.

AREA L23SELECTOR HORIZ VERT HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ BRIGHT- FOCUS VERT VERT

SWITCH HOLD HOLD CENT SIZE OSC. NESS LIN. SIZE

YOKE ADJUSTMENT!THUMBSCREW

RASTER CORRECTORMAGNETS

CENTERING ARMS

CENTERING DEVICE

DEFLECTION YOKE

ION TRAP

YOKE SADDLESCREWS TS -292A-02

TS -324A -02

PRODUCTION CHANGES

With the current line of TV chassis (TS -292, TS -324,TS -395 & TS -400), a new system of chassis coding has beenstarted. The first production chassis number carries thesuffix "A-00" (i.e., TS -292A-00, TS -395A-00). With thefirst minor revision, the suffix becomes "A-01", and witheach subsequent minor change "A-02", "A-03", etc. Thefirst major revision changes the suffix to "B-00" and, asbefore, each following minor change is labeled "B-01","B-02", etc.

ChassisCoding Change

TS -292A-01TS -324A -01TS -395A-01TS -400A-01

HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT

The HORIZONTAL HOLD control should have a syncrange of approximately 50°. If the control is too critical,adjust as follows:

1. Shunt the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil L-23 toground with a .25 mf 400V capacitor. This may be donewith the chassis in the cabinet by placing the capacitoracross the two -pin receptacle (J-5) located as shown in Fig-ure 2.

2. With the HORIZONTAL CENTERING control, move thepicture to the left so that the right edge of the raster can beseen, as viewed from the front of the set. Adjust the HOR-IZONTAL HOLD control for about 1/16" of sync pulse. (Thesync pulse appears as a darker gray bar at the right edge ofthe blanking pulse. The blanking pulse is the gray bar atat the right edge of the raster.)

3. Remove the .25 mf capacitor from across the HORI-ZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil.

4. Adjust the HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR coil until thesame amount of sync pulse can be seen as was noted in step2.

FOCUS

The zero focus type of electrostatically focused tubeused in these chassis requires a fixed potential applied tothe focusing anode which is supplied through the focus con-trol potentiometer. This control, in effect, provides ameans of compensating for differences in gun structure be-tween tubes, but is far less critical in adjustment than wasthe focus control in the electromagnetically focused tubes.

TS -292A-03TS -324A-03

TS -292A-04TS -324A-04

TS -292B-00TS -324B-00

TS -292B-01TS -324B -01TS -408A-01TS -501B-00

TS -292B-02TS -408A-02TS -501B-01

TS -292B -03TS -408A-03TS -410A-02TS -501B-02

TS -408A -00

TS -410A-01

TS -501A-00

R-65, the sand coated 8700 ohm resistor onthe vertical linearity control, was replaced bytwo 2 -watt carbon resistors in series - R-65(4700) and R-93 (3900).

The centering device, E-2, is mounted on theyoke cover instead of being a separate unit.

R-94 (0.47 ohms) was put in series with theheaters of V-10, the 1st Audio Amp & PhaseDetector, to reduce heater -to-cathode leakage.

Increased high voltage by revising high voltagetransformer, T-11 (has issue "C" coding afterpart number). The following horizontal cir-cuit changes were also made to increase highvoltage: C-84 changed from 220 mmf to 100;R-81 changed from 120K to 100K, and R-84(470) omitted.

Filament transformer changed to auto trans-former type. This boosts the AC input, re-sulting in a raise in the high voltage applied tothe 2nd anode. Transformer has new partnumber.

Revised 3rd IF transformer. Differs from theoriginal only in that L-13 is mounted on thetransformer and becomes a part of the T-6assembly. Transformer has new part num-ber.

C-74 changed from 20 mf to 10 mf to elimi-nate vertical flutter due to line voltage vari-ations.

C-75 (5000 mmf) omitted and a 100K 1 -wattresistor added between the focus control armand the blue lead to the picture tube focusinganode. This adds protection to the focus con-trol potentiometer.

Original production incorporated the changesof the TS -292A-03.

C-61 changed from .005 to .01 mf and C-IO2(. 02 mf) added to improve tone.

Original production incorporated changes ofTS -324A-04.

93


MOTOROLA 1953 Models.

ALIGNMENTSince the power cord circuit is broken by the interlock

when the cabinet back is removed, it will be necessary toobtain an extra power cord with the female interlock recep-tacle in order to make a power connection to the receiver.Order Motorola Part No. 30B470756.

It is important that an isolation transformer be used be-tween the receiver and the line when any test equipment isattached to the chassis. Due to the full wave rectifier,there is always a potential difference between the chassisand earth, and it is very important that an isolation trans-former be used when servicing the receiver. This precau-tion is especially important if grounded test equipment isused. NEVER GROUND THE RECEIVER CHASSIS DURINGTESTING OPERATIONS OR INSTALLATION UNLESS ANISOLATION TRANSFORMER IS USED.

ORDER OF ALIGNMENT

A complete receiver alignment can be most convenientlyperformed in the following order:

1. IF & Mixer Transformers

2. Oscillator & RF Sections

3. 4.5 Mc Trap

4. Audio Take -Off, Interstage Coil, & Ratio Detector

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

IF Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

1. 18 to 30 mc, approximately 12 mc sweep width.

2. Output constant and adjustable to at least 0.1 volt max-imum.

3. Accurately calibrated, adjustable markers

ON -OFFVOLUME

CONTRAST

TONE

94

TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

FINE TUNING

Alignment Information.

Cathode Ray Oscilloscope - Preferably one with a calibratedattenuator.

AM Signal Generator - Adjustable Output

NOTE: If there is no built-in marker in the sweep genera-tor, loosely couple the output of an accurately calibrated AMsignal generator to the IF strip. At all times, keep themarker output low enough to prevent the marker from dis-torting the response curve.

If a wide band scope is used, the marker will be moredistinct if a capacitor of 100 to 1000 mmf is placed acrossthe scope input. Use the smallest size possible, since toolarge a value will affect the shape of the curve.

Procedure:

1. Remove the horizontal output tube, V-15, to eliminateRF interference in the oscilloscope.

2. By means of an external battery, apply a negative 3 voltbias, through a decoupling resistor of 4'7K ohms, to the AGCline, which is connected to pin 1 of the test receptacle (J-4).See Figure 4 for receptacle location.

3. Through a 47K ohm decoupling resistor, connect the os-cilloscope across the video detector load resistor R-27(4700) which may be reached from pin 3 of test receptacle(J-4). If a stronger output is required, connect the scopebetween picture tube cathode (yellow lead) and chassis. Thecurve seen at this position will be the reverse of the polarityshown in Figures 5 & 6.

4. Turn Area Selector Switch (S-2) to LOCAL position.

5. Using leads as short as possible, connect the sweepgenerator, through a 1000 mmf capacitor, to jack J-3, feed-ing into the grid of 1st IF tube V-3. See Figure 4. (Do notuse the loose or "spraying" method of coupling.) Set thegenerator center frequency to 24.6 mc, with a sweep de-viation of 10 mc.

CHANNEL SELECTOR

RECEPTACLE

if®T7 PRI-1 e-

Li'dL21 -

LI7-

VI2

T5

J3

T3 PRI

LII TRAP T41219 MCI

L12 TRAP121S MCI

16L20

J4

TONE

ON -OFFVOLUME

CONTRAST

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS

VI6BZ7

V2

J2

6U8

40.3

055

el IA R45

Ti SEC

R27 4 LI7

C42 CRT

TEL

RNIGHTME SS

FIGURE 4, ALIGNMENT

ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS



6. Detune the oscillator by placing a shunt wire across theoscillator inductance (from position 2 to position 13 on thebandswitch).

7. Tune the 1st IF transformer, T-4, to place a 26.6 mcmarker on the high side of the response curve 50% downfrom maximum response. At the same time, adjust T-6 toprovide a flat top or symmetrical response curve. Tuningthe two transformers together will make for proper markerplacement and "jacking" action of T-6. See Figure 5.

CAUTION: A. Keep the signal input low, to prevent flatten-ing the top of the curve, due to limiting inthe video or scope amplifiers.

B. The dressing of plate and grid componentsin the IF circuit affects tuning. Do not moveindiscriminately.

C. The resonance point of the IF coils and thetrap will be found at two settings of the core.The correct setting is the one with the coreat the outer end of the winding.

8. Tune the 2nd IF transformer, T-5, to place a 22.8 mcmarker on the low side of the response curve 50% downfrom maximum response. At the same time, adjust T-6 toprovide a flat top or symmetrical response curve as in step6. See Figure 5.

9. Tune trap L-12 for maximum attenuation on the curveat 21.9 mc, as in Figure 5. Make sure the core is towardthe outside of the trap winding (toward the top).

10. Tune trap L-11 for maximum attenuation on the curveat 27.9 mc, as in Figure 5. Make sure the core is towardthe outside of the trap winding (toward the top).

11. Move the generator and capacitor to jack J-2. See Fig-ure 7. Short out R-11 (4700) located between the jack andthe mixer grid.

12. Turn the primary and secondary of the mixer IF trans-former, T-3 so that the bandpass appears as in Figure 6.

NOTE: This is a double -tuned circuit. Make sure theslugs are tuned away from the center of the coil.NOTE: It is important that the 21.9 mc and 27.9 car-riers are attenuated as much as shown in Figure 6. Tocalculate, connect an AM generator to the mixer gridand a VTVM across the detector load resistor. Takevoltage readings at 21.9 mc, 24.6 mc, and 27.9 mc anddivide per following formula: With proper attenuation -

and

219

voltage reading at 24.6 between 50 and 80voltage reading at 21.9

voltage reading at 24. 6 = at least 100voltage reading at 27.9

27.9

FIGURE 5.IF RESPONSE CURVE

21.9

T10% VALLEYPERMISSIBLE

27'.9

FIGURE 6.MIXER RESPONSE CURVE

Alignment Information, continued.BANDWIDTH

The IF bandwidth may be checked with an AM signalgenerator, if desired. Connect the generator, through a1000 mmf capacitor, to jack J-2 in the grid circuit of themixer tube, V -2B, and an electronic voltmeter across thevideo detector load resistor R-27 (4700). Short out R-11(4700), set the generator frequency to 24. 6 mc, and adjustits output for a 1 volt reading on the meter. Double theoutput of the generator. Tune to both sides of 24.6 mc andnote the frequencies at which the meter again reads 1 volt.These frequencies indicate the 6 db bandwidth points andshould be 22.9 mc and 26.4 mc. By watching the meterwhile tuning slowly through the band, any serious peaks orholes in the response curve can be detected.

REGENERATION

After the mixer and IF stages have been aligned, a checkfor regeneration in the IF strip should be made as follows:

1. Remove the battery bias and observe the response curveon the scope as taken between the picture tube cathode (yel-low lead) and chassis. The bandwidth may change with thebias removed, but should not change more than 0.2 mc. Ifthe bandwidth does change more than 0.2 mc, check thecathode resistors or change tubes.

2. Set the contrast control at maximum gain (fully clock-wise).

3. Decrease the generator input until the output signal showsa marked decrease.

4. Any regeneration present will be indicated by sharppeaks on the overall response curve.

NOTE: The oscillator should be detuned, as described above,during this procedure

MIXER SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENTS

1. Connect an AM signal generator, set at 24.6 mc, mod-ulated 30% with 400 cycles, to jack J-2 through a capaci-tor of 1000 mmf. Short out R -I I (4700),

2. Remove the battery bias from the AGC line.

C98 L20

L2E

LIB

ANTSECT.

LIC

L7C

L70

L7E

RFSECT

OSCSECT

FINETUNING

L9E

L9D

L2C L2B C97 L2A

VI6B27

L9C L98 C99 L9A L8 RI I

LIA

LIF

L7B

CI5

FIGURE 7. ANTENNA, RF & OSC LOCATIONS III 5

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA 1953 Models.

3. Remove shunt wire from oscillator.

4. Connect the oscilloscope to the cathode of the picturetube. Turn contrast control to maximum.

5. Turn the station selector switch to the low channel po-sition which gives the Lowest noise reading on the meter.

6. The signal required to produce 20 volts peak -to -peak onthe scope should be less than 100 microvolts.

NOTE: To calibrate scope, connect it across the 6.3 voltfilament supply. The peak -to -peak amplitude on the screenwill then be approximately 18V (6.3 x 2.8).

IF SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENT

1. Move generator to jack J-3 feeding into the grid of the1st IF 'tube (V-3, 6CB6).

2. Connect the electronic voltmeter, through a lOOK de -coupling resistor, across the video detector load resistor

-27 (4700).

3. The signal required to produce 1 volt on the voltmetershould be less than 750 microvolts.

ANTENNA, RF & OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENTFREQUENCY CHART

Chan Frequency Picture

2 54-60 55.253 60-66 61.254 66-72 67.255 76-82 77.256 82-88 83.257 174-180 175.258 180-186 181.259 186-192 187.25

10 192-198 193.2511 198-204 199.2512 204-210 205.2513 210-216 211.25

Equipment Required:

Alignment Information, continued.AM Signal Generator having:

I. Frequency range 40-220 mc2. Accurate frequency and attenuator calibration3. 400 cycle, AM modulation

Oscilloscope: Preferably one with a calibrated input atten-uator.

ANTENNA & RF ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. Remove the horizontal output tube V-15, to eliminate RFinterference in the oscilloscope. Connect a 5000 ohm 10watt resistor between the red B.- bus and chassis to nor-malize the bus voltages.

2. Detune the oscillator by placing a shunt wire across theoscillator inductance (from position 2 to position 13 on thebandswitch).

3. Remove th,nett the sweepthe leads fromternal markers

antenna lead-in from the chassis, and con -generator to the antenna receptacle. Keepthe generator to the socket short. Use in -or an accurately calibrated external signal

generator for markers.

4. Connect the'oscilloscope, through a decoupling resistorof 47K ohms to jack J-2 in the grid circuit of the mixer tubeV-25. See Figure 7.

5. Ground the AGC lead to the mixer and RF stages bymoving the area selector switch to the suburban or fringe

Sound

59.7565.7571.75

Oscillator

81.6587.6593.65

position.

6. Refer to Figure 7 for the location of the trimmers andcoils. The chart listed above gives the picture and soundcarrier frequencies.

81.75 103.65 7. The antenna coils are tuned to the video carrier side87.75 109.65 and the RF coils are tuned to the sound carrier side. Fig-

179.75 201.65 ure 8 shows the shape of the curve which should appear on185.75 207.65 the oscilloscope.191.75 213.65197.75 219.65 8. Set the screw in channel 13 RF coil, L-6, midway in203.75 225.65 the coil.209.75 231.65215.75 237.65 9. Turn the station selector switch to channel 8. Set the

Sweep generator having:I. Frequency range 40-220 mc2. 10 mc sweep width3. Output constant and adjustable4. Adjustable markers (markers should be calibrated

occasionally by checking against an accurate signalgenerator).

96

207.

center frequency of the sweep generator to the center fre-quency of channel 8 (183 mc).

10. Adjust ceramic trimmer, C-11, so that the video andsound markers appear on the response curve within thelimits shown in Figure 8.

NOTE: The two impedance matching transformers, T-1 andT-2 must be a minimum of 1/4" apart or a "suck -out" willbe noted on channel 12 or 13.

#

CHANNELS 2 THRU 6 CHANNELSIDEAL WAVE FORM (PERMISSIBLE

NOMINAL VARIATIONS FROM MARKERPOSITIONS MAY BE EXPECTED.THESE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 516EXCEPT AS SHOWN.

0-10%

CHANNEL 2 AFTERTRAP SETTING

FIGURE 8. RF RESPONSE CURVE

2 THRU 6VARIATIONS)

t%

T-5%

CHANNELS 7 THRU 13(PERMISSIBLE VARIATIONS)



11. Move the station selector switch to channel 13, and setthe generator to the center frequency of the channel (211 mc).Adjust the screw in coil L-6 for the proper response onchannel 13 (see Figure 8).

12. Recheck channel 8 for proper response. Readjust trim-mer C-11, if necessary.

13, Check channels 13 through 7 and compare the curvesin Figure 8, It is important that the antenna primary coil(L -1F) is not changed. The wave shapes maybe narrowedby reducing the inductance in the coil but the signal-to-noiseratio will be seriously affected.

NOTE: If the response is checked with the cover on the tun-er, the picture marker will move up the left side of thecurve a short distance, but the markers should be withintolerance.

14. Move the station selector switch to channel 6 and setthe generator to the center frequency of the channel (85 mc).

15. Compress or spread the channel 6 antenna coil, L -2E,and RF coil, L -7E, to obtain the proper response. SeeFigure 7 for coil locations and Figure 8 for response curve.The antenna coil affects the video carrier and the RF coilaffects the sound carrier.

NOTE: The tilt on the low channels, particularly channels5 and 6, can be controlled by adjusting the antenna match-ing coil, L -1C.

16. Align channels 5 through 2, in that order, in the samemanner as channel 6. As the coils are in series, the properphasing of channel 6 will simplify the alignment of the lowerchannels. On one of the lower channels, check that thesame waveform is obtained with the sweeper head reirersed.Waveform deviations indicate a faulty coil.

CAUTION: Make certain the bandswitch is on the cor-rect channel before checking bandpass.

17. With channel selector on channel 2, adjust the two trapsformed by C-97 & C-99 across L -2A and L -7A, respec-tively. Proceed as follows:

a. Move the oscilloscope to thi picture tube cathode(yellow lead), and connect an AM generator, set at 104.7mc and modulated 30%, to the antenna input.

b. With the contrast control at maximum gain (fullyclockwise), adjust the fine tuning control for maximum amp-litude on scope.

c. Adjust coils L -2A and L -7A (by spreading or com-pressing) for minimum amplitude on scope. These coilscan be reached with the tuner cover on through two holes inthe cover.

d. To check rejection of 104.7 mc, set the generatoroutput high enough so that a 20 volt peak -to -peak waN e ap-pears on the scope. Note the generator output reading.

e. Tune the generator to 57 mc, tune fine tuning trim-mer for ;maximum amplitude on scope, and adjust the gen-erator output to give a 20 volt peak -to -peak wave on thescope. Again note the generator output reading.

f. Using figures noted in steps (d) and (e), divide usingformula shown in step (g).

g. For proper rejection;generator output at 104. 7 mc at least 6000generator output at 57 mc

h. If voltage ratio in (g) is less than 6000, repeat steps(a) through (g).

Alignment Information, continued.

OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

1. Remove shunt wire from oscillator inductance.

2, Connect the oscilloscope, through a 47K ohm resistor,across the video detector load resistor R-27 (4700). Re-store AGC to the mixer and RF tubes by placing the AreaSelector Switch into LOCAL position.

3. Refer to Figure 7 for the locations of the trimmers andcoils. The sound carrier frequencies may be obtained fromthe preceding chart.

4. Set fine tuning trimmer for mid -capacity,

5. Turn station selector switch to channel 10.

6. Set the sweep generator to channel 10, with a centerfrequency of 195 mc. Keep the output low enough to showno evidence of limiting in the overall response curve.NOTE: The curve should be substantially that of the mixeras in Figure 6. Any consistent tilting of the response curveindicates that the mixer and IF stages are not properlyaligned.

7. Introduce a marker corresponding to the sound carrierof channel 10 (197. 75 mc). Keep marker signal as low aspossible.

8, Adjust the oscillator trimmer C-15 to place the soundmarker slightly higher in frequency than the 21.9 mc trapdip. This allowance must be made for the shift caused bythe bottom shield being off. When the shield is replaced,the sound marker will move down into the trap dip. Thepicture marker will then be approximately one-half downfrom the base line on the opposite side of the curve.

9. Check channels 7 through 13, noting whether the soundmarker falls just above the trap dip, with the fine tuningtrimmer at approximately mid -capacity.

10. If more than a 30 degree change in the fine tuning trim-mer was needed in step 9, adjust the channel 13 oscillatorcoil L-8 by spreading or compressing the turns. If L-8 isadjusted, it may be necessary to readjust trimmer C-15 onchannel 10. Coil L-8 has more effect on channels 10 to 13than on channels 7 to 9.

11. Turn the station selector switch to channel 6, and setthe sweep generator center frequency to 85 mc.

12. Set the fine tuning trimmer to 15° off mid -capacity(toward less capacity) as in Figure 9.

NOTE: It is important that the rotor be set as nearly aspossible to the drawing. Otherwise, the fine tuning trim-mer may not have sufficient range to suitably tune a weaksignal.

ROTOR

MID CAPACITY

FIGURE 9. FINE TUNING TRIMMER SETTING 97

13. Introduce a marker corresponding to the sound carrierof channel 6 (87. 75 mc).

14. Compress or spread the channel 6 oscillator coil L -9Euntil the sound marker is placed just above the dip in the21.9 mc trap.

15. Align channels 5 through 2, in that order, in the samemanner as channel 6, so that the sound marker falls justabove the trap dip, with the fine tuning trimmer within 15degrees of initial setting in step 12.

NOTE: Since the oscillator coils are in series, it is neces-sary to adjust the high channel coils first, before proceed-ing to a lower channel.

OVERALL SENSITIVITY MEASUREMENTS

An overall measurement of sensitivity is made as fol-lows:

Connect an AM signal generator to the antenna recep-tacle on the receiver chassis, matching the generator to thereceiver with a resistor network. In the case of a genera-tor with a 50 ohm output impedance, insert a 100 ohm re-sistor in series with the output terminal, and a 150 ohm re-sistor in series with the ground terminal.

2. From the cathode of the picture tube (yellow lead) tochassis, connect a calibrated oscilloscope. NOTE: To cal-ibrate scope, connect it across the 6. 3 volt filament sup-ply. The peak -to -peak amplitude on the screen will then beapproximately 18V (6.3 x 2.8).

3. Set the contrast control for maximum sensitivity (fullyclockwise).

4. Set the signal generator for 30% modulation at 400cycles, tune it to the mid -carrier frequency of the channelbeing checked, and rotate the fine tuning trimmer for max-imum output.

5. The generator signal necessary to produce 20 voltspeak -to -peak on the scope should be less than:

a) 20 microvolts for channels 2 through 6b) 30 microvolts for channels 7 through 13

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

Equipment Required:

AM Signal Generator: Accurately calibrated at 4.5 mcAdjustable output

DC Meter: Low range electronic voltmeter

Procedure:

1. Connect the signal generator to pin 3 of test receptacle,J-4.

2. Set CONTRAST control for maximum gain (fully clock-wise).

3. Connect the voltmeter and a germanium crystal detec-tor, as shown in Figure 10, between the cathode of the pic-ture tube (yellow lead) and chassis.

4. With the signal generator accurately set at 4.5 Inc andmaximum output, adjust trap L-17 for minimum reading onthe lowest voltage scale of the meter.

98


MOTOROLA 1953 Models. Alignment Information, continued.AUDIO TAKE -OFF, INTERSTAGE COIL,& RATIO DETECTOR

Refer to Figure 4 for location of adjustments.1. If possible, it is desirable to align the audio sectionfrom an actual station signal, since the 4.5 mc alignmentfrequency will be exact. To permit operation below thelimiting level of the audio driver tube, for sharp alignment,the fine tuning trimmer should be turned off the stationslightly so that there is between 6 and 8V as measured fromone side of C-54 and chassis.

2. If a signal generator is used, tune it accurately to 4.5mc, and adjust the output to approximately 5,000 micro-volts. Connect the high side of the signal generator to pin 3of the test receptacle and the low side to chassis. The fol-lowing steps apply whether the station signal or signal gen-erator is used.

3. From either side of electrolytic capacitor C-54 (10 mf)through a 10K ohm decoupling resistor, connect an elec-tronic voltmeter to chassis.

4. Tune audio take -off coil L-20 for maximum reading onmeter.

5. Tune inter stage coil L -21 for maximum reading onmeter.

NOTE: As adjustments are brought to resonance, it is ad-visable to reduce the signal generator output to preventoverloading.

6. Tune ratio detector (T-7) primary (top core) for maxi-mum reading on meter.

DC PROBE 220K 100MMF

220K1N34

FIGURE 10. ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER CONNECTIONS

NOTE: Both the primary and secondary of the ratio detec-tor transformer have two tuning points. Only one, with thecores at the outer end of the windings, is the proper point.

7. Move the meter and decoupling resistor to the junctionof R-45 (33K) and C-55 (1000 mmf).

8, Adjust T-7 secondary (bottom core) for zero responseon the lowest scale of the meter. Be sure the slug is tunedto the outside of the winding (toward the top). This corres-ponds to the cross -over point of the FM detector curve. Ifdesired, the symmetry of the curve may be checked by tun-ing the, signal generator 25 kc above and below 4. 5 mc andnoting the plus and minus voltage produced, reversing themeter connections, as necessary. For proper balance ofthe ratio detector system, the voltages in each directionshould be approximately equal. If not, check the tuning ofL-20, L-21, and both the primary and secondary of T-7,the ratio detector transformer. If necessary, replace theratio detector tube V-9,

9. Repeat steps 4 through 8 for maximum accuracy.


OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION INC.

OLYMPIC TELEVISION RECEIVERS, CHASSIS TYPES TK AND TLThese models are nineteen tube direct viowing tele-

vision receivers differing only in type of cabinet, sizeof speaker and their use in conjunction with a radioreceiver and automatic record changer in the combina-tion models. A 17" electrostatically focused rectangulartube (I7HP4) is used in the 17" models and a 20"electrostatically focused rectangular tube (20HP4A) isused in the 20" models.

TO REMOVE CHASSIS FROM CABINET

Remove: (I)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

Line cord from power outletMasonite back.

Antenna Lead-in from terminal posts.Speaker plug from rear of chassis.

Knobs from front of cabinet.

Four mounting screws and washersfrom bottom of cabinet.

In 20" models the picture tube is mounted as a partof the cabinet and therefor the CR tube socket, theyoke plug and the high voltage connector will have tobe disconnected before removing the chassis.

In sliding chassis out of cabinet, be careful that thekinescope tube does not strike against speaker or anyother obstruction.

Before proceding it will be necessary to use an extraline (or "cheater-) cord to supply AC current to thechassis as the set's line cord is attached to the masoniteback of the cabinet.

PICTURECONT ROL

OFF -ON SWITCHAND SOUNDVOLUME CONTROL

_N

SELECTORSWITCH

FINE TUNINGCONTROL

Figure 6.

60 MFD/450 V60 MFD/450

6W6/GT

ELECTCOND

6W4/GT

MODELS20T46 20053

17T40 17K41 20T47 20D4917T48 17K42 20C45 20K4317C44 17K50 20052 20K51

IF ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREAfter removing chassis from cabinet re -connect power

speaker plugs, and Kinescope and yoke connections.

If a local station is not operating on Channel 9 setthe tuner to this channel, turn on power switch andproceed as follows: (If 9 is a local station, use Channel8 or 10.)

ACCOMPANYING SOUND TRAP

Insert a 100,000 ohm 1/2 watt resistor in series withthe "Hot Lead" of the electronic voltmeter and con-nect to the junction of L7 and L8. Meter switch shouldbe set to the lowest negative scale. Ground lead ofmeter should be connected to chassis.

Remove the shield of the RF Oscillator and Mixertube (V2) from ground clips and connect hot lead of theRF Signal Generator to it. This will couple generatoroutput to mixer plate.

Set the generator frequency accurately to 21.75MC, and adjust (L6) sound trap (See Fig. 6 Tube andTrimmer Layout) for minimum reading on voltmeter.

SHIELD

KINESCOPE SECONDANODE HIGH VOLTAGE VERTCONNECTOR OSC.

II

RECTANGULARKINESCOPE TUBE17HP4 OR 20HP4A

VIS

L 301

C302

C303

LI7HORIZONTAL

PHASE

60 MFD/200 V125 MFD/25 V

SHIELDS TEST POINTC304

12 CHANNEL R.F. TUNER(PART Ni CL -2755-I)

L2, UNDERSIDE OFCHASSIS 45 MC

47 VS

®p ®7L3 L4

POWER

TRANSFORMER

6SN7/GT

6SN7/GT

LII 45e L9 45 MGCAVII

Z:7V 10

SPEAKERCABLE

L19 WIDTH

LINE CORDINTERLOCK'MOUNTED TOMASONITECABINET BACK

ION TRAP(BEAM BENDER)

CENTERINGMAGNET

L16 HORIZONTALFREQUENCY

L6,ACC. SOUND TRAPUNDERSIDE OF CHASSIS

Alignment continued on page 102.

L5,PIX IF ANTENNA BINDING POST

99

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19S3 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION I

2.NTENNA POSTS

O.xiiFCTIL CA. 5- FLO

OUL!NE OF 'ARV' :ONTA.NNGTELVE :IA, SETS OE F.50 E!COLS EAC-

S*A-150,._0 OR

nsTo,N,

304.S-3Nuf

GBK7-,6BQ7

2 21OLL

OfC 3013.9)44

R.F. ANPL,E.E4 000`

V2R.F. CSC. 4 CONVERTER

sN (1.0

F

G

Co. 4CL

12 C-ANNEL R. F. TUNER(PART No. CL- 2755-9

For alignment instructionsee pages 99 and 102.

ON- OFF SW TOMON SOJND VOLUME

INTERLOCKCONTROL

SOCKEToN LLA5041.re

CAONET 505*

PLUG ONCAASSIS

100

POWERTRANSFORMER

RED/BLACK

01/0051.

KED

cuow

YELLOW

GREEN

GREEN

BROWN!

o BROWN

1K 2 -'OA"

L30125.1.c. 2C L.WF

5U4GV1E5

RECTIFIER

4.5 V.5.0A.

AG C.

.10E0 IF

11 +145 V.

OLYMPIC TK 17 *TM CHASSIS17" TK MODELS : 17140, 17K41,17K42,17c44, 17148 AHD 171(5020" TL MODELS: 20K43,20C45,20T46,20T47,20D49,20K51,20052 AND5 MECO 053

BOUND I.F.

IJOTE5:I. ALL RESISTORS 0020.% TOLERANCE, Y2 WATT UNLESS

OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.Z. ALL MICA AND CERAMIC CONDENSERS }20% TOLERANCE

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.3. ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED BETWEEN 0011./TS ,14DIEATED

AND CHASSIS, 0511.00 414 SLECTRCtIle. VOLTMETER.ALL VOLTAGE READINGS 213 %,.EASUREO WITH ANINPUT VOLTAGE OF .17 VOLTS, 60 CYCLES, A.C. 10THINCOMING SIGNAL. AND WITH CONTRAST CONTROL SETTO PRODUCE 50 VOLTS PEAK TO PEAK AT 5154050000 .

4. ELECTROLYTIC CONDENSERS CO9 lk C30 ARE IN CAN ® C'2 &C41ARE IN CAN O. ALL OTHERS ARE TABULAR TYPE.

5. 0.4 CLIA3313 DEARING Set AL : R 44 AA/OMITTED, AND TERMINAL No l OE 44T/CAL INTEGRATORNITLNOEN. NAT CONNECTED TO PIN No. 5 V 12. 543WAS CONNECTED TO GROLND NSTEAD OF R44, C33WAS

C14_ROLL MT

ReA/WV!,te ',Rte.

m1FILAMENTS

T131.A /0/1.. to Trace,.

11.

O X

oy6.3 V.1.0 A. oy

FLYERC NONE

C49 (-2) 50C

GOOFS - AR rAF0/430V./45500..iles

435

6CB6 L323. . 6C 136 L415.y'r Fix ;.F.V8 PIE IF

I.' PIE LF. TRANSFORMER 5" PIE I.F. TRANSFOR%

R17io AA

SIC',(

CI7o4004/4

PIS X ,112.1f. R18 4191a7I1 330A I 0,9,_ A711

X;4.3V2;

+300 V.

+300 V.

R58100E2L

051.05400 V.

50 PC CL

610015014TAL0005 CONTROL

R59100 An

NFO/4C30,411-59

C52

CI8

4203300

SYNC

C33s.Nsw.3 .o.-R37

47 470Kfl

R3622o Kfl.

1053

IF*

= C54.00W000v.

65N7/GTV14

HORIZONTAL A.F. C.& OSCILLATOR

R60560Ka}I.%

RGI5200a;10.2.

R6215050 R64to% ..catio%

563150 KIL

L16HORIZONTALFREOJENCV

330)A*

5053.3 HE310,1/.


C347.4115

21

1000E4

6A U6V3

SOUND 1 F

R247 KA

L245MC

L IL.aM 6A L5

DISCRIMINATOR V 4TRANSFORMER DISCRIMINATOR

R3I Ka

12000to%

G.

22 CO.

R4 CE.

3.106...7.0v2/coo v.

6CB6V9

34 FIX I.E.

R21 "'"1-4,20.7

Ile%

1 100

C195.011.06

C 2Cove

'45 V.

UuD

2.3.25NC

L5 L 6 vtoPX I F ACC SCION° TRAP-1 !DEC DrECT, A GC.

+ 300V.

6BA6

15iell.)._

C24/nos/

.

000.

so,

1723 026Si000.

1441.01.10 4.11

IIC25/voov.

:WHO POT)

160

CaVao o V.

VOLUMECONTROL

6AV6V5

AUDIO AMPLIFIER

C9.z.i/Evav

6W6/GTV6

AU010 OUTPUTAUDIO

oOTUT SPEAKERTRomOsORIIRR

0700 ,,oI/LOORto

R10C11

50MiX /3500.

$21<cilio /43

II.04/4F4Y

:01. OK lea

® C12012=

60 000/2000I e,

-"A"-84. +300 V.3900

145 V.

LW.

(WHITE 00.01714 DA TUB 17" MODELS

RECTANGULARCOIL WOUND1,E0L,AD RES 5,00

OR' --.- TUBE MODELS

C27 V11 4.5mC TRAP cm1/400V.

20 H P4 AV19

T'u'TBE 2.3/10- NT'S

1/4000.

"VIDEO AMPLIFIER 1.1c4111-', . t 7

L11

YELLOWIC NESCORE

028vEG

C28

s,DocAv; z zorvi

R276,800 0. 1,500 fa

CONTRASTcotzTROL

Lt3 020

2006)'Aa (GREEN DST)

+300 V.

1As y

14cow/.

6SN7/G7V12

SYNC SEPARATOR 4 CLIPPER

R.5911464.0

PRINTED CIRCUIT(RI K TA 402-002A

VERTICALINTEGRATING NETWORK

C37

I

I .0.72i400v. eN

R42 R43 Rma 1 oKa I C38 it

. 'me&I .0osic.v. rR40 tw.

I R4C36

1

C39 Cr'

400 Y..005rot ,

44.- R44L _____ _____, 222006- 5,00o1Lt wr. ...:. ,o%

450

466geravoa

LI7

RIZONTALPHASE

C 58

viA00,/Rm. FINR0)

R67180 KIL±10%

RG1333K fa

.002 LOOK

0.N. 0,,,ROR,C2,0 *CG7.ox

NoI.01+TL011)1 CONTROL

GB Q 6/G TV15

HORIZONTAL OUTPUT

R714702

..zotz3

470 47000

RG9SOoca.

+300V.

R72loon

33004 PULSeDO NOT MEASURE

C6205/

22K11.t107:,

C6314.2S/sooT

+300V.

SY.

12E3H7vERT/CAL BLOCKING V13Os(,LLATOQ TRANSFORMER VERTICAL OSCILLATOR El, OUT PUT

ELLori

R4822000

C40

5.0047/6000.*1%

(OIL r.0 LAED)

MEG fl

449t.Se6.6

VERTICALIACAO CONTROL

y SHIELD

LOT

C41

/250. -o

SKILVERTICALL.EARITYCONTROL

I 13 3/G TV1G

HIGH VOLTAGERECTIFIER

PLATE CLIP

(PEST NA ,R2711)moR ZoNTAL OUTPUT

71 Cm VOLTAGETRAM STORTARR

to

500 04.

BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

43433

vERTICAL OUTPUTTRANSA0RvER

va,Low

1-9-1® 1+550V. 5 KV.

BLUE Wm TOANY OF THE RuLLOMIN0FOR Plans FCC US

B+ 300V.OR

8+ 550 V.

B- CHASSIS

VERTICALISLANKINIK

rc 444'4 02/4000.

.25/400VC42 %RAM

CR51

45SMOG('

1- 1014 I 452IC 4. IL

z,smEc.rt

453470 vv.

CALHEIGHT

_O rTROL

+ 300V.

6W4/GTV17

DAMPER

ION VOLTAGE

RS4L0001,-1,4

YOKEJERT.CAL DEFLECTION

12.141 C46- 50M F0/3500

+550V. +300V.TO K1NE5LoPE

15 KV.

REG

1- 550V

Y Y

Cv4

1/voo

+300

YOKEHORIZONTAL (.;Ef LECTION COIL

2 7

R 740,7000

C165

3.A.,v i 0,0%(2Kv)

101

6056 L12


OLYMPIC Television ChassisPIX IF COIL ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the following slugs for maximum output at fre-quencies and sequence indicated with meter and gen-erator connected as above:

L301 25.5 MC

L3 23.25 MC

L4 25.25 MC

L5 23.25 MC

If oscillation occurs during alignment, temporarilyraise frequency of L3 by turning screw counter -clockwiseuntil screw projects approximately 3/4".

After properly adjusting L301, L4 and L5 reset L3to proper frequency. Oscillation is evidenced by highreading on voltmeter (-5v to -20v) with signal gen-erator OFF and no signal coming in through the an-tenna terminals.

Disconnect RF signal generator leads, connect hotlead of sweep generator through a 330 uuf condenserto test point on tuner and ground lead to chassis.

Connect vertical input terminal of oscilloscope tojunction of peaking coils L7 and L8 and connect groundlead of scope to chassis.

Connect I.5v flashlight battery with positive terminalto chassis and negative terminal to junction of R26 andC25. This point is origin of AGC bigs voltage. Settuner to Channel 9 unless local station is operating onthis frequency, in which case an adjacent channel shouldbe used.

Set Sweep Generator frequency to IF sweep on the20 to 30 MC range.

Adjust sweep generator output to produce a curveon the scope which is approximately 2/3 of the screendiameter.

Loosely couple output of RF signal generator byusing shield on V2 and set frequency of RF signal gen-erator to 26.25 MC (marker).

Curve shown on scope should be similar to the re-sponse curve shown in Figure 4. For proper setting ofthe pix carrier the 26.25 MC marker should appear onthe curve at a point approximately 50% of the verticalheight of the curve.

To obtain this setting retouch L301 and L4.

FIG.4

1O26TANDARD RESPONSE CURVE

Types TK and TL, Alignment continued.Reset RF signal generator frequency to 24.0 MC

and retouch L3 and L5 for correct positioning of markeron shoulder of curve.

Recheck setting of 26.25 MC marker to make surethat position has not shifted on curve.

Disconnect bias battery.

Note: If the curve cannot be mode to appear asabove due to a local station or other inter-ference, or if multiple markers appear, remove(VI -6BK7 or 61307) RF tube from tuner.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

Connect voltmeter lead to Diode crystal rectifier asshown in Fig. 5. Connect Diode crystal rectifier betweenC.R. Tube Cathode lead (yellow wire) and chassisground. Signal generator is connected at junction ofthe two peaking coils L7 and L8. Set contrast control atmaximum and voltmeter to 3 volt scale (negative).Remove 6CB6 (V9) from socket. Use maximum output ofgenerator at 4.5 MC. Adjust L II trap for minimumreading on meter.

When it is necessary to retouch this trap in the field,proper adjustment can be made by using the localstation signal and turning the Fine Tuning Control tobring fine herringbone sound beat into the picture. The4.5 MC trap (LI I) should then be adjusted to minimizethis beat interference.

1-220K11 10

L_

1

TO C.R.TUBECATHODE LEAD(YELLOW WIRE)

WI0NNI

VOLTMETER AND CRYSTAL DIODECONNECTIONS

FIG.5

SOUND IF TRANSFORMER, (4.5 MC) ANDDISCRIMINATOR ADJUSTMENT

In view of the fact that the transmitted sound signalfrom a TV station is probably the most accurate avail-able, as far as frequency is concerned, it is recom-mended that a working signal be used for sound align-ment. The set should be connected to an antenna, turnedon, allowed to warm up for about 5 to 10 minutes andthen tuned for the best picture. A vacuum tube volt-meter should be connected to the junction of R4 and R5and the meter set to the minus 30 volt scale. The 4.5MC Sound IF Transformer (L9) and the primary ofthe Discriminator (L2 - bottom of chassis) should betuned for maximum deflection of the meter. The vacuumtube voltmeter should then be connected to the junc-tion of R6 and C7 and one side of the volume controland the secondary of the discriminator (LI - top ad-justment) should be adjusted for a zero reading withthe meter set to the 3 volt scale. The secondary canalso be adjusted by ear by tuning LI for the elimina-tion of buzz in the sound.


Packard -Bell Television Models 2421, 2422, 2423, and 2822, are coveredby the service material below and on the next three pages. Chassis used ineach of these models are essentially the same. Major differences betweenchassis are picture tube size and additional components necessary for AMreception in Model 2822. This model uses a separate AM Chassis, while thetelevision chassis is the same as 2423 except that it is designed for use in acombination model.

PRODUCTION MODIFICATIONS:Although the frequency response of these models is not

as wide as the 26 tube series, some overshoot or haloeffect is noticed on some stations. This can be reduced byclipping (C24) 330 mmf from the cathode of the 2nd videoamplifier to ground. Due to the physical layout of the 24tube chassis it has been possible to bring a lead from (C24)330 mmf capacitor to the top of the chassis near the lowvoltage power transformer where it is grounded. Clippingthis wire will remove the capacitor from the circuit withoutthe necessity of removing the chassis from the cabinet.

During early production some difficulties were experi-enced with a form of lockout which was caused by the widevariation in grid cut-off voltage encountered with electro-static tubes. On some tubes where the grid cut-off was inthe vicinity of 35 to 45 volts, advancing the contrast controlbeyond normal would make the grid of the picture tubedraw current. This in turn reduced the high voltage, therebyreducing the keying pulse below normal for the keyedAGC. When this happened the IF strip was running wideopen which aggravated the situation even more. To com-pensate for this condition a 100K resistor was inserted be-tween the arm of the brightness control and the picturetube cathode.

This form of cathode -limiting controls the amount ofcurrent that can be drawn by the plate of the picture tubewithout affecting the high voltage regulation.Vertical Oscillator Buzz:

Due to the spacing between the 6J5 vertical oscillatorand the 6V6 audio output, a few reports of 60 cycle buzzhave been cured by replacing a glass 6J5 with a metaltube. This condition was most noticeable when set was noton station.Width Reduction and Improved Keying Pulse:

In some areas where high line voltages are encountered,excessive width has been reported which could not be com-pensated for by setting the horizontal drive control. Allproduction after 4/15/52 has incorporated the change asshown below to give a further reduction in width. In con-junction with this modification a change was made in con-nections to the high voltage transformer. The junction pointof C-44 .05 mmfd and R-73 5600 ohms was moved fromtap #3 to #1. This changes the turns ratio with referenceto the keying pulse tap thereby increasing the keyed pulsefor the keyed AGC about 75%. This makes the keyed AGCmuch more stable under varying line voltage conditions.

LOCATING TROUBLE BY PICTURE TUBE OB-SERVATION:

A great percentage of circuit failures may be easilyisolated by observing certain visible characteristics presentin the picture. The following are hypothetical trouble casesand the probable cure.No Raster On Picture Tube:

1. Incorrect adjustment of Ion Trap Magnet.2. V-15, V-17, V-20, V-21 defective, check voltages and

associated components.3. V-14 defective (no horizontal drive); change tube

then check voltages and components.4. Check horizontal sweep waveforms.5. No high voltage; check T-2 for defects.6. Blown fuse; if fuse continues to blow out, check for

short in B boost voltage.7. Defective picture tube or picture tube socket.

Picture Stable But Poor Resolution:1. V-11 may be defective. Change tube and check volt-

ages and associated circuit components.2. Check Centering Magnet for proper adjustment.3. R -F or I -F Circuit improperly aligned.4. Check video peaking coils (open or shorted).

Weak Raster:1. Low B plus or line voltage.2. V-21 defective; change tube then check voltages.3. V-15, V-17, V-20 defective; change tubes then check

voltages and associated circuit components.4. Power transformer defective; check plate winding.5. Check filter capacitor (short or drawing excessive

current).

Picture Jitter:1. If regular sections of the left picture are displaced

V-15 may be defective; check voltages.2. Check for loose connections or noise.

Poor Vertical Lineariy:1. Incorrect adjustment of Vertical Linearity Control.2. Vertical Output Transformer defective.

No Horizontal Deflection:1. Horizontal Deflection Coil open.

No Vertical Deflection:1. V-19 defective; change tube then check voltages and

associated components.2. Vertical Deflection Coil open. 103


Packard -Bell Models 2421, 2422, 2423, Schematic Diagram.

- -FRONT END 18... 250 VTUNER NO /053/

V-23 V -Z4 _3900681(72Wche 6J6

68Q7R-KAA4P 030 ..tiDe.

.40./usrMENTS 5-13THROUGH 5-29

C/4T 0 ae of 8

- C3/.05200V

92/688

/

7-47

P -I

6A U6/5r sothvo

4.5 MC,4 264 it 73

25-I

toc.

6/13

g`r():.o

IC2A4000

II

-I

6CB6LIMITER4 5MC

7./93 V

-_3

5-4=D -14

I$2:

1R7 1 9

\7

,'330V

V-6 5-6 26 5"C V-7 s -e 205mc6CB6 6C86/.U- RIX I -F 2'/.PP/X. /-FA-5 1-6

/OKTR22C/5

47

032RS3 '5003300 80v

V-42

/2AU7SYNC. AMP. f' 5ER

rI.

2000 228 13

5000 82001II I

5000 82001

II,L _ _ _ _ J

2 C47002

C46 W.,INTEGRATOR 575

68KNETWORK V-/8

6./5VERT 05C.

24.3 MC

5 7f 7,1NIwe. 4 ,Y

IH_ 0/6

5000

C/7 -1.0 T

/

V-/36AL5

R8//508ANS,

5-916

22K L _A

5-5

11+

C4A14000 /8K,4000- 2W.

V-6 V - 9A

6AU6 26AL535-.0 FIX /-1- "9/X. DET-23.0Anc

22.3 MC

39K C/8 R29C/5eg. T5000

V-/45-12 10--44ono 65N7- GT03.5 600 HORI2CA5C

411- /2006

4/0%00R

ii

31 R60 .. 5 ,./20140.00538

4 X/00K %

4R65f220

i K

/008

048/200 1./63 V

980470K

* TO REDUCE VIDEO FREQUENCYRESPONSE, C4/7- BLUE 46-.40.

104

4-/4HOR/Z11040

-C36.05200V

.4785/006

.05

-R83 .00/5//50K

VERT POLO

HHC39.002

R64/00K/W/0%

C52.0/

.1 II NAA,R89

T,-53 /5000, '

C551200

12814c54

R86/5M.

MA,R873M

HEIGHT

R884ezAe

- C56

600v

L - 7

R32/BO

,c/26. V

V-4.5

6,15NOR/2 DISCH

-4R67

500KOR/VE

850014 7-3

V -/9654

VERT OUTPUT

3214

cz58:700

50 V

R90820

/29/5K

vERT.L1N

.520V

4

V-36A L5

PATIO DECC5

5000

C65M,50V

/28 v

V-///2A U7

/52- 9 259 V/DEO

v-6AU6

3 KEYED A 6C

R34476 4

t74v

R68c564 K

702

4.744.

V-/66AV5- GT6AU5-GT 700 V

NOR/2. OUTPUT

VERTOurPurTRANS

4

2 7 R72/06X 2W-1I -C43/

v-zo6AX4-67-

DAMPER

A.A. /25V

PO56

7 8

X

C57 4-155

-02347o/KV

C44_05

7 3894/0 R95 058/,44 /8 72,t- V

4408/z

4.520 V

CS.02

-8/3A5008

4...c 9

R/44.7M

74 V

!,./0250 Vb

V-46AV6Sr Auoic

71 751.:

56

4

X 2/5 'e220

-6?25O'..4

ca

450V.

V-/7

/B3-6H. V. SECT

R76

2 7 87AVR75g /M, /W

erAvsso

C45I 500ZOKV

520 V.

L -/67,- C7/8 7,1 ,,,c

-1

40ME450K 450 ix

000P

Schematic Diagram-Television Models 2421, 2422, 2423


v-96V6 -6T

Aup/o OUTPUT

C/0 02

R/6/00K

C//A/00.4141. _200 14*

# 290vC/30051 a

-)14. r3/0 V.

PACKARD-BELLSCHEMAT/C

MODEL242/, 2422, 2423

40MF /BOXC/2 R/9

3.50V R/8470

#330 V

C27

Tl./

7/STANCE L-/393vh

R4433K214!VoN

#330 V

Tr/ER

C28.0.5

R46/OK 4t.

{247R45 4 470K3300ene

248470K

%2 6ALSD.C.REST

#1059.4 71c59,9_ 40MF O

450,4 450V

#3571/.

V-10

V -21MODELS 242/ 9' 2422 -17"

MODEL 2423 - 20"LOW voLrAGE ELECTROSTAF/C FOCUS

RECTANGULAR PIK. TL/8E

// /0

R97

250 C30eoec

C2925NF 25 V-1

7- 4

6..9V

50V 5z

940VAC

6a

v-2/.5046L. V REC7:

44278 j.3hf

FOCUS

5-4

V-12

V-13

5-12

4_S6

7

/COLOR

CONVERTER

5-105-2 ' S-1

V-2 V-11 V-1 I V-9

TEST POINT "I"S-9 5-14

V-20 V-16 V-14 V-17 V-19 V-18 V-5Top View of Television Chassis

TEST POINT "B"

S-18 THRU 5-29

S-6

COLOR CO//V A.C.

A.C./A/TER-

OCK

//0-/20 VAC604., ONLY

TEST POINT "A"

S- 8

TEST POINT "D"

S-11

S-16

V-24S-17

S-15

S-13

V-7

5-7

V-6

V-3

V-15

V-4

5-3

TEST POINT "E"

TEST POINT "F"

TEST POINT "C"

S-5

TEST POINT "H"

TEST POINT "G"

WIDTH

Bottom View of Television Chassis 105


ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS Packard -Bell

GENERAL:

The majority of realignment cases in the field, generallyspeaking, require only slight readjustments which can beaccomplished by aligning the picture I -F response curve onthe oscilloscope alone. If, however, complete realignment isnecessary, the service technician should follow the step by

step instructions carefully.It will be noted that the sweep generator is fed in through

the antenna terminals. This being the case, it is imperativethat steps be taken to match its output impedance with the300 ohm Antenna input impedance. At the factory a Syl-vania Type 500 sweep generator was used. The servicetechnician will be obliged to determine the output impe-dance of his generator. The instruction manuals which ac-company these units will, in all probability, provide thisinformation.

The signal generator is loosely coupled to the convertertube. This is accomplished by merely "lifting" the tube shieldfrom ground and connecting the signal generator to it.

LOCATIONS OF TEST POINTS ARE SHOWN ON THESCHEMATIC DIAGRAM.

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT:

1. Connect VTVM between Point A and ground.

2. Loosely couple (See General Instructions) signal gen-erator to converter tube and adjust for maximum out-put. Set to frequencies shown in following two steps.

3. Adjust 20.5 MC (S-8) trap for minimum reading onVTVM.

4. Adjust 26.5 MC (S-6) trap for minimum reading onVTVM.

5. Set signal generator to 21.8 MC and adjust converterI -F trimmer (on tuner) for maximum reading onVTVM. Signal generator output should be sufficientto produce a reading of 2.5 to 3 volts on VTVM.

6. Set signal generator to 24.3 MC and adjust 1st PixI -F (5-6) as above.

7. Set signal generator to 22.3 MC and adjust 2nd PixI -F (S-9) as above.

8. Set signal generator to 23.0 MC and adjust 3rd PixI -F (S-10) as above.

AT THIS POINT RECHECK ALL PRECEDING STEPS.

9. Disconnect VTVM.

10. Connect oscilloscope to Point B.

11. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals (SeeGeneral Instructions).

12. Rotate tuner to any low frequency channel and setsweep generator to center frequency of channel used;10 MC sweep width.

13. With signal generator loosely coupled to the con-verter tube, adjust to provide markers shown on the

response curve. (Check the position of the markersone at a time.)

14. Observe the waveform obtained on the oscilloscope;compare it with the waveform shown in Figure 1.

Slight retouching of the I -F adjustment may be neces-sary.

106

Models 2421, 2422, 2423, 2822.

20.5 MCSOUND CARRIER 26.5 MC

25.0 MCPICTURECARR/ER

50%

21.8 MC

Figure 1. I -F Response Curve

a. The 20.5 and 26.5 MC markers will be at minimumresponse.

b. The 25.0 MC marker will be at 50% response.c. The 21.8 MC marker will be at 100% response.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT:1. Connect an R -F VTVM between Point C and ground.

**2. Connect signal generator between Point B andground.

3. Set signal generator to 4.5 MC (Exact) with an out-put of approximately 2V.

**If the service technician does not have a signal generatorcapable of 2 volts output, it will be necessary to adjustthe visual means; observe the picture and adjustthe trap to eliminate the 4.5 MC beat.

SOUND I -F AND RATIO DETECTOR ALIGN-MENT:

1. Connect signal generator between Point D andground.

2. Connect VTVM between Points E and F.3. Adjust 1st and 2nd sound I -F (S-1, S-2, S-3) to 4.5

MC observing VTVM for maximum output.4. Connect VTVM between Point G and ground.5. Adjust Ratio Detector Primary to 4.5 MC (S-5) ob-

serving VTVM for maximum output.6. Connect VTVM between Points G and H.7. Adjust Ratio Detector (S-4) secondary to zero be-

tween positive and negative peaks.

LOCATING TROUBLE BY PICTURE TUBE OB-SERVATION: (Continued from page 103)Insufficient Width:

1. V-21 defective; change tube then check for adequateB plus voltage.

2. Defective power transformer; check plate winding.3. V-15, V-17 defective; change tubes then check volt-

ages4. Defective Horizontal Output Transformer.5. Check horizontal sweep waveforms.

Non -Symmetrical Raster:1. Check Ion Trap and Centering Magnet adjustments.2. Defective yoke assembly.3. Check Vertical Adjustment.


PHILCO CORPORATIONVarious Philco models of this period were made in the form of dual chassis.

The Deflection Chassis employed contained power and sync circuits, while theR.F Chassis contained the balance of circuits. Models that were changed fromone type of chassis to another during production have a different code number andare so listed in the table below at left.

MODEL CODER -F

CHASSISDEFLECTION

CHASSIS

52-T1 802* 124 71 G-152-T1821 124 71 G-152-T1822 124 71 G-152-T2120 124 71 G-152-T21 50W 124 71 G-152-T2151 124 71 G-152-T2252 124 71 G-153-T1824 123 81 H-153-T1824 124 71 G-153-T1825 123 81 H-153-T1825 124 71 G-153-T1826 123 81 H-153-T1826 124 71 Cr'-153-T1827 126 91 J-153-T1852 124 71 G-153-T1853 126 91 J-153-T1883 123 84 H-453-T1883 125 44 G-453-T1884 123 84 H-453-T1884 125 44 G-453-T1886 123 84 H-453-T1886 125 44 G-453-T2125 123 81 H-153-T2125 124 71 G-153-T2126 125 42 G-253-T2127 126 91 J-153-T2152 123 81 H-153-T2152 124 71 G-153-T2183 123 84 H-453-T2183 125 44 G-453-T2227 123 81 H-153-T2228 126 91 J-153-T2260 123 81 H-153-T2260 125 42 G-253-T2262 125 42 G-253-T2264 123 81 H-153-T2264 125 42 G-253-T2266 126 91 J-153-T2268 126 91 J-153-T2269 126 91 J-153-T2270 126 91 J-353-T2271 126 91 J-153-T2272 123 81 H-153-T2273 126 91 J-153-T2285 126 94 J-453-T2286 126 94 J-453-T2287 126 94 J-4::52-T1802, Code 123, is inTV -6, 1952 TV manual.

To find the service material you need,first look up below at left the model numberwith the correct code reference of the setyou are servicing, and the correspondinglisting in the table will tell you what R.F.and Deflection Chassis are used.

After looking up what R.F. and Def-lection Chassis are used, see the list be-low for reference to pages in this manualwhere this information is presented.

Deflection Chassis No. PageG-1 110G-2 and G-4 are similar to G-1H-1 111H-4 is similar to H-1J-1 116J-2, J-4, J-5 are similar to J-1

R.F. Chassis No.42 similar to 41 in 1952 TV manual44 is in 1952 TV manual71 108-10981 112-11384 is similar to 819194 is similar to 91

114-115

The additional models listed below have a prefix53-T or AT- and use some of the chassis coveredin this manual: 2279

1814 1888 22801816 2230 22811817 2232 22881818 2 233 22891856 2 234 22901858 2274 22921887 2 277 2294

Alignment information given on pages117 to 124 applies to all these models, andany differences are covered by additionaltext. The material on Philco TV sets inthis manual is reproduced through the co-operation and courtesy of the Philco Corp.

107

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPHILCO Chassis 71, Schematic Diagram

BUILT -1N AERIAL

C527AERIALTUNING

2501

513

C504

600SSII

2201

0512 ,E(5

I M C50

911001011E,G 1502 210

300 OHMBALANCED

LOOT =ON.._L--/glogio__

INPUT ION220

C525 1504

5001 WEG

:L505 m.C501

F4 TRAP T 20

I I 8V

TAPERED LINE ASSEMBLY 2500 j

i(503T.00DISK

1511

L5I0

TUNER AGC

ROOT

L 515

235V

0

3

611.10.1.RE 11P1

6. V

BROWN

L 511

TC503WS -50086F)

W S-5008( Ft/

C5065-3

05052IUPDISK

R5022.2

MEG

05032.211EG t

626

0510F-47

C511wm399.

R5011

2200

GI/TEST

POINT

"1000

C:1322:

0512

7000

C5I5 SECTION 5 -IRF220 L530

92V" I29

mC516 L531

6222

I/O 621TC.5517*/

2-1 1518 IF LINK

-2VMIXER

7 1500 11.

51151.-3 R510

R50795V

C5I9

82002

I(39

-7V5 V2B

1(2 621

'115:'

05C

0

ORANGE

1 1507

TbooDISK

C5O9

iE2.2

L522TC504

915-500C (F)

W5 -500C SRI

g(520FINETUNING

526

L526

L5251524

TC 505

R5I13300

TC5 08TI5"erfiTC509

TLC 572516

TCSI

TCSII

TC512

4t.

*4rfgit!,ttOt

,...

*. ' "' NO_Am

8+240V

1115-5200(1)

L 537TC5I1

L5TC15315

L53551514

1202 1200

0200

2200

L200

TUNER

®

00

12012.2 0201

120

120V

6C 86ITT VIE

4Tv

R20247

L211RFC

SECTION 2 -IFR207

0203

121V

L2

222201

12()V1110(206 i44

240 VIE

22. 8201

II

1204 1205.1R205

118

0210220

121V

At3V C207

10209 T 1000

cm :40T980

JE7VS

ectse300 VIE

9 4 3

V 1210

VINAL 5

C 14:10ETI

,C212L 208

821311006

C2I6 R214 021533068 3300

C219T9ea

330m.C216

100

12111 2200

T. VIDEO- AG C= TES'

C215

I(!ELF

C2111500

108

1/2071200 7

1ST VIDEO

AMPL

C300

04711F

1301

1.2

MEG

-7.

*300I5MEG

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONChassis 71, Runs 3TS, 4S, and 5, Schematic Diagram

VOSAWSIT

2400

;: 0111/5

0401

t.L400 Am

1..5

TC40

4002.2

04018402 -- -1

100

475V I L401 )1.403L,

..-I1- ?uolr.L.102

4

76V

0403 my C40T43300 1500 111401

,121IW

B+ 240VC1012113000

L402515

*405 8404

VISA

1/2 ITSOISCRININATOR

7

C407.0 CA002 OFT 330sov+

2417211C401 me C410 CIII310 T T1500 12200

*4032500

SW

J400

SECTION 4 -SOUND

111011

1/2 ITOTUNER AGC AND

1ST ANDO

C415

.01 1 F

R4I0*MEG

1111

1V1

470V 001010

OUTPUT

-SVI-4Vic:n

-1404: RFC

710

R4172701

270K

7400

4230V

2251414

4700

eo

450 L7

4.3V1413R4I3120

R4I2160K

twC CIA

*415 T sus

R404

331

C 411140110300V

150VTC1300

300 R303

C30215

2700

L R302 10301100 3300

4,5 MC C303Too40161$

R30411--ANVH/

C304

VI1A05

VIDEOOUTPUT

-5V

41,*135V

5235V,3Io1100

7W

.22 OF

-1301:400w 11 11

7 OHMS

R3013300

R3011

i 1.2MEG

R301.21110

2

3 4

tOV TOAIT5V

waC301154

it f

FRONT 1AND

I7JP4CRT

301VOLTAGESPOWER

HT1130

OITE" 7

R317 11V

47C17 SUPPLY

1110VL502

1315TO 68V

100

ii R3I4

+390V1

N 7(.301

2

I

'eNUS elP3 VA"1201 44 60 V 12

ITO 90Vv.-IOR 1312

2 2 I

L _ _ _ _CoC:.1TiRt ST

2500

*313321 .1. C3011

.015UF

R311

Cap/ 500

SECTION 3 -VIDEO

6311100

PART OF SECT

ma CO F1F

W2""1700

I 111".15T1SALAW

PROPI141400VIEW

10

I

.01u412,

VOLCONTROL

AUDIO SECTION

SECTION 6 -SYNC

C000.022U0

11500

R1003.36E6

$111103301

TUNERAGC

240V 0,V12'ATI

CATHODEFOLLOWER

ANDNOISE GATE

lOy

5,1

4 7.5VR102101

C.0133

R5011201

R103 *336

IC1020..015 It F

1/2 12007SYNC SEP

C403 WMP

100

8104

270111405

2 11EG

R11011

4.7 MEG

C101Jur VOTES

RESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/2 WATT, AND CONDENSER VALUESARE IN UllF, 000V. UNLESS OTICAWISE 11401CATED1.1000 OHMS, 1.1,000,000 011113,0 YL (SS THAN ONE OHMSIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN BY HEAVY CONNECTING LINES11ARROW INDICATES ARIA MOVEMENT WHEN CONTROL 13

ROTATED CLOCKWISE.VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20100 -0H05 -PER -VOLT METER*271 IN MI 371

$ VARIES WITH CONTRAST CONTROL SETTINGOS YAKS WITH 0010071(53 CONTROL SETTING

RIO,

110E6

R00510011

25V

-15V

100

SCUM REG

R10715*

vbv80 0y9

V120 1) ovio

ve0

V50

OV4

0V3

vipVI

+240V

...HEATERS

1.7VAC

-15V

SYNC

O

04

CONTRAST -5 FINE TUNINGBRIGHTNESS CH. SEL

+390V

1E100NITEMCONNECT1N6

CABLE

109

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONPHILCO Deflection Chassis G-1 (G-2 and G-4 are similar )

The video -output peaking coil, L302, is adjusted atthe factory for proper transient response of the videoamplifiers. Ordinarily this coil will require no furtheradjustment by the serviceman. On some stations,where excessive overshoot or excessive smear ispresent, however, a slight adjustment of L302 mayimprove the picture quality on that station, but at apossible sacrifice of quality on other channels.

Before adjusting L302, check the tuner alignmentand i-f alignment. (Never adjust L302 until the align-ment of the receiver is correct.) Then tune in a sta-tion and adjust L302 so there are no trailing whites orsmear in the picture. Turning TC301 clockwise re-duces trailing whites and overshoot; turning TC301counterclockwise reduces picture smear and increasestrailing whites.

SECTION 8 - SYNC1/2 (SWOTlw

ow 50VIIM

-.4NIl 4

V

700

4.4 40404047

NF

I

VOA

II1612

MOOliv

Rau

C4477NC-411I001

""-WE 09 Na

t 12R

7 21

ION

SECTION 7- VERT SWEEP

O 700

130V5 T70, Gm I

40s- JNur4100 awn

NW/00 Ill00.1

urT.,DD

NO CMS

'1700:22011

IS

1/2 1175701ART OSC

*171

-17Lf1704

180

53100 R,R70162004702

1.3300

239444114GT

YtRT OUT

C102.114F

C703.4.041

51042 50Es

NEIGNT

I KG

1101

20000vENT1104

J400 0.600

010 10

COOS

414C1100120

4100 no'620

1102

RIOS

NORIZREO

COAT

NOR12 COSA

cso.... 145V 'c'

sir

O 005

41$

2200 w

4,01°4

10112LOCH

1100 *120VTO 210V v

c -.5VTO -3V

moo 1112t1 2N V

TO5V

_

V 11417GT,!, WASE COWW OR MI AND 140Ritzn SS% OSC

wCINS NM yeis yr 4700

a2001111.31. -Cl"'

022Mr

1100

-s7E001

10216

:0440

VIII g00 011143

00 eo7

L _ Ws; _

csas270 /3SS%

_J

1007N0

CIO

2200

110101NOM OWL

vm

-35V4

4700

4003

mEG

1

Cal0m.

470 T

,s.

DO NOT

NEASWE001(300

++120VTO

140V

1113

Nunn

Rail

cell ir

µF4200SW

SECTION 8 - HORIZ SWEEP

T10

C614

0SI

A':0116:24 40 L

WSW.20

: 22.01440

Er '0m

RIM

0120

Car]II

t.1200

Ma J.C1105

p -1110µE#4300

1.604--,111141

2 INNISRFC

103DAMPER

V17

4240V

(co 6721100 11.4001 I.; LOOT

MR I:22 : 2 ONMS

0144 1.41 RFC

II140.12 (CI 92

v 41uf -WOO II.80)

J

PIN a r

J600 00100

Pim v:1

.1100

LUG 11E0

0

010

;IM,,.

SEVENMG

r7Mv

-15V

0.0 TO 75V

7

6.7v Ac

-15V

Lc,.12007

0 i 00 omms I ICI02

CIO r.- -, my100 L ISO

3000 1 IN 1

1 ==,11 - T14:r -E1:11'N-S-' I 0 I 4, syN FIELD 1 SEL WcT._____J

CR100RECT

11102

ISO

RIGS47IO

25V

0

2100

110

4'390V

.1100

LUG 0000

RIO,z

(17-m0 24 VMR0

300 = FIDI

WATtilLINN

1100

NOTES

IKAISTOR VALUES ARE IN 01141;1011, AND CONDENSER vALLIS

ARE IN 007,100 V,UNLESS OTHERWISE INOICATED.

11000 IJ1.004000 ONMs *LESS TNAN ONE 0005VOLTAGES MEASURED MTN A ?WOO -01043-KR-W11.7 METER.SOW. PATOIS ME SNOW RI WAVY CONNECTING LINES.

tARUN! ON CONTROL ARM INDICATES ARM MOVEMENT WHENCOMM. IS WTATED CLOCKWISE

+WIWI *RIES ifinTm 110812 MOLD CONTROL SETTING

**YOUNG( MISS MTN WIGIITIESS CONTROL SETTING

C: 4.2-OHMS

3000smiTC11 0N'.0

REAR OF IVOL GCNT rr

YINLaAuy

12101

117v

GO cYCLES

01. 101

SECTION 1 -POWER

018

rn 0

WRITNOLO

1011`001

'03XV REET

1/14

Deflection Chassis G -I, Runs IV, 2V, and 3 Schematic Diagram


PHILCO Deflection Chassis H-1

Mixer JigConnections to the grid of the mixer tube may be

made through the alignment jack provided for thatpurpose. To connect the generator to this point, amixer -grid jig, Philco Part No. 45-1739, and a con-necting cable, Philco Part No. 45-1635, may be used.As an alternate, a Philco alligator -clip adapter, Part

No. 45-1636, with as short a ground lead as possible,may be used to connect the alignment jack. The groundlead should be connected as close as possible to themixer tube. It is essential that the signal -generatoroutput lead be terminated with a 68 -ohm resistor(carbon), so that regenerat;on, caused by connectionof the lead to the mixer, is held to a minimum.

SECTION 7-VERT SWEEP

C700

6102 V 0703

4700

R700 C701

002214F6800

IF3'18(00

TO

=

IIC 704

T8706 VI2A .

047$,!.,.,.,.,11 I/2 126117

0.- - - - - -,,io -VERT OSC ;60VROD ozys TO

WA, 100V700

8716

470

C70

07052300VERTHOLD

87042700

350 CONKS

#;-15VTO- 23V

07076200 7109

C 705

.111F

1rat'cc, r171:176

2.5474HEIGHT

670611/1

(--.11r--0

-5V4T0-10

8711 68001MEG

BLU

VI2B1/2 126117VERT OUTPUT

330V

4

C707.0 33UF

3V0713

T50

1701

900 01114

ACK2800

1,41.41113

0 51101000

ED

87131000

2100

PIN,

r6

2

01/3MS

3

OH2MS

Y4 :

700

701

VERTD L

COILS

SECTION 8 -HORIZ SWEEP

080000111

VISA1/2 6AL5

ra& 6/ 51 .00110

C802

013 l -It- 125VPHASE COMP

TC800

L600

30M:1'1

BLUE

F07100

C/051100

Caws

86044.7916

03021008

VI3BV2 6025

Irt

:803

C801-I.0111

a

(6062200

t.C.t4AOut304

1014

VI41/A VI482 12447 V2 12/47

T'a

RISOS470

I37V

11012I MEG

-27V

C609001711

-I0Vceor

TO -15V

390

8605 6.5V 85091200 100

03012 HOLDtENTERING

R6102300

C801 R617

13O1130 IN

8811

500

C 606693,0

0814100

PRIV:4701'

1101111

HOLD

8+230

V15660667

RORIEOUTPUT

140 V1111.

0310

100

RIBS9014

1C41-201

ALC811T.0470f

616

13

1801RIDFC

R6196500

T500

TOV17

C Tt: 52S OHMS

e 25 OHMS

T2121 OHMSC T6

C813.1.1181.

C0117M5

1.9 OHMS

1RFC804

P1117 YI

.1800

8820270 PIN 3

2600

C612.0471IFT

--."-I . 7--M 48

555555

ROI T 17'422K 72W

8522680iw

1110222

01198

8621

iz470OHM

PIN 8 443

J800

CMS541 VI6

DAMPER608467

2605RFC

Do 1417.11 MIS

2ORD

115

7

7

230V

SECTION I -POWER SUPPLY

_ 350V2 0-

3 Oi

ICK

4.8 V

5° 210Vor.

ro 6.7

a

907

100

23CV

11°

INTEROIASS $SOCAET JI01

s.-I6V

0

Av.=J00V 102

T2141=Riot1146

[-SKR IELD

LIDO

.t -'"60H50114S

7 I 1 0 I

C1000.12041

C10112011

- 1000

cam,-OrasA

TI

0102

17 INCHES.24 WIRE

Deflection Chassis 11-1. Schematic Diagram

CROO "°5i

100

SFL ION FUSE'(CT

6.011

2100

(1050411

5001

6 31/4°-E0_0

6 70

P L 100

TO

1600

117VAC60C1CLES

-`103

2.1....Is

VI7183GT

HY RUT

NODSRESISTOR VALUES ARE IN DRAG, I/2 WATT, NV CONOENSERVALUES ARE IN DUF, 600V, UNLESS OTMERWISL INDICATED0-10 0 0 &LESS THAN ONE OHM

I 0 I METVOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 20,000 -OHIO -PER- VOLT

ER

HEATER SIGNAL PONS ARE SHOWN BY HEAVY CONNECTING LINES.FUSE ARROW ON CONTROL ARM INDICATES ARM MOVEMENT

111011 CONTROL IS MUTED CLOCKWISE+VOICE NAM WITH HORIZ HOLD CONTROL SETTINGfIVOLTAGE VARIES WITH VERT HOLD CONTROL SETTING.

TO HY ANOOE

OV16

OVI5V140

OVI3

0V12

U 111


0500 TAPERED LOC ASSEMBLY

R500 1500 L500

111EG 110

1501

301 OHM0 0 0

BALANCEDINPUT L502

*-1 0 6.0

C501 15031-F-011- TINTS

410

IMEG1502wL1.54- 1

20R501

VIRI ANPL

6821

Iev

C505 wm2.2

050410

215 V

6

9

IQ V

0502220

ic521T 150 WRITE

/TO TUNER AGOIN SECTFON 6

L512

0 0,-

495V

C5065-3.0

1,50,T'5°

SECTION 5- RF

0510

.5111

R5061000

TESTPOINT

01

*-2V

0511 512 0507 0503.Q5-3079 1000

V2AMIXER

1/212001

V2Bosc

1/212AZ7

145 V

170 V

528 L529

TC500

Csn

9500

TEST POINT

C518

C514

2.2

*-6.6 V7

C515 0556 9512TINE

TUNING

115

1500

519

1000

i SECT'T°,0,,

2.2 MEG

J.C506 10507 R504

7150 TOINF

=2.211EG

V1

6607

L530

V212A17

L531 4

RFC RI

C111)2001

BROWN

6.3V

* VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH 4j000 010 ISOLATINGRESISTOR IN SERIES WITH METER PROBE.

* W COILS ARE SHOWN WITH WAFER SWITCHES INCHANNEL 13 POSITION. FOR SWITCHING ANOCOIL INFORMATION REFER TO TUNER SCHEMATICIN FIGURE 33

PROM

Or SECTION

62166 10

11111217

T200

L200

L201

1203

020124

RJR

1200

Role

L2020200

70201

TC200

R20015K

112V

V36066

1ST v0

TC202

L204

1-00-11.1.22

2C4L115 V ".:

2

.5 V$

R201

41

C203IWO

TC203

SECTION 2-IF

V46C 6

VIF

-Le 107 V,

R203C206^1000 8204

3

1201

112V I.TCOO4

0206

C207500

V56CENI

3RD Al

105 VII

2\4820616K 210

CD 2001594 L211

vii) DU 40 MN

r'2'0Us

- -120: :1Nov

C210

MOO

'R210sin

500

Tay

*202

330IN

RbE

IK

220 L206

0 0 0 ,--00,1RFC 0

02115

L212400

4 L213 8213OHMS 1250H 6600

R211

3900

L214175-500MH

TC206

VIDEO TEST ANDFRINGE SWITCH

SOCKET(LUG VIEW)

.1200

0282

1 MEG

R20725006.2W

ciase

3003

+NINC2711A_T 430.1g PL200

NOTES

RESISTOR MLLES ARE IN OHMS, W2 WATT, AND CONDENSER VALUESARE IN MME, 6000 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.401000 OHMS 100LESS THAN ONE OHM.; MINES WITH CONTRAST CONTROL SETTING.it VARIES WITH BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SETTING.SIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN BY HEAVY CONNECTING LINES.ALL VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5200FRINGE -LOCAL SWITCH

112


R -F Chassis 81, Schematic Diagram

57 V

IV

ONMS L402 11400

j TC400iwjt ,00 210

"1- 71400

7.177 22

V76M.Sr

4 =0403

.7

R4142211

R140

2400

VOLUMECON

SOCKET .7400(LW VIEW)

V8A1/2618

RATIO DETECTOR

1409 C4103301N T217F

8402 11403

2/1) 2211406 1407 04013714

2200150 TtsoO

Call

01(21

11404

3311

RA051016E1

11:1406130070 V

SECTION 4 -SOUND

J401V9 SPERMGT SOCKEAKET

00040 OUTPUT (LUG WEN)

17400

500D

V8B1/2 6781ST AUDIO

200

I4C412T 4

T1500 2

L404RFC

0

413

R4064701

17 VIO

4409

k 5:

264180 V

44104100

1.1

0415-' otour 23007 =

PL401

L100CRIME

SECTION 3-VIDEO

V6121371

YID OUTPUT

L300

C300 rs_5 071115

4165 V TO220 V

C300

3177

9300 >

83012500

1.30125011H

...ro6 OURS L302 1303

C301 11303 IUF

27 6800

#85 V TO120V

)e1 6

20306017 020

= 7

302300

414C3061000

CONTRAST

410302

IT:or

113041211

03053900

R306IDOK

*---1C304TOLL`

5 MEG 7BRIGHTNESS

Vls111P4

20204421E1144

11300

##I4 V TO230 V

12

BR

1

FRONTBRNO

7.20 111011 VOLTAGE

POWER SUPPLY

10 ORANGE

2 GREEN

03051003

9

R31410K

0307

1UF

HUM

BUCKING

EM SPEAKER

01IMS

PY SPENWR

P1400

1f14U1." RED

11;12 VOL12 MEG CONT

0416.6..031.17 7

684R4I3

0051110417

0011166.CONTROL

PLUGPRON6 YEW)

8611

VIOA1/2606

SYNC AMP

120 VIO

R600.e

8601 47°°snA,

2

2700

TUNERAOC

R40322K2W

ers

4, T 4I53.3 V 8602

330

40061000 b

R605

0600.601

3303300

R60

1602.1.1511F T 0610

3304

0705

SECTION 6-SYNC

160315171

411EG

06,22204 VII

68E6SYNC SOP

IC;T.02211!

22 V

20 V907

401456K

82001111

R4/9

ISMER

VIOB1/2 6011

SYNC RN

C607

6-1(606 OMIT

Tsar

0605T.01117

41,350 V

L

210 V'Or

06060,1000

71166 11616 407 7 V

134620K 2760

11661.21106

424.8 V

-.71.05**--°K

6.7 VAC!

230 Vis

O

O.00, 0

vo VII

V9 y.c 0(>1

0 J400Ve 0

V2 VI

0

42-16 V

PLIOI

113


SECTION 5- k F

220

oes

TRAP

2501 C501 a,o,

050

450322 O-- 300 02111

BALANCEDINPUT

1504

b7510P-c502500

114,0

.26,21.1 TRAP

-32

TAPERED LINE ASSEMBLY

501

TC501508

4011(INPUT3500

,20

682

6

EL04

5007(11)

5

C522L545 1000

C505 L615 1.516

20 125 VIO6

245 V

R542 grgC2-22234

.o

504.82V

125V 2

503 VI47 5607

RP ANIL

C5003-3

506

C510

0.4702

8TEST C511

POINT 220

LESS

i11505 21.C509 8507221224 Via <21YE6

1,544

N

225500061

*5500 DM

8, cP oao

12427

C520200

I534

C5137,5 T

C324

±- 10-50 e

-3.6 V Ls3s:""ex

C512 V 2A05-10 la 12427

111XER

C515

1536

C517

7.5

5

32 LIMA 7

INO

C526 = LIAR

T 11511

1.(511

Tn°

csa15

C520woo g 125 v C522

225500 C (12)

*-4.8 V

C5523± 9511

T1021

to

,V117,

RS18

1511

LOWEDIN Rm.

su.GASS.

C524

1155001310.1

TC500

70548COUPLING

UNIT

47.2511C 4125104TRAP TRAP

V3157 017

ecte

1205

L.

V42ND VI76486

SECTION 2-IF

V53110 VIA

ICU

T202

C2231r 1C2212112 660

V64TH VII

11016

2203 T2

114


Figure 37. R -F Chassis 91, Schematic Diagram

124 V

R401MG,

R4001MEG

V 91F15T S600

246 VIP

N-4TC401

t4F1

1500X53

1

MC403 C404i

TT -C4,1" III 3

248 V 7PM43 0405100115

R403220

- C4001500

.T500

MK

210 51FV*(405 !0M

12_\ 0401 3

-1

jite3 ""73VO I 1

cud; 1C407

. T TC402I 1

L a i 413 :

75 As ----4---/

V IIAPATIO DETECTOR

1/2 411

400

nunLIGHT

C4062200

C405

12

3

CA0city 2.

Ti MO33A

7\ft =

.IC41400

4111:

R407 R4041J4012_ 22

C401 C410 C4ttT 130 T1500 TD02201

SECTION 4-SOUND

V118 V121ST *. AND MOO OUTPUT

TUNER AOC DELAY MGT1/2 503

L405RFC

UE CONTROLSOCAET

(LOU VIEWS

75 V

C411

01111

245 VD,

1:3

C415 b

ILF

C4I400130.1

1/F10004

4

=240 V, 7

T400

R413

_L 6110K'

R414"'MA*151/EG

R30012K

YVVVY-4 OHM

1301

V 7AYID MPV2 1116

95 V

!00RLC.30022 .25 V

HI.C301

TC3001 10

0301

C2303 C304-H-4 OHMS

OffTC.301--4ft 1300

4510TRAP

108 V

R304

C312 02

03068200

03061.304 0471/F

HI-

2501/

Alft. 150M5: L305

2710,-.700 -10 V

V8VIDEO OUTPUT

$170 V"05TO250 V

0204.011E1

L30616001

210MCC

DEILY* '"Th."UNIT

0200

250 V1-7

03501 < 3

8 f= _L

CONTRAST

1307 ft50-170,115

5 OHMS 1(303

2500

SECTION 3-VIDEO

8312

04711

V 22PICTURE TIM

17,4 OR NONAOR 20144,

2

CRT

0

SI

0*It

313 I

<

DRICATNESS

,j1

12

10041BAND

4704

0 =

320 V

OPT

71

05µF

wft C307TINF

11420

402

60 01110IM

WA CONNECTORS

EZOO010 DOT

1104

C214213 5

6 0 A5

00213

3100

12114001.1

04145

VI3ACK GATE

BAUD

J2000 AGE TEST SEA

(LUG YEW)

CATE PULSEPLUG

0416310 VIEW)

.0225T0471/1

V 14AGATED LEV1/2 12401

0601 INIn

(600.0111F

<2

71413

NOISE INV1/212441

SECTION 6-SYNC sYNc7s14

01:7

C602ft.IDS

C603

11(4700

2200P601/ R4432

2 711EG

604 R40613A

1501

25 V

BLK

320 V OR

BLK

NC 7 BLUE

CO

Cr

V 14

R61

4'25V

It4445 VTO100 V

HEATERS

250 V RED

10 V TO155 VRETRACE SIP

04

06

-22 V-41,

NOTE5- P1100RESISTOR VALUES ME IN OH 1/2 WATT, AND CONDENSE011/E5 ANEW Mg 6006 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED

KNOWS 111014000 OHMS. LESS THAN ONE OHMVOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A 29000 0005 -PER -VOLT NETERWITH NO SIGNAL INPUT TO RECEIVER, SIGNAL PATHS ARESHOWN II HEAVY CONNECTING LINESLARNWN CONTROL ARA INDICATES ARM' WHENO CONTROLS ROWED CLOCKWISE

MOVEMENT

*VOLTAGE YAMS CM CONTRAST CONTROL SETTING*VOLTAGE YARNS WITH 15M6HTNE55 C0NT101. SETTING*VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH A10.000 004 RESISTOR IN

SERIES WITH METER PROBE

115


PHILCO Deflection Chassis J-1

(Alignment material for R.F. Chassis71, 81, and 91, begins on the nextpage and continues for eight pages.)

SIGNAL GENERATOROUTPUT

(75 OHMS)

106 OHMS

300 TO106 OHMS OHMS T8500

Figure 38. Deflection Chassis J-1, Schematic Diagram

150 OHMS

= Antenna -Input Matching Network

R61,1

3900

C605

I-I IDA7L1Y

VISA1/2 12ALT

RINSESPLITTE

8613MEGI

8615

49.8V618

41.

2200

8617 R618

2211 4100

0511E

0607.002211E

SECTION 6SYNC

ICZET C705

DUE

+41'RED RI 122 V

175 OHMS TO1100 158V=

310 0711.5*f+R 2

000 g° -23 V0331.15 TO -29 V=

8701

2506DERHOLD RIOR

25 MEGIATIGHT

C7O C702

VI5B F .015 US

V2 12AU7VERT 8705 7 Cm

1 OSC 5600 111F 0.9

R/033306

R7061NEG

VERT LIN

C708 wiw

RIM2811EG

RIOTI YES

300 V

V1612E1117

VERT

5710

N

1000 0OHMS3,

On/S

FR

RED

C707

-I(0151LF

4°11109

47

-

r Y6

.1800J800

1101

ED

2NO

2800PIO

81121000

L100 a,

8113tOW

46 OHMSTOTAL

SECTION 7VERT SWEEP

3301

0061F

R60047 MEG

VITAI/EARLS

PHASE COMP

8801100K

14002

C010400V

180030-60 MN

200 OHMSTOW

1

C1104 _C1 a

C8104

2200 1011F

R606156

+145 V5

TOCM 150 V00111F

17204

VI713GALSRINSE 8803 C802COMP

22M804 T

;5.6VTO 6.4 V

VISA i'zoo1,2 12A07HORI2 05C

R807

06

T135 VR506

390 TOC6051.1. 165Vvoor

-5V TO-I6V

2

809

SECTION 8HORIZONTAL SWEEP

10

Z N0.DCENTERING

R611SOK

50612HOLD

BO

0C)

0 2800

5612MEG

Teo2A121

14 T

DO NOT 0NOM 052MEASURE

8m0s

DEFLECTION SOCKETLUG VIEW

0191 RFC

V1813 OUTPUT2.0 OHMS

Cdia R817

06LF

cao p TT 155 VT5

4510 TO175V 250310 OHMS 12

-WOW I- 25

1 601 1181526

3900

390 ro

20100

All

225 68203900

NTH 2W

25Or6/5

8619'815E1 C612300

2WTDCLIST.°4W TVV,

S

V20566447

DAMPER

1504RFC

2 OHMS

P3 V7

2500

Pe

250V

20

502

OHMS

22OHMS

503

JainGATE SOCKET

320 VO

116

20

30

.1 0

50 21V

-22 V

"TV60

CYCLES

50OHMS

1100

PEW ADO

0-*3100

50

90

100

250V

V

SPKR FIELD

NTCRCHASSIS

211LUG YEW

II 17 INCHES 000024 WIRE Z

;4110 V TO 155 V

4++45 V TO 100 V

.25

1/00 R100

250V Fus1 OW

y. C10020111

NOTESRESISTOR VALUES ARE IN OHMS, 1/2 WATTS, AND COND015ERVALUES ARE IN LU1F.600v, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED/01000 101,000,000 OHMS ®-LESS THAN ORE OHMVOLTAGES MEASURED 811H A 20,000 ONSIS-PER-VOLTMETER WITH NO SIGNAL INPUTSIGNAL PATHS ARE SHOWN BY HEAVY [(INFECTING LINES*ARROW ON CONTROL ARM INDICATES ARM MOVEMENT WHENCONTROL IS ROTATED CLOCKWISE10017AGE VARIES WITH 1101112 HOLD AND WRIT HCLD CENTERINGCONTROL SETTING411 VOLTAGE YAMS WITH BRIGHTNESS CONTROL SETTINGEt/ VOLTAGE WAILS WITH VERT HOLD CONTROL SETTING

03TA

C1WI77

300V

H C101

-500

01101350W

.1,100

ONAAS

L _ JSPA FIELD

RIO

V211830

KVRECT

TONE HORIZ HOLD

VOLUME I I VERT HOLD

2

5103

2T

TO HV

SECTION I

POWERSUPPLY


Alignment Information for PHILCO models using Chassis 71, 81, and 91.

The alignment of Philco R.F. Chassis 71, 81, and 91 are similar in many ways, butdo differ in some steps of the procedure. In particular, major differences exist in thetuner oscillator alignment, video I.F. alignment, and types of jigs required. The in-formation presented below is applicable to all three chassis, except for the paragraphsthat are boxed -in and noted to refer only to a specific chassis. When servicing any oneof these chassis, follow the general material and the specific (boxed -in) data on the R.F.chassis on hand. Also find the specific illustrations for the construction of jigs neededfor any one particular chassis.

TELEVISION TUNER ALIGNMENTAfter the tuner is serviced, or if an i-f alignment is

required, or if a replacement tube does not exactlymeet the requirements, the tuner alignment should bechecked. If realignment is necessary, use the proceduregiven below.

Since the frequency of the local oscillator affects thetuner response, the local oscillator alignment shouldbe made first.

Procedure Using Station SignalThe following simplified procedure may be used to

align the oscillator when the television i-f alignmentis satisfactory and a station signal is available:

1. Mechanically preset the FINE TUNING cam tothe center of its range.

2. Tune in the highest -frequency channel to be re-ceived.

3. Adjust the tuning core for that channel, or thenext highest channel, for the best picture; that is,starting with sound in the picture, turn the tuningcore until the sound disappears. Repeat for each chan-nel received in the area.

Data for Chassis 71 and 91, only.Procedure Using Signal Generators

An r -f signal (unmodulated), at the video carrierfrequency of the channel, is fed into the antenna input,and an i-f signal, at the i-f carrier frequency, is fed tothe first i-f amplifier. Two AM signal generators areused to supply the above signals. An oscilloscope isconnected to the video detector output. The oscillatorcore is then adjusted for zero beat on each channel.

SOLDERED

CORRECTORIENTATION

ISOLATINGTO RESISTO

SCOPE PART NO.66-3478340

2200OHMS

PART NO.66-2228340

PLUG PART NO.27-4785-3

GND

TERMINAL STRIP

2200 OHM RESISTORINSULATED WITH SPAGHETTI

SHIELD PART NO. 56-56 29E.t3

SOLDERED

SHELL PART NO. 56-1146-1

PLUG PART No. 27- 4785-3

ALIGN TEST Jack Adapter

for Chassis 71PART OF POTENTIOMETER

- 3 VOLT- BATTERY

SHORT-CIRCUIT 10,000 OHM POTENTIOMETER

PROTECTIONPART NO. 45-5010

RESISTOR ( over)

Procedure Using Signal Generator Chassis 81.An r -f signal (unmodulated) ), at the oscillator fre-

quency, is fed into the antenna input from an AMsignal generator, and the oscillator tuning cores areadjusted for zero beat. The r -f signal frequency shouldbe accurately determined. It is preferable that the sig-nal be taken from a crystal -controlled source.

Chassis 81TV Tuner,Adjustments.

9®TC508,8

05 Tc5iiTC509, 6 TC510

62 TC512

O

nC506

C5I2

TC5I3

O

V212AZ7MIXER

OSC

68Z7RE AMPL

TC502 TC500

TC505 TC503 TC501

O CD CD1. Connect the hot lead of the oscilloscope to the

mixer plate test point, G2, through a 1000 -ohm resistor,and connect the ground lead of the oscilloscope to thechassis, near the test point. (High oscilloscope gainmay. be necessary to obtain a visual beat. In this in-stance, base -line hum may be ignored.)

2. Connect the AM (marker) generator to the 300 -

ohm antenna -input terminals. For this purpose theantenna -input matching network is not required.

3. If the tuner is being aligned out of the chassis,connect the white lead to the negative terminal of a1.5 -volt battery. Ground the positive terminal.

4. Mechanically preset the FINE TUNING cam,as shown in figure.

5. Feed in an r -f signal (unmodulated), at theoscillator frequency for Channel 13, with the CHAN-NEL SELECTOR set for Channel 13.

6. Adjust the tuning core for Channel 13 (see fig-ure ).

7. Reset the signal -generator frequency and theCHANNEL SELECTOR, and adjust the tuning coresfor Channels 11 and 9, respectively.

8. Repeat steps 5, 6, and 7 until Channels 13, 11,and 9 are within plus or minus 500 kc. of the correctfrequency.

9. Feed in r -f (unmodulated) signals, at the oscil-lator frequencies for Channels 7, 6, and 4, consecu-tively (see NOTE below), and adjust the respectivetuning cores. (See figure. )

NOTE: The exact position of the FINETUNING cam should be marked whenChannel 4 is correctly aligned. 117

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAlignment for PHILCO Chassis 71, 81, and 91, continued.

Data for Chassis 71 and 91, continued.See adjacent column at right, for part1 of text and tuner drawings for # 91,which differ from material below ap-plicable in the main to both 71 and 91.To align the oscillator, proceed as follows:1. To observe the zero beat, connect the oscillo-

scope to the video detector output through the.ALIGN TEST jack adapter. See figure, Bias thetuner and i-f a -g -c circuits with one and one-halfvolts, by means of the adapter.

2. To feed in the i-f comparison signal, remove theshield from the first v-i-f tube and wrap several turnsof insulated copper wire around the tube. Connectthe output leads of the v-i-f signal generator to thetwo ends of the wire loops, and set the generator forunmodulated output at 45.75 mc.

3. To feed in the signal representing the channelfrequency, set the r -f signal generator at the videocarrier frequency of channel 13, and connect theoutput to the aerial terminals of the receiver, throughthe proper matching jig.

4. Mechanically preset the fine-tuning cam, asshown in figure, and set the CHANNEL SE-LECTOR to channel 13.

5. Adjust the channel -13 tuning core for zero beat,as indicated by the oscilloscope.

6. Retune the r -f signal generator and the CHAN-NEL SELECTOR for channels 12, then 11, etc., eachtime adjusting the respective tuning core for zerobeat. The tuning cores should be adjusted progres-sively from the highest to lowest channel, becausethe higher channel adjustments will affect the lowerchannels.

Applicable only to Chassis 91.To align the oscillator, proceed as follows:1. To observe the zero beat, connect the oscilloscope

to the video detector output through the video i-falignment jig. See figure. Bias the tuner and i-f a -g -ccircuits with one and one half volts and remove thegate pulse plug PL801, from the socket J801. To applythe bias to the tuner connect the battery to the whitelead which comes out of the top of the tuner. On laterruns of this tuner, the white a -g -c lead connects to afeed through condenser on the top of the tuner. Tomake certain that good connection is made to the tunera -g -c circuit remove the glyptol coating on this con-denser terminal.

T

TC509

100KTEMPORARILY

SOLDERED

Television Tuner,Adjustments

RESISTOR

TO G -I

FINE TUNING

otC528

Showing

70516

4

FAZIECLYTNEVDON CHANNEL 8TUNING CORE

J500©

0 5070C5180 0 C 514

GI

0512

Location of

TC13506

TC507I2_ 0 TAT

C508 Viic, c3,-TC5I5

0 0"/TC514TC5I0 O 05

9 0 0. ITC"TC511 - TC512

TC504 r C5°2 TC500

® O CD

TC505 TC503 TC501® ® ®

Chassis 71. Television Tuner, Showing Location of Adjustments

C520

CHANNEL SELECTOR

FINE TUNING

FINE TUNINGCAM CENTEREDON CHANNEL 8TUNING CORE

118

C520

C517

G1

C514

100K CONNECTRESISTOR VERTICAL

TEMPORARILY INPUT OFSOLDERED SCOPE

TO G1 HERE..-------

6E10711.fAMPL

TC 502(RF PL ATE CHANNEL 13)

IC 500(AERIAL CHANNEL 13)

TC 503(RF PLATE CHANNEL 6)

TC 501(AERIAL CHANNEL 6)

Use this drawingwhen aligningChassis 71, only.

OC520

TC507

TC508 11- TC5170TC509,

0TC516

Q.a)TC510 O O TC515

TC 511 0 0 TC514

TC512 TC513


Alignment for PHILCO ChassisTuner Bandpass AlignmentGeneral

The bandpass alignment consists of aligning thetuner at Channels 13 and 6 and then making it trackproperly.

During the alignment, a fixed bias of 1.5 volts isapplied to the r -f amplifier tube through the whitea -g -c lead.

An FM (sweep) signal is applied to the antenna -input circuit through the proper matching jig, and anoscilloscope is connected through a 100,000 -ohm re-sistor to the mixer -grid test point. The oscilloscopegain should be as high as possible, consistent with"hum" level and "bounce" conditions. Hum conditionswill cause distortion of the time base and response.Bounce conditions, a result of poor line regulation,will cause the response and the time base to jump upand down. The use of too high an oscilloscope gainaggravates these conditions, whereas the use of toolow a gain necessitates increasing the generator outputto a point where the tuner may be overloaded. Thescope controls should be adjusted so that the width ofthe presentation is double the height. Overload maythen be checked by changing the generator outputwhile observing the shape of the response curve. Whenthe generator output is changed, the vertical gain ofthe oscilloscope should be readjusted to keep the scopepresentation amplitude the same. Do not readjust thehorizontal gain control. Any change in the shape ofthe curve indicates overload, in which case a lowergenerator output and higher oscilloscope gain mustbe used.

The signal generator output must be properlymatched to the antenna input of the tuner. The An-tenna -Input Matching Network, shown in figure 2 ofPR2170, or Philco Antenna Matching Jig, Part No.45-1637, may be used for this purpose. If a matchingjig is not used, the result obtained will be extremelyunreliable.

Regeneration in the test setup will also cause poorand unreliable results. To check for regeneration movethe hand along the generator cable after all equip-ment is connected, and observe the response curve onthe oscilloscope screen. If the response curve on theoscilloscope changes as the hand is moved along thecable, regeneration is indicated. A check for regenera-tion may also be made by adjusting the VOLUMEcontrol until the noise in the speaker can be heard.If the level of the noise changes as the hand is movedalong the generator cable, regeneration is indicated.The symptoms which indicate regeneration may alsobe caused by failure to use the proper matching jigas described above.Procedure

CAUTION: When comparing the responsecurves from channel to channel, maintainthe 2 to 1 width to height relationship inthe oscilloscope presentation as describedabove.

1. Connect the FM (sweep) and AM marker gen-erators to the 300 -ohm aerial input through an aerial -input matching jig.

2. Connect the oscilloscope to the mixer -grid testpoint through a 100,000 -ohm, one-half watt resistor, asshown in figures. Connect the ground lead of theoscilloscope as close to the mixer tube as possible.

3. Apply 1.5 volts bias to the white tuner a -g -c lead.

71, 81, and 91, continued.Applicable only to Chassis 71.

4. Disconnect the tuner coupling link at wiringpanel B-11 terminals 5 and 6, and solder a 68 -ohm,one -half -watt carbon resistor to the open link comingfrom the tuner. See figure 34. Remove the first i-ftube from its socket.

Applicable only to Chassis 8)4. Disconnect the tuner link at terminal board

B11-7 and B11-8 (see figure 34), and connect a 40- to70 -ohm carbon resistor to the two leads of the link.

Applicable only to Chassis 91.4. Disconnect the tuner coupling link at wiring

panel B-13 terminals 1 and 4, and solder a 68 -ohm,one-half watt carbon resistor to the open link comingfrom the tuner. See figure 7. Remove the first i-f tubefrom its socket.

5. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FM (sweep)generator to Channel 13 (213 mc.). Adjust the gen-erator for sufficient sweep width to show the completeresponse curve.

6. Establish channel limits (see figure 5) by usingthe marker (AM r -f ) signal generator to producemarker pips on the response curve. (Set the markergenerator first to 210 mc., then 216 mc.) The responsecurve should be reasonably flat between the limits.

7. Adjust TC502 and TC504 (figure 4) for a sym-metrical, approximately centered pass band. Set markergenerator to 213 mc. Detune TC504 counterclockwiseuntil a single peak appears. Adjust TC502 until thepeak falls on the 213-mc. marker. (It may be necessaryto increase the output of the generator during thisadjustment.) Then adjust TC500 for maximum curveheight and symmetry of the single peak. The antennacircuit is now tuned for the high band channels.

NOTE: On later runs of the tuner, L506 is not tun-able and TC500 is omitted, therefore, the adjustmentsin step 7 should be confined to TC502 and TC504 whenlater -run tuners are encountered.

II MC MA14.5 MC MIN

RESPONSE MUSTFALL INSIDE SHADEDAREA

CHANNEL CARRIERSMUST LIE BETWEENTHESE LIMITS

Figure S. Television Tuner Response Curve. 1 1 9Showing Bandpass Limits

=lb

1-1)

N O SA

TE

NO

ISE

GA

TE

'CA

TH

OD

EF

OLL

OW

ER

VI2

ALI

GN

TE

ST

JAC

K

SY

NC

SE

P1S

TV

IDE

O

J200

Vfo

x--v

At

Vir

rrug

gi2N

D V

IFA

MP

L

aV

4

0205

MA

X4

2.65

MC

V7

VID

EO

OU

T

TC

300

L300

4.5

MC

TR

AP 24

00

TC

400

VID

DE

TA

GC

RE

CT

V6 0 C

212

4 3.

6 5

MC 3R

D V

IFA

MP

LV

S

C20

0M

AX

5.42

0

TU

NE

RC

OU

PLI

NG

LIN

K1S

T V

IFA

MP

L

V3® C20

3M

IN47

.251

4C

3068

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

LLI

IC 3

01

L302

BO

TT

OM

IC 4

01

SIF

AM

PL

2401

V9

-TO

PT

C40

2

CO

NT

RA

ST

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

J400

TU

NE

R A

GC

151

AU

DIO

FM

DE

TV

10A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

TVII

C T

400

\A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

TT

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER I

RF

AM

PL

VI

PL4

01

SP

EA

KE

R P

LUG

ecso

a

C 5

14

Fig

ure

34.

RF

Cha

ssis

71,

Run

s 31

3, 4

5, a

nd 5

, Bas

e La

yout

PHIL

CO

Cha

ssis

71,

81,

and

91,

Top

Vie

ws

show

ing

loca

tion

ofad

just

men

ts n

eede

d fo

r al

ignm

ent.

SY

NC

AM

PL

0 S

YN

C IN

VT

C 4

004.

5MC

12B

Y7

VID

EO

OU

T

OT

C20

6V

IDE

O T

ES

TA

ND

FR

ING

ES

WIT

CH

SO

CK

ET

VSORB

IST

VI

IST

VIF

TC

201

25.7

MC

SY

NC

SE

P

OT

C30

04.

5MC

MIN

0702

0524

.5M

C

3RD

VIF

OT

C 2

0426

.4M

C

C30

2C

415

VO

LUM

E4.

5 M

CC

ON

TR

OL

TO

PS

OC

KE

TT

C 4

02Z

400

0B

OT

TO

MT

C 4

01R

AT

IO D

ET

4.5M

C1S

T A

UD

IOA

GC

CLA

MP

AU

DIO

OU

T

T40

0A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

TT

RA

NS

.

J401

SP

EA

KE

RS

OC

KE

T

OT

C51

2

024

MC

G2

1:*O

NT

RA

ST

BR

IGM

TN

ES

S

Fig

ure

34.

R -

F C

hass

is 8

1. B

ase

Layo

ut

VV

14I4

1201

11G

AT

EDLEV

NOISE INV.

V7

608

VID

AM

PL

SY

NC

SE

P

J200

VID

EO

-AG

CT

ES

T J

AC

K

e

V6 0 60

864T

H V

IF ®La

imc

VS

6086

3RD

VIF

0210

450

MC

V4 O 6036

2ND

VIE

V 3 0 6086

IST

VIF 613

C20

4

4.;,4

(S.)

Iza

TRAP c20

047

25 P

AC

c201

TRAP

301

(I)

TC

30i

V.

6005

VID

OU

T

0224

C24

000150 TEST

SOCKET

4

TC

303

0c2

00 Jot

vOL

CO

NT

SOCKET

TC

302

To,

V7

v970

00

VIO

TC

T4o

3V

II

(4-)

2,10

0

6846

°TT

?'2

.717SOUR

?CZ

/.6

TIS

T S

IF"4

RA

TIO

PE

TIS

T A

UD

IOT

UN

ER

AR

CD

ELA

Y.

VI2

6V6G

TA

UD

IO O

UT

AUDIO OUT TRAMS

T400

.411

=11

.

4402

SPEAKER

SOCKET

V13 0 6006

AG

O G

AT

E

4500

6827

O ,,

,CR

F A

MP

LIN

PU

T

0512

500

507

Gr

SEE

013PN,

42 ir

Ce

V2

1242

7O

SC

MIO

Ocs

re

"an

WC

. TR

ES

S

cox

ST

Fig

ure

7.R

-F

Cha

ssis

91.

Top

Vie

w. S

how

ing

Loca

tion

of A

djus

tmen

ts


Alignment for PHILCO Chassis 71, 81, and 91, continued.

rm.

SO

TO

VAL

01.4iNAL COAEPENSATM

Figure 6. Television Tuner Response Curve.Showing Tracking Compensation

8. Readjust TC502 and TC504 for a symmetrical re-sponse, centered about 213 mc. and falling within thespecifications as shown in figure 5.

9. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and FM genera-tor to Channel 7 (177 mc.). Establish the channellimits by using the marker -signal generator to pro-duce marker pips on the response curve. (Set themarker generator first to 174 mc., and then to 180 mc.)The curve should be reasonably flat between thelimits.

10. On Channel 7, observe the tilt, and center fre-quency of the response curve. The curve should becentered in the pass band and should be symmetrical.If it is not symmetrical and appears unbalanced, as infigure 6, adjust C507 and C512 (figure 4) to obtaina response curve which is the mirror image (tilt inthe opposite direction) of the original; for example,if Channel 7 response curve appears as in figure 6A,adjust C506 and C514 until the curve appears as infigure 6B. This adjustment overcompensates to makeallowance for the effect of Channel 13 adjustments (tobe made in step 11) upon Channel 7 response.

11. Reset the CHANNEL SELECTOR and genera-tors to Channel 13, and repeat steps 8 through 10 asmany times as necessary to obtain most symmetricaland centered response curves on Channels 13 and 7.Channels 7 through 13 are now correctly aligned.

12. Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR and sweep gen-erator to Channel 6 (85 mc.).

13. Establish the channel limits, using the markergenerator to produce marker pips on the responsecurve. (Set the marker generator first to 82 mc., thento 88 mc.)

14. Adjust TC503 and TC505 for a symmetrical, ap-proximately centered pass band. Set the marker gen-erator to 85 mc. Detune TC505 counterclockwise untila single peak appears. Adjust TC503 until the peakfalls on the 85-mc. marker. It may be necessary to in-crease the output of the generator during this adjust-ment. Then adjust TC501 for maximum curve heightand symmetry of the single peak. The antenna circuitis now tuned for Channels 2 through 6.

15. Readjust TC503 and TC506 for a symmetricalresponse, centered about 85 mc. and falling within thespecifications as shown in figure 6. Channels 2 through6 are now correctly ali ned.

NOTE: C212 and C515 control the topof curve. C205 controls the slope atsound side of curve. C208 controls thevideo carrier level. Do not disturb thesetting of C203 from that obtained instep 2 and 7 above

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENTPRELIMINARY

Before proceeding with the alignment or makingan alignment check, observe the following preliminaryinstructions:

1. Preset the CONTRAST and BRIGHTNESS con-trols to the maximum counterclockwise position.

2. Preset the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Channel 4.3. Insert the video i-f alignment jig into J200.

0sl

0t

0t

0

0tt

a

aT

T

0

100

Applicable only to Chassis 71.rocedure

1. Adjust the r -f and i-f a -g -c bias jig for 3 vol.2. Set the AM generator for 47.25-mc. modulateitput, and adjust C203 for minimum indication on t]'ope.3. Set the AM generator for 43.65-mc. modulateitput, and adjust C212 for maximum indication (

ie scope.4. Set the AM generator for 45.4-mc. modulatlitput, and adjust C208 for maximum indication ;

ie scope.5. Set the AM generator for 42.85-mc. modulatlitput, and adjust C205 for maximum indication I

ie scope.6. Set the AM generator for 44.4-mc. modulatlitput, and adjust C517 for maximum indication I

he scope.7. Recheck the adjustment of C203, as madeep 2 (above).8. If it is desired to check the over-all response

he receiver, an r -f sweep generator signal may 1ijected through the proper matching jig into t]

..rial terminals, and the over-all response observe1 the oscilloscope. Set the CHANNEL SELECTCId sweep generator to channel 4. Set the FMUNING cam to the mark as indicated in step 6rocedure Using Signal Generators (under OSCILL.OR ALIGNMENT). The response should fall with

he limits shown in figure.

./IIMINI II 111111111111111011111111111111. ...T....F.......................1i....................................................

.......11......111.1imemoilm........... mr... :Fsillirainurre ji 11.111rime I V1.... .11. Mow me EM.luir 111 11111111111 111111

I..

111111111111:11111111211ZA.RIEumiiiiiiiiiiiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

.....m.mommommllmom

......rwm.............

mum..

1111111111111411111111111 1111..................m..... .11.......................

1

1

....70.25 69.35 67.25

VIDEOFREQUENCY IN MC CARRIER(A) (D)

s.

dle

dn

dn

dn

dn

in

ofbe

he

IR

FE

ofA-

in

121


4

Alignment of PHILCO Chassis 71, 81, and 91, continued.Video I.F. Alignment, continued.Applicable to Chassis 81, only.

3CORRECT

ORIENTATION

.SOLDERED

TOSCOPE

2200OHMS

PART NO.66-2228340

PLUG PART NO27-4785-3

TERMINAL STRIP

2200 OHM RESISTORINSULATED WITH SPAGHETTI

SHIELD PART NO. 56-5629FA3

SOLDERED

SHELL PART NO. 56-1146-I

PLUG PART NO 27-4785-3

Video I -F Alignment Jig

GNDPART OF POTENTIOMETER

3 VOLT- BATTERY

SHORT-CIRCUIT 10,000 OHM POTENTIOMETER

PROTECTIONPART NO. 45-5010

RESISTOR

PROCEDURE for Chassis 81.1. Tune the AM generator to 28.1 mc., and adjust

TC200 (see figure 7) for minimum output, as observedon the oscilloscope.

2. Tune the AM generator to 22.1 mc., and adjustTC203 for minimum output, as observed on the oscil-loscope.

NOTE: In steps 1 and 2 it is necessary tokeep the generator output sufficiently highthat a null indication may be observed on theoscilloscope; however, avoid overloading ofthe receiver by excessive signal.

3. Tune the AM generator to the frequencies indi-cated below, and adjust the tuning cores for maximumoutput.a. 24.0 mc.-adjust TC512. d. 26.4 mc.-adjust TC204.b. 25.7 mc.-adjust TC201. e. 24.5 mc.-adjust TC205.c. 23.6 mc.-adjust TC202.

4. Connect the sweep generator and r -f marker gen-erator to the antenna terminal through a matching jig.( If a separate oscilloscope is used, connect the sweepoutput of the generator to the horizontal input of theoscilloscope.) Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Chan-nel 4, and tune the sweep generator for output onChannel 4. After the equipment is propertly connected,adjust the FINE TUNING control to the mark, asindicated in the NOTE under OSCILLATOR ALIGN-MENT.

5. If the response curve does not fall within thelimits shown in figure 8, the adjustment of the tuningcores may be touched up slightly, while observing theresponse curve with the sweep generator. Do not re-touch the setting of TC200 and TC203. To adjust thecurve, adjust TC201 and TC204 for proper video car-rier level. The top of the curve may be leveled byadjusting TC205, and the low -frequency side of thecurve may be adjusted by adjusting TC202. By meansof these adjustments the response curve should bebrought within the limits shown in figure 8.

CAUTION: Do not turn any of the tuning

122 cores excessively. To retouch, only turn thetuning cores slightly.

0

0

50re

100

/ I I I 1 1 I 1--..- ' ' Li ,

-4 4 + ^ I I -t ,

T' I -t7

- 1- t-1' 1

I-- t

, -r-i--4 ,

--t-II

- tjam'

--,--{-1- r-,- -,---,-.

-r;i

1\14 11

I

344

I

/I1 11,

\I11

11i /,

I i k/1' 1,

H l'../\L

a_41_1 I 1

66 685 71

67.25 70.25VIDEO 50%

CARRIER CHECK POINTFREQUENCY IN MC

Figure 8. Over-all R -F. I -F Response Curve.Showing Tolerance Limits

Applicable to Chassis 91, only.Procedure for Chassis 91.

1. Tune the AM generator to 39.75 mc. and adjustC518 (see figure 7) for minimum output as observedon the oscilloscope.

2. Tune the AM generator to 47.25 mc. and adjustC201 for minimum output as observed on the oscillo-scope.

3. Tune the AM generator to 41.25 mc. and adjustC203 for minimum output as observed on the oscillo-scope.

NOTE: In steps 1, 2, and 3 it is necessary to keepthe generator output sufficiently high so that a nullindication may be observed on the oscilloscope; how-ever, avoid overloading of the receiver by excessivesignal.

4. Tune the AM generator to the frequencies indi-cated and adjust the trimmers for maximum output.

a. 42.7 mc. adjust C514b. 45.4 mc. adjust C204c. 42.0 mc. adjust C206d. 45.0 mc. adjust C210e. 44.4 mc. adjust C215f. 43.0 mc. adjust C218

5. Connect the sweep generator and r -f marker gen-erator to the antenna terminal through a matching jig.(If separate oscilloscope is used, connect the sweep out-put of the generator to the horizontal input of the oscil-loscope.) Set the CHANNEL SELECTOR to Channel 4and tune the sweep generator for output on Channel 4.Tune the r -f marker generator for the video carrierfrequency of Channel 4 (67.25 mc.) and tune the i-fmarker generator (connected to mixer grid) to 45.75mc. Note that two marker generators are used forthis procedure. The r -f marker generator is connectedto the antenna terminals while the i-f marker generatoris connected to the mixer grid test point, G1. A jig

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONAlignment of PHILCO Chassis 71, 81, and 91, continued.

Applicable to Chassis 91, only.10K

C+

SCOPEGROUND

/Ago,52 4SOLDEREDTO SHELL

1500 1.11.1.F

PART NO. 62-215001001

C BIAS -7.5V

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

C+

SCOPEGROUND

C BIAS -7.5V

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

15K, I/2 WATT/PART NO.66-3158340

10K, 1/2 WATTPART Na 66-3108340MINIATURETUBE SHIELDPART NO. 56-5629FA3

SHELLPART NO. 56-1146-1

5 PIN PLUGPART NO. 27-4785-3

Video I -F Alignment Jig (VIDEO TESTJack Adapter)

constructed from a piece of fiber tubing, with 3/16inch inside diameter, and a brass machine screw whichfits tightly into the tubing is used to connect the gen-erator to the test point. The screw is adjusted so thatit clears the test point by approximately 1/64 inch.The output cable of the marker generator is connectedto the head of the brass screw in the jig and to chassisnear the mixer tube. Both marker generators shouldbe adjusted for the minimum output required to makethe markers barely visible. Failure to observe this pre-caution or the use of excessive output from the sweepgenerator will cause misleading results. After theequipment is properly connected, adjust the FINETUNING control for zero -beat of the two markers,as observed on the oscilloscope. When zero beat isobtained, remove the i-f marker.

6. If the response curve does not fall within thelimits as shown in figures the adjustment of the trim-mers may be touched up slightly, while observing theresponse curve with the sweep generator. Do not re-touch thesetting of C518, C201, C203, or C206. Toadjust the curve, first adjust C215 and C218, alternatelyuntil maximum improvement has been obtained. C215affects the tilt of the curve and C218 affects the dipof the curve. After C215 and C218 have been adjusted,adjust C514 for proper slope at the 42.25 mc. side ofthe curve, then adjust C204 and C210 for proper levelat the video carrier (45.75 mc.).

CAUTION: Do not turn any of the trim-mers excessively. To retouch, only turn thetrimmers slightly.

100

141

I

lilt'

67 69.567.25VIDEO

CARRIERFREQUENCY IN MC

Overall R -F, I -F Response Curve

7270.7550%

CHECK POINT

Applicable to Chassis 91, only.S -I -F ALIGNMENT

The sound i-f system may be aligned by means ofthe station signal or an accurately calibrated signalgenerator as the signal source. If the station signal isused, tune the FINE TUNING control for the bestpicture regardless of sound. It will be necessary toreduce the signal input to the receiver so that the d -coutput at the sound detector, as measured between pins2 and 3 of J400, is kept below 10 volts maximum andpreferably below 5 volts. In strong signal areas thismay require shorting of the antenna terminals andthe application of bias to the a -g -c circuit. The signalinput to the receiver may be adjusted by varying the

BIAS -7.5V

SHELL PARTNO. 56-1146-I

2200, 1/2 WATTPART NO.

66-2228340

TO SIGNAL GENOR SCOPE(SHORT LEAD)

TO SIGNAL GENOR SCOPE

TO SIGNAL GENOR SCOPE

BIAS+SIGNAL GEN

OR SCOPE

SOLDER TOSHELL

PLUG PARTNO.27-4785-3

Figure 2. Sound I -F Input Alignment Jig (VIDEO TESTJack Adapter) 123


Sound I.F.

Figure 3. Sound I -F Output Alignment Jig (FM TESTJack Adapter)

length of the shorting lead. The bias may be appliedto the a -g -c circuit by means of the jig shown infigure 2. The s-i-f output alignment jig shown infigure 3 should be used for convenient connection ofthe meter to the sound detector output.

When an accurately calibrated signal generator isused, bias should be applied to the a -g -c circuit to aidin the reduction of circuit noises from the i-f system.The receiver should be adjusted to a channel on whichno station can be received. The generator should beconnected to pin 2 of J200 through the 2200 ohmsresistor in the sound i-f input alignment jig. The gen-

Alignment for PHILCO R.F. Chassis 91, continued.erator should be adjusted for unmodulated output at4.5 mc.

After the above conditions have been met, proceedas follows:

1. Connect the 20,000 ohms -per -volt meter to theleads from pins 2 and 3 of the sound i-f output align-ment jig, negative terminal to pin 2 and positive ter-minal to pin 3.

2. Adjust TC300, TC400, TC401, and TC402 formaximum output as indicated on the meter. If theoutput exceeds 10 volts, reduce the signal input to thereceiver.

3. Connect the meter to the junction of the two15,000 -ohm resistors in the sound i-f output alignmentjig and to pin 3. Adjust TC403 for zero crossover.Zero crossover is indicated by a zero indication on themeter, and when TC403 s turned in one directionfrom this zero point, the meter will swing positive;turning TC403 in the opposite direction will cause anegative swing. (To aid in reading a positive andnegative swing of the meter, set the pointer by meansof the zero adjust screw to a convenient calibrationmark on the scale before connecting to the circuit.)

Sound I.F. Alignment for PHILCO Chassis 81 (Alignment for 71 is similar).SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT

1. Remove the first i-f tube, and connect a v.t.v.m.or a 20,000 -ohms -per -volt voltmeter to the FM TESTjack adapter. Adjust the VOLUME control for mod-erate speaker output.

2. Feed in an accurately calibrated 4.5-mc. AM sig-nal through the 2200 -ohm resistor in the video i-falignment jig to pin 2 of J200.

3. Tune TC400, TC401, and TC402 for maximumindication on the meter. The point of maximum meterindication for TC402 should also be the point of mini-mum speaker output.

4. Tune TC402 for minimum speaker output.5. Connect an r -f probe or crystal detector to the

grid (pin 2) of the picture tube. See NOTE below.

6. Tune TC300 for minimum indication on oscillo-scope. If a crystal detector is not available, TC300may be adjusted for minimum beat pattern, observedon the picture tube, with a station picture present.

VTVM OR20,000 -OHMS -PER -VOLT

VOLTMETER

12

PLUG PL400HERE

TO J400

SOCKET (BOTTOM VIEW)PART NO. 27-6214

GND

TO OSCILLOSCOPE

PLUG PART NQ27-4785-3

7. Replace the first i-f tube. Tune in a station anduse the speaker output as an indication.

8. Turn the FINE TUNING control clockwise toobtain a slightly fuzzy picture.

9. Tune TC402 for minimum AM (noise) output.NOTE: The R -F Probe, Part No. 76-3595, isused as a detector of the 4.5-mc. signal, andthe oscilloscope as an indicating device. Analternate crystal detector may be made up asshown in figure.

TOOSCILLOSCOPE

GND

I/4" 4-40NUTS AND BOLTS

METAL BRACKETSSOLDERED TO

SHIELD

MINIATURE SHIELDPART NO.

56-5629FA3

SHELLPART NO. 56-1146-1

PLUGPART NO. 27-4785-3

100,000 OHMSPART NO.66-4108340

VOLTM TER

GND

Sound I -F Alignment Jig

1N34CRYSTALPART NO.54-6001

14701111FTPART NO.

62-147001001

2201111FPART NO.

62-122001001

SOCKETPART NO. 27-6214NOTE CONNECTIONSINSULATED WITHSPAGHETTI

SOLDERED

OSCILLOSCOPE

TERMINAL STRIP

1/4" HOLE

SOLDERED

100,000 OHMSPART NO. INPUT06-4108340

CORRECTORIENTATION


RCAVI CTORTELEVISION RECEIVERS

MODELS 171200, 171201,

171202, 171211, 17T220Chassis No. KCS72

The material presented below and on the next seven pages is exact for themodels listed above and using Chassis KCS-72. The group of models listedbelow and using Chassis KCS-72A are almost identical to the sets covered onthese pages. There is almost no difference in circuit connections and align-ment is identical. Models using Chassis KCS-72A employ 21AP4 kinescope.

MODELS 211208, 21T217, 211218, 211227, 211228, 211229Also combination Models 21T242 and 21T244 using Chassis KCS72D-1 or -2,have the circuit of the TV section basically the same as the models described.

KINESCOPESOCKET

ION TRAPMAGNET

FOCUS MAGNETMOUNTING SCREW

FOCUSCONTROL

PIN -CUSHIONCORRECTION

MAGNET

O

'ADJUSTMENT

11

CENTERINGADJUSTMENTLOCK SCREW

NINE

KINECUSHION

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

LEVER

Figure 1-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments

Horizontal Frequency Adjustment.-Turn the horizontalhold control to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in atelevision station and adjust the T110 horizontal frequencyadjustment at the rear of the chassis until the picture is just outof sync and the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical ordiagonal black bar in the raster. Then turn the T110 coreuntil the bar moves out of the picture leaving it in sync.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the hori-zontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel thenback. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110 rearcore slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat untilthe picture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines slopingdown to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold controlclockwise and note the least number of diagonal bars obtainedjust before the picture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C161Aslightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold controlcounter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and re-check the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeatthis procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Repeat the adjustments under "Horizontal Frequency Ad-justment" and "Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment" untilthe conditions specified under each are fulfilled. When thehorizontal hold operates as outlined under "Check of Horizon-tal Oscillator Alignment" the oscillator is properly adjusted.

If it is impossible to sync the picture at this point and theAGC system is in proper adjustment it will be necessary toadjust the Horizontal Oscillator by the method outlined in thealignment procedure

FOCUS MAGNET ADJUSTMENT.-The focus magnetshould be adjusted so that there is approximately three -eighthsinch of space between the rear cardboard shell of the yokeand the flat of the front face of the focus magnet. This spacinggives best average focus over the face of the tube.

R -FUNIT

R173HEIGHT

CONTROLR181

VERTICALLINEARITYCONTROL

3*$ ,D

410°°°°°0 PHONO VIDEO 0

JI01 JIOZ

INPUT JACK LOCKINGHORIZ \

RANGE

CIG1AW

\t. RI49AGC

CONTROL

i 1 CIG1BHORIZONTAL

DRIVE

T110 L1OSHORIZONTAL HORIZONTALOSCILLATOR LINEARITY

FREQ. ADJ. CONTROLLIOG

WIDTHCONTROL

Figure 2-Rear Chassis Adjustments

AGC THRESHOLD CONTROL.-The AGC thresholdcontrol R149 is adjusted at the factory and normally shouldnot require readjustment in the field.

To check the adjustment of the AGC Threshold Control,tune in a strong signal and sync the picture. Momentarilyremove the signal by switching off channel and then back. Ifthe picture reappears immediately, the receiver is not over-loading due to improper setting of R149. If the picture requiresan appreciable portion of a second to reappear, or bendsexcessively, R149 should be readjusted.

Turn R149 fully counter -clockwise. The raster may be bentslightly. This should be disregarded. Turn R149 clockwiseuntil there is a very, very slight bend or change of bend inthe picture. Then turn R149 counter -clockwise just sufficientlyto remove this bend or change of bend.

If the signal is weak, the above method may not work asit may be impossible to get the picture to bend. In this case,turn R149 clockwise until the snow in the picture becomesmore pronounced, then counter -clockwise until the best signalto noise ratio is obtained.

The AGC control adjustment should be made on a strongsignal if possible. If the control is set too far clockwise on aweak signal, then the receiver may overload when a strongsignal is received.

FM TRAP ADJUSTMENT.-In some instances inter-ference may be encountered from a strong FM station signal.A trap is provided to eliminate this type of interference. Toadjust the trap tune in the station on which the interferenceis observed and adjust the L203 core on top of the antennamatching transformer for minimum interference in the picture

CAUTION.-In some receivers, the FM trap L203 will tunedown into channel 6 or even into channel 5. Needless to say,such an adjustment will cause greatly reduced sensitivity onthese channels. If channels S or 6 are to be received, checkL203 to make sure that it does not affect sensitivity onthese two channels.

DEFLECTIONYOKE

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION17T200, 17T201, 17T202,

17T211, 17T220 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

TEST EQUIPMENT. -To properly service the televisionchassis of this receiver, it is recommended that the followingtest equipment be available:

R -F Sweep Generator meeting the following requirements:

(a) Frequency Ranges20 to 30 mc., 1 mc. and 10 mc. sweep width50 to 90 mc., 10 mc. sweep width

170 to 225 mc., 10 mc. sweep width(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum.(c) Output constant on all ranges.(d) "Flat" output on all attenuator positions.

Cathode -Ray Oscilloscope. -For alignment purposes, theoscilloscope employed must have excellent low frequency andphase response, and should be capable of passing a 60 -cyclesquare wave without appreciable distortion.

For video and sync waveform observations, the oscilloscopemust have excellent frequency and phase response from 10cycles to at least two megacycles in all positions of the gaincontrol.

Signal Generator to provide the following frequencies withcrystal accuracy.

(a) Intermediate frequencies22.25 and 25.5 mc. cony. and first pix i-f trans.22.75 mc. second picture i-f transformer24.25 mc. fourth picture i-f transformer25.5 mc. third picture i-f transformer25.50 mc. picture carrier27.00 mc. adjacent channel sound trap

(b) Radio frequencies

ChannelNumber

Picture SoundCarrier Carrier

Freq. Mc. Freq. Mc.2 . 55.25 59.753 61.25 65.754 67.25 71.755 77.25 81.756 83.25 87.757 175.25 179.758 181.25 ,, 185.759 187.25 ,,, 191.75

10 193.25 197.7511 199.25 203.7512 205.25 209.7513 211.25 215.75

(c) Output of these ranges should be adjustable and atleast .1 volt maximum.

Heterodyne Frequency Meter with crystal calibratorwhich covers the frequency range from 80 mc. to 109 mc. andfrom 200 mc. to 237 mc.

Electronic Voltmeter of Junior or Senior "VoltOhmyst"type and a high voltage multiplier probe for use with thismeter to permit measurements up to 15 kv.

Service Precautions. -If possible, the chassis should beserviced without the kinescope. However, if it is necessary toview the raster during servicing, it would be a great con-venience fo have a bench mounted kinescope and speakercomplete with a set of extension cables.

CAUTION: Do not short the kinescope second anode lead.Its short circuit current presents a considerable overload onthe high voltage rectifier V117.

Adjustments Required. -Normally, only the r -f oscillatorand mixer lines will require the attention of the servicetechnician. All other circuits are either broad or very stableand hence will seldom require readjustment.

ORDER OF ALIGNMENT. -When a complete receiver

12lignmentthis

e following order:it canbe most conveniently performed

in

(1) R -F unit

(2) Picture i-f transformers(3) Picture i-f trap(4) Sweep of picture i-f(5) Ratio detector

alignment

RCA Victor (continued)

( 6) Sound i-f alignment( 7) 4.5 Mc Trap Adjustment( 8) Check of overall response( 9) AGC control adjustment(10) Horizontal oscillator

alignment

R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT. -Disconnect the co -ax linkfrom terminal 2 of the r -f unit terminal board and connect a39 ohm composition resistor between lugs 1 and 2.

Detune Tl by backing the core all the way out of the coil.Back the L44 core all the way out. Back the L203 core all

the way out.

In order to align the r -f tuner, it will first be necessary toset the channel -13 oscillator to frequency. The shield over thebottom of the r -f unit must be in place when making anyadjustments.

The oscillator may be aligned by adjusting it to beat witha crystal -calibrated heterodyne frequency meter. Couple themeter probe loosely to the receiver oscillator.

Set the channel selector switch to 13.

Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct fre-quency (236.75 mc).

Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from themechanical center of its range.

Adjust Cl for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequencymeter.

Now that the channel -13 oscillator is set to frequency, wemay proceed with the r -f alignment.

Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.

Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to terminal 3 of ther -f unit. Adjust the bias box potentiometer to produce -3.5volts of bias at the r -f unit terminal board.

Connect the oscilloscope to the test point TP1 on top ofthe r -f unit.

Connect the r -f sweep oscillator to the receiver antennaterminals. The method of connection depends upon the outputimpedance of the sweep. The P300 connections for 300 -ohmbalanced or 72 -ohm single -ended input are shown in thecircuit schematic diagram. If the sweep oscillator has a50 -ohm or 72 -ohm single -ended output, 300 -ohm balancedoutput can be obtained by connecting as shown in Figure 10

Connect the signal generator loosely to the receiver antennaterminals.

Set the receiver channel switch to channel 8.Set the sweep oscillator to cover channel 8.

Insert markers of channel 8 picture carrier and sound car-rier, 181.25 mc. and 185.75 mc.

Adjust C9, Cll, C16 and C22 for approximately correctcurve shape, frequency, and band width as shown in Figure 11.

The correct adjustment of C22 is indicated by maximumamplitude of the curve midway between the markers. C16tunes the r -f amplifier plate circuit and affects the frequencyof the curve most noticeably. C9 tunes the converter grid cir-cuit and affects the tilt of the curve most noticeably (assumingthat C22 has been properly adjusted). Cll is the coupling ad-justment and hence primarily affects the response band width.

Set the receiver channel switch to channel 6.

Adjust the heterodyne frequency meter to the correct fre-quency (108.75 mc.).

Set the fine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from themechanical center of its range.

Adjust L5 for an audible beat on the heterodyne frequencymeter.


RCA Victor (continued) 17T200, 17T201, 17T202,ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE 17T211, 17T220

Set the sweep generator to channel 6.From the signal generator, insert channel 6 sound and

picture carrier markers, 83.25 mc. and 87.75 mc.Adjust L42, L45 and L49 for proper response as shown in

Figure 11.L42 is adjusted to give maximum amplitude of the curve

between the markers. L45 primarily affects the tilt of the curve.L49 primarily affects the frequency of response.

Connect the "VoltOhymst" to the r -f unit test point TP1.Adjust C7 for -3.0 volts at the test point.Retouch L42, L45 and L49 for proper response if necessary.

If necessary, retouch C11 for proper band width on channel 6.Continue these retouching adjustments until proper responseis obtained and -3.0 volts of oscillator injection are presentat the test point, TP1.

Set the receiver channel selector switch to channel 8 andreadjust Cl for proper oscillator frequency.

Set the sweep oscillator and signal gerierator to channel 8.Readjust C9, C16 and C22 for correct curve shape, fre-

quency and band width. Readjust C11 only if necessary.Switch the receiver, the sweep oscillator and signal gen-

erator to channel 13.Adjust L52 for maximum amplitude of the curve midway

between markers and then overshoot the adjustment by turn-ing the slug in the same direction from the initial setting alittle more than the amount of turning required to reach maxi-mum amplitude of response.

Adjust C22 for maximum amplitude of response.Turn off the sweep generator. Adjust the L43 core for correct

channe113 oscillator frequency, then overshoot the adjustmentby turning the slug a little more in the same direction fromthe initial setting. Reset the oscillator to proper frequency byadjustment of Cl.

Turn the sweep oscillator back on.Check the response of channels 7 through 13 by switching

the receiver channel switch, sweep oscillator and markeroscillator to each of these channels and observing theresponse and oscillator injection obtained. See Figure 11 fortypical response curves. It should be found that all thesechannels have the proper shaped response with the markersabove 80' ; response.

If the markers do not fall within this requirement, switch tochannel 8 and readjust C9, C11, C16 and C22 as necessary.If C22 required adjustment, the adjustment should be overshota small amount and corrected by adjlistment of L52 to givemaximum amplitude of response between the sound and pic-ture carrier markers. The antenna circuit (L52, C22) is broadso that tracking is not particularly critical.

If the valley in the top of the selectivity curves for the highchannels is deeper than normal, the curve can be flattenedsomewhat by decreasing the inductance of L44 by turning thecore stud in. Be sure to check for undesirable resonant suck -outs on channels 7 and 8 if this is done.

Turn the sweep oscillator off and check the receiver channel8 r -f oscillator frequency. If the oscillator is off frequencyovershoot the adjustment of Cl and correct by adjusting L43.

Turn the receiver channel selector switch to channel 6,Adjust L5 for correct oscillator frequency.

Turn the sweep oscillator on and to channel 6 and observethe response curve. If necessary readjust L42, L45 and L49.It should not be necessary to touch C11.

Check the oscillator injection voltage at the test point TP1.If necessary adjust C7 to give -3 volts injection. If C7 isadjusted, switch to channel 8, and readjust C9 for propercurve shape, then recheck channel 6.

Switch the receiver through channel 6 down throughchannel 2 and check for normal response curve shapes andoscillator injection voltage.

Likewise check channels 7 through 13, stopping on 13 forthe next step.

With the receiver on channel 13, check the receiver oscilla-tor frequency. Correct by adjustment of Cl if necessary.

Adjust the oscillator to frequency on all channels by switch-ing the receiver and the heterodyne frequency meter to eachchannel and adjusting the appropriate oscillator trimmer toobtain a beat on the freq. meter. It should be possible to adjustthe oscillator to the correct frequency onall channels with thefine tuning control 30 degrees clockwise from the mechanicalcenter of its range.

ChannelNumber

PictureCarrier

Freq. Mc.

SoundCarrier

Freq. Mc.

ReceiverR -F Osc.Freq. Mc.

ChannelOscillator

Adjustment2 55.25 59.75 80.750 Ll3 61.25 65.75 86.750 L24 67.25 71.75 92.750 L35 77.25 81.75. 102.750 L46 . 83.25 87.75 108.750 L57 175..25 179.75. 200.750 L68 181.25 185.75 . 206.750 L79 187.25 191.75. 212.750 L8

10 193.25 197.75 218.750 L911 199.25 203.75 .224.750 Ll 012 205.25 209.75 230.750 L1113 211.25 215.75 236.750 Cl

Switch to channel 8 and observe the response.Adjust T1 clockwise while watching the change in response.

When T1 is properly adjusted, the selectivity curve will beslightly wider with a slightly deeper valley in its top.

Switch through all channels and observe response, oscilla-tor injection and r -f oscillator frequency. Minor touch-ups ofadjustments may be made at this time. However, if C7 or C9are changed appreciably, then a recheck of the oscillatorfrequency on all channels should be made.

Reconnect the link from T101 to terminal 2 of the r -f unitterminal board.

Since T1 was adjusted during the r -f unit alignment it willbe necessary to sweep the overall i-f response.

R -F UNIT TUBE CHANGES. -Since most of the circuitsare low capacitance circuits the r -f unit may require readjust-ments when the tubes are changed.

If the 6CB6 r -f amplifier tube is changed, it may be neces-sary to readjust C16 and C22.

If the 616 oscillator and mixer tube is changed, then moreextensive adjustments are required.

For good conversion efficiency, the oscillator injection to atriode mixer must be held reasonably close to the optimumvalue. Although there is some latitude in this level, it is nearlyexpended in the normal variation in injection from channelto channel. Consequently, the adjustment of C7 is limited pri-marily to establishing the conditions for good conversion.Since changes in oscillator injection affect conversion gain, italso affects the input capacity of the mixer, thus also affectingtracking of the mixer grid circuit. These tube variations withtheir consequent effect on circuit alignment thereby requirereadjustment of the r -f unit if maximum conversion efficiencyis to be retained after the 616 tube is changed. It may bepossible, however, to try several 6J6 tubes and select onewhich gives satisfactory performance without realignment.

PICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER ADJUSTMENTS. -Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R142 and R143.

Turn the AGC control fully clockwise.Obtain a 7.5 volt battery capable of withstanding appre-

ciable current drain and connect the ends of a 1,000 ohmpotentiometer across it. Connect the battery positive terminalto chassis and the potentiometer arm to the junction R142and R143. Adjust the potentiometer for -5.0 volts indicationon the "VoltOhmyst".

Set the channel switch to channel number 9, 10 or 11.Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 4 of V110 and to ground.Connect the output of the signal generator to the mixer grid

test point TP2 in series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor.Connect a separate -5 volt bias supply to TP1 with the

positive terminal to ground.Set the generator to each of the following frequencies and

with a thin fiber screwdriver tune the specified adjustmentfor maximum indication on the "VoltOhmyst". In each in-stance the generator should be checked against a crystalcalibrator to insure that the generator is on frequency. 127


17T200, 17T201, 17T202,17T211, 17T220 ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Adjust the signal generator output to give 3 volts on the"VoltOhmyst" as the final adjustment is made.

(1) 24.25 mc.-T107 (3) 22.75 mc.-T105(2) 25.5 mc.-T106PICTURE I -F TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -With the same

connections as above, tune the generator to 27.00 mc. andadjust the T104 top core for minimum d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".Set the generator output so that this minimum is about 3 voltswhen final adjustment is made. If necessary, the i-f bias maybe reduced in order to obtain the 3 volt reading on the"VoltOhmyst".

SWEEP ALIGNMENT OF PIX I -F. -To align Ti andT104, connect the sweep generator to the mixer grid test pointTP2. In series with a 1500 mmf ceramic capacitor use theshortest leads possible, with not more than one inch ofunshielded lead at the end of the sweep cable. Connect thesweep ground lead to the r -f unit outer shield.

Connect a separate -5.0 volt bias supply to TP1 with thepositive terminal connected to gad.

Set the channel selector switch between channels 2 and 13.Clip 330 ohm resistors across terminals A and B of T106

and T107.Preset C115 to minimum capacity.Adjust the bias box potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of

bias as measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142and R143. Leave the AGC control fully clockwise.

Connect a 180 ohm composition resistor from pin 5 of V106to terminal A of T105. Connect the oscilloscope diode probeto pin 5 of V106 and to ground.

Couple the signal generator loosely to the diode probe inorder to obtain markers.

Adjust T1 (top) and T104 (bottom) for maximum gain andwith 25.5 mc. at 70' , of maximum response.

Set the sweep output to give 0.3 volt peak -to -peak on theoscilloscope when making the final touch on the aboveadjustment.

Adjust C115 until 22.25 mc. is at 70' ; response with respectto the low frequency shoulder of the curve as shown inFigure 12.

Disconnect the diode probe, the 180 ohm and two 330ohm resistors.

Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 of V110 socket.Leave the sweep generator connected to the mixer grid

test point TP2 with the shortest leads possible.Adjust the output of the sweep generator to obtain 3.0 volts

peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.Couple the signal generator loosely to the grid of the first

pix i-f amplifier. Adjust the output of the signal generator toproduce small markers on the response curve.

Retouch T105, T106 and T107 to obtain the response shownin Figure 13.

It is especially important that the 22.4 mc. marker shouldfall at 5574.) on the overall i-f response curve. If the markershould fall appreciably higher than 55%, trouble may beexperienced with sound in the picture. If the marker shouldfall appreciably below 55% response, the sound sensitivitymay be reduced and may cause the sound to be noisy inweak signal areas.

RATIO DETECTOR ALIGNMENT. -Set the signal gen-erator at 4.5 mc. and connect it to the first sound i-f grid,pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed. In such a case, connectthe calibrator to the grid of the third pix i-f amplifier, pinI of V108.

Set the frequency of the calibrator to 25.50 mc. (pixcarrier) and modulate with 4.5 mc. crystal. The 4.5 mc.signal will be picked off at L102 and amplified through thesound i-f amplifier.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.Tune the ratio detector primary, T102 top core for maximum

d -c output on the "VoltOhmyst". Adjust the signal level fromthe signal generator for 6 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" when128Molly peaked. This is approximately the operating level ofhe ratio detector for average signals.


Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to the junction of R106 and C108.Tune the ratio detector secondary T102 bottom core for zero

d -c on the "VoltOhmyst".Repeat adjustments of T102 top for maximum d -c at pin 2

of V103 and T102 bottom for zero d -c at the junction of 8106and C108. Make the final adjustments with the signal inputlevel adjusted to produce 6 volts d -c on the "VoltOhmyst" atpin 2 of V103.

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT. -Connect the signal genera-tor to the first sound i-f amplifier grid, pin 1 of V101.

As an alternate source of signal, the RCA WR39B orWR39C calibrator may be employed as above.

Connect the "VoltOhmyst" to pin 2 of V103.Tune the T101 top core for maximum d -c on the "Volt-

Ohmyst".The output from the signal generator should be set to

produce approximately 6.0 volts on the "VoltOhmyst" whenthe final touches on the above adjustment are made.

4.5 MC. TRAP ADJUSTMENT. -Connect the signalgenerator in series with a 1,000 ohm resistor to pin 2 of V109.Set the generator to 4.5 mc. and modulate it 30' with 400cycles. Set the output to approximately 0.5 volts.

Short the third pix i-f grid to ground, pin 1, V108, toprevent noise from masking the output indication.

Connect the crystal diode probe of an oscilloscope to theplate of the video amplifier, pin 8 of V110.

Adjust the core of L103 for minimum output on the oscillo-scope.

Remove the short from pin 1, V108 to ground.As an alternate method, this step may be omitted at this

point in the alignment procedure and the adjustment made"on the air" after the alignment is completed.

If this is done, tune in a station and observe the picture onthe kinescope. Ii no 4.5 mc. beat is present in the picture, whenthe fine tuning control is set for proper oscillator -frequency,then L103 requires no adjustment. If a 4.5 mc. beat is present,turn the fine tuning control slightly clockwise so as to exagger-ate the beat and then adjust L103 for minimum beat.

CHECK OF OVERALL RESPONSE. -If desired, theoverall response of the receiver can be checked on eachchannel.

Connect the r -f sweep generator to the receiver antennainput terminals. If necessary, employ one of the pads shownin Figure 10 to match the sweep output cable to the r -f unit.

Connect the signal generator loosely to the first pix i-famplifier grid.

Adjust the bias potentiometer to obtain -5.0 volts of biasas measured by a "VoltOhmyst" at the junction of R142and 8143.

Connect the oscilloscope to pin 4 of V110.Check the response of channels 2 through 13 by switching

the receiver channel switch and sweep oscillator to each ofthese channels and observing the response obtained. Oneach channel, adjust the output of the sweep generator toobtain 3.0 volts peak -to -peak on the oscilloscope.

I -F markers at 22.4 mc., 24.75 mc. and 25.5 mc. should beprovided by the signal generator.

The response obtained in this manner should be very similarto that shown in Figure 13.

Some curves may show a 10% sag in the top between22.75 mc. and 24.75 mc. while others may show a 10% peakin this region. This may be considered normal.

If the picture carrier is consistently high or low on allchannels, T106 may be adjusted slightly. Do not adjust T105.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT. -Disconnect all testequipment except the oscilloscope which should be connectedto pin 8 of V110.

Connect an antenna to the receiver antenna terminals.Turn the AGC control fully counter -clockwise.Tune in a strong signal and adjust the oscilloscope to see

the video waveform.Turn the AGC control clockwise until the tips of sync begin

to be compressed, then counter -clockwise until no compressionis obtained.


RCA Victor (continued)ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT.-Nor-molly the adjustment of the horizontal oscillator is not con-sidered to be a part of the alignment procedure, but since theoscillator waveform adjustment may require the use of anoscilloscope, it can not be done conveniently in the field. Thewaveform adjustment is made at the factory and normallyshould not require readjustment in the field. However, thewaveform adjustment should be checked whenever the re-ceiver is aligned or whenever the horizontal oscillator opera-tion is improper.

Horizontal Freguency Adjustment.-Tune in a stationand sync the picture. If the picture cannot be synchronizedwith the horizontal hold control R170B, then adjust the T110frequency core on the rear apron until the picture willsynchronize. If the picture still will not sync, turn the T110waveform adjustment core (under the chassis) out of the coilseveral turns from its original position and readjust the T110frequency core until the picture is synchronized.

Examine the width and linearity of the picture. If picturewidth or linearity is incorrect, adjust the horizontal drivecontrol C161B, the width control L106 and the linearity controlL108 until the picture is correct.

Horizontal Oscillator Waveform Adjustment.-Thehorizontal oscillator waveform may be adjusted by either oftwo methods. The method outlined in paragraph A below maybe employed in the field when an oscilloscope is not available.The service shop method outlined in paragraph B belowrequires the use of an oscilloscope.

A.-Turn the horizontal hold control completely clockwise.Place adjustment tools on both cores of T110 and be preparedto make simultaneous adjustments while watching the pictureon the screen. First, turn the T110 frequency core (on the rearapron) until the picture falls out of sync and three or fourdiagonal black bars sloping down to the right appear on thescreen. Then, turn the waveform adjustment core (under thechassis) into the coil while at the same time adjusting the fre-quency core so as to maintain three or four diagonal blackbars on the screen. Continue this procedure until the oscillatorbegins to motorboat, then turn the waveform adjustment coreout until the motorboating just stops. As a check, turn the T110frequency core until the picture is synchronized then reversethe direction of rotation of the core until the picture falls outof sync with the diagonal bars sloping down to the right.Continue to turn the frequency core in the same direction. Nomore than three or four bars should appear on the -screen.Instead, the horizontal oscillator should begin the motorboat.Retouch the adjustment of the T110 waveform adjustment coreif necessary until this condition is obtained.

B.-Connect the low capacity probe of an oscilloscope toterminal C of T110. Turn the horizontal hold control one -quarter turn from the clockwise position so that the picture isin sync. The pattern on the oscilloscope should be as shownin Figure 14. Adjust the waveform adjustment core of T110until the two peaks are at the same height. During thisadjustment, the picture must be kept in sync by readjustingthe hold control if necessary.

This adjustment is very important for correct operation ofthe circuit. If the broad peak of the wave on the oscilloscopeis lower than the sharp peak, the noise immunity becomespoorer, the stabilizing effect of the tuned circuit is reducedand drift of the oscillator becomes more serious. On the otherhand, if the broad peak is higher than the sharp peak, theoscillator is overstabilized, the pull -in range becomes inade-quate and the broad peak can cause double triggering of theoscillator when the hold control approaches the clockwiseposition.

Remove the oscilloscope upon completion of this adjustment.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment.-Set the hori-zontal hold control to the full counter -clockwise position.Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channel thenback. The picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T110frequency core slightly and momentarily switch off channel.

17T200, 17T201, 17T202,17T211, 17T220

Repeat until the picture falls out of sync with the diagonal linessloping down to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold controlclockwise and note the least number of diagonal barsobtained just before the picture pulls into sync.

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C161Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjustC161A slightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal holdcontrol counter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal andrecheck the number of bars present at the pull -in point.Repeat this procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

Turn the horizontal hold control to the maximum clockwiseposition. Adjust the T110 frequency core so that the diagonalbar sloping down to the right appears on the screen and thenreverse the direction of (adjustment so that bar just moves tothe left side of the screen leaving the picture in synchronization.

SENSITIVITY CHECK.-A comparative sensitivity checkcan be made by operating the receiver on a weak signalfrom a television station and comparing the picture and soundobtained to that obtained on other receivers under the sameconditions.

This weak signal can be obtained by connecting the shopantenna to the receiver through a ladder type attenuator pad.The number of stages in the pad depends upon the signalstrength available at the antenna. A sufficient number ofstages should be inserted so that a somewhat less than normalcontrast picture is obtained when the picture control is at themaximum clockwise position. Only carbon type resistors shouldbe used to construct the pad.

RESPONSE CURVES are shown in the classical manner ofpresentation, that is with "response up" and low frequency tothe left. The manner in which they will be seen in a given testset-up will depend upon the characteristics of the oscilloscopeand the sweep generator. The curves may be seen invertedand or switched from left to right depending on the deflec-tion polarity of the oscilloscope and the phasing of thesweep generator,

NOTE ON R -F UNIT ALIGNMENT.-Because of thefrequency spectrum involved and the nature of the de /ice,many of the r -f unit leads and components are critical in somerespects. Even the power supply leads form loops which coupleto the tuned circuits, and if resonant at any of the frequenciesinvolved in the performance of the tuner, may cause seriousdepartures from the desired characteristics. In the design ofthe receiver these undesirable resonant loops have beenshifted far enough away in frequency to allow reasonablelatitude in their components and physical arrangement with-out being troublesome. When the r -f unit is aligned in thereceiver, no trouble from resonant loops should be experi-enced. However, if the unit is aligned in a jig separate fromthe receiver, attention should be paid to insure that unwantedresonances do not exist which might present a faulty repre-sentation of r -f unit alignment.

A resonant circuit exists between the r -f tuner chassis andthe outer shield box, which couples into the antenna and fr-plate circuits. The frequency of this resonance depends on thephysical structure of the shield box, and the capacitance be-tween the tuner chassis and the front plate. In the KRK8 units,this resonance should fall between 120 and 135 mc. and iscontrolled in the design by using insulating washers of dif-ferent thicknesses (in the front plate to tuner chassis mounting)to compensate for differences in the shield boxes of differentmodels of receivers. The performance of the tuner, particularlyon channels 7 and 8 will be impaired if the proper washersfor the particular shield box involved are not used. Obviouslythen, if the r -f unit is removed for service, the washers shouldbe replaced in the correct order when the unit is replaced.

129

130



ANT TB

4.°Atice.

P3004- MREARVIEW

TO ANT

72 A.COAX

P30013 -MREARVIEW

ANT NIATCNIN3UNIT F,103,

1200 1201L203

J 200-F 7200 C202 C200FRONT ANT. op iaVIEW TRANS.

N C201 c2032, le se

1.37

L36

90LFRONT L"a.

L33

SICFRONT

ofIto

125 CIO100K 390

I

1 T6P1TESTCORN

FRONT

TP2

1.17

LIG

L's

us

325FINE TUNING

51C R AR

128 L26

L29 125L30 124

131 1.23149 L22

ur 50-75

Ft.F. UNIT

C20 6CsiB2 6270 R -F AMPL. 3900

C227-30

1.52

OR -3.BCI 11

31C4

SIBREAR178

LI C3 -1.10 15

121

L45 147illL43

85V. - 2 +1353

L50(0N W I)

C18'1500

R11 RIOISO

21R7 15000

22K

-1-C17A IC1411500 ;1500

16.8

}L44

11500-C19

C7110 LI CHANNEL SELECTOR

SI A L9t53,r0.1 (51) VIEWED "-L4 #(0%9- 3.8

FRONTFROM FRONT, AND 391/100X

L13 sg:-Zo":,Ma,1102N

1

c23.1...23L6 L5 I

COLOR CODES MOULDED PAPER CAPACITORSMULTIPLIER

DIGITS TOLERANCE

VOLTAGERATING

OUTER FOIL END(MAY BE ON. EITHER END)

MULTIPLIER

DIGITS TOLERANCE

VOLTAGERATING

)OUTER FOIL END(MAY BE ON EITHER END

CHANGES IN 17T200 AND 21T208 SERIESThe video amplifier V110 was changed to a 6CL6 or a6AG7 tube. The end of the picture detector plate resistor2126, previously connected to the junction of R142 and2143 was reconnected to the junction of 2143 and 2144.

The V110 screen resistor was changed to 39K. The V110plate load resistors R131 was changed to 2200 ohms, 2133was changed to 18K, 2135 was changed to 15K and C130was changed to 270 mmf. Picture detector plate resistor2126 was changed to 2.2 meg and the end previouslyconnected to the junction of R143 and R144 was recon-nected to the junction of R200 and 2201 in the V116 gridcircuit. Brightness control bleeder resistor R183 waschanged to 150K, R185 was omitted and terminal 1 of

R184 connected to ground.

V101

500140 1-F6AU6 r ioi

*H6V.C1Or2f

6

IST SOUNDI -F MARL

120KI39 -:1C2ri:7311i

MIA C1018 -S R 102.01 .01 1000

1.35V

t R213i 000`01311 -.Vg:

V106

6CB 6IST PIX1-F AMPL

+1083.ATS NO 516NA

w102

11041ST PIX.

TRANS

.2VIRIIt115I 15

470 1.5-70 NC RII

1.2. TRAP

RI17,%Kr.

41795C11134700

5 RI40moo 1.8 MEG.

101199

;"00 021100

c

r3;:k 1470015 +260 V.

RI164650W.

5 mF. I C133.1 R142.C1856

0.331 39K0 143120 K

RI181000 14700

R1201000

V102

6AU62ND. SOUNDI -F AMPL.

EIIOV. IF

+1203,1

C 104 -of

1;12.t

TIO2RATIO DET

TRANS.4.5 MC.

F AGC

TioS V107 T1062ND. PIX 6C B 6 3R0 PIX-F TRANS 1F TRANS22 75 MC. 2ND. put MC.B o 141'ke B o

gali g',..

+5 . -121232.

Cf. iTI-1°/ A f. C124,

2 4700+1

Iigg'i Zin'T= 4 -1_

A V.-1C120 C122 E4700 47213...,?n,

41,4012122t39 .

*C1861.125 V AT 14100NO SIGNAL

va36C B6380. PIX1F AMPL.

NS V.

Is

CIZEA47001

C125514700

c R155I MEG

F AGC

135 v.

f 16 14:5

R147470K

_C137 :11

.0033 ;

VIII6A U 6AGC AMPL.

+2.3v.

ZIC 1854

110 mF

+260V

C163.001

C161410-160HOI2

LOCKING'RANGE

R144 1 C13447K I .012523. - 074

560K

019322

+260 V

R15210 K

*NOV4.138V.

R14.9500 KAECCoNTR

V112A V109 B

6SN7-6T V° 12AU 7NOR. SYNC C140 VERT SYNCSEPARATORSEPARATOR

+250 v270

RI57 C144270K 0.1

CI43330

R153 0159

150 MEGMEG

8150 R154 1C1394700 680 K T.0033

+260V + 260V

5164(3900

75 K 1R170 8

moR. HOLD 0142 lSCONTR.6602 82 6SN7-GT

VOLTAGERATING

NOR SWEEP 050AND CONTR.

160V. .120V.

OUTERARROW

POINTS

TOLERANCE

DIGITS MULTIPLIER

TII0NOR. SWEEP05C. TRANS.

* 260V.

01991320K

0171680

8198471(


v 103

6A L5RATIO

DETECTOR

0 7V.

6

40.7y

5V

CI21' T470

C107470

C t09

I v.

R10547

R10710 K

Toe10K

AlR106 .1,083915 1.0022

5101 7

REAR

0110.0047

121091 MEGVOL

COATS

C 111

z -,.6

R NO410MEG

0215'27K

CI881.012GRA+

7F5'7

O41140'NOiNPUT

11074TH PIA68 TRANS24.25 MC

17 P.C12613O 14700

33K

V1094

12AU7 L1012ND P1% 36 MUR

DET OF11.7,

4

0187

1°'

C 127Ito

t 1012322015 4700

V1046A V615T AUDIO

ANAPL

7 *7" C3101

- Ala

V1OS

6K6-GTAUDIO

OUTPUT

3

-.0027

0,061 1211331T 020184

7.-

5101 FUNCTION SWITCHVIEWED FROM FRONT ANDSHOWN IN POSITION NO.1(MAX COUNTER CLOCKWISE)

POs _ Tv onlw HIGHS2 - TV NORMAL3 -PLIONO NORMAL.

VIL103 i 0

4.5 NC 6AC7 L104 C130TRAP ,,,,,,0 93 Nou-E 120=NT 461171. RED (T-A E.

R1293900 CI20

47

SOOL102LEM

GRN-WIIT

C129.015

3

3

8 10 V.

30V6

01848

8132K

+260V

III 013,3300 39

0.2164 LiD5OK V,lt?. 4

1D -'81.1C OLD

'0103AUDIOOUTPUTTRANS.

131_1)---

CII4 -0027-1 I

tine. I10

R2122200

0-4/VS,-

+260V

L114250 MU E

GAN

C1320.1

R13715 K

in PICTURECONTR

R 1331 12135 1

27N 1215

+2605

R1385000

8139150K

II

17T200, 17T201, 17T202, 17T211, 17T220

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

P -MSPEAKER

1278310015

RI84200K

PRIVATESCONTR

R185100K

OR SEP

0158-0.7

10

5112 IS

65N7-GT65 SYNC00 OUTPUT44 +548V

14620 4

6

G7 C148K OOttit If

CI47 R16618 K

R168390K,

S

301704

1.2 MEGVERTHOLD

CONTR

+260v.

01500.1

v1136J5

VERT. SWEEP 0174 0175 C155 C1570SC. 150 K Too N .0015 .022

.447 li S44 11 11

3 6FF 10149 J-0 151 .Ze,li!'

,3901.0047 ,i C1530.1)/

10156-.068l'670%

t 4E2e .`01:3

2 I

C.)183 81715601,

2R7gg

0154 1820010022

R1801.2MEG

V1146K6 -6TVERT. SWEEP

OUTPUT

253,

T108VERT SWEEPOUTPUT TR

ISLAI

E. I

llILJ

R182470

260 V

8201475.4

0161810-160POR

DRIVE

68G6 -6TNOR SWEEP

OUTPUT

2o36800

0 172.0012

F tot0.2 AMP.L0 -BLOWAFTLD--

01741 R2020.27 I 180

R204565

T111

TRAM0205v 117

B3- GTH- V RECT

2 13 600 V

DEFL YOKE01030.1

PIN VIEW

Models 21T208, 21T217,21T218, 21T227, 21T228,21T229, employ 21AP4,but use almost identicalcircuit to the one shownon these pages.

17a P4KINESCOPE

GLASS

COATING

CHANNELIND. LAMP

®B, y

TO V11,-4

T 105

6.30

5Y3-GT 5U46 GR

JI03 FREARVIEW

No

0177 :: '' -'7'''°01.,,11 C175 0207.022 ,.... .'z' 330 560_HI 6- - I (--w.

5118.C.2j 6W4-GT,1_10.,.. DAMPER

_C-4 1.

5

2607

4 OR. LINECONTR

7

r -i RED10181 VERT COILS

el L110 L109R2101000

8208 0209560 560

AR

TEL

BLK

SECT RECT.

L113

a aCM,. -C11324

MFI 280 MF

+260 VSUPPLY

ED

nREDQ

GRN. RE

I

275 V 104 0YEL

BRN6.3v7 I A

81.4.11R

All resistance values in ohms. K =1000.

All capacitance values less than 1 in MFand above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted.

All voltages measured with ''VoltOhmyst"and with no signal input. Voltages shouldhold within ±20%, with 117 v. a -c supply.

Direction of arrows at controls indicatesclockwise rotation.

In some receivers, V119-10 was con-nected to the junction of R171 and C183.

BLuI

BLU TEL L___J

0.94 I

In weak signal areas,noisy sound can be im-proved by followingthese suggestions.Watch the picture fromthe top of the chassis,turn T105 one-half toone turn clockwise toimprove sound. Thisshould not weaken ordecrease picture con-trast. On high chan-nels, a slight impro-vement in both pictureand sound may be ob-tained by retouchingthe R.F. tuner antennatrimmer C22, locatedbetween 6CB6 R.F.tube and antenna mat -

5102

ching transformer unit.In some cases, adjust-ing the tuning of T101

r sound I.F. transformermay improve sound.

115 v60,SUPPLY

Schematic Diagram

131



C7OSCILLATOR

INJECTIONON THIS SIDE

71CONVERTER

TRANS.

SELECTORSWITCH

S1011010CNI-Orf .17011,01. CONTROL

C2 TEST TESTFINE POINT POINT

TUNING TP2 TP1

ALIGNMENT DATA

C IGR -F PLATE

L44

Figure 6-R -F Unit Adjustments

Figure 7-R -F Oscillator Adjustments

NS, SNP Fr 75MG.

Gum ("21) raft* ..-IvAx(tscaZZSPI;(23 1. :

43.2efm, 11111; itve

Figure 8-Top Chassis Adjustments

2R-CE2GI

L52IN

BACK

CI IBAND

WIDTH

BACK

TRANS

,o5 Two Tsol 4;31

0 4.1) 0 at) Gra c0., r,.) t(7102

rm. &SRC1

GK GT locnT ouT

SY7Gnog

132 T7-----ig:"re9-13oitom hassis Adjustments

17T200, 17T201, 17T202,17T211, 17T220

PAD FOR PAD FOR PAD FORSO it. COAX. 72 sL COAX. A 300.CL BAL

INPUT

4711

4711

30011BALANCED

OUTPUT

Figure 10-Sweep Attenuator Pads

I \Figure I - R- I' Response

Figure 12Ti and TIO4

Response

4711300

BALANCEDOUTPUT

Figure 13Over-all 1-F

Response

AINCORRECTfrj/ B

C CORRECT

Figure 14-Horizontal Oscillator Wave Forms


RCAVICTOR MODELS 17T250DE, 17T261DE

VIP Chassis No. KCS74

A complete circuit diagram is printed across the next two pages, over.For alignment information refer to material on pages 131 to 135, in the1952 Television Servicing manual, Volume TV -6. That alignment datapresented in connection with other RCA Victor sets is applicable to theseadditional models.

ION TRAP MAGNET ADJUSTMENT. - Set the ion trapmagnet approximately in the position shown in Figure 1.

Starting from this position immediately adjust the magnet bymoving it forward or backward at the same time rotating itslightly around the neck of the kinescope for the brightestraster on the screen. Reduce the brightness control settinguntil the raster is slightly above average brilliance. Turn thefocus control (shown in Figure 1) until the line structure of theraster is clearly visible. Readjust the ion trap magnet formaximum raster brilliance. The final touches of this adjust-ment should be made with the brightness control at the maxi-mum clockwise position with which good line focus can bemaintained.

FOCUS MAGNETMOUNTING SCREW

KINESCOPESOCKET

ION TRAPMAGNET

Pm -CUSHIONCORRECTION i

MAGNET

ODEFLECTION

YOKEADJUSTMENTill! I

DEFLECTIONYOKE

FOCUSCONTROL

CENTERINGADJUSTMENTLOCK SCREW

CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

LEVER

NINE

NINECUSHION

Figure 1-Yoke and Focus Magnet Adjustments

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT. - If the lines of theraster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask,rotate the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained.Tighten the yoke adjustment wing screw.

PICTURE ADJUSTMENTS. - It will now be necessary toobtain a test pattern picture in order to make further adjust-ments. Connect the antenna transmission line to the receiver.

If the Horizontal Oscillator and AGC System are operatingproperly, it should be possible to sync the picture at this point.However, if the AGC control is misadjusted, and the receiveris overloading, it may be impossible to sync the picture.

If the receiver is overloading, turn R181 on the rear apron(see Figure 2) counter -clockwise until the set operates normallyand the picture can be synced.

CHECK OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT. -Turn the horizontal hold control to the extreme counter.clockwise position. The picture should remain in horizontalsync. Momentarily remove the signal by switching off channelthen back. Normally the picture will be out of sync. Turnthe control clockwise slowly. The number of diagonal blackbars will be gradually reduced and when only 2 or 3 barssloping downward to the left are obtained, the picture willpull into sync upon slight additional clockwise rotation of thecontrol. Pull -in should occur before the control has beenturned 120 degrees from the extreme counter -clockwise posi-tion. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 90degrees of additional clockwise rotation of the control. At theextreme clockwise position, the picture should remain in syncand should not show a black bar in the picture.

R -FUNIT

R211VERTICALLINEARITY

CONTROL

R199HEIGHT

CONTROLR18IAGC

CONTROL

T113HORIZONTALOSCILLATOR

FREQ. ADJ.

L107HORIZONTALLINEARITYCONTROL

LIONWIDTH

CI919 CONTROLHORIZONTAL

DRIVE

JI01 J102 C191A

(0)PRORD VIDEO 6LOCKING dINPUT JACK RANGE

Figure 2-Rear Chassis Adjustments

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT. - No electrical centering con-trols are provided. Centering is accomplished by means of aseparate plate on the focus magnet. The centering plates in-clude a locking screw which must be loosened before cen-tering. Up and down adjustment of the plate moves the pictureside to side and sidewise adjustment moves the picture upand down.

It a corner of the raster is shadowed, check the position ofthe ion trap magnet. Reposition the magnet within the rangeof maximum raster brightness to eliminate the shadow andrecenter the picture by adjustment of the focus magnet plate.In no case should the magnet be adjusted to cause any lossof brightness since such operation may cause immediate oreventual damage to the tube. In some cases it may be neces-sary to shift the position of the focus magnet in order toeliminate a corner shadow.

WIDTH. DRIVE AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUST.MENTS. -- Adjustment of the horizontal drive control affectsthe high voltage applied to the kinescope. In order to obtainthe highest possible voltage hence the brightest and bestfocused picture, adjust horizontal drive trimmer C191B counter.clockwise until the picture begins to "wrinkle" in the middlethen clockwise until the. "wrinkle" disappears.

Turn the horizontal linearity control L107 clockwise untilthe picture begins to "wrinkle" on the right and then counter-clockwise until the "wrinkle" disappears and best linearityis obtained.

Adjust the width control L106 to obtain correct picture width.A slight readjustment of these three controls may be neces-

sary to obtain the best linearity.

STATION SELECTORFINE TUNING

TO REMOVE ESCUTCHEON, SLIDESPRING CLIP TO LEFT

OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTFOR rHANNEL NUMBER

Figure 3 -RI' Oscillator Adjustments 133

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor Models 17T250DE and 17T261DE, using Chassis KCS-74.

TO ANT

PI B- MREARVIEW

I UNIT

1500

C12.270

ANT TB.

30ortBAL.

PIA- MREARVIEW

100

9°

SIR SIRI FRONT REAR 0O2 120

3 N 0

SICFRONT

2

147 LIZSTRAIGHT

WIRE

128 126

L29 175

L30 124

131123

LI

12

/ L3

ANT MATCHING UNIT

L59I-FTRAP F-1.4

45.75 MC. TRAP

L601-F TRAP

41.25 MC. C25

15442

143

144L45 L52

C161-4

SICREAR 149

127 C15oat -3.8

RE47

7 6 C14122 270

SIBREAR

113

119

120

137

L36L35

L34LE3

L32

L35159

140

141

C19 R12 R13 C21622 3300 150 4700

1-1-4W-r21:n-.--71-12i6111500 1.13 MEG.

RII00

51DFRONT

V

6130.7 R8 R14R -F AMPL 470K 1000 7

C17 RIO C231500T 82 15001

-V C32

L57

t II c31y vvort%550 22 vosc.44o %ER

R43300 164 163

,711`C 21 L561500

100 K i / 22V o

C7 CHANNEL SELECTOR SWITCHES VIEWED

T0.68FROM FRONT AND SHOWN IN CHANNEL

L6 L5 NO, 2(54- GO MC.) POSITION.

ALIGNMENT OF HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR. - If in theabove check the receiver failed to hold sync with the holdcontrol at the extreme counter -clockwise position or failed tohold sync over 90 degrees of clockwise rotation of the controlfrom the pull -in point, it will be necessary to make the follow-ing adjustments.

Horizontal Frequency Adjustment. - Turn the horizontal holdcontrol to the extreme clockwise position. Tune in a televisionstation and adjust the T113 horizontal frequency adjustmentat the rear of the chassis until the picture is just out of syncand the horizontal blanking appears as a vertical or diagonalblack bar in the raster. Then turn the T113 core until the barmoves out of the picture leaving it in sync.

Horizontal Locking Range Adjustment. - Set the horizontalhold control to the full counter -clockwise position. Momentarilyremove the signal by switching off channel then back. The

C 1914picture may remain in sync. If so turn the T113 rear core 10-160slightly and momentarily switch off channel. Repeat until theLoHcriLpicture falls out of sync with the diagonal lines sloping down RTG4to the left. Slowly turn the horizontal hold control clockwise cow s-

and note the least number of diagonal bars obtained justbefore the picture pulls into sync. C193

If more than 3 bars are present just before the picture pullsinto sync, adjust the horizontal locking range trimmer C191Aslightly clockwise. If less than 2 bars are present, adjust C191Aslightly counter -clockwise. Turn the horizontal hold controlcounter -clockwise, momentarily remove the signal and re-check the number of bars present at the pull -in point. Repeatthis procedure until 2 or 3 bars are present.

134

12

C2815001

t L6543.5 NC.

TICONY. Ti

R3if,f_ TRANS. -tF -A ;01 3

22o0 re l

LsiciI

1C2211500

B

C6 -G30C315001 15 )) 5162

270K

-C157C1568 10.474700 4.

1-1I- C158.047

#2es V.

R.F A.G C

V101

6AU61ST SOUNDVF AMPL.

3 1018Y 101

C10IA R101.01 82

T101SOUND I -F

TRANS.rb,,,.4 5 MC

C103IS -

C105

"1V

RI023300

veoz6AU62 NO. SOUNDI -F AMPL.

CIO7A C1078

R 1071000

FUNCTION SWITCHES VIEWEDFROM FRONT, AND SHOWN IN P03(MAO COUNTER- CLOCKWISE )

POS. 1 TV me. iNGNS2 -TV NORMAL3 -TV MIN LOWS4 -PRONo. MIN. HIGHS.5-P140NO. NORMAL.6-PRONO LOWS

+28!

VTIO4 I0615T PIA 1-F 6AU6GRID TRANS 1ST. P112

I -F AmPl.

3975 C- C1251tti- 20

OV.

I R124e, 5600

C 126r -I4700Rt26.01100

C13:i R1254700 1000

C 156A4700

R194200 K

VIIIGCSE.

AGC AMPL

R163 $ -C160 R169 5172MEG. 4 .0033 47 5600

C 159 -.0015

"a-

5 HOG -NO SIGNAL

C1264700

3 R12970 100

IC124.04-/ Tio3:

C123A11C127

T105 T i06151. P1X. I -F 2ND. PIO. I -FPLATE TRANS. GRID TRANS.

C132 IDI

R130 100 -C134 r1 4700 13 12

6 1J L16'

R 132

LI ,421

7.1gRI346R1013.1.

B

R1385600

RI282000

+285 V.

VIII

R171 NO65N7- C.GTR SYN AMIN_

12K R17612 K

*152 V *AM. 980 .-1i -L-C 162 2 5 i CI64

001N 00,

8174 24V 4

3.9 3 5177 RI60MEG >

N INES 39KR181 y25K AAGCCONTR.

RI75R 173 100012 K o +285V.

R I97B Ck4z375 K

NOR. HOLD22./

22K GBKCONTR. R226

rr-"Ar--4,2e5 V. C190 - C197

.001 T.047

R221330K

-C192

vi1665N7- GTNOR. SWEEP 05C

AND CONTR

C198 I

V107

6CB62140. PIK.1-F AMPL.

160 V.

T 1073RD. RIX 1-F

TRANS.41.15 MC

131 V. -NO SIGNAL AR136660C

Oy

C 137A C13785 0 4700 4700

C1364700

V113

65N7 -6TSYNC. SEPARATOR

T I13HOE. OSC.TRANS.

1

+285v.

DI

J

12188620K

59V C1700.1

-11V

R17911 C 165150/1 .01

C

8137 R101000 66

R184.18K

V 114A

330CI66

6SN7-CvERT.

AMPL.

C 171.047

5189 R1902.2 18 KNEG.

R231820K

C200 R233680 4753

R232.1. 4 7 K

C1915JO -1601401212.DRIVECONTR.

VIII65 Us-GTHOR. SWEEPOUTPUT

R Z3*7900.101

C 20

C201 6235 CO.0072 180 To.1C 183 _

5 MP0101

.25 AN

All resistance values in ohms. K = 1000. Coil resistance values less than I ohm areAll capacitance values less than 1 in MF not shown.

and above 1 in MMF unless otherwise noted. Direction of arrows at controls indicatesclockwise rotation.


TIO 2RATIO DE T GALS

TRANS. RATIO4_524S DETECTOR

V103R 1392300

RATIO DET.BALANCE

IF

: 5 5: C109

I rt!..14

f1

rt, _100r.li ,6 -- - -0 2

-CIII .,.VAIR470

4044.12,50 9111

1000

R108

4.?...ICII347 10022

C c

$101-B 5101-BFRONT REAR.

10

RIO96800

91106800

C 115.0047

-1R11.6I MEGVOL.

COBTR

CUB.01

GAV61ST. AUDIOAMPL.

TEL

811310

MEG.

R11510K

JI01 -C117P140010 1.039INPUT

C I14'1100

17T250DE, 17T261DE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

v104 V105

0.5 AUDIOAUDIO

TI036AOUTPUT OUTPUT TR.

Emu (-----

-1- CI20 3 "6" ET_ ! -2 1 17 *95V.

..''''' I ' II.0162720 RED I-1-7

.4027 Y =v

3 Cos 4706 3ZR I 17

- 19116 R119:40211 03306 Geo 20 MF.

v1086CB63RD. PIN.I -F AMPL.

5 121V

T 10$4TH. P1X. I -F

TRANS.45.5 MC.

A

C1404 C140114 9 4700 4700

C139 R141 R1424700 10K 1000

:rK3

CAC

5114_ PIX. I -F SOUND6C136 TRANS. L102 THE --OFFMN. PIK. 0 A 36 TRANS.I- F AM . 1- - (Tow 14)4-1) rE

4701:'"

3

V109 7 109 T110

5 I

C14111-4700 T

7 914610K

L__

R145 C1421000

R101

4317D j

C 1441500

91476800 0148

° IC 14t4..0)

+285 V.

CI46 I C14710 I 10

tt I

SICB-

1484701(

RIZO470

IAI10 N1F. +2135V.

S101- AFRONT 4,

7 G

V110L105 6CL6L 103 4Tra 510E0

RED -RED oR.5EL AMPL.

RI3300

915i3900

1.104 10250Hoo:

GRN 1R15447 CI51

3.0068

C 14991

AA 72V.

J102

3+142v

RI53220

R1642200

C- 167ISO 1110

¶000IA) -14

8 -K -OR

C2118.10 MC

CI52-100

R1554700

R1566750

+285V

P-14SPEAKER

C15359 3

0R157690

4C154

15

91592200

RISESf 15 K1 PICTURECONTR.

2

R I S 43082K

vni TEL

3241C155150K .3-0.1

PC 101

R19568K>

9196390K

3

:10Tt tVERT. HOLD

CONTR.

V114 B

65N7-GTVERT. SWEEP050.4 DISCH.

1.70V.C 174

- 390

0-4-118 7

Y

520268K

R203 C178 CI79100K .0022 .022

)

01750.1 CI76 0177

1002210022mie.

R20510KI

-1-

V"R200.? C180 C173820K> .033 5198 1.0022

i 2' -. 3 56" ' R206R199 .

12OK2.5 MEG

HEIGHT CONTR.

R209436

R2072.2MEG

C182

52)08200

v,.56A0.5VERT SWEEPOUTPUT

267V

R214220K

3

nn R216 f R215VERT 200K I 1501A +101

OuTPuT BRIGHT1491124749 COQ-TR.

blur -9213330

2850.4.26v.C2I2CISO ME

IFSR21.11500VERTLINECONTR/mEm.

4712470

L 5

42855

-V

9217 -1-C1850186 100K 0.1.047

II V3300 C187 12219R218

.0047-r 15 KV

CHANNEL'NO. LAMP

3 .1

i9.300v.

10

4560 V.

v 120

17GP4Hi/4E5009E

711414012. SWEEPOUTPUT f.14-V TRANS

B BOOST

WA920166 K

i 0205.027

)

0206_ C207...1_107.022 1 270+ 111 140R. LIN

47 CONTR5

183-6TH -V RECT

AA12237.5.1

-C 104220

CONTRWIDTH

w L 10G

3 5119

L. 109 6W4-GT1.5 mu -I4 DAMPER

2130V

IEJ

DEFL *YOKE

3IC2013 VERT COILS I RED91 LII2 LIII 100,

7J7R24I100001

5259 R240 I

560 560 I yEL

P102-4PIN VIEW

C2114a100 MFI

.1102-FREARVIEW

L 115FILTERC11065

elto

+2851,-..uPPLT

C 209150 NIF

BLU L

CR102

o 61

c J00)(00000

mcles 0188.047 .047

10

wI03

0

ZY

6300.44 1

7112 1

5102

5103INTERLOCK

115V GO,SUPPLY

Lir'cuit Schematic Diagram

11 voltages measured with "VoltOhmyst" For waveform photographs and service sug- In some receivers, a 6AG7 tube may be. with no signal input. Voltages should gestions, refer to the Fourth Edition of the employed in place of the 6CL6 video amplifier.1 within ±20% with 117 v. a -c supply. 17T153 Service Data. 135


RaytheonRAYTHEON TELEVISION AND RADIO CORPORATION

A Subsidiary of Raytheon Manufacturing Company

1771, 1712, 2171

SERVICE ADJUSTMENTSHorizontal Hold Control (L-30):

The horizontal hold control is located on the rearflange of the chassis and should be adjusted in the fol-lowing manner.

Set the picture control to its normal operating posi-tion. Turn the thumb screw clockwise until it reaches itsstop. Turn two complete turns counter -clockwise. Thethumb screw is a vernier adjustment and will then be inthe center of its range.

Turn the iron core with a small screwdriver or adjust-ing too! until the picture is steady (no horizontal move-ment). Set the core to the middle of its range.

After the iron core has been properly adjusted thethumb screw should then be used as a vernier adjust-ment to control synchronization when necessary.

Horizontal Linearity Magnet - 17" onlyThe horizontal linearity magnet affects the linearity

of the right side of the picture only. The magnet pulls orstretches the right side and has a greater effect closerto the picture tube.

Anti -Pin Cushion Magnet - 21" onlyAdjust centering until an edge of the raster is visible.

Loosen the positioning screws and slide the magnet back-ward or forward until the edge of the raster is verticallystraight. If keystoning is noticed adjust magnets in

vertical plane.

PRE -ALIGNMENT PRECAUTIONS

1. If sweep generator does not have a balanced output, V H.F TUNE

connect a 150 ohm resistor in series with the groundlead and 150 ohms minus the internal resistance ofthe generator in series with the hot lead.

2. Connect a 1000 mmf capacitor across scope ter-minals and a 10K ohm resistor in series with hotscope lead as close to test point as possible.

3. Connect signal generator through a 1000 mmf capa-citor.

4. Set F -S -L switch to "Fringe" position.5. When aligning the IF Amplifier be sure tuner is

turned to high band channel 13.

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Sales Name

M -1733A 17T1 Saratoga*M -1734A 17T2 NorthbrookC -1735A 1771 LakewoodC -1736A 1771 GlendaleM -2107A 2171 BeverlyC -2108A 21T1 Westport

*C -2109A 21T2 MontclairC -2110A 21T1 MalibuC -2111A 21T1 Plymouth

* NOTE: Models include Raytheon's Continuous UHF Tuner

AND 2172 CHASSIS

136

T6VERT.

OSCILLATORTRANS.

UHFPOWER

SOCKET

T3RATIO

DETECTORTRANS.

(Continued on next page.)

CTOFILTER

Ion Trap MagnetThe position of the ion trap magnet MUST be over the

grid of the picture tube (second cylinder from the baseidentified by a flared forward lip) If the adjustment isnecessary, loosen the wing nut and rotate until the posi-tion which gives maximum illumination is found. Adjustthe screw for maximum illumination. Repeat the abovetwo steps. Rotate and slide magnet until the best focusposition is found. Tighten wing nut.

Centering MagnetThe centering magnet should be rotated and the

control adjusted until the picture is properly framedkeeping in mind that the effect of the control is governedby the position of rotation. If the control is above orbelow the neck of the picture tube, the picture will bemoved up or down. To the left or right of the neck ofthe picture tube, the picture will be moved either to theleft or right.

Deflection YokeThe correct position for the deflection yoke is as far

forward on the neck of the picture tube as the shape ofthe tube will allow. Tube shadow or a tilted raster mayresult from an incorrectly positioned yoke. If a position-ing adjustment is necessary, loosen the yoke wing nutlocated at the top of the picture tube assembly,

Top Chassis View 14AUDIO

OUTPUTTRANS.

L15

L

6

B

f.

1'

UHFSIGNALPLUG C72

FILTERLYTIC

J OUTP2L1

0 coNTRoikV.LIN. VTIAILD2cO

\V. SIZE FRINGE

CONTROL SUBURBANR73 LOCAL

SWITCH

ME

C91

FUSIBLERESISTOR

C

R52POWER

RESISTOR

SELENIUMRECTIFIERS

R101FILAMENTDROPPINGRESISTOR

T8H. V. DEFLECTION

TRANSFORMER

V. HOLDCONTROL

R69

AC PUTRECEPTACLE (r)

SYNC.STABILIZER

ADJUSTCONRTROL61

H. SIZECONTROL

L30CEADJORUSTMENT

H. HOLDCONTROL


RAYTHEON VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT (Continued)

Step

No.

SignalGeneratorFreq. (mc.)

SweepGeneratorFreq. (mc.)

SignalInputPoint

OutputPoint

Remarks Adjust Response

1 23.526.2 25

Pin 1 oftube 5

Scope at junc.tion of L25,

R27, C58

Connect shortbetween pin 5 and

pin 6 of tube 4

T2 pri.T2 sec.

Couplingrod

215 26.2

2Calibrate scope for sensitivity of one volt per inch. Adjust peak response for one inch deflection. Marker

should fall 10% down. If response curve is not as shown readjust coupling rod (bottom of T2) for proper band-width and T2 primary and secondary for flat response and maximum gain.

3 21.4Converter

gridVTVM at

junction ofL25, R27, C58

Remove Short.Adjust generator for

output of approx.2 volts DC

L19 -B

(top ofChassis)

L19 -A(bottom of

chassis)

MaximumReading

MaximumReading4

5

6

7

26.5Converter

grid*

VTVM atjunction of

L25, R27, C58

Adjust generator foroutput of approx.

2 volts DC

21.4Converter

grid*

VTVM atjunction of

L25, R27, C58

Remove Short.Adjust generator for

outpDCut

of approx.2 volts

L19 -B

(top of chassis)

MaximumReading

23.8Converter

grid*

VTVM atjunction of

L25, R27, C58


2 volts DCL16

L15

MaximumReading

MaximumReading25.0

Convertergrid

*

VTVM atjunction of

L25, R27, C58


2 volts DC

8 25Converter

grid*

Scope at junc.tion of L25,

R27, C58

T2 pri.(top of chassis)

Check

only

Rock for flatresponse

215 26.75923.5

26.525

Convertergrid

*

Scope at junction of L25,

R27, C58

dMarkern,sp should be 50%curveresponse

shown-fshould be asnot, repeat alignment.

Picture IF frequency 26 75 MC - Sound. IF frequency 22.25 MC.* NOTE: A very short lead from the generator must be used to prevent regeneration.

VIDEO TRAP COIL (L-29) ADJUSTMENT1. Tune in a station.2. Adjust the tuner until sound bars just appear.3. Turn L-29 slug all the way out (counter -clockwise).

4. Turn the slug in (clockwise) until the horizontalscanning lines are smooth and continuous

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENTShort antenna to ground.

1 4.5Junction ofL25, R27,

C58

VTVM atjunction of

R44, C65, C67

T3 pri.(bottom of

chassis)

T3 sec.

(bottom ofchassis)

MaximumReading

2 4.5Junction of

L25, R27,C58

Scope at junc+ion of R44,C65, C67

Sweep approximately±100 kc-Adjust for

maximum linearity

3 4.5Junction of

L25, R27,C58

Scope at junc.tion of R44,C65, C67

Sweep approximately±100 kc-Adjust forsymmetry of peaks

T3 pri.(bottom of

chassis) j\ilik:L-29 coil shouldonly be adjustedas prescribed. Do not ad ust for maximum sound.

AR ENNATERMINAL

0

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRaytheon 17T1, 17T2, 21T1, 21T2 Chassis

NTENNA 035TRANSFORMER 1.5--

06BK7

IR. F. AMPLIFIER ICE1.5

CI22 1 5

Ogle0TIB

C35000

470K

PILOT LIGHT NOTEPILOT LIGHT ASSEMBLIES NOTINCORPORATED IN 17T1 OR 1712CHASSIS. 1771A CHASSIS HAS ONEOINAPLETE ASSEMBLY AND 175113HAS TWO ASSEMBLIES WITH ONEPILOT LIGHT BULB

T3 NOTE: PART NO -13+4.19643AN ALTERNATE RATIO DETECTORTRANSFORMERTERMINAL 1 IS CONNECTED TOPIN 2 OF 6406 TUBE , TERMINAL 2TO PIN 6 OF 6A06 TUBE, TERMINAL3 TO PIN 7 OF GALS TUBE, TERM-INAL TO PIN S OF GALS TUBE,TERMINAL 6 TO RESISTOR 1.43AND .P.1,1111 C66 WILL THENRE 020 771

-C7822w1

L-5 -F ---w

R2

LI

L6 R51000

0-0R9 C32

1000

C20

.68

1200 2 0 2" "'E. 7"

0 0 Clo

01000

L2

1000

R4

Teo

L3 5

CO C12

3 C11 TU

-11 CI000 _LH10600 5

4

L26

13

C

CI

O

I I0

IC24C22 ®

1.0

I2AT7[CONVERT OSC

SO

21V

0151C17.000 SRE

00016

0

0 0

,N,2200

C262.5

0220v

0

C27

Re10K

51

LIO

LI I

C29

C315-10

- C30-0NOTESFE

TN

p47LOT

I

R1051 I

LIGHT

5.6IC23 4=To00o

.-. C5615000 C

LI31.14

C365000

C34

2400

U.H.F.POWERSOCKET PLUG

RI527K

C576AH6V

5000 I VIDEO AMP] IS5V

ry

C58

R32

.240v

1231470 K

0

o I0o

C72C0 m130040

Ir

i 1.70

L27270764

R3615K

C5911.1

+50BOOST

R39$000

00

Et -A33.5

S R332500 R34

5600

- [Plc UREI

C77002 2 ntl

158 1z

_ADCoct1156.

ro'. -

LOCAL - SUBURBAN -FRINGE SWITCH

R61500 K

DJ I

I

SYNC STABILIZER

NOTE; VOLTAGE MEASURED WITH20K -^./ V METER CORRECT ONLY WITHNO SIGNAL INPUT, NORMAL OPERATION ANDLINE VOLTAGE 115 VOLTS AC.

CAPACITOR VALUES SHOWN IN'MMFO' UNLESS OTHERWISEMARKED.

RESISTOR WATTAGE SHOWN INV2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISEMARKED.

GROUND SYMBOL 11) DENOTESTOP CHASSIS PAN. IV / DENOTESSIDE FLANGE.

138

lI-

/R35560027/

+155 R38

R37100K

BRIGHTNESS)

L28240V

27071

20

oo

(2)6BE6

I SYNC. CLIPPER]

+155VR64

7K

1.- C80 10.1m1

R65

33K

C79100

C95seo

12

166.240V

C96220

1,T.7

ON TRAP TAIENr":1:46"qp

MAGNET 6I*00AU6AMP.1

C63"

OV DEFLECTIONYOKE

WOO

L29,

+24ovTRAP

R71I600

HIGH00 TAGE

V OSCILLATOR CI34TRANSFORMER I .D47.st

YELLOW

R83

469 GREEN

-15 V)

0

R680200

C8202201

0

R9I6130K

175736

100K

54066142

C62 R41=SOOOT 120

CBS.047E V. SIIE

41.

Vol

SO4

0

RED

BLUE

R72126

V. SIZE I245V

C8747w,

04504

O

CO

I2SN7GTIv oscl IV. OUT PU=T

C70OKg*25.

21V

9751000-4000

EERD

240 V

O0

6AL5

0

2404

R150K85

C973900

I A. E c. DISCS]

0

00

CIOI680

II

0

OV

R86

R876B OK

L 3UIR HOLD[

R925600

+240 Y

C103

212174-330

R9600 K

C985000

0V.

RB82.2mm

16150089

R9056K

C10022R1

O0

-C99047ml

- 9V

0

0

C104

59 V 0

6SN7GT[R MDLT.I

O

-IOU

00

S 020

`27,;f-II

75,1

47

0106

1711

R946zo0

61O05

HORIZONTALWINDING OFDEFLECTIONYOKE


IF CONNECTION FORG37 U. N. OPERATION

0 C

6CB6I ....ET' [1ST I. F. 1 1.16

L15 BLUE 1 II

C38

R74 077220K - 44500

BOOST.

C88

I° -'

100

C640022.

R42(12002W

2400R53

I VOLUME I

C41

R761.01

+4500BOOST.

400.

BLUE

R78150

0ET

V. OUTPUTTRANSFORMER

LLOW

47

NOTE PLUG NOT USEDWREN UHF TUNER IS

INCORPORATED

,GREEN

LIB0 0 0

06AV6

[ AUDIO A111111

O6CB6RENO I. 01

VERTICAL WINDINGOF DEFLECTION YOKE

SHIELDED

BLUE

C71.0,111

1.19

Raytheon 17T1, 17T2, 21T1, 21T2 Chassis

6CB613R0

r 7

I 0147

leGREE

R26220

0140V

:OUTPUT I F.

,TRANSFORMER

'6 id

C505000

Igg_

140.21

025L6GT140010 OUTPUT

C89.IM

AUD 0 OUTPUT

1.23

TRANSFORMER

R50

4240

125VDC.

GREE

+155V

CRYSTALDETECTOR

CA 706C51

155V

SOURCE

1.24

1.32

SOURCE00 0 0 0

155241C708

258674 150047. OW -.T100141

POWER 3001RESISTOR

9824121-4

0101

P ok

SELENIUMRECTIFIER?

P

L25

R275600

690

100141250V

150v

1.0011ISO,

251.5GT 2550601 125N7GT

11520W

FILAMENTRESISTOR

2 7

OREES8.5 VaFILAMENT

TRANSFORMER

GREEN

BLACK

C52

125 VDC.

B

BL AC

ON -OFF SWITCHION VOL. CONT

SAFETYINTER- LOCK

See next page, over, for trouble -shooting hints.

A.C. INPUT115 VOLTS50 CYCLES

139


TROUBLE -SHOOTING Raytheon 17T1, 17T2, 21T1, 21T2, continued.

Trouble Probable Location Trouble Probable Location

No Raster 1. Defective tubes 11-13-16. No Sync 1. Defective tube 12.

No Sound 2. Defective selenium rectifier.2. Improper voltages or resistances at

socket of tube 12.3. Defective resistors R52-82-101. 3. Defective F -S -L switch or in wrong4. Defective capacitors C70-72-74-90-91. position.5. Defective transformer T9 or choke L32. 4. Sync stabilizer adjust control misadjusted.6. Defective safety interlock or on -off

switch.

Insufficient or no 1. Defective tube 13.

Vertical Sweep 2. Defective transformer T5-6 or yoke Ti.

No Raster 1. Insufficient or no high voltage, (refer 3. Defective capacitor C70-85-86-87.

Sound Normal to "No High Voltage" section). 4. Defective resistor R68-73-74-75-76-77.

2. Defective picture tube.3. Second anode lead disconnected.4. Ion trap magnet misadjusted. Picture Cannot be 1. Defective picture tube.

5. Defective C.R.T. socket. Centered 2. Defective centering magnet.3. Defective ion trap magnet.

No High 1. Defective tubes 15-16-17-18. Poor Focus 1. Improper adjustment of Ion trap.

Voltage 2. Defective transformer T8, yoke 17 orcoil L30-31.

2. Defective picture tube.

3. Defective capacitor C105-106-107-108-110-111-112.

Poor Horizontal 1. Improper adjustment of linearity mag4. Defective resistor R92-96-97-98-99-100.

Linearity net (17") or anti -pin cushion magne-s(21").

2. Defective tube 16-17.. 3. Defective capacitor C105-106-111.

No Picture 1. Defective antenna or lead-in. 4. Defective transformer 18 or coil L31.No Sound 2. Defective tuner tube 1-2.

Raster Normal 3. Defective tuner (refer to page 12).4. Defective tubes 3-4-5-6. Snow or Poor 1. Insufficient signal input.5. Improper voltages or resistances at

sockets of tubes 3-4.5-6. Picture 2.

3.

Defective antenna or lead-in.Improper alignment of CI -A -B.

6. Improper alignment. 4. Weak tubes 1-2-3-4-5.7. Defective crystal detector. 5. Improper video IF alignment.8. UHF power plug not in place.

Lack of Contrast 1. Defective tube 6.

No Sound 1. Defective tubes 8-9-10-11.2. Defective crystal detector.

Picture Normal 2. Improper voltages or resistances atsocket of tube 8-9-10-11.

3. Improper video IF alignment.

3. Defective speaker or leads brnken ornot in place. Washed Out or 1. F -S -L switch in wrong position.

4. Defective transformer T3-4 or coil L29. Picture Smear2. Defective crystal detector.

5. Improper sound alignment. 3. Gassy tube 1-3-4.4. Improper video IF alignment.

SERVICE HINTSA.G.C.The A.G.C. is a negative bias voltage proportional tothe average composite video signal, developed by thenetwork of R-59 and C-78 and applied to the R F andfirst and second I F amplifiers. The magnitude of theA.G.C. voltage will vary according to the strength ofthe signal being received. However, it will closely cor-respond to the detector output voltage (across R-27).As a fast and simple check to determine whether theA.G.C. voltage is normal, measure both the A.G.C. anddetector output voltage. Under normal operating con-ditions these two voltages will be approximately thesame.

140

Sync Stability:For optimum sync stability the following points shouldbe considered. A three position F -S -L switch and a syncstabilizer adjust control are provided along with the twohold controls. The position of the switch is governed bythe strength of the signal being received and the con-trol should be adjusted for a steady picture. The po-sition of the switch and the adjustment of the controlare important for good sync stability (control will notfunction in "local" switch position).

For good horizontal sync stability both the horizontalhold thumb screw and coil core should be set to thecenter of their respective ranges. (Center position be-fore going out of sync in either direction).

For good vertical sync stability the vertical hold con-trol can be adjusted to reduce the effect of noise thatmay interrupt synchronization in reception areas wherenoise conditions exist.


SentinelALIGNMENT DATA

Generally under normal conditions only the INDIVIDUALCHANNEL TRIMMERS in the tuner unit may requireadjustment by the service technician.

RATIO DETECTOR AND SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT

In most cases only the secondary of the ratio detector coilwill require adjustment. This can be done simply by ad-justing the top adjustment screw of the ratio detector forminimum buzz with the sound carrier of a TV station. Forcomplete alignment use steps 1, 2, and 3 in the alignmenttable.

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT

Receiver should be run for at least !/2 hour before proceed-ing with alignment.Use just enough signal output voltages at all stages ofalignment to prevent distortion and overload. Maintainreadings on low volt scale.

StepNo.

Sentinel Radio CorporationModels 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461

(Presented on the next 6 pages).

EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETERSIGNAL GENERATOR supplying a 4.5 MC. (within .25% )20 to 30 MC. and 50 to 216 MC. (within 1%) signal. Withoutput adjustable to at least .1 volt maximum.CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE. Must have good fre-quency and phase response from 10 cycles to at least 2 MC.SWEEP GENERATOR. Capable of covering 20 to 30 MC.and 40 to 270 MC. with a 10 MC. sweep with output adjust-able to at least .1 volt maximum.71/_ Volt Battery to provide 6 Volts fixed bias duringvideo I -F alignment.3 Volt "A" Battery to provide fixed bias during RF andRF oscillator alignment.

ALIGNMENT TABLERATIO DETECTOR AND SOUND ALIGNMENT

Connect SignalGenerator to

I In series with .001 MFD.cond. to junction of R -2Iand C-25. See Fig. 5.

2 In series with .001 MFD.cond. to junction of R -2Iand C-25. See Fig. 5.

Sig. Gen.Freq. Connect Voltmeter to Miscellaneous Instructions Adjust

4.5 MC.

4.5 MC.

3 In series with .001 MFD.cond. to junction of R -2Iand C-25. See Fig. 5.

4 Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield.


6 Ungrounded convertertube (616) shield.

7

8

Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield.

4.5 MC.

26.4 MC.

20.4 MC.

21.9 MC.

25.2 MC.

In series with 47,000 ohm resistoracross C-45 a 10 MFD. Cond.

See fig. 5.

In series with 47,000 ohm resistor tojunction of C-29 and C -3I.

See fig. 5.

In series with R.F. probe to junctionof R-62 and R -I28.

See fig. 5.

In series with 47,000 ohm resistorto junction of R -2I and C-25.

See fig. 5.

Remove the 6AU6 tube 4th videoI.F. Maintain reading on low volt


scale.


scale.

Tuner on channel 3.No external bias

In series with 47,000 ohm resistorto junction of R-2! and C-25.

See fig. 5.


See fig. 5.


See fig. 5.

Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield.

23.5 MC.



T-7 (top), T-8(top and bottom),T-9 (bottom) formaximum reading.See fig. 4 & 5.

T-9 (top) for zeroreading.

See fig. 4.

T -I2 (top) forminimum reading.

See fig. 4.

T-4 (bottom) forminimum reading.

See fig. 5.

T-3 (bottom), T-5(bottom) for min-imum reading. See

fig. 5.

T -I I (top) for min -,mum reading. See

fig. 4.

Tuner on channel 3. 6 volt biasto junction of R-59 and C-53.Positive side to ground. See fig. 5.


See fig. 5.


I0 Ungrounded convertertube (6J6) shield.

25.9 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm resistorto junction of R-21 and C-25.

See fig. 5.

22.8 MC. In series with 47,000 ohm resistorto junction of R -2I and C-25.

See fig. 5.

NOTENOTE

I: ALTERNATE 4.5 M.C. TRAP adjustment: Adjust T-12 (top) for2: For minimum buzz always adjust T-9 (top) with the sound ca




T-6 (top) for max-imum reading. See

fig. 4.


fig. 4.


fig. 4.


fig. 4.

minimum 4.5 M.G. beat on a strong station signal.rrier of a TV station. 141

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSENTINEL Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461, continued.

ALIGNMENT TABLE-(Cont.)

25.5MCFIG. 2

RESPONSE CURVE FOR T -I & T-2 RESPONSE CURVE FOR R.F. ALIGNMENT IN TUNER

Step Connect Marker Marker Connect Sweep Sweep ConnectNo. Generator to Gen. Freq. Gen. to Freq. Oscilloscope to

11 Couple to un- 26.4 MC. Direct to un- 20 In series with 47,000grounded convert- and grounded con- to ohm res. to junctioner tube shield. 23.0 MC. verter tube

shield.30 MC. of R -2I and C-25.

See fig. 5.

MiscellaneousInstructions Adjust

Shunt 470 ohm re- T -I and T-2 to corre-sistors across pri- spond with responsemanes of T-3, T-4, curve. See fig. 2.T-5, T-6 (plate &

screen).

NOTE 3: Steps 4 thru 10 should be repeated if any adjustments require more than 1/2 turn in either direction.NOTE 4: T1 primary and T-2 SECONDARY part of a double tuned circuit cannot be aligned io a set frequency, therefore. must be aligned

to obtain the response curve shown in figure 2.NOTE 5: T -I affects the high side of response curve.

T-2 affects the low side of response curve. TUNER R.F. ALIGNMENT

NEVER ADJUST C -I, C-7 and C-8 UNLESS ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY. THEY BY SPECIAL EQUIPMENT.

Step Connect Marker Marker Connect Sweep Sweep ConnectNo. Generator to Gen. Freq. Gen. to Gen. Chan. Oscilloscope to

MiscellaneousConnections Adjust

12 Loosely couple to 205.25 MC. 300 ohm an- 12 Lead extending from Tuner on channel 12 C -I, C-7 and C-8 forsweep gen. leads. and tenna terminals. top of tuner. See fig. 4 3 volt bias to center max. response having

209.75 MC. terminal of AGC linear peaks with pic-level control. Lure and sound mark-

ers at 90% maximumresponse. See fig. 3

13 OBSERVE RESPONSE CURVE FOR ALL CHANNELS USING CORRECT FREQUENCIES AND CHANNELS.A SLIGHT COMPROMISE SHOULD BE MADE WITH C -I, C-7 AND C-8 IF MARKERS ARE BELOW 70%.

142

FOR RF OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT. SET FINE TUNING CONTROL IN CENTER POSITION. ADJUST INDIVIDUAL CHANNELTRIMMERS FOR BEST PICTURE DETAIL WITH THE PATTERNS OF A TV STATION. NOTE: USE AN INSULATED SCREWDRIVER.

26.4 MC5.0 DB

FIG. 7

23.0 MC

3.0 DB

OVERALL IF RESPONSE CURVE.

20.4 MC

21.9MC

FIG. 8EXPLODED VIEW OF 21-9,AND 20-4 MC TRAP MARKERS

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSENTINEL Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461, continued.

TRIMMER LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT CONNECTION POINTS

STEP -I SOUND IF1-7 4 5 mC

STEP 3 THROUGH R.E. PROBECONNECT VOLTMETER TOJUNCTION OF R-62 AND R-129

4.5 MC

STEP -2 SECONDARY OF PATIODETECTOR 1-9 4 5MC

STEP -I SOUND INTERSTADE]PAT -e 5C ITOPI

ISTEP -7 5 P VIDEOIF T-6 252 MC

STEPS 4 5 AILSOUND TRAP 7I2SfAC

2Au7

R-,213

[TO CATHODE OFPICTURE TUBE

&R 62

PIN 7

STEP 1 SOUND IF1,7 4 5 mt

STEPS 7 THROUGH 10CONNECT 6 VOLTS BIASTO JUNCTION OF R-59AND C-53 POSITIVESIDE TO GROUND,

STEP I IN SERIES wiTly41,000 OHm RESISTORCONNECT VOLTMETER

ACROSS C-45

STEPS 2, AND 3 SOUNDALIGNMENT CONNECTSIGNAL GENERATOR TO

PIN 2 JUNCTION OF R-21 ANDC-25 w5MC

STEP 4 TRAP PART OF346 VIDEO I.F. T-4

26.4 MC

STEP- 4,VIDEO I F T-5235 MC

525

STEP -ID 2 vAv10E0 IF T-32, BMC

STEP -9 390 VIDEOIF 1,4 259 MC

STEP II CONNECTOSCILLISCOPE THROUGH41,000 OHM RESISTORTO JUNCTION OF R-21

AND C-25

STEPS 4 THROUGH 10CONNECT VOLTMETERTHROUGH 47,000 OHMRESISTOR TO JUNCTIONOF R -2I AND C-25

C-25

STEP S TRAP PART OFVIDEO i.F T-520.4 MC

0

STEP I SOUND INTERSTAGET-13 4.550

l! TEP PRIMARY PATIODETECTOR T-9 4.5MC

STEP 2 IN SERIES WITH47,000 OHM RESISTORTO JUNCTION OF C-29

AND C -3I

O FOR REALIGNMENTC. I , C-7 fl C-13

STEPS I2 B 13

EON SF ALIGNMENT STEPS 12 81OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTiON

STEP -6 21 9 mCTRAP T.11

STEP1i SECONDARY OFis, VIDEO 1.F T-2

STEPS 12 13 13 CONNECT3 VOLTS SIAS TO CENTERTERMINAL OF AGC CONTROLPOSITIVE SIDE TO GROUND.

STEP 5 TRAP PART OF2H6 VIDEO I.F. 1-3

20 4 MC

TUNER UNIT

FIG. 4

7.2

143


144

SENTINEL Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461, Circuit Diagram

6AU6 6CB6 6AU6 12BY72..o I F AMP 320 I F AMP 42. I F AMP VIDEO AMP

11,

310.5

6-55

130.5

.56

.0 NC G., 700.,

.110,000

01/

.000.540.0

5*. I I TRANS6 ViDt0 OCT T 6

60 -

C- SO

56000.5

.

.E0r LINE

1000 Ow.

0.62 .6C

"

.50000.5

" 59

C

1.21

`W.

C 2

400001----ooco,

001

C ST

w 9

....0('0°°1:0'60 AO

60

511''!t.1 -L

.00poo,... SY

12AU7 6BE6SYNC AMP 8 PHASE NOISE GATE

6AU6SYNC. AMP

6AU6A.G.C. NEVER

SPLITTER

3

!Or

)000 LINE

25r_L

6AL5PHASE MY

;1-:tP"::

6SN7GTHoRiz

1 _, 11-75

-4

ri

§T

Ylr

600 V

I

/ 10(6.5

2 '000 .5

.6.7(621.7[1.

11 2opoo., *zoo,. exoo,..

6SN7GTVERT. OSC.

VERTBLOC. *16 OSC

TRANS 7 11

GREEN

1r

C 9. <I

v21.11 601.0WIG 2,

.\1.1 .25

.105

22,000 n.46

...2

C-60

SIZE220000 A Vi 2" oT p

6

4,0000.,

6BL7GTVERT AMP

Nr 2(15


6AU6kr SOUND IF

SENTINEL Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461, Circuit Diagram6AU6

2.a SOUND IF6AL5 6AV6 6K6GT

RATIO DETECTOR AUDIO AMP B BIAS CLAMP AUDIO OUTPUT

70000.".

C54100 NYE

C.D.

6BG6GHORIZ. OUTPUT

NO71.2OUTPUT

Tf17.4.3 7-3

03

2- -I

.25://y,

I-62

1133GTH.V RECTIFIER

2 n.

-74

NEG.,

I7

0

I-.

ONIPsI125 .0

2

5U4GL V RECTIFIER

to--

C11.611t.--4r

6W4GTDAMPER

NOR I2 MO NEII172

00000..3

2-9S90.000 n St

e N-.09

'202 " .L I IS1

DEFLECTION1022 2-.5

50,000n.00> Nr I IS

ISE

SALE

v(14, 0v7PuTTWINS -16

EN, 0NEN4

4t, 00000

E 95

4r

On-PPINOW99--41

.29

L

5Y3GTL .V. RECT.

TO TOIL § e--91

62C.TU041PER SE

- N410 OE1.ico7.

MODELS

1U-4581U-4591U-4601U-461

NOTENNE, SET NIS 20E769 11,7.0O E TEMA IT IS CONNECTED SSNOt 6.002

MIEN SET kS 2021n1 VW.O (*(07011 IA .5 ComPALCTIO ASSAOw. 111(001v

6AL5RATIO DETECTOR

I

oN.I

AIEA ,,.4 00000

30 6if 60 tor 0 7.7r

C9.

145


SENTINEL Models 1U-458, 1U-459, 1U-460, 1U-461, continued.

_ _ __ i .6CB6

i 6BQ7 6J6I

In. I F. AMP.PRI0.5, STRIP MAIM

R

.I R. F AMP CONVERTER AL T E CM. E 1ST I F TEO..

1 .v

FA

"C)-.1..

TL -I-411::-475.3.1P-1T1

,.,-..,

...: 1 .21.6

+. ,...

-.7......'

,,2 ,..,,ei c

-t4:

Z..:::

(1.)

ANT STRIP .11 IMF

,

I

1 g -c/ cd

1-1.

3

I 3)0

! 2E. 0 Al 1-1

1

.r.

§

4 .,

..L

5 I

I

'5.

...

e11) 'CIC..)

7I

I

-- 2.,11.1.,,

IO Mar

I

I

..

0 ..,:

C PE 4a..)

1 1-1-'

I''. :

.,,,EOl.

V.-. 01.1,

c.n 4..1 °0,

1

.?7-ii.,

R- ,0UL...,.. 0 1-1

CtS3

I Nor

o

,,3

En ti-i0

.11. 0.,-'

.01ve, C IR,

.5 4-'T=11. C -J T 0 Z

.1P 0110.1griF CRT,T 2..7 C.) Q.110=FIF C-9,, CHOKEN0001-11.

77.1= 7

- _J __I

F6J6 6B07

CO...ERTEN * F IFIF 6K6GT 6AV6 6AL5 6AU6 I i to

(fiat00,0,1111t4

P1411,0,100 qt010)9

AUDIO OUTPUT AUDIO MAP RTo:n DOT 210 50u00 1.F.

3 75 '30

' 000FRO 0

BIAS CLAMP

40T0#, 6,401%.,,ik eye...)

A 24

L __ J

a mem ttel*alVs %LI'. , . -

TN, Iv., VARY MTN FOCUS6AU6 6CB6 6AU6 6 3. .35 CONTROL SETTING

Us LF ANA 3 LP AMR ...FR IF AMPA _Or*I. ." 6AU6 TN.s 1LL vaRT .IT. I-1016CB6

1T I. ANN .G]/Flt 0 ovirc,A dirt4 ..1 No ,., SOWED LF N.H., NESS SOO

CONTROL SITTING

.4 110) ' . * ----g,tok ,,,1.-'1 040, i40 V.10.... 00 no vOLTS

014 , .3, 0 IS6AU6 *ROVE GROWS° L 0

"NC RIP 10WO* ,, 3,,,12 150 Olt% 50

'

to ,i, as

146

no Am L vAire Art.Art.SET TOM OfAlte,I5 1,S. 411TN(51 AND CONTRAST CONTROL

6BE6 o 6AU6NOISE HATE .0 C. PETER

LOCL.TT OFL,STO* CONTROL 11.1 MAXIMUM 12BY7 -4 15 IFI5 5U4GcoLGRvelSE POSITION 7,0E0 Abi L YOL PELTCONTRAST CONTROL T 1.111imulA P1114k 0,I LOYCIA ono 0WT.., NESS CONTROL T MIN MUM /*Ali 0vOLumE CONTROL T mINIMLINI ,,,Lore,,,,-- 4,111111M (PI300 ONIAS .CROSS NTENN TERMINLS * kip ICAAV SlIrLL RE01N4S UNLESS SPECIFIED MEASURED MA 4Aram NO SIGNAL INPUT. 2 5 lit,r- 2

..,, 25S ,,,, ,,a.. f1.111.1 vOLTOf NtOINC TO BE TANEN oNL r OP 01.0

SAT SECOND. ANNODE Of PICTURE TUBE 0 290.

.LL vOLTGE READINGS usOl .ITN I 2 AU7 6AL5vCuuld Tv. vOLTME TER SYNC AmY PASE OE T

PNSE SPL .! TER 0A AC VOLTAGES

°40101 P 5Y3GT

ARa ..ON FE PULSES DO NOT MEASURE.. ---- FID 0 '° LON vOL RFCT

0 OE 7 ERIPNED BY SETTING OF locus CONTROL. 4 pra. 4014, 0.0..7 OV.24 440A07 °

LL RESISTORS BELO.. .00poo ONMS IN ...WE *010, %AO0 0 0

ARE !An TOL [NANCE VAIL ISS 07 NERwISE SPECIFIEDARERESISTORS BOvE .opoo OHMS IN VALuE

F10.6 TOLERNCE UNLESS OINERPoSE SPECO.110 6W4 6SN7GTo....p, ...z os c.

A o ,0 250

4.0,, To,.6 0 6 3 35 6

- vtoviv is -vow* " 464.0* x ,

500 0 "0 .0 HO

6 BL 7GT 6 SN7GT 6BG6GvERT OEN! 05C

mOR.2 0, Pm,'

.5 0 TO -AS 0, ii DO NOT MEASURE r0.144ES4,0Y0A ON THIS TUNE.

?CAA60. .,,.-..,,tit) A *bit*4 1 B3GT

. V RFC,


Sears, Roebuck and Co.Set No. 1175-21, using Chassis 478.380, andSets 1182-21 and 1189-21 with Chassis 478.381.

These models are 20 tube, AC operated, direct view, 21 inch rectangular metal picture tube television re-ceivers. The chassis are electrically similar to those used for Catalog Nos. 163-16 (478.319 chassis),153-16 (478.341 chassis), 1163-17 (478.375 chassis) and 1132-17 (478.376 chassis). The major differ-ences consist of the use of a 21 inch rectangular metal picture tube (21AP4) and the Sarkes-Tarzian TT5Tuner.

Circuit diagram on pages 148-149, additional service material on page 150.TO REMOVE THE CHASSIS FROM THE CABINET:1 - Remove the knobs on the front panel by pulling them straight forward,in line with the shafts on which

they are mounted.2 - Remove the screws holding the masonite back to the cabinet and remove the back.3 - Loosen the screws holding the antenna terminal strip to the cabinet and slide out the antenna terminal

strip.4 - Reach into the cabinet from the rear and remove the speaker plug from the front of the chassis.5 - Remove the six chassis mounting screws from the bottom of the cabinet.6 - Slide the chassis straight out, being careful not to hit the picture tube.

FOSS ANUSNIENT

CORTARO LEVEa

LOCK SCREW

APNmaNWANIONWNIRMSW

Focus Magnet TPM 103 -DA

0PERT LIM

0MenaCENT

MOOJACK

COLOR SOCREI

RECEIVER REAR CHASSIS CONTROLS

(Using Focus Magee. TPM 110-D)

CENTER= a

CEIFTWON LONg SCRIM

POLYETHYLENE MOIRE TUBE BOOTCNN ARAPITNINT PPM,

YOKE ADA/STMENT

FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

CENTERMG LEVERB

LOCK SCREW

IROTM 5WITOmOMPPOPF

TRAP

(POSMCM MAY VARY)

FOCUS MAENETXORIZOP151

0 RORIEPREO

LOCK

TIKE BRACE

TIME MOUVTMG STRAP

POLYETHYLENE PCTURE TUBE RMG

I

ANODE COPWECTOR CLP

PICTURE TUBE MOUNTING DETAIL

VOLTAGE CHECK CHART

SCHEMATICLOCATION TUBE FUNCTION TUBE

PIN NUMBERS1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

V 1 1st Vid. I.F. 6CB6 -.5 1 0 6.3 A.C. 110 110 0V 2 2nd Vid. I.E. 6CB6 -,5 t 0 6.3 A.C. 110 110 0V 3 3rd Vid. I.F. 6CB6 0 1.2 0 6.3 A.C. 110 110 0V 4 Vid.Detector & A .G .0 . 6AL5 0 -.2 6.3 A.C. 0 1.2 -.5V 5 1st & 2nd Vid. Ampl. 12AU7 120 -3.5 3.5* 6.3 A.C. 6.3 A.C. 160 -1 .8 0V 14 4.5 M.G. Ampl. 6AU6 0 0 0 6.3 A.C. 110 110 1.2V 15 Ratio Detector 6AL5 .4 1 A.C. 6.3 A.C. 0 0 0V 16 1st Audio Ampl. 6AT6 -0.9 0 0 6.3 A.C. 0 0 50V 17 Audio Output 6K6 0 120 130 -14 6.3 A.C. 0V 7 Sync. Separator 6SN7 _3.5 0 0 - 15* 235 4 6.3 A.C. 0Sync. Limiter andV 6 Vertical Oscillator 6SR7 0 -45+ 0 -154' -15* 150++ 6.3 A.C. 0V 8 Vertical Amplifier 6S4 -58 6.3 A.G. 0 -70 410Hor. Oscillator andV 9 Sync, Guide 6SN7 -100 35 -125 180 110 -105 6.3 A.C. 0V 10 Hor. Output 6BG6 6.3 A.G. -95 -110 0 190V 12 Damper 6W4 475 280 120 120V 13 Power Rectifier 5U4 300 -90 -90 300

Conditions:1. Switch on - set connected to 117 Volt 60 cycle AC.2. No antenna connected and set tuned to unused channel.3. All controls at "Normal Setting".4. Measurements taken with a Vacuum tube Voltmeter.

Notes:Reading will vary with setting of Picture Control.

Reading will vary with setting of Horizontal Hold Co+ Reading will vary with setting of Vertical Hold Cont++Reading will vary with setting of Height Control.

ntrol.

"1. 147

R9500


Sears, Roebuck and Co. Sets Catalog Numbers 1175-21, 1182-21, and 1189-21,Silvertone Chassis No. 478.380 and 478.381, Circuit Diagram.

vie6BC5

R.F. AMPLIFIER72,, INPUTDEI KEEN182(LINK CLOSET)

300., INPUTBETWEEN 184

(LINK OPEN)

(SARKES-TARZIAN "ITS' RF TUNER)

2,7 C402,3

1408

Sr.

C4I01470

L407

C408

68

CIF09

(5

VI96

OSC.68

JMIXER

`VI -HI

7V;

I(:)TEST

C4 \Z./POINT470

L404

R40415K

C4I310

C414.1_

L405

R4054700

S

C4I5

115

036.0M01 CR5

100

0L4030

0

c8611_1_ _LR9c867

3.11 Rik

.005 T. 1-1500

I

I .11913

IBM

C416.51

R402 C4032200 7-5000

R401 1c40115K 1.001

NOTES.I.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ALL CARBON RESISTORS

ARE 1/2 WATT ARE INWITH 500V RATINGS

TEST SOCKET(TOP VIEW)

°YELLOW

O GREEN

2. e MOLDED PAPER , K.1,000 , M1,000,000

3. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER.

4.RESISTANCE READINGS OF WINDINGS ARE APPROXIMATEAND MAY VARY 15%

5 IN SOME RECEIVERS A 30 mh. DEFLECTION YOKE (TTR 224-0)MAY HAVEBEEN USED INSTEAD OF THE 8.3 mh. DEFLECTION YOKE (TTR 242-0),IN THESE RECEIVERS THE CHASSIS ARE DENOTED 478.380-1 OR478.381-I AND THE HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION CIRCUIT WILL BE ASFOLLOWS: VII

IB3GT

1

VOLTGERECTIFIER

I WIDTH CONTROL

R926.8K

WIDTH , C78 I

SWITCH I 1

75-1.5KVL _J

+2804

V4 V3 V2 VI6AL5 6CB6 6CB6 6CB6

0.+235 v.RED' -'(EXTERNAL

SHORT)

COLOR SOCKET(TOP VIEW)

148

L15 L14 V146AU6r-,2

C405.001I

6VI8C85

3

C4041.001

478.380 and 478.381 CHASSIS

itg

C54--4I

220f

TE

Al

VI 34 8MC V26C86 6CB

let I F VIDEO AMPLIFIER 2nd IF VIC/ECTI

R2;Jos41n

-4-

IC5-100

%t C4

10%

1500

- 1111110%

+140v

RA47

10%

R5C! 3301500

V76SN7GT

SYNC SEPARATOR

C21.04 7,,r00v (§)

RII330

V6A 7

6SR7SYNC LIMITER K

C22100

827I5K28-10%

R26IM

4-235v

c 2 3-+235v -354 °T

R306 SK10%

*C 3682

C3782

846150K-10%AW

-70 V9-6SN7GT-HOR12 SYNC GUIDE 8LOCKING MORI/ OSCRANGE

1. ° T6

R47330K10%

*-11

R 8.24 2,3isr<53

O42 ,1

- - - -J180.111

C39 R50 022004791 3.9K .400V400V 10%

4T4848 }R49 -,. .

820K 582K10% ,W

-90v

0

R2930%9M L -

REC.

R31 11152ION -we22K 5200

10%

1.02602,1

- 6004

R54132K

W 53.

c,oliR52 '010.6'0 v150KIvo 5', ®C44

.00141 C461111 v 2 2 ' R5660JV SOK

NOR951 HOLD330KIN R575% 82K

C e 5-90v

.047,A=6004

T4

C2I.00601

c 7 R602'0 47II wee -

R5510011 R561* 10K10% ,04

01

280v

591M

10%

V14 BOTTOM TOP6A U6

5 M C AMPL I TS t

R6415K

3-10% x

645 C55.020200V

661K 056

C .056 0

P1400100

VI5GALS

RATIO DETECTOR

T. V. PHONO-TV-w+ 1401 22.1.,:m

1953 TELEVISION

PMONOo TV

C6100214600..

V166AT6 (Or 6AV6)

I.f AUDIO AMPLIFIER

C62R73 -IMOUND VOL Alof 674

CONTROL 4006 1018

679221

C53 C64Dow 010600V 4006

36 961C V3 34 13 MC6CB6

IPLIFIER 3rd i F VIDEO AMPLIFIERT2 T 3

----1 i"---'-- -1 fi-1.4,41 Rs 5 stic a"g 2,264 Olq ill -r C6

'H1-,2'150016* Cl cs

005yf

+140v

005:1

2

612-IC12 5613KI250 10%200V

V686 SR 7

VERT OSC

R910010%

1613

C11000

+140v

V4 A6A L5

VIDEO DETECTOR CISLi 0470-200v

WHITE15101

120K

CI!470

1-9

V48

L2:1800

ORANGEPURPLE

RI439K'0% RI5

39M

R36IK

5 7)6GACLD5E TUTOR/AV

C15.005T V8

P1 1 6S4VERT AMPLIFIER

C28 fi/0470SOOV

C300470

R33IM

C 29OI

600V

R34ISMPERTMOLD

3

VIO6 BG 6 G

H0RIZ OUTPUT

"IC 399$0 160HoRIE

,-- OR, v E

7

600V

R354.76,Oi

C St 122..1 -

6009

Z R37t 470 6

6362 TMHEIGHT

66V PULSEDO NOT MEASURE

C9D47

600V

'c601 I 4.711AC2

,2* -050 2* 0.'wr, 410 W.W.200v

-90v 0

4-280v. -weR63.0K

R392 2M0%

94092010

R4x1

VERTLIN **

R414AI

617ILPICTURE

-3 5v.

BLU

REDL 15

IC7 1 C

-90v

509

9,1256010%

R43J 560

Kr/.

RT2 C A2.MA, II

5

L3 V5GREEN 19011 12 AU7

mi 6 2nd VIDEO AMPL

CI?047(1° te.1

R4207 1 RI11:11

CI9

400V

4

901TOT

L8A

R753306

R76470K

VI76K 6GT

AUDIO OUTPUTC65

.00470600V

111

AUDIO OUTPUT TRANS

TIO ;

R7535005w

CsitsSOO400v.

140v. -90v. +235v. -90v_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - -.-1+280v.

I

1

----U2 I4.5 MC +235 v.TRAP LT 1001 624

6251

i

L6 120on t- MIn-- 500K

2, 22

C20 22K66 19-10% 10

L5 '711,3809L4 RED

180 86MANNPURPLE

6163.31116-10%

- -3.5 v. +140 v.

100K 0047IW-10% 6001

C714 --I- 64510K

475v. 5vs-i0v.WW

4190T7 !.3

6213 36 + 12000 c19-10t

APPROX.

V20

PICTURETUBE

cif220400v

600%R28

82K10%

+235v.

R22620-10%

+2 35 v

11111191TNESS

1

1123471

+140v.

+12000v.APPROX. G2 +280v.+235v +140v -35v -14v. -90v

0 0 0 0 0 0682

33t 8-10S

R68262K

2w-10./.

-90v B++ +280v.

VIIIB3GT

HIGH VOLTAGERECTIFIER

WIDTH

1

'C 73 -1-"DatCONTROL

5 . WIDT.I

R85

2:1

C72

12.53630V.

,LID "SWITCH L88 :

C77

-11r.0 8.... ,I L, TOT I;

110------ ' C re.0020 I 56 . SK V iL _J600v

L 1-.4=HA

000436

+280v

B++

k AMP

FUSE

C74 C75.03511 .050

16.9

C70C10 M.

4001FDT -90v

R8827K

_LC76

V126W4

DAMPER R8600K2*

680,41125ROW

6909 691 - 6999 26 62 650SW 2W-10% 208

I/C7011Am3OMFD-300V

R83

C82.47442006

k R813311IW

25010W -10% -WW

R84- HORIZ. CENT.50-2W-10%

11

L9t 35"

*C7ID30MF0-400V

m. C7041IOMFD-450V

4

zc >re

V13-5U4GLOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

O4:1

T 40 MFD150V

I/ C718GOMFD- 450v

707

21 22 TO NEAT

a a

T II w ---"011901110s---

C79 C80ON -OFF .010 .01v,SWITCH __ 400V * 400V

ON gliSOUNDVOLUMECONTROL

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSears, Roebuck and Co., Silvertone Chassis 478.380 and 478.381, continued.

AIJDMGK.

ME TIRING

SPEAKERCONNEC OR

CYI

ICE -147D

CHAMEL SELECTOR

RESISTOR SOS

ANTBRACKET

VERTICAL P141,47 HORMINTALBRIGHTNESS MOLD TV WED

WITCH

6S4 6SN KG TVERY AWL SYNC. SE

VERT OUf.TRANS

TS

SU6RECT

VERT LIN

V2061AP

PICT'WE TUBE

ti,)47.11NDElRANi

E ADLISTING SCREW

P41060LACK

HE IGH FOCUS AWDJJSTKENTSCRE LIN

CENTERING ADJLEVER pl TRW

OFF-011-{1-11

.4 -PICTURE

RESISTANCE CHECK CHART

6W4GTDAMPER

VC4_TA6E0014NECTOR

NV SOSLOCKINGSCREW

IS SGTN V RECT

y-MORII OUTPUTa NV TRANS

NOR FRED

N V BOX

WIDTH WIDTHSW

TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS

SCHEMATICLOCATION TUBE FUNCTION TUBE

PIN NUMBERS1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

V 1 1st Vid. I.F. 6CB6 700K 47 0 Fil. 10K 10K 0V 2 2nd Vid. I.F. 6CB6 700K 47 0 Fil. 10K 10K 0V 3 3rd Vid. I.F. 6CB6 0 100 0 Fil. 10K 10K 0V 4 Vid.Detector &A.G.C. 6AL5 0 120K Fil. 0 1.1K 3.9KV 5 1st & 2nd Vid. Ampl. 12AU7 12K 1 Meg 5K Fil. Fil. 13K 1 Meg 47 0V 14 4.5 M.C. Ampl. 6AU6 1.5 0 0 Fil. 10K 10K 180V 15 Ratio Detector 6AL5 15K 15K 0 Fil. Inf. 0 Inf.V 16 1st Audio Ampl. 6AT6 10 Meg 0 0 Fil. 0 0 400KV 17 Audio Output 6K6 0 13K 13K 470K Fil. 0V 7 Sync. Separator 6SN7 1.2 Meg 27K 0 5 Meg 10K 6.8K Fil. 0

Sync. Limiter andV 6 Vertical Oscillator 6SR7 0 1.8 Meg 0 4.7 Meg 4.7 Meg 600K Fil. 0

V 8 Vertical Amplifier 6S4 3K Fil. 0 2.7 Meg 120KHor. Oscillator and

V 9 Sync. Guide 6SN7 1.6 Meg 60K 450K 500K 100K 800 Fil. 0

V 10 Horizontal Output 6BG6 Ill. 950 1 Meg 0 16KV i2 Damper 6W4 330K 10K 8K 8KV 13 Power Rectifier 5U4 10K 850 850 10K

150on itions.

1. Readings may be taken with a VTVM type multimeter, a Simpsonmeter or any reliable resistance measuring device.

Z. Ali controls at "Normal Setting."

3. Switch off-line cord disconnected.4. All tubes left in sockets.Note: Filament resistance too low to read.


SPARTON TELEVISION CHASSIS TYPE 27D2I3THE SPARKS-WITHINGTON COMPANY - JACKSON. MICHIGAN

Models 5342A, 5343A, 5382A, 5383A, 5384A, 5385A, 5386A, 10352, and 10353.

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

SOUND TRAP ALIGNMENT: FIRST, Connect the R.F. Signal generator to the grid of V-2by means of the I.F. inpTIEWdapter as shown in Figure 5.

R. F. Generator

_,OutputU}

50 -n -Coax.- - - - - -

Figure 5 I.F. Input Adapter

SECOND:

THIRD:

50_n_

500 UMFTo grid of V2Point (A)

pw To chassis ground

0 AAMA,220 K

Set the R.F. tuner to Channel #13.

Connectchassisrespect

I -

3 volt biasbattery

a 4.5 volt bias battery between the A.G.C. buss (Point C) andground so that the voltage on the A.G.C. buss is -4.5 volts into the chassis. Remove AGO tube 6AU6 V.

FOURTH: Connect the electronic voltmeter across the picture detector loadresistor R41, Point C,and set the voltmeter on the low D.C. volt scale.

FIFTH: Set the R.F. signal generator to the frequency shown below and tune thespecified adjustment for minimum indication on the voltmeter. It isadvisable to check the output of the generator with the crystal calibratorto make certain that it is exactly on frequency.

27.75 Mc.21.75 Mc.

L9 (Top of ChassisL10(Top of Chassis

Figure 3).

Fig. 3)as shown in

PICTURE I.F. ALIGNMENT: FIRST: Connect the R.F. Signal generator, voltmeter andbias battery to the receiver as described in Steps 1,2,3 and 4 of the sound trapalignment instructions.

SECOND: Set the signal generator to each of the following frequencies and peak thespecified adjustments for maximum indication of the voltmeter.

22.5 Lc.25.25 lc.24.25 lc.23.25 Mc.26.0

L6 (Top ofL11 (Top ofL12 (Top ofL13 (Top ofL14 (Top of

tuner as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)chassis as shown in Fig. 3)

SOUND I.F. ALIGNMENT FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator to Point Cas shown or. Schematic diagram.

SECOND: Set the signal generator accurately to 4.5 Mc. This is very importantbecause the picture and sound carriers sent out from the television stations areexactly 4.5 Mc. apart.

THIRD: Connect the electronic voltmeter across R69 from Point E to ground.Set the voltmeter on the 10 volt scale, (-DC Volts).

FOURTH: Peak the following coils for maximum reading on the voltmeter.

Alignment informationcontinued on page 154.

L17 Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3.Ti Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3 and

bottom of chassis as shown in Fig. 4.T2 (Pri. Ratio Det) Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3. 151


Sparton Television Chassis Type 27D213(Service data continued)

IB3GT v am,T -a

HORIZ. OUTPUT

Mocit,T,

6W46T

viT

w §51, WIT ISZt11.02..

/41 T-4

CONS. /MOCina. Mt IAA.

6462.7

5046

6S7117

T -I

SEC.

T-2

0.711:4

T-7POWER TRANS.

L-17 t

6AL5L-14

mwo Taw

triIg411:STAGe ED

6BA6

a

6gA66BA6

6?4,6 A g

el -620"XurrTS-

a.LeA

.15ATAS

FIG. 3CHASSIS DIAGRAM (TOP VIEW)

TRIMMER AND SLUG LOCATIONS

055U4G U40

,g,P§ Ok-Nc0 0 6AU6

6A1161,8 6AL5 'Lgr

-`8Et ca. .) 0.`,b e

cpin°

6C86I. ..41,34 6A U6 0OL-s <Nam 0 I2AU7

O6AU6

O6AL5

6AT60

6BA6

L-32

6BA6

1=M:0 L-31

6CB6

152

Co ......

I 1

CI L-25I I

1 I

65N7GT

e

0GALS

to

613Q607

R r. TUNER

-38

613Q607

6W4GT0 60W4GT

6511707FIG. 4

CHASSIS DIAGRAM (IOTTOm VIEW)

0654

06V6 GT

D: POLEANT.

10

0126047,600 V.I

W'TO L'PEA'll'OIE

JUMPER

Cg?AtIPIAMNS

c. ,w1TCNON OLUNE

A.C. TKEOTIONF FORCOMBAINAS.

SPARTON TELEVISION SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMCHASSIS TYPE 270213

VI MODELS 5342A, 5343A, 5382A,6647 5383A,5384A, 5385A L 5386AR.F.AMP

C'31- 10352 & 10353

INTERLOCK

L.

ITE

V265U40

T

V26J6 R.F. TUNER

05C L MIXER

L-36

RED

GALE

IIIr

11

I

11

POWER SUPPLY

$e - IV' - ii01:r.

L 28

:i 0 0 \-1

IV275U40MED.v AEG,.

wm

L-29

2 '4.350v.

jw.C114A

I..I :yap V20 l V21

2.311T0 0

E07?leCY 1.VISCT.

(2,,. 0 6 26 e'el. "6

0 6B A60

o 20K

65N7GT a L3 'C"C)rvr TOE.

nTJAC'SnXiTTW..t.)BOT .e6

°AT!,.V.

AI MIA

0

FRONT

L

MO

140V 020 MA.

; Ult

'20S MA.t

VOLTAM MST SISCIFICATORS:

I. Clausal SM. Poe.. blame I M

ImswirmalMmaltrwsl -1VSVS0vmmeD. Was Mee* Sagami all ya.. W leslam wpm.. Gmesd

_s 1K 3K

I MVOLTS

R., TUNER

+-.-C751AI40..,f

'31°K

473V.

L -

VI V2 I

4

C2

L-6

3

V33 4

Pd03 4

IVI2V 3

HEATER HOOKUP

NOTE. (DIThe p.n. Lndicated by e Ieuer. A, B.G.D.E. F G G .re the alLgnment

IA) F,5 05 0 vz ()61 cH. a ...terYuheIS)APPIv mmis here Iur F Alignment or 1 F Sweep

JIM Apply minus 5 through .220K Ohnm to A1 termini,. located hetamen

ICI Dip. Load ReststorRead C output Sere for spot I. F Almoment ID)Connect mope here for viaml I F Al.gnment

CMod of Ismture TubeRead A.G. output her< la,

Ratio electo Output

Ratio elector Balanced OMputRd C. here .T alIgnment of secondary of 'MI. ,et. lmns.A.G.G LtneApply .S volts Inas hem for visual check ol 1.F. or orer11 with omillomore..

ADJUSTMENT OF THE FOLLOWING CONTROLSWILL CHANGE VOLTAGES , POINTS INDICATED

Ptn 11 of V10. Pto or V16BrIghtnem Control - 2 of V10

3 Focus Contro! PM 6 of VIO

HoNsonua 01,, Control - Pan stiffo V2 V23Pin 3 01 V20 V.21.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONVII

6AU C1ST SOUND I.F

V3 V400 6CB6 6BA8

pi, ST I.P. AMP 2ND I.F AMP

SK

GRD t

?'i

2300 ii

R163." R221Z ez

NT°?C25

VARID

7/O25

VI6I2AU7

AM I. CRSYNC. STRIPPERP

------

ITO

LIPPE

Bow. ica,0541

600V.

RI34100K

iiuR 135

VI7B6SN7OTRASE SPLITTER

7c4.7

L-32 L-33

VI26AU6

2ND SOUND 1.i

013 VI46ALDET5 6AT600010PATIO At, ee

VAN.70 C70 270K

F00 v.

- CONTROL

AM

V5 V6 V7 "-z.c,o V96BA6 6CB6 6AL5 I'°° 6AH63RD 1.7 AMP. 4TN 1., AMP. VIDEO DET VIDEO AMP.

R30RO.

0J5

VERT.DEFL. SYSTEM

V25AL5

HOIN 6Z PHASE OCT

pgi ?gga'

O''71)ft

C10605

VIDEO I.F.

VI7A65N73T

REDvERT. OSC DISC. TUBE

h.)BLUE

SOO.,

YELLOW ° 0 Ay GREE:

R.2 FIELD BLOCKINGOSC. TRANS.

RIMVERT OLO

iggg

V2461.3TNORSN7 DISCHARGETUBE

10'310

IlLa ;;1nSOw

I I

1 ANNAPOI22Klw

1 1 T co:f HORIZ. DEFL.SYSTEM

v17 v,11 V22 v22 V24 V25_,

Ir 7

4.

I

11;

ERT. S

tkl

IF*

RI26 170ION 22

812850K

NOR12.HOLD

V154 7

v165

TO 6.3 VOLTS

CI

Va.0 0 0 0 0 0NtrELOCP Focus Nom, wi0TN

OSC.

CHASSIS BACK VIEW

AV

COS

400vR 101

V23680/60T11011112. OUTPUT

R2.

VIS654

vERT.OUTFuT

Ri04VEX L

V2268'060THOR 12. OUTPUT

PA)

DRIVE

TigPOINT6

WAVE FORMS TAKEN WITHCONTRAST CONTROL ADJUST.FOP SOP P b Pt PIN 11 of VIO

GR EE

c"'400v

BLUE

"CL17.3

VI56V66TPWR. AMP.

Sfv

ov.LOUTPUT TRANS

T-3

GREE

30.yELLOWWIRE TO

OOSnf 28000.

c7312201( AZ5V

OUTPOR12

UT TRANS.T

HORIZONT 1AL nCCNTRAST

VERTICAL 4BRIGHTNESS

CHASSIS FRONT VIEW

RT7

VIO2IFP4A

PIR. TUBE

200 ANODE

1N1v. -612.1E

12

12

113 E201E%

MO.

VI9IB3GTH. v. RECT.

SOCKET

PULSE PRESENT20000

RIMY

.V21 V206nST

Additional dataon the next page.

153


SPARTON TELEVISION CHASSIS TYPE 27D213

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE (CONT'D)

RATIO DETECTOR TRANSFORMER ALIGNMENT: FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generatorto the receiver as described in Step 1 of the sound I.F. alignment instructions.

SECOND: Connect the electronic voltmeter from Point F to ground.Set the voltmeter on the lowest DC scale.

THIRD: Set the signal generator output to 4.5 Nc. Adjust the secondary of T2(3ottom view of chassis as shown in Fig. 4). Notice that it is possible toproduce a positive or negative voltage indication on the meter by varying thisadjustment. As the voltage swings from positive to negative, adjust T2 forzero output as indicated by the voltmeter. This point is called zero ratiodetector output and indicates correct alignment of T2 transformer.If the secondary of T2 is found to be way out of alignment it will benecessary to re -peak the primary as described in the preceeding section onsound I.F. alignment.

4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT FIRST: Connect the R.F. signal generator as describedin Step 1 of the sound I.F. alignment.

SECOND: Connect the electronic voltmeter from the cathode of the picture tubeto ground (Point D).The voltmeter must be capable of giving a reading at 4.5 :lc. of approximately1 to 2 volts.

THIrtD: Peak L21 (Top of chassis as shown in Fig. 3) for minimum outputon the voltmeter.

PICTURE I.F. TOUCH UP: Connect the a.F. sweep generator output to the grid ofV-2 by means of the I.F. input adapter shown in Figure 5.

SECOND: Apply bias to A.G.C. line as described in Step 3 of sound trap alignment.

Set R.F. selector to Channel #13.

THIRD: Connect the oscilloscope to the picture detector load resistor R41(Point C) by means of the shielded cable and the filter system shown inFigure 6.

FOURTH: Set the R.F. sweep generator so that it sweeps from approximately 20 to 30 Mc.

FIFTH: Adjust the oscilloscope so that the swept I.F. response is visible on thecathode-ray tube screen.

SIXTH: Loosely couple the output of the R.F. signal generator to the grid of V-2so that marker signals of proper frequency can be mixed in with the R.F.sweep signal.

SEVENTH: Observe the band width, relative position of the picture carrier, and flatnessof the overall I.F. response curve. If necessary slightly vary the tuning ofthe picture I.F. coils L6, L11, L12, L13, L14 until the picture I.F.responseshown in Figure 7 is obtained. The solid curve in Fig. 7 depictsthe ideal I.F. response while the dotted curves show permissable variations.

154

Oscilloscope

I I Shielded Cable

Figure 6

47K

50 uuf.

To Point (C)

To ground

22.7 Mc.

Figure 7

25.5 Mc.

26.25 Mc.

The picture I.F. carrier should appear approximately half way down the I.F. responsecurve as shown in Figure 7. Variation in the pix carrier position should not exceed10% from the half way point.


STEWART-WARNER TELEVISIONModels 21T -9211B, 21T -9211C, 21C -9211D, 21C -9211E, & 21C -9211F

The service material below and circuits on the next three pages are exact forthe Stewart -Warner models listed above. Model 9210C is very similar to thesemodels. For convenience of printing, the circuit diagram is presented on a doublepage spread (over) and on the single page which follows. Such separation into sec-tions is not to be taken to mean that the actual circuits are divided physically inthis manner. Since the alignment information on other Stewart -Warner sets givenon pages 160-162, in the 1952 Television Manual, Volume TV6, is applicable tothese sets, it will not be repeated here.

PRODUCTION CHANGESThe following tabulation furnishes complete details onchanges which occurred during receiver production. The re-ceivers incorporating these changes are identified by codingstamped on rear surface of chassis. This coding consists ofone or more letters following the word SERIES, as SERIES B,SERIES AC, etc., and corresponds to similarly lettered changesshown below. Chassis incorporate only that change indicatedby letter designation; i.e., chassis stamped "SERIES BE" doesnot include changes "A" or "C" or "D".

The circuit shown appliesto "SERIES ABC" chassis.

LETTER INCLUDEDIN DESIGNATIONFOLLOWING THEWORD "SERIES"

CHANGE INCORPORATEDIN CHASSIS

UNCODED INITIAL PRODUCTION

The following change was incorporated to allow thevertical hold control to operate in the center of its range.1. Resistor 223 in grid circuit of V19A (Vertical Blocking

Oscillator) was changed from 2 Meg. to 1.8 Meg.

The following change was incorporated only to facilitateproduction in bringing about a more consistent I.F.

response curve.1. Resistor 106 in grid circuit of VI3 (3rd. I.F. Amp.)

was changed from 6800 Ohms ± 10% to 4700Ohms ± 5%.

"C" This change was incorporated due to the unavailabilityof type 6BL7GT tube.1. Tube V19 (Vert. Blocking Oscillator and Vert. Scan-

ning Output) 6BL7GT, a duo -triode, was removedand replaced by two separate triode type tubes-V19,a 6C4 which is utilized as the Vert. Blocking Oscillatorand V20, a 654 which is used for the Vertical Scan-ning Output stage.

2. The circuit of the former 6BL7GT tube is shown below.

3. Resistor 223 in grid circuit of V19 (Vert. BlockingOscillator) was changed to 1.5 Meg.

4. Resistor 226 in grid circuit of V19 (Vert. BlockingOscillator) was omitted.

5. The value of all the other components as well as

their schematic location, utilized in the two stagesremain the same.

QPNMLK JHGFE520645 R.F. TUNER UNI1

(SHOWN WITH SIDE SHIELD REMOVED)

-cBLUE-WRITE

DWHITE

AGREEN -WHITE

RE0f1MaE

BOTTOM VIEW OF CHASSIS SHOWINGCONNECTIONS TO RF TUNER UNIT

22

224A1.4[6.

ERino..0

'41111.7GTVERTICAL

BLOCKING OSC.

225

226 24BWO.

f101,

,6BL7GTVERTICAL

SCANNING OUTPUT

2332

.l 212B100

2.32

VERTICA e401

Continued on thenext three pages.

ao241

155

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING

6016Id I.F. AMP.

B0

CO

93

3 V.

6C162,11 I.F. AMP.

23.5 MC.5, 97206 2

6 2.

60163r1 I.F. AMP.

25.9 SIC.

10462

r

Luel

25! NC.

336111K

113 11612454

3371

cb3

108 12400n.

121

660

117- s

-

J

111E0

1250.1

Ti'96

27760

-I

COMT

185 volts 0-

125 volts 0

265 volts 0

21 mL. 20 32mc 4mm

151210 163um!.OI

-4152210n

81vt6SN7GTSYNC. AMP.

25 V

can

VIA

3/411A117

SYNC. CLIPPER

112

v,12AtriPHASE SPLITTER

6AL5NORM A.F.C.

MUSE IETECTOI

236 V

310 volts o-

For printing convenience parts of this circuitare shown on the next page. Points markedA, B, C,. D, and "Audio" as well as voltagepoints above, connect to identically labeledpoints in the circuits on the next page, over.

OSCILLOGRAMS

All oscillograms taken with ground lead of 'scope connected toreceiver chassis (unless otherwise indicated) and with receiver con-trols set for normal reception of a station transmitting its standardtest pattern.

Number appearing below asterisk specifies setting of horizontal

156 frequency control on 'scope.

1696000

6511761

1101312. SCANNING

MILTIVIUATOR

235 10021

1733900

220

220, ..2

*-This symbol on illustration indicates that wave form walobserved on a 'scope whose vertical amplifier had verylimited high frequency response (50 to 100 Kc).

**-This symbol indicates that wave form was observed on c'scope whose vertical amplifier frequency response was flatto within 20% up to 2 Mc.

61106CTNORIZONTAL

SCANNING ONTPOT

185

186187 .05

22

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED SERVICING INFORMATION

Audio (take -off)C7 4.6 MC.

-"13381 97147/4°

2 ,

111

9,6SE6T 3 4.g'?NOISE LIMITER Loc,

CONTROL

1791000

,860-ttrr

177 DRIVE66011

let

182

122

222

223.$ 5

PCO.

224AME O.

TER f$C,

225

127

TIT

6C40VERT. BLOCKING

OSCILLATOR

129

MO'" 132

1B3GT/8016MON VOLTAGE

RECTIFIER

226 23i227 6.15A

we 0

22482.5

MEG.NTIONT

1340.,

1411014 TRAP

MAGNETASSEMBLY

!N 45140, 2.E16

11211007125.5

ithIGTNORIZ. DAMPING

208C .MI.

6540VERTICAL

SCARRING OUTFIT

VCR TICLLiACARiTy

142FOCUS

MAGNETA556616122

FOCUS

Stewart -WarnerModels 21T -9211B,21T -9211C, 21C -9211D21C -9211E, 21C -9211F

Parts of this circuitare printed on thenext page, over.

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION400

SUILT-N ANTENNA

.T LTERMINALS

13

Stewart -Warner Models 21T -9211B, 21T -9211C, 21C -9211D, etc. (continued)(See preceding two pages for main circuit diagram)

413E ---

SANSOUND I.F. AMP.

LIMITER

238ISK

OrJ. 2OAJ_

6

6187(46BZ7R.F. AMP.

20

° 244fon

242S000

17WooI nu,

19.714

SO

406

20B

24524 O^

22 05326A

66

260.0,6

2 A

UNIE -

416

6T8SOUND IISCRIM.-301110 AMP.

28

1

2930

32

31170

20

I27C

LA

DEFLECTION

agf,

158

5648RECTIFIER

fl4JKJ

RED

61,VIT

6WAIST°SLUE

209

20852088,f,f.T _

6,16

MIXER-QSC.

36.01

-C

335TONE

23.1 MC.24 427

680

334

3

SASSTOM OUTFIT

2 5

265

NI

39 <I

210

211

42

2`T.

71.06 POINTSCONNECT TODEISTICALLY

> %E 11T

INPUT TOre I.F. STACIE

PM

EGREEN 1

0.15,-

SLAMS I

*Audio..-,..,

a"

ca.

s-4 Tici) ul .

a)

4-lca biperi.... ... ,-1 o.o 310 volts c) o

a) .-,o 0., a) tto4 Z4 c1 c.) ,--4

4-, 4-'CI) U)o 265 volts a. oC.) 71)4 0 a)ci

, c.)

o185 volts 0c) u °",a.. , 4a) a). > . 40125 volts A -a o ca 4-, -'-'

H cd cd 0.4 -i

202 204 206

vC" 205 6"' 2075000-r 5000

MAW

6C96 2 IVA' p 6 1:617 6 LS 70T 660:01. 6VA':/

VOLTAGES SHOWN ON CIRCUIT DIAGRAM WERE MEASURED WITH ANTENNATERMINALS SHORTED TO GROUND AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO ANINACTIVE CHANNEL. ALL CONTROLS ARE SET FOR NORMAL OPERATIONEXCEPT FOR POWER BOOSTER CONTROL WHICH WAS SET TO MAXIMUMCOUNTER -CLOCKWISE POSITION.

.2141.16 16T6

R.F. TUNERFILAMENT CONNECTION


STROMBERG-CARLSON COMPANY417 SERIES 421 SERIESSignal Generator Oscilloscope or VTVM

Connection Connection Adjustments and Notes

1 Output of sweep Input of scope to grid ofQuadruple generator to grid of video amplifier, pin 4 ofAlignment 1st IF tube, pin 1 of V-10, 6AG7 thru 47K

V-5, 6BA6 thru 100 ohm isolating resistor.MMF isolatingcapacitor.

1. Adjust the bottom slug of 1-3,1st IF Transformer for low in -termediate frequency. (23.7mc. appox).

2. Adjust the bottom slug of T-4,2nd IF Transformer for low fre-quency. (23.0 mc. approx).

3. Adjust the bottom slug of 1-5,3rd IF transformer for high fre-quency. (26.0 mc. appox).

4. Adjust the bottom slug of 1-6,4th IF transformer for high in-termediate frequency. (25.3mc. appox).

5. Maintaining the above relativefrequency positions of the in -

dividual stages, adjust the slugsto produce a curve as shownwith the 22.7 mc. and 26.4 mc.markers at 70% response. SeeFig. 5.

0-.....,-Th2G.4) 22.7

-,., f -I.

2 7.9 2,.9

FIG. 5

The material on Stromberg-CarlsonSeries 417 and 421 sets is presentedon a total of eight pages. The align-ment information below is exact forboth series, but separate circuitdiagrams are presented in double-page form to illustrate differences.

2 Same as Step Il Same as Step tl. 1. Adjust the top slug of T-4 forSound Using 21.9 mc. minimum response at 21.9 mc.Traps marker. 2. Adjust the top slug of 1-3 for

curve shown in Fig. 6.

ll

219p REAL TANTRAP

FIG. 6---

3 Same as Step 11 Same as Step Bl. 1. Adjust the top slug of 1-5 forAdjacent using 27.9 mc. minimum response at 27.9 mc.Sound marker. 2. Repeat Step 1$1 (QuadrupleTrap alignment) to reproduce the

curve as shown in Fig. 5.

I)27.9

FIG. 7

4 Couple the output of Same as Step 1. 1 Adjust L-8 on tuner assemblyDouble- the sweep generator and 1-2 for curve as shown inTuned into the converter Fig. 8 for maximum gain, main-Stage plate by means of taining the 22.7 mc. and 26.4Alignment the split tube shield. mc. markers at 50% response.

See Fig. 4.

26.4 22.7

\--- ......._

FIG. 8

5 Connect an unmodu- Connect 2-100K resistors 1. Adjust 1-10, 1-7, and bottomSound IF lated 4.5 mc. signal in series from plate of slug of 1-8 for maximum re -Alignment to the grid of the ratio detector pin 2 of sponse.

1st sound IF amp. V-13, 6T8 to ground.pin 2 of V-9, 6118. Connect VTVM from junc-

tion of the 2-100K re-sistors to ground.

6 Same as Step 15. Reconnect the VTVM from 1. Adjust the secondary (topRatio the junction of the 2- slug) of 1-8 for zero volts be -Detector 100K resistors (see 6 tween the positive and nega-Balance above) to the junction Live excursions.

of C-134 and R-131.

NOTE: USE A NON METALLIC ALIGNING TOOL AND LIGHT PRESSURE ON ALL SLUGS.

Continued on thenext seven pages.

159

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSTROMBERG - CARLSON 417 Series(Continued from the previous page)The service material below and on theadjacent page to the right is exact onlyfor 417 series, but can be used as anaid in servicing sets of the 421 series.

C -2I C-20

°SC.&CONV.

6J6

L-8

C-15

OR 6807(REPLACE WITHORIGINAL TYPE)

CONVSEC.

417 TUBE LOCATION

VID.I.F. AMP. HORIZ.A.F.C.PHASE DET.

T-3

IE VID.I F.

VID.I.F.AMP.

T-4

2ND.VID.I F.

3Ro VID.I.F.AMP.

T-5

VID.I.F.

41_,1 VID.I.F.AMP.

41.111VI D.

I. F.

P ON 0PLUG

WITCH

L-19

HORIZ.05C.

HORIZ. OSC.

25! SYNC. CLIPPER

RATIO DET., & PHASE INV.A.G.0 DELAY DIODE,a la AUDIO AMP.

r T-8

RATIO DET.

RATIO DET.DRIVER

T-7 .OO

2n. SOUND I.F.

VIDEO DET. aIK SOUND I.F.AMP.

T-6

5.

L -I0

I ST SYNC. CLIPPERa HORIZ. RETRACE

BLANKING

KEYED A.G.C.

L-15 6, -.n)4.5 MC \:--`1".

TRAP

VIDEO AMP

I sT SOUNDI.F.

REAR

FRONT

R-198

HORIZ.DRIVE

The following photographs were taken from a Du Mont 208-BOscilloscope, using a standard receiver adjusted for normal picture.

Plate of Keyed AGC (pin 5 of V -I6,6AU6), 300 volts peak -to -

peak -15.75 Kc.

Cathode of phase detector (pin 1 ofV-25, 6AL5), 12 volts peak -to -

peak - 15.75 Kc.

Cathode of phase detector (pin 5 ofV-25, 6A15), 13 volts peak -to -

peak - 15.75 Kc.

Plate of phase detector (pin 7 ofV-25, 6AL5), 12 volts peak -to -

peak -15.75 Kc.

Plate of horizontal oscillator (pin 5of V-19, 65N7), 70 volts peak -

to -peak - 15.75 Kc.

Grid of horizontal amplifier (pin 1 ofV-20, 6AU5-GT), 150 volts peak -

to -peak - 15.75 Kc.

LINEFUSE

L-20 C -I96 0 L-26 R -l88 R-186

O®0 M5 0

HORIZ. HORIZ. HORIZ. VERT. VERT.LIN. FRED SIZE SIZE LIN.

CONTROL


Plate of sync clipper (pin 5 of V-17,6SN7), 30 volts peak -to -

peak - 60 cps.

4-11111F

Output of vertical integrating networkM-1, 25 volts peok-to-peak -

60 cps.

Yellow lead to T-11, 50 volts peak -to -peak - 60 cps.

Grid of vertical output (pin 1 of V-18,6B17), 100 volts peak -to -

Plate of vertical output (pin 2 ofV-18, 6BL7), 900 molts peak -

to -peak - 60 cps.

Red lead of vertical output trans-former T-10, 70 volts peak -to -

peak - 60 cps.

417 VOLTAGE CHART

1 - Measurements ore made at 117 V. line using vacuum tube voltmeter. All voltages are D.C.positive with respect to chassis ground except where noted.

2 - All voltages shown in telev. section measured with range switch in TV position.

3 - Contrast control set maximum, brightness control set at minimum, antenna disconnected.

4 - Voltages shown with asterisk (' ) vary considerably with control settings.

5 - Where no voltage is indicated, pin may be used as a tie point.

V-235U4G

310

2C0 y

310VAC.

3300 60 v 400V.

V -I866L7

LOOKING AT INSIDEBOTTOM OF CHASSIS

REAR

300

V- I I

KINESCOPE

V-22I B3 - GT

3-166V.

15-16Kv

15-1664.

V-216W4 -GT

5202

520 v6.3 v.A.C.

202

200 V

-35

V- I96SN7 -GTQV 150N

GNO

TUNER UNIT

ONO

REPLACE WITHORIGINAL TYPE

V- I6BK7 OR 61307

o CND.

2502

0 D

CND. V-2 6.3 VAC

6J6

75V

V-56AL5 s

V-250 c )

6.3 V AG.

V-176SN 7-GT6V 9V.

-50v1002

600V -I5

12AU76x

ONO

0.

260

3000 110 V.

V-20 V- ID6AU5 6AG7

CND.

1650. 6 Al,

fgE 6.3 VA. G. v

250 100

r T-8

1 0PAT.Dyr

29,1°D

,SOUND

D.

0

02NDyip

0350

1<5'V

2 I,

161


Stromberg-Carlson 417 Series Schematic Diagram

The video IF system consists of a double -tuned con-verter plate transformer followed by four single -tunedstages. These are the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th IF stages.They are aligned as a "Quadruple" unit, previous tothe adjustment of the double -tuned stage. Threeabsorption type traps are located in the plates of the1st, 2nd, and 3rd IF circuits. They are adjusted forthe following frequencies: 1st IF ( reaction trap) -21.6 mc. approximately, 2nd IF (sound trap) 21.9mc., 3rd IF (adjacent sound trap) 27.9 mc.

L

REPLACE 1PITN T VPI

6867 OR 6807

ToRRET SIT, SELECTS CO1LS FOR OESINED CR NNNNN

4-I MEGOHMRESISTORS

162

C22*F. TEST POINT

4TO S3

2 RI

I V -12

6AU6RATIO DETECTOR DRIVER

ALl0i0 IF

TRANSFOIN GREEN DOT

EIEW*T011

V136T8

RATIO DETECTOR I STAUDIO AMPLIFIER

01

010137-M,

VHF - UHF- TUNER

NINES OSC

.1;,.)707,`*"

ai- .0-

EFS

SPLIT TUBE SHIELD

I I

N if.1.2K

3 3 YES

00110,

V:111

,N.e

C.152

17CTES TIM MELO

6D6v1i1116]

SI I NC

El If AMP foi, DOT[§.7-dhl

0

000110 c -s

I

AT PIN

23v

10

ISO I/2 Pi

V.256 AL5

PRASE DETECTOR

SOO

St

ITS

AO,

ASV

TUBE SHIELDS.C. PART NO 151036

LEADS

SOO

IMOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONv -

6V6-67AUDIO OUTPUT

Eutodro

cPIN

Atli. ORIENT STROMBERG-CARLSON No. 417 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

TTTTTTT RAVE 1011111

1111NC 15 TO XC

TTEMP SIM 10.0103 1r

r6GB6" 1

3 RO vibrdifioorL

01

7. NC INAI

rvri-11.1110 Doi Le_ctiAl/ TII VIDEO IF AMP . T ,"..

0

0 0 i

o oIRK

C-13

RTNNE

ntiv110

GAG?

cnat81. 0104

SW ERA,L 15

--r R/1111 RElle-N/NNANE-0-NINVV,---

iTONC111 C151

1-10.01

66L7VERT 09C

11

VERTICAL VERT OUTPUT

,

DINT -..,1111- MT

Vi R-103. ... C 1.3... 410

IM . NTO

111-14

TE:TICALLINENNIT

.00,-11-1,ERTICnNITENT

TTTTTT 000.13

-Not/NEN

V..vMTMK

No

I7HP4KINESCOPE

RE 0

NEN C MI

4,901300 1Ef

"a.

NEEN-E/NTE

C1114

10 N

. REELECTION TONE

---NO .2... mai DERECTIO1

1000003000. 3 7

wolf nvosee 4. NN-

TO T

C13,111MI ME

11.

000 11

NoNSONTAL AIlr

C10.0

L111

C MO L 1AIYr

":,71r4".ixe cOATRCKEn

4411N/ \

i 00.1

NOE 1113111111.00 re 440'R110Ted3 1

11114 R -2e0 C .1.5NnoW3-ENNNE-0-11--,

mi n RINE

001 of

VEi34114. DIETEDT

1133

Ns, Of IC TIT it

EMU111

VEl6W4 -G7

C110NE. BOO m831 C....

10 ICl/-1

NoTE1-

ANA0111 FOR TOTE 1.1101.1[3 Ns INDICATEWICKWIRE NOTATION

ER 1 ----- 1

MODEL 417 AND 421 SERIES RECEIVERS-ResistorSubstitutions.

When resistor R-7 in the 417 series receivers (R-166 in 421 series)is 3.3 megohms, resistor R-165 is 22K, 1/2 watt in value. When a3.9 megohm, 1/2 watt resistor (Part No. 28198) is used as a sua-stitute in production in the R-7 (R-166) position, then R-165must be a 27K, 1/2 watt resistor (Part No. 28174).

V135U4-0

LT RECTIFIER

ON OFT SWITCNON VOLUME CONTROL

5U4 -GLE RECTIFIER

ROOM FAIN

rEISTED PAM

--.-..._ TERM. PAIR3, Z.1

163


MODEL 421 RECEIVERS - Component Part Substitutions.

The following parts may be substituted in production for the originally specified parts.

Schematic SpecifiedPosition Value

C-221 220 mmf., 500 V.C-198 470 mmf., 500 V.

SubstituteValue

270 mmf., 500 V.470 mmf., 500 V.

001

C-183 100 mf., 50 V. 40 mf., 400 V.R-215 27 ohms, 1 W. 20% 33 ohms, 1 WattR-81 180 ohms, 1/2 W. 10% 180 ohms, 1/2 W. 5%R-107 2000 ohms, 7 W. 10% 2000 ohms, 10 W. 10%R-211, R-212 560 ohms, 1/2 W. 10% 560 ohms, '/2 W. 10%R-135 10 Megohms, 1/2 W. 20% 6.8 Megohms, 1/2 W. 10%R-185 10K ohms 1/2 W. 20% 15K ohms, 1 W. 20%R-238, R-239 270K ohms, Y2 W. 10% 330K ohms, 1 W. 10%R-111 1 Megohm, 1/2 W. 20% 1.5 Megohms, Y2 W. 20%R-52 1K ohms, 1/2 W. 20% 470 ohms, 1/2 W. 20%R-196 2200 ohms, 1/2 W. 10% 2200 ohms, 1/2 W. 20%

2222ARATERMINAL

22A,ATE OsiGNAL TTA2

6E187086807RE AMPL11.22

C i2

L

L

TuRRET SwITCR SITTING SC

MI

CCTS C0%51012 02S.RED CRANNEL

NT 2211 POINT

100 MALI200

MODEL 421 RECEIVERS - Capacitor Revisions.

Schematic Specified Revised

Position Value Value

C-183 100 mf., 50 volt 50 mf., 50 volt

C-182 .22 mf., 600 volt .1 mf., 600 voltC-140 .01 mf., 450 volt .01 mf., 600 voltC-170 .01 mf., 450 volt .01 mf., 600 voltC-210 .033 mf., 400 volt .068 mf., 400 voltC-203 .22 mf., 400 volt .047 mf., 600 voltC-202 .047 mf., 600 volt Capacitor removed

164

TL.

7700110,

co

00.

VHF -UHF TUNER

0ATIO

RATIO DETECTOR DRIVER A'T.M.

6RT10 DETTE8CTOR 8 1ST

UDICI AMPLIFIER

TOP <OR

AK'r

- AIR

0 2120.

40

6J6

cOD4. lam"

L-0 c 2,006 T --II-_

R 10

ARED-A

7.t "r

6002

mer2.12

MOLD

1

T-2CONVERTER SEC

tam

NE2CTANCE

TRA

IftoecArcs twit skim,

[68A6DOT zwiirola FAMP :BRUN 002

0°040kkrO. 0 0

111l7_ir 1111

H. V. POWER SUPPLY

\r/_A M2VIS 222C

V-206AV5 - GT

RORIE AMPLIFIER

C210


6V6- GT STROMBERG-CARLSON No. 421 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMUE110 OUTPUT

5 N -.2

11.

UDIO OUTPUT

SEE /KITES:ma ES So. ILWEDS 11110.

11 0 EION. MAE.

',TS KC 1TN TUT

.T3 Yc TRAPT S

3RD VIDEO;

r-77;,, _, r ,. 1 ..,EA114i : RED DOT iMitAi .

5120 VIDEO IF AMP *TN VIDEO IF AA 0 44 Nvloa $1r

isK

No

Cfi papa

0,1".

r6UBJ

I ST VIDEO AMPLIFIERI ST AUDIO IF

v.TEsT r*****

.3 TS KC v .0

6W6-GTVIDEO AMPLIFIER

\ 1111

C.1.3SHOW

R MS1012

100021,

0000 0

".).t2E0

NED

NS VARY

, 101 1

11'1 :

C

or L 22

v ,1

2IFP4ASCOPE

P SOO v

11,

017

E4 IO

IE.. RC1.11,1 TEST TTTTTTT

S

NO O- N

420,

VE14'I'GLBLOCKINGTRANSFORMER

ORE

soo

PILLOW

C -2 311

1 -pow>/. AT .01 Fax

:

r.,5,

-r R IONWOO

vERTICALr_z LINEAR.,

NO,R Not

sON

30- 0V

V

6BLTVERT OSC.

VERT OUTPUT AMP

Elli R.2311

TOK 210xC-.1111 CESS

1,113.A100 KSRL., REsscONTROL

Os'

CONNECTED TO TERMINAL.2. R3 OF DEFLECT..

.ORE PLUG SON OPTIMUM FOCUS

ORLONINF

11.a UNITED PA11

itE OF. WHEN SET E ON

NIT.. ON VOLNNEco TTROT

No 12

T ioV E ;TAW' OSNWir

IE. E1.. Moo.9 MME

RED2. ME

HEN C Mi2.2 Mr

C 1113

100 NIsov

mom__DEFLECTION POKE

SON

vENTICAL DEFLECTION

1

...<-112.12ONTAL DEFLUTIoN

1: 11.1,74:°""`

TERld s OFKINESCopE

c:x L- 20

r.I.T11"4"TR.

0.3

n--13 N.=Taii SuAE7

tBSt,

osET 4, 33 , w ow,

V-22I B3

NV RECTIFIER

110111.10IITAL OUTPUT 7220RANSPORMER vp.

T-9

v-216W4

DAMPER

CE13

c.2.02.0

12.0.0 KT.

TIAISTE0 FAIR

NOTENROWS FOR POTENTIOMETERSINDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

7Either Part No. 161429 or No. 161442 Power Transformers areto be used in production on 421 series receivers. Since the B plusvoltage is about 15 volts greater when using No. 161429, resistorR-231 must be 1200 ohms 20 Watt (Part No. 149366) when usingthis transformer. When using No. 161442 transformer resistorR-231 will be 470 ohms, 2 watt (Part No. 149074).

Ills NsSO 165

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONStromberg-Carlson Series 417 and 421, Revisions and Production Changes

MODELS 417 AND 421 RECEIVERS - Redesign toReduce Dissipation of 6V6GT-Audio Output Tube.

The value of R142, cathode resistor for the 6V6GT audio outputtube has been increased from 270 ohms, 1 watt to 330 ohms,1 watt (New Part No. 149135, 149073 or 149229).Series dropping Resistor R-231 is specified as a 470 ohms, 2 wattvalue with the use of Power Transformer No. 161442. The

value of this R -23I resistor is now being increased to 1250 ohm,5 watt.

MODEL 421 RECEIVERS - More Uniform HorizontalOscillator Operation.

The operation of the horizontal oscillator has been made moreuniform from sot to set and the tendency to pull horizontally atthe top of the picture has been reduced by the following changesin Productions

1. R-194, 1500 ohm resistor is now a 5% tolerance valueinstead of the previous 10%.

2. Resistor R-195 has been changed from a 220K, Y2 watt, 20%value to a 180K, 1/2 watt, 10% value (New Part No. 28182).

3. Capacitor C-193 has been increased in from 270 MMF, 20%to a 390 MMF, 10% value (New Part No. 110262).

4. C-198, 470 MMF capacitor is now a 10% valuc instead of a20% value.

5. A 33 MMF, 10% mica capacitor (Part No. 110250) has beenadded between plate (No. 5 pin) of the 6SN7 HorizontalOscillator (V-19) and ground.

MODELS 417 AND 421 RECEIVERS - DamperTube Revision.

A 6AX4 tube (Part No. 162161) is now being used in place of a6W4GT tube in the Damper Circuit. Tube location diagrams inthe receivers show those receivers which use either type.

The 6AX4 tube is being used in those receivers which use PowerTransformer No. 161442 which has one less heater winding.The jumper lead between No. 7 pin of the Damper Socket andNo. 4 terminal of the Horizontal Output Transformer is not neces-sary with the use of the 6AX4 tube since the heater and cathodebreakdown value is higher and they do not have to be main-tained at relatively the same potential as in the case of the6W4 tube.

MODELS 417 AND 421 RECEIVERS - Revisions ofFiltering in Tuner Supply Leads.

The 100 MMF capacitors in positions C-1, C-2, C-3 and C-4 andresistors R-3 and R-4 have been removed from the circuits of thesubject receivers because of rearrangement of the supply leads tothe tuner thereby eliminating the need for this filtering.

MODEL 417 AND 421 RECEIVERS - AdditionalChanges for Improving Vertical Hold.

This complete change is as follows:1. A 100,000 ohm resistor (R-240) rather than 150,000 ohm

resistor has been added directly in series with the connectionbetween the No. 5 pin (plate) of the V-17, 6SN7 PhaseInverter -2nd Sync Clipper tube and the input to the M-1vertical integrator network.

2. Resistor R-184 has been increased in value from 680K to 1

megohm, (Part No. 149119). A 2 megohm resistor, (PartNo. 149121) has been bridged in parallel across the twooutside terminals of the R -187A, 2 megohm Vertical HoldPotentiometer. At a later date a new 1 megohm potentiometer(Part No. 145146) will replace the above combination 2

megohm potentiometer and parallel 2 megohm resistor.

3. The vertical oscillator transformer has been moved from theprevious position near mid -chassis to the area behind thevolume control which results in interlace improvement andpossibly contributes to better vertical hold.

166

MODEL 421 SERIES RECEIVERS - Vertical Drift.

Repeated failure of the 6B17 "Vertical Blocking Oscillator andVertical Output Tube" has dictated the following change on allchassis date coded 52-20-1:-A 6C4 tube was added in an unused tube socket punchout onthe front left hand corner of all 421 chassis to replace 1/2 of the6BL7 tube, i.e., the vertical blocking oscillator section of V-18.-The lead going to Pin 4 of V -I8 was reconnected to Pin 6of the 6C4.- The lead going to Pin 5 of V-18 was reconnected to Pin 1 orPin 5 of the 6C4.- The lead going to Pin 6 of V-18 was reconnected to Pin 7 ofthe 6C4.- The filament Pins 3 and 4 of the 6C4 are connected to thefilament string.- The unused Pins 4, 5 and 6 of the 6BL7 are grounded.If an earlier 421 receiver is encountered having a 6BL7 causingvertical roll and not incorporating the 6C4, it is suggested thatthe 6817 be changed to one of the improved 6BL7's. These tubescan be identified by referring to the coding etched in the top ofthe glass envelope beneath the 6BL7 tube type designation.

MODEL 421 SERIES RECEIVERS - Proper Set-upAdjustments for Maximum In -Focus Picture Area.

Since the 421 receivers use fixed -voltage -electrostatic -focus,picture tubes (2IFP4A) the following suggestions will be helpful inobtaining maximum in -focus picture -area at the time the receiveris initially set-up.

1. The ion trap should be adjusted in the normal manner formaximum brightness but within the adjustment range of

maximum brightness, a specific setting of the ion trap willbe observed where maximum in -focus -picture -area can be

obtained.

2. The centering assembly, which consists of a device similarin appearance to an ion trap (except for a rotatable magnetin the form of a black button), should be placed away fromthe ion trap and up close to the deflection yoke on the neckof the picture tube. In this way, magnet field interferencebetween the ion trap and centering device is minimized andbetter focus can be obtained.

3. Additional physical separation between the ion trap magnetand the centering device magnet can be obtained by keepingthe two magnets on opposite sides of the picture tube. Properbrightness adjustment and proper picture centering shouldstill be observed.

4. It should be noted that the picture tube focusing anode (whitelead) can be connected to one of three voltage take -offpoints in the receiver: (1) Ground (2) B -I Supply (3)Boosted D. C.

MODEL 421 SERIES RECEIVER - Noise CancellationCircuit Adjustment.

All 421 model television receivers coded 52-30-1 or later in-corporate a new circuit development known as "Noise Cancella-tion". All chassis having this circuit can be readily identified byan additional potentiometer to the right of the phono switch onthe rear chassis flange labeled "Noise Cancellation Control". Itis important that this control be properly adjusted in order torealize full value of the noise cancelling circuit. When the "noisecancel" control is in its extreme counterclockwise position, thenoise cancellation circuit is ineffective; when it is in its extremeclockwise position, the cancellation circuit will clip sync and pictureand cause a dark picture with no sync action.

The proper procedure for adjusting the "noise cancel" control is

to first make all picture adjustments, size, linearity, etc., with the"noise cancel" control in its extreme counter -clockwise position.After all picture adjustments are made, properly tune in thestrongest signal in the area and slowly advance the "noisecancel" control clockwise until the picture starts to lose sync, thenback off the control until the pjcture is stable.


Chassis 1-508-1,

Chassis 1-510-1,Chassis 1-504-1,

SYLVANIA1-508-2, used in Models 172K, -KU, -M, -MU; 175B, -BU, -L, -M, -MU;

176B, -BU, -L, -M, -MU; 177B, -BU, -M, -MU; 178B, -BU, -M, -MU.1-510-2, used in Models 120B, -BU, -M, -MU; 126B, -BU, -L, -M, -MU.1-504-2, used in Models 105B, -BU, -M, -MU, is a 17 -inch version

of 1-510-1, -2, and is electrically similar to these chassis.

Service material on the above listed Sylvania TV sets is presented on the next eightpages. General information is given below and top view of sets is shown on page 168.Alignment information is given on pages 169-170; circuits are printed on pages 171and 172; and on pages 173-174 are presented important revisions and code changes.

Chassis 1-508-1 and 1-510-1 provide receptionof the twelve commercial VHF television chan-nels, 2 through 13 inclusive. In these chassis,provisions are made for the simple additionof a UHF tuner, thus permitting reception ofchannels 14 through 83 of the UHF band. Modelsincorporating chassis 1-508-1 and 1-510-1 showa single alphabetical suffix after the body num-ber. (For example: 176M, )

Chassis 1-508-2 and 1-510-2 include the UHFtuner and thus provide reception of VHF chan-nels 2 through 13 and UHF channels 14 through83 inclusive. Models incorporating these chas-sis show a double alphabetical suffix after thebody number. (For example: 176MU. )

Combination models incorporating these chas-sis also include a 1-603-1 radio chassis whichprovides reception of standard and frequencymodulation broadcast bands.

Chassis 1-508-1 operates with twenty-seventubes plus the picture tube. Of this totalthere are two low voltage rectifiers, two highvoltage rectifiers and one regulator tube. Agermanium diode is also incorporated ir thecircuit. Chassis 1-508-2 incorporates twoadditional germanium diodes and one receivingtype tube in the UHF tuner.

Chassis 1-510-1 incorporates a total of twenty-two tubes in addition to the picture tube. Ofthese tubes one is a low voltage rectifier, twoare high voltage rectifiers and one is a regu-lator tube. A germanium diode is also incor-porated on this chassis. Chassis 1-510-2, inaddition to the previous complement, includestwo receiving type tubes as part of the UHFtuner.

NOTE: For convenience in servicing, separateschematics are furnished.

Sylvania television chassis 1-504-1 and 1-504-2are the 17 inch versions of the 1-510-1 and1-510-2 TV chassis, respectively. Electrically,the two chassis series are very similar.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT(1-508-1, 1-508-2)

1. Connect a good antenna installation to thereceiver.

2. Set Picture (Contrast) control to approx-imately 7/8 of maximum position leavingBrightness control at normal setting.

3. Tune receiver to the strongest stationavailable in area.

4. Turn AGC control fully clockwise so thatpicture is "blacked" out.

5. Retard AGC control to a point where thepicture reappears and does not tear orfall out of synchronization as the FineTuning control is rocked through the picture.

6. If, when the AGC control is finally ad-justed, the picture has too much contrast,reduce the contrast with the Picture (Con-trast) control. DO NOT use the AGCcontrol as a contrast control.

7. Turn Volume control to normal level.Intercarrier buzz should be negligible asthe Fine Tuning control is rocked nearthe correct tuning point. Retard AGC con-trol slightly if objectionable. (Note: Inter -carrier buzz is merely a reference forcorrect adjustment of the AGC controland only a slight touch up should be neces-sary. If much adjustment is required toremove intercarrier buzz, the sound sectionis maladjusted and requires realignment. )

Note: The intent of the AGC control adjust-ment is to ensure proper AGC voltage consistentwith correct synchronizing action and negligibleintercarrier buzz. This condition ensures thebest possible synchronization under interferenceconditions, and also the greatest amount ofpicture contrast.

167


SYLVANIAChassis 1-508-1, 1-508-2,

and 1-510-1, 1-510-2.

CHANNEL SELECTOR

FINE TUNING ANDUHF CHANNEL SELECTOR

(510-2/

L 540

L8

1(g) 5R F AMP

L3 ANTENNATERMINALS

V3

6C B 6

1E7 VIDEOF AMP

FUSE

01/4 AMP

168

7550

'LOOKER -POINT

HIGH PASS FILTER

11-510-2 ONLY)

VO

6CB6

25.4 VIDEOF AMP

T560

VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR

FINE TUNING ANDUHF CHANNEL SELECTOR

(508-21

BRUME

BRIGHTNESS

,(1747,

FIGURE 4 - TOP LAYOUT FOR 1-508-1,1-508-2 TV CHASSIS

V2

6J6OSC. mix

04303

OC12

C6

Oe

4(7R.F. AMP

C4(9ER

L540

L530

UHF -VHFSWITCH

(7508-2 ONLYI

V9

T55 /%=-7.'

6CB6 0 6C66

11) VIDEO 250 VIDEOF AMP I F AMP

HIGH PASS FILTER

11-508-2 ONLYI

T560

FUSE L51FILTERCHOKEAmP

V5

6G 66

3812 VIDEOI F AMP

T570

L55

0V6

6CB6

418 VIDEOIF AMP

6AH4GT 6C4VERT -'OSC

VERT OuTPUI

T51

0

V9

6A U6SOUND

"Th LIMITER6A U6

SOUNDIF. AMP

126Y7

VIDEO AMP

LOU®V14

172 AF 6TUNER A GC 6AV6CLAMP

r 1520

L69

0L62

D440 0 VI9

VIDEODET 6CB6

HOR CONTROL

V7 V20

124U7

HOR OSCHOR DISCO

v18

124X7 6AL5\,_,/ .........,

AGCRECT HOR DISCR8 SYNC SEP

viS v13

I2AU- 7 6AU6\...._,/ \,_.,

SYNC AMP AG C

B CLIPPER AMP

v,o

"--"N6A L5

RATIO PET

/e-.\6V 6GTAf

A fOUTPUT

V21

4041OCR REG

SPEAKERSOCKET

10

0

HALOL1GHT ANDCHANNELINDICATOR

IGHT SOCKET

$3

v23

at)DAMPER

HOR YOKECONNECTORSOCKET

630

HOR SCAN AND HCONNECTOR SOCKET v22

(I) 660 6GT

HOP OUTPUTLS

VS

6C B6

311.8 VIDEOIF AMP

VERT. HOLD VERT. L. HEIGHT

FIGURE 5 - TOP LAYOUT FOR1-510-1,1-510-2 TV CHASSIS

T570

L55

0V6

6C B6

481 VIDEO1F AMP

6AH4GT 6 C4

VERT OSC

VERT OUTPUT

VERT. LIN. HEIGHT

V8

/--"N6A U6

SOUNDIF AMP

L62

D440 0VIDEODET

v7

12BY7,_.,VIDEO AMP

OL61

1,2 ]

L68

HORFRED

V12 VI5/"--

I2AU7 6A L5

SYNC - SEP HOR PHASEEl SYNC. AMP DETECTOR

PICTURE(BRIGHTNESS(

PICTURE(CONTRAST)

v,o

6AV- 6

AFll

AMPV9

6A L- 5

SOUNDRATIO DET

HOR. SCAN AND HUCONNECTOR SOCKET

HOR SIZE

off(

4 041HOR REG

SPEAKERSOCKET

008 HOLD

oar DRIVE

A G c HOP SIZE

R.

00

HOR HOLD HOR DRIVE

OR LIN

W ciQ. zo oo0

O4

00-J

FA Wa_ a.-o>- 0C4 2V) 0W 00 IdWZ

410

1-1ti

W=

I- DD 0a.z r;:i


SYLVANIA VIDEO I F ALIGNMENT -ALL CHASSIS

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR

Connection Freq.

SWEEP GENERATOR

Connection Freq.

VTVM

CONNECTIONOSCILLOSCOPE

CONNECTION ADJUSTOUTPUT

READING COMMENTS

1

To raisedtube shield

onOsc.-Mixer

39.75Mc.

AcrossDiode

Load Res.

(1-508-1, -2)R152 3.3M

(1-508-1, -2)Top Core L53

Min.

Set Tuner to free channel.Apply -12V. between

junction of R137 andC131 and Chassis on1.508-1 and -2;-3V. between C136and Chassis on1-510-1, -2. Use suffi-cient output forsatisfactory readings.

(1-510-1, -2)Top Core L54( 1-510-1, -2)

R149 4.7M

2

Loosely Cou-.ple Marker toControl Gridof Osc.-Mixer

( 1-508-1, -2)through Hole

in TunerCover to

Pin 5 of 6J6

45.75Mc.42.1Mc.

( 1-508-1 -2),

through Holein TunerCover to

Pin 5 of 6J6

43.25Mc.

10 Mc.Sweep

ThroughLowerDetectorCircuit

(Fig. 11)to

Cathode,Pin 2 ofV3-6CB6

(1-508-1, -2)L53

(Bot. Core)L8 ( Tuner)

L54Response

Curveshown

inFig. A

Remove A GC voltage.Short pin 5 to pin 6 on

V3-6CB6.Osc.- Mixer tube

shield to normal posi-tion.

Sett -508-1,-2 VHF tunerbetween any twochannels.

Set 1-510-1,-2 VHF tunerto any free highchannel.

L54 controls width ofcurve on 1-508-1,-2.

( 1-510-1, -2)L54

(Bot. Core)

T2 (Tuner)(1-510-1, -2)Pin 7 of 6X8

(1-510-1, -2)Pin 7 of 6X8

3 Repeat step 2 adjustments until curve is flat with 42.1 Mc. and 45.75 Mc. markers on corners. REMOVE SHORT FROM V3before proceeding with step 4.

4


onOsc.-Mixer

41.25Mc.

AcrossDiode

Load Res.

(1-508-1, -2)R152 3.3M

L554th VideoI F Trap

Min .

Set Tuner to free channel.Apply -12V. between

junction of R137 andC131 and Chassis on1-508-1, -2.--3V. between C136and Chassis on

cient output forsatisfactory readings.

(1-510-1, -2)R149 4.7M

5 Same as 4 47.25Mc .

- Same as 4 Top Coreof T56 Min. Same as 4

6 Same as 4 41.25Mc. Same as 4 Top Core

of T55 Min. Same as 4

7 Same as 4 44.0Mc. - Same as 4 T58 Max.

Same as 4. Reduce Sig.Gen. output to keepVTVM reading be-tween 1 and 2 Volts.

8 Same as 4 U.oc. - Same as 4 T57 Max. Same as 7

9 Same as 4 45. 2Mc. Same as 4

T56(Bot. Core) Max. Same as 7

10 Same as 4 43.2Mc. Same as 4 (BoTt.

55Core) Max. Same as 7

11 Repeat step. 4 to 6 inclusive.

12

Looselycouplemarker

to raisedtube shieldonwithOsc.-Mixer

41.25Mc.42.1Mc.

45 75.

Mc.47.25Mc.


onOsc.-Mixer

43.25Mc.

10 Mc.Sweep

AcrossDiode

Load Res.with 33MResistorin series

hotscope lead

T58, T57T56 ( Bot.Core) andT55 ( Bot.

Core)

ResponseCurveshown

inFig. B

Same as 4

Use low signal input andhigh sco pe gain.

L5442.1 MC.

L53(TOP)39.75MC.

1-508-1,-2

L53( 80T.)

L8(TUNER)45.75 MC.

42.1 MC.

L54(TOP)39.75MC.

L54 (80T.)T2(TUNER)45.75 MC.

1-510-1,-2

FIG. A

45.0 MC. RESPONSE=100%

42.1 MC.

SOUND 70%41.25 MC 50% 47.25 MC.

L___

PIX45.75MC.

FIG. B 169

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSYLVANIA 4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT -ALL CHASSIS (Continued)STEP

SIGNAL GENERATORConnection Freq.

VTVM CONNECTIONSProbe Ground Lead ADJUST

OUTPUT

READINGCOMMENTS

1

To Pin 2 of12BY7Video

Amplifier(all chassis)

4.5Mc.

R F Probeconnected to

Cathode(Pin 11)

ofPicture Tube

To chassis L61 Min.Short Pin 1 of V6-6CB6

4th Video IF Ampli-fier to Chassis

SOUND ALIGNMENT -ALL CHASSIS

STEPSIGNAL GENERATOR

CONNECTIONVTVM CONNECTIONS

D C Probe Ground Lead ADJUSTOUTPUT

READINGCOMMENTS

1

ALL CHASSIS

45 Mc. and 4.5 Mc.generators each connected

through a 1000 ohmresistor to pin 1 of

V3-6CB6 1st video IFAmplifier.

(1-508-1, -2)To junction ofR103 and C104.

(1-508-1, -2)To chassis.

(1-508-1, -2)T51 Sec.(top core)

pri. (bot. core)and L62.

Max.

Set tuner to free channelOr

45 Mc. generatorwith 4.5 Mc. marker

(preferably crystalcontrolled) through1000 ohm resistorto pin 1 of V3.

(1-510-1, -2 )To pin 5 of V9-

6AL5

(1-510-1, -2 )To pin 7 of

V9.

(1-510-1, -2)T52 Sec.(top core)

pri. (bot. core)and L62.

Max.

with minimuminterference.

2 Same as 1.1-508-1, -2 only.

To pin 5 of V10-6AL5

1-508-1, -2only

To pin 7 ofV10.

1-508-1, -2only

T52 primary.Max.

On 1-508-1. -2 keepoutput of signal

togeneratorwhere olta

valuevoltage across

R103 does not exceed1.0 volt negative.

3 Same as 1.

(1-508-1, -2)To junction of 2matched 100M

resistorsconnected in series

across R109.

(1-508-1, -2)To junction ofR105, R106and C106. T52 secondary

Set VTVM to lowestDC scale. Slight turnof core will produce

( 1-510-1, -2)Same as above

with 100Mresistors

across RIOS.

( 1-510-1, -2)To junction

of R103and C103.

( top core). Zero either a positive ornegative deflectionon VTVM.

4 Remove test equipment and resistors.

ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT -ALL CHASSISThis method prevents inaccuracies of test equipment from affecting sound alignment

STEP SIGNAL SOURCEVTVM CONNECTIONS

D C Probe I Ground Lead ADJUSTOUTPUT

READINGCOMMENTS

1 Connect a good antenna installation to the receiver

2

Chassis 1-508-1, 1-508

Strong station

2 only

To terminal3 of T51 To chassis

L62T51

( Both Cores)Max. Repeat all adjustments until

maximum is reached

(1-508-1, -2)To pin 5 of

V10-6AL5

(1-508-1, -2)To pin 7 of

V10-6AL5

(1-508-1, -2)T52 Pri.

( Bottom Core) Repeat all adjustments until3 Strong station(1-510-1, -2)To pin 5 of

V9-6AL5

(1-510-1, -2)To pin 7 of

V9-6AL5

(1-510-1, -2)L62

T52 Pri.(Bottom Core)

Max. maximum is reached

4 Strong station

(1-508-1. -2)To junction of

R105, R106

To junction oftwo 100MResistors inseries from:

( 1-508-1, -2)pin 5 to pin 7 T52 Sec. Zero

Use lowest meter scale set to zerocenter. At correct setting, a slight

(1-510-1, -2) of V10-6AL5(Top Core) turn of core will give either a

positive or negative reading

170To terminal

5 of T52(1-510-1, -2)

pin 5 to pin 7of V9-6AL5

Remove test equipment and resistors

S Y

L V

A N

I A

DIA

GR

AM

FO

R 1

-508

-1 A

ND

1-5

08-2

TV

CH

AS

SIS

PA

RT

S W

ON

GV

HF

TU

NE

R -

--C

IT

O C

22,

RI

TO

RIO

SO

UN

DV

ISE

CT

ICM

- -

--.

00 T

O C

OE

,01

00 T

O 0

115

VID

EO

SE

CT

ION

----

---0

1x52

3 T

O 0

150,

RIT

ZIIS

TO

RIG

S-

0175

TO

CIS

(T

O R

I.S

YN

C. S

EP

AR

AT

OR

, A S

C A

MP

LIF

IER

AN

DV

ER

TIC

AL

SW

EE

P S

EC

TIO

N-

- cl

opT

Oov

a, A

top

TO

253

0H

OR

, SW

EE

P A

NO

V P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY S

EC

TIO

N-.

OM

TO

CE

TI,

0150

TO

Rt.

TH

E H

IGH

ES

T C

OM

PO

NE

NT

NU

MB

ER

S O

N T

HIS

SC

RE

W..

DI-

----

AK

. CE

TI,

LTI,

RE

TS

, TN

3 A

ND

WE

S

ME

AS

UR

ED

win

. AN

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AT

ICOR

ZE

RO

CU

RR

EN

T M

ET

ERELECTROSTATIC

AT

LIN

EV

OLT

AG

E M

ET

ER

RE

AM

. OF

IIT

VO

LTS

,LI

ND

ER

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

OF

NO

RM

AL

RO

NA

LA

ND

NO

AR

IGN

TN

ES

S

SO

UR

CE

OF

VO

LTA

GE

N 'K

im C

ON

TR

AS

TA

HIG

H K

AN

VO

LTA

GE

OF

.CR

TC

ON

TR

OL

AT

*M

M.

prIA

AA

Z47

3°.'i

s:b°

7&"T

trs

OR

IGH

TN

ISS

CO

NT

RO

LM

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

AT

I.A

IND

IA H

IGH

K. V

OLT

AG

E...

CO

NN

EC

TE

D T

O IN

DIC

AT

ED

MO

RE

T.1

100

0 00

011

VO

LTA

GE

SO

UR

CE

.

VO

LTA

GE

S A

RE

ME

AS

UR

ED

TO

CH

AS

SIS

UN

LES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E IN

DIC

AT

ED

, 0.0

. TA

NE

N A

T 5

0,00

0 .1

0I K

R V

OLT

,G

. 01.

1,00

0 O

HM

S K

R V

OLT

. ME

AS

UR

EM

EN

T C

ON

DIT

ION

S, U

NLE

SS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

NO

TE

D: S

OU

RC

E II

? V

OLT

ILO

CY

CLE

. AN

TE

NN

A D

ISC

ON

NE

CT

ED

wIT

H N

O S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

, PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RA

ST

AT

MA

XIM

UM

, 'R

IGH

TN

ES

SA

T M

INIM

. - O

TH

ER

CO

NT

RO

LS A

T N

OR

MA

L P

OS

ITIO

NS

.A

VE

RA

GE

VO

LTA

GE

S A

ND

CO

L R

ES

IST

AN

CE

S A

RE

IND

ICA

TE

D. R

ES

IST

AN

CE

OF

TA

PP

ED

CO

ILS

IS F

OR

EN

TIR

EW

IND

ING

. CO

IL R

ES

IST

AN

CE

IS N

OT

SP

IOW

N W

HE

RE

RE

AD

ING

S A

SS

TO

O W

ALL

OR

IDE

L1 V

AR

IAS

ILL

WO

KS

! IF

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TS

155

(BO

TT

OM

CO

RE

,1.

54LA

ITLI

NE

R1

43.5

S10

. ON

G S

WE

EP

Iss.

BIT

LS

L51

0124

8126

07.0

04T

.7".

!SIN

G

, 5U

4G5U

4G .2

1I

T50

110

SE

CT

L.V

. SE

CT

M.O

.

ON

-O

FF

PIT

SS

WIT

CH

nor v.

v22

Av

3A

DO

AC

T

Gin

CIT

ow

Tx

E. V

IDE

OI

AP

O

CO

AT

DO

.C

041

0101

34w

36

SA

LI6

22.0

.OA

W

CO

IM

tC

M3

CM

AC

OI

03i

CO

I

6A66

6Au

eE

LLS

AE

NA

CT

.cV

A

RO

D

0200

Mv2

0G

CS

E12

AU

T

6AU

6sa

ne IF

AM

P

DV

AM

0*.

T51

/2T

OY

.

L.35

r

r 74

'MA

;41

! VID

EO

OP

. AM

P

v9D

OU

GS

OU

NO

F L

iM

0440

DE

TE

CT

OR

Ir

eT

A1

'A

IORW

GA

LSR

AT

IO O

ET

.

0rA

6 12

12/7

s12

AU

?6G

4S

YN

C. S

EP

MG

. AIE

RV

ER

T O

SC

.....

T60

-C

t. M

NK

MK

W K

O IT

ST

A-1

2 7

TT

IVI.

......

....

...r

_.0

122

110.

2M, S

IR.0

013

0205

.4:2

06...

RO

T,.

raT

IA

M .0

0S00

5

L_

Rt

C25

0,.

00.7

6AL5

ION

. DO

OR

arl. -

R25

3C

Vs,

SE

rtm

12:

U.9

--ir

CO

NO

LI

LAM

ED

.

CO

NT

RA

CO

NT

6 3v

AC

151

v.

6AV

6A

.P.IU

6 T

UN

ER

111C

CLA

MP

aan

4111

110.

0S

5La

w

Asa

.270

v.

055

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

LD

EF

CT

./C

OLS +

330v

VI2

6V6G

T F

OU

TP

UT

T30

oteN

EL

NO

.O

R.O

NT

ILV

4

T53

6017

545

OE

N

2IE

P4A

KT

UN

I 111

66

360v

.3.

.330

v.

RE

ST

.CT

.

L65

.2.

tan

H

VO

T1 R26

,DO

MO

T A

TT

EM

PT

TO

111.

111

IRLT

I.00S

OM

R

EC

TIF

IER

TU

RE

S

W.

GM

C.A

.,11

267

NN

N4.

3033

0v.

TO

OT

T10

1,C

ON

TR

AS

T G

ON

TO

l

SK

.ER

C/D

NO

201T

Al.

SQ

UIR

M

,,,10

= r

arC

al.

IB3G

TM

u R

IM

1.27

2 6I

3R

ET

O

wO

NM

1123

0100

AC

Tvea

Let

0

TIC

NO

P S

C4N

AN

O 1

11.1

05

A,

INA

/6Is

e m

emo

SO

NA

R'S

N E

L

NSY

LV

AN

IAD

IAG

RA

M F

OR

1-5

10-1

AN

D 1

-510

-2T

V C

HA

SS

IS

PA

RT

S C

OD

ING

VH

F T

UN

ER

SE

CT

ION

-C

IT

O C

OO

,R

IT

O 0

0U

HF

TU

NE

R S

EC

TIO

NC

26T

O 0

39,

R26

TO

R29

SO

UN

D S

EC

TIO

N-

0100

TO

011

0,51

00 T

O P

113

VID

EO

SE

CT

ION

- -

-C

MS

TO

015

2,81

26 T

O R

159

L V

. PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

SE

CT

ION

C17

5T

O .3

0,01

75 A

ND

0176

SY

NC

. SE

PA

RA

TO

R A

ND

VE

RT

ICA

L S

WE

EP

SE

CT

ION

0200

TO

021

5,82

00 T

O 8

227

NO

R. S

WE

EP

AN

D N

.V. P

OW

ER

SU

PP

LY S

EC

TIO

N-

- -

- -

--02

50 T

O 0

267,

825

0 T

O R

26B

TH

E H

IGH

ES

T C

OM

PO

NE

NT

NU

MB

ER

S O

N T

HIS

SC

HE

MA

TIC

DIA

GR

AM

AR

E: 0

267,

L71

, MB

, T61

AN

D 1

23

19 M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

AN

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AT

IC O

Rr

PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RA

ST

HIG

H P

EA

K V

OLT

AG

E O

F S

HO

RT

ZE

RO

CU

RR

EN

T M

ET

ER

AN

D A

T L

INE

CO

NT

RO

L A

T M

INIM

UM

.D

UR

AT

ION

IPP

RO

x, 5

000V

.Imay

VO

LTA

GE

ME

TE

R R

EA

DIN

G O

F II

7 V

OLT

S,

DA

MA

GE

ME

TE

R U

SE

D F

OR

TH

ISU

ND

ER

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

OF

NO

RM

AL

SIG

NA

L B

RIG

HT

NE

SS

CO

NT

RO

LM

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

.A

ND

NO

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S.

AT

MA

XIM

UM

.. N

IGH

PE

AK

VO

LTA

GE

SO

UR

CE

OF

VO

LTA

GE

.--

A)

CO

NN

EC

TE

D T

O IN

DIC

AT

ED

IMO

RE

TH

AN

100

0 V

OLT

S/

VO

LTA

GE

SO

UR

CE

.

VO

LTA

GE

S A

RE

ME

AS

UR

ED

TO

CH

AS

SIS

UN

LES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E IN

DIC

AT

ED

, CC

. TA

KE

N A

T 2

0,00

0 00

0AS

PE

R V

OLT

,A

.C. A

T 0

00 O

HM

S P

ER

VO

LT. M

EA

SU

RE

ME

NT

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

, UN

LES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E N

OT

ED

. SO

UR

CE

117

VO

LT60

CY

CLE

, AN

TE

NN

A D

ISC

ON

NE

CT

ED

WIT

H N

O S

IGN

AL

INP

UT

, PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RA

ST

AT

MA

XIM

UM

, BR

IGH

TN

ES

SA

T M

INIM

UM

- O

TH

ER

CO

NT

RO

LS A

T N

OR

MA

L P

OS

ITIO

NS

.A

VE

RA

GE

VO

LTA

GE

S A

ND

CO

IL R

ES

IST

AN

CE

S A

RE

IND

ICA

TE

D. R

ES

IST

AN

CE

OF

TA

PP

ED

CO

ILS

IS F

OR

EN

TIR

EW

1109

010.

CO

IL R

ES

IST

AN

CE

IS N

OT

SH

OW

N W

HE

RE

RE

AD

ING

S A

RE

TO

O S

MA

LL O

R W

IDE

LY V

AR

IAB

LE.

BA

ND

PA

SS

IF A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

S05

4(1

10T

0311

CO

RE

)T

O(T

UN

ER

)32

5 M

C. 1

0 M

C. S

WE

EP

IS O

.R T

AR 2

O

54

Fan

-R

-4 d IC

I25

Io7

0D

OT

1 aJ

001

C12

8*2

7/H

O

C

)129

.004

7 W

o47

0047

T55

r v3

-1L6

'B61

II2o

mod

'Y

I VID

EO

I.F

. AY

R

6.3V

.I2

125V

.

47:

rT

50

6.3V

. Al

21a0

A

R13

0R

I

IR..

0130

.004

7

rte

r:§

C13

6iti

20 V

IDE

O 1

. F. A

m,

RI3

2T

A1

T56

0131

0I32

01 3

4

-).0

0400

47 .0

47

17,1

"L

'!,37

,

1175

40,

4140

0v.

76

50

6 6G

-113

31.

004]

12 5

401

+12

5V.

r 7*

r,0

661,

§ces

j3V

IDE

01.-

CA

MP

MA

ME

ET

T.F

. AM

P

LUIS

CIII

7.0

047

.004

7

2;74

4-0

.54

6013

66.

6

11C

I.C

1 .7

910

001

vaa

vi5

305

VT

6AH

4GT

604

12.7

CO

LS12

.7

6?G

T61

7364

106G

T61

.116

6Z5

6416

0125

6.3v

AC

1E

/

T57 .0

047

C

270r

1251

SR

IC

C13

91.

.004

7

.A.z

i

145

6AU

6S

OU

ND

I.F

. AM

P

RI.

89./.

1051

T52

6;11

5R

AT

IO H

EY

FM

1C

OLO

R1

150.

1

101.

I 1:2

08v

7:71

1:ra

ir_35

.4Ls

,

4.7,

58

CM9

g'1?

P4"

6851

vil

6AV

m 6

6Y6G

IQ A

.F. A

MP

.A

. F O

UT

Pu

0108

E

F155

O12

515Y

+

.041

.4,E

.2M

3107

.

0201

051

047

V12

OM

V12

11/2

1V

13V

I4

12A

U7

12A

U7

6C4

6AH

4GT

R20

1S

YN

C. S

EP

.S

YN

C. A

MP

VE

RT

OS

C..2

,,,,

VE

ST

OU

TP

UT

7051

c.,

I13

/11

R2I

0R

211

7 C

20R

214

a.

)1...

.,22

8.2

15.c

2,%

1.00

22C

204

C20

5a

351

T59

`i02

247

.5.0

05I

4.5.

-L.0

ISO

M

NA

,V

L-

-.--

-1R

215

. C20

9 R

.a,

,,9 +

3922

05.

C23 IF

082

.t(,

1---

.05.

202.

251

0203

tI

f'all

I62

,1,=

gg,'.

,.

0-.3

,4,-

4,31

0Y.

.._54

'C21

43.

351

R21

202

20P

IOC

203 1-

-1

3511

-.0

0331

-.6.

-.1

-99-

.0

fV.T

. NO

LOI

'ON

TR

01.

CO

NT

RR

11,2

r.:I

.L.

1°I

465

.047

.035

3

470m

R22

3 1: IT

.1_

0216

6804

.17

x,00

115

25 A

^E5

100

0151 I(

Ri

P TURF

200E,

245v

.)O

v.2S

0v_

1125

4

81 1

0

1-31

014

V15

GA

LSN

OR

. PH

AS

E O

ET

.

00.1

1".F

.

DS

O l

$,;m

1025

1I

ON

#mi

V16

11/

2IV

16 1

/21

6SN

7GT

6SN

7GT

HO

R.

DIS

C.

1.54

56IIOA. DISC.

09.

+M

Y

1.22

5R

226

TA

CIT

560

0L6

4L6

5

L67 -

o/74

0.R

. YO

KE

CO

NN

EC

TO

RS

OC

KE

TM

EE

MA

IRE

R5

4444

06/

0259

P26

2

11-1

1-10

00

.1/:2

53

391

731

3500

/.7

2R°2

76 :

0253

I

4.74

1..5

51

202 12051

R25

9 7

C'm

tam

L.

10,

co,DLPO

2IE

P4A

PIC

TU

RE

1;00

0V ±

100

0V. 1

9

vi?

6806

GT

HO

RO

UT

PU

R26

310

00 0264

SP

EA

KE

R

A.

lb,

TR

aNgg

at4

a-49

.9LT

.A14

1111

4 C

MG

.vz

oI6

3GT

0.0

RE

CT

R26

5 R

266

8267

0267

SO

W/

v21

163G

TM

r R

EC

T.

L7i

w.!

2kt

v13

M:1

061

3,D

AM

PE

R -to

m

,


SYLVANIA REVISIONS AND CODE CHANGES TO CHASSIS 1-508.1, -2, 1-510-1, -2 AS NOTED

CHASSIS 1-508-1 C01, CO2, CO3 AND 1-508-2

Reduction of sound interference in the pictureis accomplished under code change CO1 onchassis 1-508-1 and in original production ofchassis 1-508-2 by connecting pin 6 of V11,the 6AV6 1st A. F. Amplifier and Tuner AGCClamp as indicated in Figure 27.

VII

6AV6A.F. a TUNER

A.G.C. CLAMPTO TUNER

A.G.C. DELAY

TOCIII AND

RI10

TOC112, C113,AND R111

FIGURE 27 - PARTIAL SCHEMATICDIAGRAM CHASSIS 1-508-1 CO1

R215, the Vertical Hold control on chassis1-508-1 and 1-508-2 is changed from 1.5 meg-ohms to 2.0 megohms, Service Part 153-0018,to increase its range. This revision is codedCO2 in chassis 1-508-1 and incorporated ininitial production of chassis 1-508-2.

C218A and C218B, 470Mmfd. , 500V. capacitorsare combined into C218, a 220 Mmfd. , 1000 V.capacitor, Service Part 160-1032 on chassis1-508-1 and 1-508-2. This revision bears nocode change number in either chassis.

CHASSIS 1-510-1 C01, CO2, CO3,C04 AND 1-510-2

C215, . 0047 Mfd. , 500 V. ceramic capacitoris changed to a . 0047 Mfd. , 600 V. paper unit,Service Part 162-06247 in chassis 1-510-1 asCO1 and in original production of chassis1-510-2. The revision provides greater voltagetolerance for this capacitor.

V9

6AL5RATIO DET.

TO T52 R10568M

FIGURE 28 - RATIO DETECTORCIRCUIT CHANGE CHASSIS 1-510-1 CO2

The following revisions constitute code changeCO2 in chassis 1-510-1. These revisions willbe included in initial production of chassis1-510-2.

1. C106, 2 Mfd. capacitor and R105, 68Mohm resistor are now connected as inFigure 28 to prevent possible sound inter-ference in the picture at high volume levels.

2. The ventilation of R176, 68 ohm resistor(75 ohms in certain initially producedchassis) is improved by physically re-locating both this resistor and C136, . 22Mfd. capacitor.

3. R255, 5,600 ohm resistor has been phy-sically relocated as a factory change.

Sensitivity in chassis 1-510-1 and 1-510-2 isincreased by the following component changes.These changes constitute code CO3 in chassis1-510-1 and are incorporated in initial produc-tion of chassis 1-510-2.

1. R126 - 680 ohm resistor is removed.2. R130, R135 and R140 are changed from

6,800 ohms to 4,700 ohms Service Part181-0472.

3. R136 and R141 are changed from 12,000ohms to 6,800 ohms, Service Part 183-0682.

A factory revision under code change CO3 alsoeliminates C215 - . 0047, 600 V. capacitor,previously added by code change C01.

Code change C04 in Chassis 1-510-1 and initialproduction of chassis 1-510-2 includes thefollowing changes.

1. R222 has been changed from 680 ohms to1000 ohms, Service Part 182-0102 to im-prove the range of R220, the VerticalLinearity control.

2. The stability of the horizontal oscillator hasbeen improved by changing R258 from 680ohms to 820 ohms, Service Part 181-0821.

\no6AL5

RATIO DET.

TO T52 R10968M

FIGURE 29 - PARTIAL SCHEMATICCHASSIS 1-508-1 C04 173

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSYLVANIA Revisions and Code Changes to Chassis 1-508-1, -2, 1-510-1, -2, continued.

CHASSIS 1-508-1 C04, C05 & 1-508-2 COO

C110, 2 Mfd. capacitor and R109, 68M ohmresistor are now connected as shown in Fig-ure 29 to eliminate a 4.5 Mc. harmonic inter-ference in the picture. This revision is codedC04 in the 1-508-1 chassis, and is includedin initial production of chassis 1-508-2.

Code change C05 for chassis 1-508-1 adds ashield that extends over the 3rd and 4th VideoIF Amplifier tube sockets on the underside ofthe chassis in addition to the existing VideoDetector circuit shield. Original productionof chassis 1-508-2 incorporates this change.

CHASSIS 1-510-1 C05 & 1-510-2 COO

A shield over the 3rd and 4th Video IF Amplifiertube sockets on the underside of the chassishas been added to the 1-510-1 chassis. Usedin addition to an existing shield over the VideoDetector circuits, this change is coded C05.Initial production of chassis 1-510-2 will includethis change.

CHASSIS 1-508-1 CO6 & 1-508-2 CO1

Code change CO6 for TV chassis 1-508-1 andcode change CO1 for chassis 1-508-2 revisethe circuits of V14 12AX7 - the Sync Separator& AGC Rectifier, and V15 12AU7 - the SyncAmplifier & Clipper. The change, in effect,adds a "noise gate" action between the synctake -off circuit and the sync separator circuit,and functions to stabilize vertical and horizon-tal sync and AGC operation under interferenceconditions.

Component changes are as follows:1. C203 - . 047 Mfd. capacitor is changed

from a 200 volt to a 400 volt capacitor.2. R208 - 10M ohm resistor is changed to a

15M ohm resistor.3. R199 - 33M ohm resistor is added and

connected in parallel with R208.

174

CENTERING

TOPIN 2V14 10

C202TOPINT .0047514

R20333M

R204

VII I/212AX7SYNC. SEP

4 2705.

TO +560V.A

RI98360M

R210680M

""25V R208IS

33M

3

V15I2AU7SYNC MP,CLIPPER, BNOISE GATE

TO C252

TO R212

RISE

6.8MJ:1.51_41

6.8M

1125V.

R1593.9M

FIGURE 30 - PARTIAL SCHEMATIC

OF CHASSIS 1-508-1 C06,1-508-2 CO1

4. R198 - 360M ohm resistor is added andconnected between +560 volts and V14 andV15 as shown in the partial schematic.

Wiring revisions for these 1-508-1 and 1-508-2code changes are illustrated in the partialschematic in Figure 30.

CHASSIS 1-510-1 CO6

Code change C06 for TV chassis 1-510-1changes the values of the following componentsin the sync separator circuit to improve syncstability.

1. C200 - 470 Mmfd. capacitor is changed toa 220 Mmfd. capacitor.

2. C201 - . 047 Mfd. capacitor is replaced bya . 01 Mfd. capacitor.

3. R200 - 2.2 Megohm resistor is replacedby a 470M resistor.

4. R201 - 220M resistor is changed to a470M resistor.

HEIGHT

VERTICAL LINEARITY

VERTICAL HOLD

PICTURE

11.6 0.4

00

(CONTRAST 508-1,508-2)(BRIGHTNESS 510-1,510-2)

FOCUS

AGC (508-1,508-2 ONLY)

HORIZONTAL SIZE

HORIZONTAL LIN. (508-1,508-2 ONLY)

HORIZONTAL DRIVE

HORIZONTAL HOLD

REAR CHASSIS CONTROLS

?TO L59 &VIDEO AMP.

L60


TRAV-LER RABID CORPORATIONChassis 36A2 used in Models 217-32, 217-33, 217-37,

220-34, 220-35, 221-36.At the time of publication Chassis 36B2 was plannedto be used in new Models 217-331 and 217-371, andusing electromagnetic focusing. In the main, thematerial on these pages for 36A2 will apply to 36B2.

TO RECEIVERR ANT. TERMINALS

SIGNAL GENERATOROUTPUT CABLE.

R150 OHM LESS ONE HALF THEOUTPUT IMPEDANCE OF SIGNALGENERATOR

FIG. 3. Dummy Antenna Detail

FOCUS-Focusing on low voltage electrostatic focus picture tubes is controlled by the primary B+ in the receiver.In order to compensate for variations among the picture tubes, a focus control is used in the circuit. Although thiscontrol varies the voltage to the focusing electrode of the picture tube by 300 VDC, the visible change may appearslight and will require a careful adjustment. With the ion trap properly adjusted, and the picture properly cen-tered, there should be no necessity to adjust this control. Should any change in focus be found necessary, the iontrap may be re -touched slightly to obtain the desired result.

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS (Continued on the page after the circuit diagram).Refer to Fig. 8 for location of alignment adjustments. Refer to the schematic for location of the test points indicatedby the circled letters in the following chart.

PRESETTING IF TRAP COILS USING AM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND VTVM

Connect the negative lead of a 3 -volt battery at point (B) shown on the schematic diagram; connect the positive lead to the chassis.Connect the signal generator to the grid of the 1st IF tube. Connect the DC probe of the VTVM at point (A); connect thenegative lead to the chassis. Set the picture and fine tuning controls fully clockwise. Set the receiver to channel 13.

SIGNALDUMMY GENERATOR

ANTENNA COUPLING

SIGNALGENERATOR CHANNELFREQUENCY i

CONNECTVTVM

ADJUST REMARKS

Direct To 1stIF grid

20.6 Mc(linmod.)

13 DC probe topoint (A).Common to

chassis.

Bottom adjust-ments of L -42B

and L -42C.

Adjust forVTVM.

maximum voltage at

OVERALL IF AMP. RESPONSE CHECK

Connect the synchronized sweep voltage from the sweep signal generator to the horizontal input of the oscilloscope for horizontaldeflection. Connect the sweep generator to the loosely coupled shield of the 6J6 tube, making certain that the shield is not grounded;connect the ground lead to t le chassis.

DUMMYANTENNA

SWEEPGENERATORCOUPLING


MARKERGENERATORFREQUENCY

CHANNELCONNECT

SCOPEADJUST REMARKS

Direct High sideto looselycoupledshield of6J6; lowside tochassis.

24 Mc(10 Mcsweep)

21.75 Mc26.25 Mc

13 Verticalamplifier topoint (A).Common to

chasss.

L -13AL -42B

(top)L -42C

(top)L-6L-38

Check for response curve similar toFig. 5 with markers as shown. It isgenerally necessary to retouch settingsof L -13A, L -42B (top), and L -42C(top) for proper response. Note thatthe adjustment of L -13A will affectthe video side of the curve, L -42B(top) the audio side, and L -42C (top)the intermediate range. It may benecessary to touch up settings of L-6and L-38 for proper symmery, flatness,and bandpass. A pass band width of3.5 Mc measured at the 50% responsepoints is recommended at this point.

SOUND IF AMP ALIGNMENT USING AM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND VTVM

DUMMYANTENNA

SIGNALGENERATORCOUPLING

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY

CHANNEL CONNECTVTVM

ADJUST

High side to Dc probe toDirect point (A).

Low side tochassis.

4.5 Mc(Unmod.)

Any channelunusedlocally.

point (C).Common to

chassis.

L -16Aand bottomadjustmentof L-17.

/IDC probe topoint (E).Common to

chassis.

Adjust topslug of L-17.

REMARKS

Adjust for max. voltage at VTVM.

Adjust for zero voltage. A positive andnegative reading will be obtained all 75either side of the correct setting.


4

8

VT -168617RF AMP. 6 I-1

6------7--"'°'r-,,

C -JR-3 5-3 I L-3

ioo K V - it = I

C-1

R I601(

81----17ci

r.O+glRt <>,5

1

,L-2

0-139

TV -TA -9 TUNER

(4 C-223 5

L-4

c 1'-5>1215

L-

a

3 C -5

RE TEST POINTVT -26J 6/ MIXER OSC.

5

I 12

4

C-8105

TUNING

--"C- 1 8,o00

C -I2

4DL-B

C 7

L-10 L-6D5I/N

R-10106

R-18 R-19,AAAA,

2200 1W 6800 SW

CAPACITORS ARE SHOWN IN MICRO MICRO FARADS UNLESSOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

RESISTORS ARE 1/2 W. CARBON UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

POWERTRANSFORMER

LINE SWITCH OHVOLUME CONTROL

C-101

/ 2AMP SLO BLO

CAB:NET US..

INTERLOCKTG -102- SCOO

67sv VT -205U4 G

639X

3V

HEATER CHOKE DETAIL

VT -36AU6

400

CHOKEinEC -I6

10 .1,

VT -46AU6

ROLIFASOV

R-115

SW2.1171

+ EC -23614.30 OFF

509

VT 56AU6

VT- 66AL 5

C -23B j..11 --.C278 .c-io3 C35B1 000coo

L-22 ,' L-22 - L-22 -

RFC. RFC RFC

CHASSIS REMOVAL FOR SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS1. Disconnect the cabinet antenna or outside antenna leads from the cabinet antenna terminals.2. Remove rear cabinet cover. Note that the line cord inter -lock connector is part of the rear cover and dis-

connects power to the chassis when this cover is removed. A substitute line cord must be provided if thereceiver must be turned on for service adjustments.

3. Disconnect the speaker.4. Remove the wood screws holding the antenna terminal strip bracket to the cabinet.

176 S. Remove the front panel control knobs.6 Remove four chassis bolts holding chassis to cabinet and slide chassis. out rear of cabinet.

PUSS

4 AMP.

C-98

6004 I

R-1044,02 U F ktomaarrm_C-11

R-103 C-70106 t VI 220 15004

2,,--

I.0

VT -36AU6 1554

5

R23 R-244200 82

C-23.1-1004

C-67

C 2coo

R-2610

R-644706

R-68 (1-03p,-).

Ic6eT,00

MORIZ WIDTH 4 SOCKET109N,71...,44

R-102 C-93 VT -18copy ( 5)

FIG. 9. Schematic Diagram (Chassis 36421

*C-100 USED ONLY WITH GLASSKINESCOPE WITHOUT OUTER -CONDUCTIVE COATING.

° FEED THRU CAPACITORS 800 uuF EACH

IIC -21

1000

R-221005

VT -11PM SPEAKER 3600. 6K5CT

/./c.te.

EC -17B4Our450 9

R-67390

57055 i3597

V

15oV 1 EC -17A

R -6Gnuj

C-97ur =

8009

FOCUSVC -28B

2.5M

R-110220

VT -196W4GT

R -99 141,MAAW.

BK I W


C - 24

I3A

35v

-95v-V T-46A06 my,

2

1;2,27

C-26

1:4213

135

Trav-ler Radio Corp. Chassis 36A2 Circuit Diagram

C-281100

C- 7A R-301000 too

V T-56AU6

1300 t.OV 'L -42C

3 5v

R-3147 22I1 I8V

C5

R -2I220

C-300 V4L0 T-6

to V65

-20100

R35

R-34l000

2-3V

TC- 2525ur

VT -1075v. 6AU6

R-63.2

Ry29

C -3I50. T

VT -9 Av.

VC 36-B R-6esoo

1.40R61

EJOurC-6

.134 .05UT

-55Ic-54 A602200 33K C 53

47

L-14-5"-{r

4034 7110

R-38ip4 4700

R-37V

C-3725UF 0.0

COIOV -.35A

VC -36 AQTuRcC-36

;5000

R-396200

I5K2.0

C-33.11..,F

Ft4704

R416

1. 17i°Qw

R-462200

L-17

2

V T- 76BA6

2700.tr 1404.

C-38oo

A

1.5V cag150

1R,4242; r:

25uF600V

R-32IRK

w

L -31 L- 16 -B C -56

'rtr C-40 1"-PrPPIC._

K 1WIr33

41°

R -44.T.11. " C=41 35V60UP",w-110412.

A

R-43 R-452200 6800

5w

L -32A

1R-4768K

BRIGHTiv131;

100K 220KVC -32A R-49

VORTICAL10

VERTICAL OUTPUTTRANSFQ. HER

VC -29 A

2.514VERT 401GHT

140V 4

C-78uF

R-97

3700

VT -156S4

19V

EC -23A100UF250.

39

220--NNWR -7I

VT -I 76B06GT

33K2W06uF

0-76

VT -146C 4

VERTICAL,LINEARITv

QV

C-80--.2skar

600V

R-96.N.NY

3" too

F7 9e, R-995

4.7 1

C -50jwoo'

VERTICALISLOCKINQ OSCILLATOR

VTRApeSPORMER

-45V. 4700

6 C-82R74

11.2

VC- 39VERTICAL(3)

NOLOI 81I.

R-75

C-77470

II

Tc.ii

IW

I1211C-7

T.470

NORIZONTALDRIVE

VT -166SN7GT

R-94 I65 V.

e2oo C B11390

R-93 100I3K

R-92SOn

22KR-89

"TOT'

4

R-5766

C-47

33

48

-56

L-16 A

C-49 EC 23CIS000 .160Ur

150y

CC -26

R- 79A R-79 B R- 79C

6200 8200 2215

-87A C -87B C -87C2000

R-54.7.4

5547K

C-46TzgeQV

1207C-442sur 3306

R -5I

2200

2

10/

CONTRAST

VC -32-Btoo A

VT- 12SC 4

135V.

64.

3610

R-484711

R-53too A

R-50

330K

C-43.05uf

c -s4 2200

.11IF R-766007 WOO

0C-83---- .----, 02UF

6 1.671 T.A 14V C -,-r

VC-3 ti8

1 -91. 3900150K 500

R-905600

1/2 VT -131/2 6SN7GT

R-80OV

10015

R-883311

C 86L -I8 V"'

R -8I1004

-.40

C-88its/so 5.82

,00K

f ill C -90-t .0.1 uovr,16,e,,,co C.0-,a2F. 33".-

C -9I R-87 R-86

4700

Olu F

Power Supply 110-125 V. 60 cycles ACPower Consumption._Tuning RangeIF Amplifier Response -

Picture carrier 26.25 McSound carrier . 21.75 Mc

Model Differences -Model 217-32, 217-33Model 220-35Model 221-36

TELEVISION CHASSIS 36A2110-125V.60 CYCLES A.C.ONLY.

TRAV- LER RADIO CORP.

PRODUCTION CHANGES(I) C-90. 2200 In early models.(2)C-79. 680 In early models.

Verticalhold I Meg In early models VC -39 was VC -30(41 R -OP Added In later models.(5) Early models used a IX 2A with a 33 ohm. filament ballast.

_..._...._...._ ..... 185 WattsTV channels 2 thru 13

Intercarrier sound 4.5 McIF Traps 20.6 Mc

..Picture tube 17HP4Picture tube 20HP4-APicture tube 21FP4-A

2.

3.

4.

LINE VOLTAGE 117 V. AC. ALL VOLTAGES D.C.ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED TO CHASSIS AND ARE POSITIVEUNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH ZERO SIGNAL INPUTAND PICTURE CONTROL SET MAX. CLOCKWISE.ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NOR:2ALOPERATION.

VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH ANELECTRONIC VOLTMETER. L-38

177

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONTrav-ler Radio Corp. Chassis 36A2, Alignment continued

CHECK ON SOUND IF AMP ALIGNMENT USING FM SIGNAL GENERATOR AND OSCILLOSCOPE

Connect the synchronized sweep voltage from the signal generator to the horizontal input of the oscilloscope for horizontal deflection.

DUMMYANTENNA

SWEEPGENERATORCOUPLING


MARKERGENERATOR CHANNELFREQUENCY

CONNECTSCOPE

ADJUST REMARKS

Direct High side topoint (A).Low side to

chassis.

4.5 Mc(500 Kcsweep)

4.45 Mc4.5 Mc4.55 Mc

Anychannelunusedlocally.

Verticalamplifierinput to

point (C).Common to

chassis.

L-17Touch up the adjustments of L-17 main -taining max. amplitude while adjustingfor max. steepness and straightness ofthe slope. See Fig. 6. Note that the 4.5Mc marker pip tends to disappear asthe correct setting of the top adjustmentof L-17 is reached.

4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT

DUMMYANTENNA

SIGNALGENERATORCOUPLING

SIGNALGENERATORFREQUENCY

CHANNEL CONNECTVTVM

ADJUST REMARKS

Direct High side topoint (A).Low side to

chassis.

4.5 Mc(Unmod.)

Any channelunusedlocally.

AC probe tocathode of

picture tube.Test point (D).

rnmmrus tn

L -16B Adjust for minimum voltage. A crystaldetector shown in Fig. 4 may be usedwith the VTVM in place of a com-mercial AC probe if desired.

NOR ZONTAL HORIZONTALWIDTITI LINEAR,

HORIZONTAL NCRaaNTAL PICT JOE LECHBLO FUSE VERTICAL SLCHILO FUSE VERTICAL

DRIVE FREQUENCY nTRAST TYPE 3.16 HEIGIIT TYPE SAG LINEARITYTYPE MPAmp

VT -I8IAX2

RECTIIILN

6506NORM .OUTPUT

-BPHI TINE

va SMC TRAP

L -I6 -A

0 SIX SOUNDTRAP

VT -8

VT -7

VIDEO AMP.

VT -II

4.311C I.F. AMP. vnv MlFM OCT.TRANS.

AUDIO OUTPUT

VT -9

4.3MC FM DIT.

VT-IO

AUDIO AMP

L.-17TOP- S ECONDA/gYDOT TOM-PRINARY

VT -19 VT -20

OSC. DAMPER

DEFLECTION YOKE

SOCKET

VT -I2

SYNC SEPARATORa D.C. RESTORER

VT -6

VID10 ors. AGE

L -42C

RECTIFIER

VT -I3

Sot. PHASE INVERTERH0511 PHASE DE r.

VT -5

IF AGMTOP- IF AMP COILBOTTOM- LF TRAP

SPEAKERSOCKET

TV-TR-.0VERTICAL

BLOCKING

OSCILLATOR

VT- 4

L -42B

VT -14

VERT OSC.

L -13-A

VT -3

VT -IS

VERT. AMP.

6AU6 L-38O szco.o

I"'"P IF AMPCO, 'CAMPION tOP-EF AMP COILBOTTOM -IF TRAP

TV -TA -9

VT -IR F AM

C-3 R F AMPTOWNE

MIXERPLATECOIL

VT -2MIXER-OSC.

FIG. 8. Alignment Adjustment and Tube Location Chart (Chassis 36A2)

4-PICTURE

17 OFF SOUND

FINE TUNING -.-SHAY'SHAFT

CHANNEL SELECTORSWITCH.

ELECTRO-LYT/C

C-13 RF AMPTRIMMER

F TEST PT0

OSCILLATORADJuST.

ANT.

) E R

YAMMER

TO TEST TO DC PROBE.POINT OF VTVM

t\ 10000mks,. ioo.000 f

IN34OR EQUAL --jr--"

TO CHASSIS COMMON

FIG. 4. Diode Detector Detail

21.75 MC- - - - - - - - - - - -

20.421C`..-35h1L-

Bandwidth

5 BIC

211.25MC 50%

-100%

FIG. 5. IF Response Curve

FIG. 6. Audio Response Curve

FIG 7. Overall RF Response Curve


WestinghouseFOR LIST OF CHASSIS AND

TELEVISION

MODELS COVEREDSEE TABULATION -INDEX BELOW

Practically all Westinghouse TV sets produced during the past yearare covered with the service material on the next six pages. You mustuse the tabular index below to find material needed for any specific set.Since two or even three different chassis were used in some of the mo-dels, it will be best to look up material by chassis number. The cir-cuit diagrams are exact for sets stated and, in case of others, minordifferences are pointed out. Diagrams of all tuners used are printed.

Chassis Models using this chassis Tuner No. Where to look for information:V-2207-1 H -706T16 V-11385-1 circuit, page 181 tunerV-2214-1 H -689T16 V-10880-1 Same as V-2216-1 but uses 16AEP4V-2215-1 H-681T17(V-2215-2, -3 also used) V-10880-1 Same as V-2216-1 but uses 17HP4V-2216-1 H -667T17, H -668T17, H -678K17,

H -679K17 V-10880-1 Page 182 circuit, page 183 tunerV-2216-2 H -699K17, H -700T17, H -701T17,

H -702K17, H -703K17, H -704T17,H -705K17 V-10880-1

Exactly like V-2216-1 except forcabinet parts and speaker

V-2216-3 Models as under V-2216-2 V-11333-1 Same as V-2216-1 except for tunerV-2216-4(V-2216-5)

H -704T17, H -714K21, H -715K21,H -720K21, H -721K21, H -722K21,H -754K21 V-11333-1

See page 183 for tuner circuit anddifferences in Sound -IF -Audio.Like V-2216-1 in other respects

V-2217-1 H -673K21, H -676T21, H -690K21,H -691K21 V-10880-1

Same as V-2216-1 but uses 21FP4A+ 30 mfd. in parallel with C502, etc.

V-2217-2 H -692T21, H -695K21, H -710T21,H -711T21, H -713K21, H -714K21,H -715K21, H -720K21, H -721K21,H-722K21 V-10880-1

Same as V-2216-1, see pages 182and 183, but uses 21FP4A picturetube, T501 is V-9958-2, and diffe-rences in other tubes and parts

V-2217-3 Models under V-2217-2 V-11333-1 Same as V-2216-1 except for tunerV-2217-4 H -710T21, H -711T21, H -714K21,

H -715K21, H -720K21, H -721K21,H -722K21, H -754K21

V-11333-1Same as V-2216-4, but uses 21FP4Apicture tube and different yoke items

V-2217-5 H -710T21, H -711T21,H -723K21, H -754K21

V-11333-1 See note under V-2216-4, also somedifferences in tubes and parts

V-2218-1 H -7.30C21, H -732C21, H -733C21 V-10880-1 Combination, basically like V-2216-2V-2218-11 Models as under V-2218-1 V-11333-1 As V-2218-1, but different tuner, etcV-2219-1 H -688K24 V-10880-1 As V-2218-1, 24" tube + other diff.V-2220-1 H -708T20 V-11385-1 Page 180 circuit, page 181 tunerV-2220-2 H -718K20, H -724T20, H -725T20 V-11485-1 Electrically the same as V-2220-11V-2220-3 H -708T20 V-11485-1 Like V-2220-11 with diff. in sync cirV-2220-4 H -718K20, H -724T20, H -725T20, V-11485-1 As V-2220-3, except shafts shorterV-2220-11 H -708T20 V-11485-1 Like V-2220-1 except for differences

explained on page 181. 179

1...C

1).

co 0

2:

0 0

SE

CT

ION

2 S

OU

ND

IF A

ND

AU

DIO

__I

-FC

HA

SSIS

...,_

__ _

_ _

____

I_6

_ikf

tefi

.e.

. 602

5,12

0222

222.

72

1ST

2072

23 A

NN

FA O

TT

IN

IPT

`.0:

M 0 Ul

0 FP

.5

0ii

"...

74'

q"

H4

2.1

'I°

(T)

so,

4223

CM

ION

_.r

,17

WO

KI

1--.

'11

'

7,22

2-1-

11...

),,

CZ

.11.

...

'0

0 0

1.2

..,"0

5-1.

- 0

"0

,,C21

620

°'.6

C21

9.0

05

C2.

7.47 M

IL

IM0§

22IM

OL

.. _

l71

°.

NE

07.0

222

0850

0K4

6

WO

wO

LL

RT

E21

15.0

4C

ON

TR

OL

I

20I

"1o

St)

c05+

1:1

r P

C/C

1U

2 0

5. 0

crq

CD

CD

crq

ffq

crta

(I)

1--.

fpC

Dc.

4.1-

3'"

"C

O

1

th.

I I

Ina

300

02.I

.P2

.°C

CH

TM

CK

.1E

2

'I_

I

.rw

ia,s

i \ A

,

'12°

TM

LN

CH

q ri Z-.

10.

., 1....

.1

(1)

...C

O

1....

.m,r

gC

DZ

.'

i:'...

tri

CL

0" 1

)-05

a)o

1

ISM

SSA

I23

10IS

MSi

t MC

N16

42-

017'

3.L

303

2323

v M

OH

UT

SO

K23

20ri

i(1

)II

I -S

iirIF

25

2.71

470

2 5.

321

70 1

1,60

r.0

322

N 2

20.

Oo

/118

2V

ICA

O D

M

AI.

H..

2700

WN

W..

...O

tt

'CS

CD

(I)

1r/

)I

575

7T

IM5

SOT

it -i

-ri:

[33

'"-o

r.',

0323

2320

C3.

)53

.Q

I.i..

,,ca

.,-

fpco

I

"tV

..II

-I-

:,7

503

-- -

-I-

-1

56 6

1022

KW

V.1 rn.

1.60

1.4.

340

nor

g'V

'SV

--ii.

. .n

it:i

vjfp

.e,-

,()

z.-

1,

c....

<-.

..$.

.0-

3C2

C30

2..

.

9143

,60

0.IP

4j.'

7%)?

1,_

2I,

V !

Ii

,

04,

V4

%i

: MT

, L _

Tak

217,

C32

9

,_-

.4.6

v

....._

,t.

3. ..

,.I

250,

0 ,,

2

g atv

(-9.

,..,,,

-..

1....

.cD

tri

..,p.

,,o

o al

1

0C

D1-

, ,

4505

.,,.

o::,

'/

Lz

zi:_

c ,,o

, -.-

v.'

11.3

09til

(i2

_°

.,T,.-

-I

,,oT

T -

OM

,I

°,,

-

, 3K

2

I.

.

.

t---

-1-

:g--

L

i-T

3) I

-r.1

304F

c-4

-L

305

.. .`

7,

=lc

,K73

T ''

'"

.-3-

'T

re'"

2.,

i.'a

7 1-

7.2"--

.-.

7 \ LI.

0 I-. 1

111

Uli

l.0

1,'

AI

-I41

-,..

En

0-t

- H

2730

7IO

N

41i

' a.,

TX

43,9

154

,r.',

,,4T

1T.E

......

"--i

4. '

_M

AC

.-

20H

7H1A

0072

3

0 0 144.

in (03

c 01"

'l(1

)'a

j,,,

,,,C

ON

TR

OL

12K

-I I

0li

(49

HiO

7S

EC

TIO

NV

IDE

OG

317

ws

2/5

2

.__

__n

- __

___

_ __

__.

_11

1 rei

1149

0V

VI

Le.

?2-,

40E

D A

Or

ItA

r.\-

-6S

N7G

T64

44v'

iC1

60i T

H 7

7F

.1 .1

701

117.

PA

WT --

t ti,r

-C

412

04,

56.

540) E

n57

.1C

501

, 6 N

OM

CU

TT

ER

_EI

,2

2772

NO

TE

5-I

-2 '.0

1.."

rnW

I,

,I

..402

±44

45 <

'.'..

"3.

iK

. - _

_ _

.05

,7,.

222

111.

22C

.10

0.1

±.

c,4

Nar

ks,

3 34

VI

Ill,

.

PL .A

's.

.2.0

470

.5

i34

mot

.oat

-'-1.

14 ,r

.,, -

§'

R41

7"W

AR

MR

,2

r54

02

TO

.2

402

,_:_

r___

_:_

___.

_

..iff

iala

ial+

I

0012

t

WI e

"Ili

I(L

_ _

_ _

2123

"n`

a__

C41

4t..

)

o'-A

-cc, I

.09

c-'"

, 340

2 11

-7-5

07E

6

NO

Tfj

....

IT:g

f,=

,, L .1

1

C41

0.

tia

30

.0.1

4-7

_ .5

0=

.0,

.24

:3. C

::

,IL

-ti

,,-J-

5+.-

.0:

v""'

2-22

074-

0411

.2"0 -4

.,27

!Can

.;.15

S10

02N

C, 7

501.

re:

WPC

H3L

0

*1'

'Eh

.3.1

.0 2

-222

0-1

OA

..-3

-I0

Me

nVir

GN

OT

E 6

470

--C

ON

NO

LC

ON

TR

OL

C46

1-1

ess

-r°

j R47

16.7

2 _.

_;c7

s,s

SViE

EP

CH

ASS

ISts

r

i .rs

PX

li

2:'''

iy...

,C

A53

,,,,,0

20,

4I-

2*i

330

WM

..7

322

72I-

--

-iW

S

SVt

C25

1'

1500

5001

Iel

-7.

1774

0/...

11 1

6

//aI°

.:I

ND W

ION

S Z00

52II

4N

S,I

,C

255

SI

_i2

041

MI.

L5C

,

3"'H

f'T

'"'

LSD

-,.

,L4-

....,

1-7-

4/1

0.2

FOrE

n11

423.

0C

IC

OIL

332

CA

I22

mon

4I

1.11

11.

0002

17N

730i

SIN

601

-C 4

.37

C-i

g._

"471

7'I

It2a

llO

N

I IIII0

2-0.

i '7

tati

MIT

CH

1.17

OF

1-1

WI

"31

M-_

Ca.

°°V

AV

M'

1403

14 0

2213

62_

. ,,,

l.:O

4Gt

Zee

1/1?

MN

MIL

'IG

VIN

GT

6__

,N

S12

2227

AP

HU

LK

I.,

L.

2240

E.

.-

.. HI

C27

20.

1711

1H

T2

02

i

-III

IN

N,,.

1

.111

1C1T

E 6

7L''

O.

C22

7 ....

3

1.71

02 1

13 -

MC

OIL

250.

CN

N22

02C

M

.A...

i,..

1-1-

,J_

,_

J-,

Z"5

,, C

.7%

NT

1.34 33

177.

dr&

14

C.2

130

. C43

0.0

6

_ C23

1

01 °M3

-1/1

/12-

412-

W.-

-14-

-j_

5.6K

---

1011

11,1

4

SE

CT

ION

4 S

WE

EP

....

SE

CT

ION

5 P

OW

ER

pie

CH

AS

SIS

NO

.V

-220

7-1

AN

D V

-222

0-1

Z

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONWestinghouse RF Tuners V-11385-1, V-11485-1, and other information

NOTES I. ALL WITCH wFCRS AR, SHOWN AS NWT.. I.ROM THE FRONTIIIFRONT OF reFFR OBI RE AR OF RAKER

2. ALL CIciTANCE vLUES rN H F TUNER ARE SHORN .N WNW

To accommodate the tuner, a 6800 ohm 2watt resistor (R491) is connected between the 340volt line and terminal #10 of the tuner to provide225 volts at terminal #10, and a .005 mfd capacitor(C140) is added between terminal #10 and ground.In addition, C301 in the grid circuit of the 1st IFstage is changed to 3.3 mini, the trap coupling ca-pacitor (C302) is changed to 0.47 rnmf, and thepart number of T301 is changed.

V-11485-1 RF TUNERUSED IN V-2220-11

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

ACUADAGGROUNDINGSPRING

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJ. CRT. CUSHION

CRY CUSHION ADJCRT.. CUSHION ADJ.

ION TRAP MAGNET

6 EICSR F AMR.

SECTION I R -F

NOM:NALL SWITCH *VCRS VIEWED FR. THE FRONT ON CHANNEL O.LT FRONT Of RAPER KAP Of WAFER.S. NUMBERS CM WAFER SHOW CHORMEL POSITIONSCS/Lust OF ALL CAPACITORS IH RP TONER GIVEN NKr. RF Tuner V-11385-1

RID

sTINN

R Ty.

GIS9 -.05T

CENTERING MAGNETSADJS.

FIG. 1 - CRT ADJUSTMENTS

um.. TAM

y

'222 Nutt. tS2

I?,A_T7 NW 11TSyNG.7.22P "*-62%thNO232 GoPPEN SONG. SEA NESID C CAtt 5

MINT CK)TPLIT

6C86 6C86 6C661ST IF 2ND .2 550 rP

2.0 Ma SCIumy IF FM CT.

Gag247,y .r42

.1"7-L

CAIy

NOTIS:. ALL GAPAGDMIGt vALL.E1 IN MFG 140 ALL 131$SVING. SALONS OHMSUNLESS OTNEONNtE SPEGOTEO.

K. EARLY INIODuCTION CHASSIS FEW COMPONENTS *En OF IlaterrLy INFINIMIENTvALL Tow. xvS REPLAGENENT purls DOSS RE 0 1.01.101 SNOWS

3.y.2t07.1 OAFS ISAAC c. M. T. ARM y-IttICH GHAttit WES MONAGN T

4. ALL yO2A2M0 KLASLME0 MOM CMASSIS ISM) IONS 80400 021m/LOLT CREPE.Lem IALTAK tit v. Le. NTAINNKS 1.2.11.5 AM SNOB. t tO CA OK!.

5.60 G PS. PULSE NERTiTION NATI.

II. 15,750 c S PULSE REPETITION RATE.

voLTASE mfAtullEG INTN Go022214. SET AT MAXIMUM 511.51001.

The circuit at the left is apart of the main circuit ofV-2207-1, etc. The cor-responding numbered wi-res of both drawings areelectrically connected.The separation is madefor convenience of print-ing and does not exist inthe physical sense.

181

0 al

C)

0H

.H.,0

CD

CC

CC

CD

P,

10,9

CI:1

01C

)(1

)

CD

E.

5' 5

oo

e

CD

Crc

k01

1cp

(1)

5:co

gP.

g. g

a) O'1

Fa.

0.(I

)

(DO

0rn

CD

CD

CD

CD O.

0

SE

CT

ION

2 S

OU

ND

IF A

ND

AU

DIO

- -

- --

----

- --

51. C

HA

SS

ISV

- 2

213-

2

ass

6(i7

1241

2S

PE

RN

ER

,H

alv

L011

477

Mud

..1

.g2i

tt,J1

14iir

6A06

&A

la_

55 S

OU

ND

IF N

.10

50 o

r *1

1R

AT

IO O

CT

.I I

T .0

10 A

wn

T20

1

Li42

15

I1 C

ITO

9r

too

UV

4 -

-

viV

is11

-4 -

Laos

--

S al

.

s1<

T.

-42

02=

CLi

fV

A.

I.002 Grim

too:

'

C21

9-fs

1,7:

("4

;011

212

I.,s

o

9229

956

0

!Si:

I

TC

2.2

...C

all

C..

R 2

.1ao

T-

so50

000

-4o

NI

lax

IF40

.11

30

O 0

00

C05

.30.

c.pa

005

1.10

4

Nor

oil

4.70

3*0$

1. 0

5*

110

11,A

ge_B

IEU

r/-

Lao

7L

302

Lti;.

3041

1FL-

T-4

32-4

F-I

GN

V\-

1-.7

7'11

123.

3=

-M

IS

OO

NS

WC

326

SE

CT

ION

3 V

IDE

OA

CC

TE

ST

754

4110

471-

-....

I. 00

3

5.65

C07

1714

0LS

CT

. 144

4.17

2S

OA

H6

V C

OO

AM

R

1309

L 30

393

2344

..4

43.4

00*

9.1

4111

,C

315

/.90V

0.31

0

R31

915

0C

317

P1C

tl166

Oos

CO

NT

RO

L

_j

0109

0 T

ES

T r

EN

T.K

0

IR

N)

O 5

20U

n.r.

ittc1

*.

$

MS

T20

5

-C

313

\\_v\

TU

E

.""

c41

,5

462

NO

TE

T

.005

4410

NO

TE

/

1141

2

1 04

54,o

U0 10

0

0414

000

1211

5-.E

1S-1

405

50

EN

O

con

436

336

CH

AS

SIS

0-22

12-2 49

9IO

S.1

18-H

70.1

PN

ER

..S

..1

Lfo_

T :0

05 I

.005

7 j.

,11/

011

He

5413

1000

6SH

7G1A

6-91

1486

1110

6

C06

'Mar

'III

?C

ON

TR

OL

.69

4706

,H13 'SF

0440

*

R50

1000

C10

R19

SO

ON

vER

T. N

OLO

CO

NT

RO

L

C

,= 711

CO

NT

RO

L S

ET

AT

HA

IG X

S.

070

:R46

5

1743

14-.

1

31H

`

1,21

1.C

ON

TR

OL

TO

RT

OT

ITO

LIT

7404

.12.

00s.

TO

NE

4o2

.wn

74C

14

*424

400

41

5

0 rn ti PIj

1-3

tTl z

rcrq

tl(T

)

CI

mow

s

o rto

s0)

id

bob'g

coP4

a Ps

Ct4

1.

L02

11

NO

*. U

N.

C.:

11 S

"54

51

%S

ET

H

040

0

_ _J

ok10

0

C t

074

PO

RE

S

54 5

(401

4. 0

?? s

oar,

MIT

OF

1

3-22

15, C

NA

SS

OI

L904 60

6.3

v

5U46

0.30

L.V

.111

C1.

SE

CT

ION

5 P

OW

ER

3Or

CH

AS

SIS

NO

V -

2216

-I


Westinghouse RF Tuners V-10880-1, V-11333-168776007R.F.AMP.

ANT.

NOTES:(.ALL SWITCH VAFERS VIEWED FROM THE FRONT ON CHANNEL 13.5..A. FRONT OF WAFER V REAR OF WAFER.3. NUMBERS ON WAFER SHOW CHANNEL POSITIONS.4. WILUES OF ALL CAPACITORS IN RF TUNER GIVEN IN AND. V-11333-1

Terminal #10 of the tuner is connected toa 225 volt source rather than to the UHF socket.To provide the 225 volt source, a 5600 ohm 2 wattresistor (R491) and a 33,000 ohm watt resistor(R495) in parallel are connected between the 310volt B plus line in the sweep chassis and terminal#10 of the tuner.

6X8Mix. OSG

FACTORYTESTPOINT

ei75'rTOP

IF OUTPUT

13+113931

FIL

8+1UHFI

TIUHF)

RTERm

TOP

UHF IWI44 MC

UHF IlF1

AGC

O FILIPILOTI10

\ 0 8.(21511

10C"').1 LRF TUNER - L TERM

wr

gagsaN F AMP

SECTORS ON FRONT OF WAFERS."30 sections OR REAR or WAFERSWAFERS NUMBERED FRONT TO REAR

SECTION I RF

RF Tuner V-10880-1

FACTORYTEST POINT,

goo

OIBOTTOM VIEW

UHF.

L.TERM.R110

CAPACITOR FrLII:E132

RESISTOR47K

OOSCILLOSCOPE

oc)::.1,-- Z 6

_L

TO SWEEPGENERATOR

CHASSIS VIDEO TESTGROUND TERMINAL

FIG. 2 - OSCILLOSCOPE CONNECTIONS

NOP

SPRING

MIXER -OSCTUBE SHIELD

11 11-1

FIG. 3 - COUPLING SIGNAL GEN-ERATOR TO MIXER TUBE

COPPER BRAID(SIGNAL INPUT)

INSULATION BETWEENBRAID AND SHIELD

FLARED COPPER BRAID

144TUNER

'NONNI SEP

fi_ALGIAUDIO (WINO

1 2'Th MAL LAMP

6060III IF

1.1Ian RALE 991 T OU5 VERTPUTSYNC.CLIPPER X0. WM NOR. A.F.C.

BUS kg&2H01f 58°ott113i 44ir 1300

LTAflAhf 6A116. It'll RATIO Oft

07-1._vERT. Ikv. VIDEO AMP 10 SONO IF 25 SCOOP ILI NIOO AMR

4.LOKT AWL. .0c:n

r 7 8 5(11 -124ljC38.005

ROTES:I. ALL CAPACITANCE ROUES IN RFD MO ALL RESOURCE VALUES IN OHMS

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.2.8 EARLY PROCILICTION CHASSIS A FEW COMPONENTS WERE OF SLIGHTLY DIFFERENT

VALUE TITAN SHOWN. REPLACEMENT PART, SHOULD BE OF HALVES SHOWN.3.v5'LTABES ATE ASUREO FROM CHASSIS Ammo USING A 20000 01421/VOLT METER.

LINE SOLTAAE 117 O.A.C. READINGS SHOULD CE AS !MOWN ± 20%.4.01STALL TWO 1002 RESISTORS II' SERIES FOR ALIGNMENT ONLY, TO

ESTABLISH TEST POINT A.5 DEFL. TO, AST T y40214.3 ro5 56 MO, CAPACITOR NO 00911.4 HAS A 33 NYE

CAPACITOR.G. GO C P. S. 'LASE /RPM, i011 NOE7.15,7S0 C., S. PULSE REPETITION PTr

% 8000T colaccnoms FdT SUBSTITUTE NAAS 4,4 SO. EEL. ALL OTTERRESENT SURSTITUTE TUNES AXE DIRECT REPLACEMENT.

2

DAG2

The circuit at the left andabove are parts of the maincircuit of V-2216-1 givenon page 182. The corres-ponding numbered wiresof both drawings are con-nected electrically.For Sound -IF -Audio sectionof V-2216-4 see this part ofcircuit on page 180, balanceof V-2216-4 is similar to thecircuit on page 182. 183


Westinghouse Electric, Brief Alignment Information for Sets Covered.(Some of the sets may have slightly different position of parts or tubes,but in general this material will be applicable to all chassis covered. )

COMMON I -F SECTION

Remove the RF amplifier tube from its socket, and turn the channelselector to channel 13.

Connect the oscilloscope to the video test terminal through the decouplingnetwork shown in Fig. 2.

Connect a 9 volt bias battery to the AGC line.Adjust the sweep generator for a center frequency of 44 mc. with a 10 mc.

sweep deviation, and couple the marker generator to the sweep generator.

Step

Connect Sweepand Marker

Generators to - Marker Use

ConnectDetuningClip to - Adjust -

1. 3rd I -F amp.grid

Check for equal re-sponse at 42.25 mcand 45.75 mc usingweak signal. Also43 mc and 45 mc.

2nd I -F amp.plate

Pri, of T304 for max.response and sec. ofT304 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5A.

2. 2nd I -F amp.grid

Same as step 1 1st I -F amp.plate

Pri. of T303 for max.response and sec. ofT303 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5B.

3. 1st I -F amp.grid

Same as step 1 Not used Pri. of T302 for max.response and sec. ofT302 for symmetricalcurve shown in Fig.5C.

4. To mixert hr o ughcoupling de-vice shown inFig. 3.

Check at 44 mc.Markerpip must beat center of flatregion on curve

Not used Turn L301 adj. com-pletely clockwiseand adjust T101 formax. response. Ad -just T301 for sym-metrical.

5. Same as pre-ceding step

Adjust to41.25 mc.and increase outputuntil pip is readilyvisible.

Not used L301 to minimize am -plitude of 41.25 mc.marker pip.

6. Same as pre-ceding step

Check curve at fre-quencies shown onFig. 5.

Not used Re -adjust T101 andT301 to obtain curveshown in Fig. 5D.

7. Tune L308 to 47.25 mc.

FIG.

.9

4 - TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS 4.5 MC. TRAP

A

B

42.25Mc 44.0 Mc 45.75 Mc

41.25Mci 43.0Mc 45 OW

r

41 0Mc 43 0Mc 45.0mc I 47 0Mc

42 0Mc 44 0 Mc 46 0Mc

FIG. 5 - RESPONSE CURVES ATVARIOUS STAGES OF ALIGNMENT

6CB62 "Lo if AMP

730

6BN6FM DET.

2256 7

75154 3

6CB6

3

325 IF AMP

J5 907 6 90 P

T304

6AU6IT SOUND IF

70.57

7015

FIG. 6 -

CONNECT R F

TRAP ACJKA( FOR 0.5 Mc

BOTTOM VIEW

Connect the signal generator to the video test terminal (point "D" on Fig. 4) through a .001 mfd capacitor.

184Step

Signal Gen.Frequency VTVM Connections Remarks Adjust -

1. 4.5 mc. RF probe to point "E" (see Use strong signal from gen- L309 for minimum voltageunmodulated Fig. 6) and common lead to

chassis.erator


ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION1953 TELEVISION RECEIVERS

CHASSIS 19K20 -19K22 -19K23 - 21 K20

The 19K20, 19K22, 19K23 and 21K20 chassis de-scribed in this manual are basically alike. Alignmentand adjustment procedures are identical. The slightdifferences which exist are as follows:19K20: This chassis utilizes a 17 inch rectangularpicture tube and is the basic chassis.191(22: This chassis is the same as the 19K20 with-out a tone control.19K23: This is the 191(20 chassis with a 21 inchpicture tube and the addition of the new picturecontrol circuit as in the 211(20 chassis.

A.C. INTERLOCK

PHONEVISION SOCKET A.C.

L28 WIDTHL29 HORIZONTAL

LINEARITY

T8 POWERTRANS.

175 MA. SLO- BLOFUSE

PHONEVISIONCONNECTION POINT 086.

DISCHARGE

ELEPLYTICCAMITOR

CORRECTOR MAGNET

VERTICALOUTPUT

OUTPUT*A.F.C. TEST POINT

( V. T.COVNNEMETER

OLTCTION)

SPEAKER COMPENSATIONJUMPER WIRE

R33 VOLUMECONTROL &ON -OFF SWITCH

R24 FOCUS

L27 HORIZONTAL HOLD

R55 HEIGHT CONTROL

R48 BRIGHTNESSR40 VERTICAL RANGE-

VI46SN7

GT

VI6A

GT073 *".

; VII )65E6 LECTROLYTICCAPACITORT.

)HORIZ. PHASE DE

CONTROL

r2AX7VERT.

OSC.A.G.C.

I7LP4PI X

BEAM BENDE

IS6AX4

GT

VIS6506

HORIZ.OUTPUT

ASSEM.

YOKE ADJUSTMEN @"'"-DEFLECTION

'1,....)1-1.4F. TRANS.4TH e...,,

..r..,... 0B XTAL - 6U8 SOUND

DET. , 111, VIDEO,,'V5 M

3RD I.F. ,/,' 6 kej \\_e_6686 `----e,

0' V

, "1411,11k,4".

Ve

21K20: This chassis is the same as the basic 19K20chassis except for the 21 inch picture tube and theaddition of a 51.14-G low voltage rectifier and a 1X2tube in the high voltage circuit. The 1X2 is used inconjunction with the 1B3GT rectifier to boost thepicture tube second anode voltage to 18.5 Kv. Thischassis uses a 6V3GT damper and a 6CD6 in thehorizontal output circuit. In addition, the new picturecontrol circuit has been incorporated in the 21K20chassis.

For complete list of models see page 188.Layout of 19K20, 19K22 and 19K23 Chassis

R24 FRINGE LOCK

.e-oo)DVI/ ; H.v

ANTENNA TERMINALSR30 BUZZ CONTROLF L9 ASSOCIATED SOUND TRAP COIL 41.25 MC.

TEST POINT A"(SCOPE CONNECTION FORRE. BAND PASS OBSERVATION)

qcgs 08G. L6 CONV. PLATE TUNINGX SCREEN FEED THROUGH

C22 CONY. GRID CAP. TUNING

3 PRONG TURRET CONNECTOR

L3 RE. PLATE IND. TUNING

C5 R.F. PLATE CAP. TUNING

C2 R.F. GRID TUNING

CORRECTOR MAGNETLI9 INTERCARRIER COIL

6BN6 AUDIO DETECTOR

ESCS6-k-*2ND I.F.

*VIDEO DETECTOR TEST POINT(cSoWNPEEcTioN)

L20 OUADRATURE COIL

*AUDIO TEST POINT (SCOPE CONNECTION)

L12 SOUND TAKE -OFF COILT3 3RD I.F. TRANS.LIO 39.75 MC. TRAP - AD J.CHANNEL PICTURE

LII 47 25 MC. TRAP-ADJ.CHANNEL SOUND

L13 1ST I.F. CATHODE TRAP

T2 2ND I.F. TRANS.

TI 1ST I.F. TRANS.

* TEST POINTS USED INPRODUCTION

CHANNEL SELECTOR

PILOT LIGHT SOCKETR32 TONE CONTROL**

FINE TUNINGR40 A.G.C. DELAY CONTROL

R45 CONTRAST CONTROLR57 VERTICAL LINEARITY

R73 VERTICAL HOLD

* R32 TONE CONTROLNOT USED ON MODEL19K22.

185


ALIGNMENTTO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS

MODIFIED 5-15369MATCHING TRANSFORMER

HOOKED ENDFOR CONNECTINGTO VARIOUS GRIDS

470 MMFD.CERAMICCAPACITOR

56111/2 W 5%

i'f CARBONRESISTOR

GROUND DIRECTLYTO CHASSIS. DO NOTUSE LEADS.

Zenith Chassis 19K20, etc. (continued)type of coupling adjustment utilizes an insulatedsleeve by means of which coupling can be changedby turning the rod in or out.

SWEEP GENERATOROUTPUT CABLE

Fig. 11 IF-RF Alignment Fixtures

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

1. Connect the negative lead of a 2 volt batterysupply to terminal "F" (Fig. 25) and the positivelead to chassis. The bias supply should be madevariable so that it can be varied from negative 3volts to positive 3 volts. Keep the supply leadsshort.

2. Connect the calibrated oscilloscope through a10,000 ohm isolation resistor between terminal "E"and chassis. The sweep generator input to the re-ceiver should be adjusted for 2 volts peak to peakdetector output. Do not exceed this output levelduring any of the adjustments.

3. Feed the output from the sweep generator throughthe special termination unit shown in Fig. 11 to point"D" (Pin 1 of 6CB6, 3rd IF). Adjust the generatoruntil a pattern similar to Fig.14 is obtained.

4. Set the Marker Generator to 44 Mc and alter-nately adjust the top and bottom slugs and the coup-ling adjustment of the 4th IF transformer for max-imum gain and symmetry with the 44 Mc Markerin the center of the response curve. The wire rod

186

44 MC.

Fig. 14 4th IF Response

If the correct response curve cannot be obtained inthis step, check the position of the two slugs to seethat they are entering their respective coils from theopposite ends of the coil form. The position of theslugs near the center of the coils may change thecoefficient of coupling, making correct alignmentdifficult if not impossible.

5. Connect the sweep generator cable to point "C".Adjust the attenuator for a 2 volt peak to peak de-tector output.

,`44 MC.

Fig. 15 3rd IF Response

6. As a preliminary adjustment for the 3rd IF, turnthe bottom slug half way into its coil and the top slugcompletely out of its coil. Alternately adjust the topand bottom slugs until a pattern somewhat similarto Fig. 15 is obtained. When the tuning slugs areproperly positioned each slug will move both humpsof the response curve.

7. Connect the sweep generator cable to terminal"B" (Converter Grid). In this step it may be nec-essary to disconnect the bias battery and temporarilyground the AGC in order to see the highly attenuatedtrap slots with the oscilloscope vertical gain nearmaximum.

8. Adjust the 47.25 Mc, 41.25 Mc and 39.75 Mc trapsfor minimum marker amplitude (See Fig. 16). It canbe seen that maximum oscilloscope gain has been usedand as a result the top of the response curve has been"run off" the oscilloscope screen in order to see a"blow-up" of the trap slots.

47.25 MC.

39.75 MC. TRAP TRAP

41.25 MCTRAP

Fig. 16 Exploded View of Traps

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZenith Chassis 19K20, etc. (continued)

9. Re -connect the bias battery and readjust the oscil-loscope to the calibrated position. Adjust the sweepgenerator for a 2 volt peak to peak output from thevideo detector. Bear in mind that only one tuning slugis used in each of the following stages to be aligned.

10. With the test equipment set up as in Step 10,alternately adjust the converter plate coil, the 2ndIF and the 1st IF transformers until an overall re-sponse curve similar to Fig. 17 is obtained. If theproper response curve cannot be obtained, it may benecessary to retouch the 4th IF coupling adjustmentor make a slight readjustment of the other stages toobtain the correct overall response curve.

Iri'45.75 MC

42.75MG. 45 MC.

Fig. 17 Overall IF Response

11. Adjust the bias so that point "F" is 3 volts posi-tive with respect to ground. Reduce the signal gen-erator input to obtain 2 volts peak to peak output atterminal "E". The response curve should be similarto the solid line portion of Fig. 18 . At this point,adjust the cathode trap L13 to flatten the 45 Mc humpin the response curve as much as pa3sible. It willbe noted that with proper alignment some tunedcircuits will flatten out more than others, as illustra-ted by the broken lines.

12. Readjust the bias to negative 2 volts as in Step 9and check the overall response as in Step 10. A slightreadjustment may be necessary after trap L13 hasbeen aligned.

41.25 MC.

45.75 MC.

45 MC.

Fig. 18 Cathode Trap Response

IMPORTANT: The purpose of this procedure is toobtain a response curve similar to Fig. 17 . Thecurves for the other stages may or may not be thesame as those shown in the manual after the overallcurve has been obtained.

FRINGE LOCK ADJUSTMENT

1. Turn the fringe lock control fully clockwise andthen back it off approximately 1/4 turn. Adjust thevertical and horizontal hold controls and check opera-tion of the receiver to see that it syncs normally whenthe turret is switched from channel to channel.2. If the picture jitters or shows evidence of delay,tearing, split phase, etc., back down the fringe lockcontrol further, a few degrees at a time, each time re-adjusting the hold controls and switching from channelto channel until normal sync action is obtained. It willbe found that under normal signal conditions, thecorrect adjustment will be near the counterclockwiseposition of the control.3. In fringe and noisy areas, the best adjustment willbe found at or near the maximum clockwise positionof the control.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

Proper alignment of the 4.5 Mc intercarrier soundchannel can only be obtained if the signal to the re-ceiver antenna terminals is reduced to a level belowthe limiting point of the 6BN6 Gated Beam Detector.This level can be easily identified by the "hiss" whichthen accompanies the sound.

Various methods may be used to reduce the signallevel, however, it is recommended that a step atten-uator similar to the S-17203 unit be used for mostsatisfactory results. To prevent leakage, certainprecautions must be taken when connections are made.Use as short a lead as possible between the atten-uator and receiver antenna terminals and approxi-mately 6 feet of 300 ohm shielded line between theantenna transmission line and the attenuator. Theshield from the transmission line should be connectedto the attenuator and the attenuator itself groundedto the TV chassis under test.

After the connections have been made, proceed asfollows:

1. Tune in a tone modulated TV signal and adjust thestep attenuator until the signal is reduced to a levelwhere "hiss" is heard with the sound.

2. Adjust the sound take -off coil L12 (top and bottomslugs), intercarrier coil L19, quadrature coil L20and buzz control R30 for the cleanest sound andminimum buzz. It must be remembered that any ofthese adjustments may cause the "hiss" to disappearand further reduction of the signal will be necessaryso that the "hiss" does not disappear during alignment.

If intercarrier buzz is in evidence, after all normalsound adjustments have been made, the cause may beattributed to one or more of the following:

1. Improper adjustment of the AGC delay control.

2. Defective 6U8 intercarrier sound amplifier.

3. Extremely high signal levels which require atten-uation in the antenna circuit.

4. Transmitter overmodulation. 187


MODEL CHASSIS

K1812EK1812RK1815EK1815RK1820EK1820RK1846EK1846RK1850EK1850RK1880RK2229RK2230EK2230RK2240EK2240RK2258RK2260RK2263EK2266K2266RK2267EK2268RK2270HK2270RK2286RK2287RK2288EK2290RK2291E

19K2219K2219K2019K2019K2019K2019K2019K2019K2019K2019K2019K2321K2021K2021K2021K2019K2321K2021K2021K2021K2021K2021K2021K2021K2019K2321K2019K2321K2021K20

OSC ER

6pNTL.05

r(WFU

v10

VIDEO

6SNIST06C INSPI

6.815SOUND

SAVGTNON A FC

v 56CB63RD 1F

271°12°°,

S;V6

V1010 101A

V76 ONG

DISC

PIN TUBE

06 BE6

SYNC

TH

45 0

O 0

O 0

O 0

O 0

O 0

0 00

O 0

O 0

O 0Cr. 0

O 0

r--05

%GRID

0.15 v WHENTuNED TO uNFCHANNEL

-ceoNt10%MVP

216 V

G04Nul cset.E

6

22

Ls

VIB

1/2 6BK7R.F.

CAP

OSCILLATOR FEED FOR u.N F.

Pr RAi

R6

,97

5% I

L2

I DENOTES FEES THROUGHTYPE OF LERAFAIC CONDENSER

120

058V.

41oN ,iceVIA 5\:-.

6BK7R F.

C6

000 N

F

G1440

FLET.140v wITIPREG TUNED TOCHANNEL 13 ,

7.2fCONVERTER W.,..F

GRID CD Irk ::1.5

MI

V2A otimsorV2B:

er,/

L7

6XERU8 1/2 61.17O

250 v.SC.

sto

1,00

R5

vti V WITH10C TUNED TOGUNNEL t 2 6 V WITH

CHAREC

NNETUNLED,3 TO

IMO10%

Ce

CIO

RIO

5

,23.3 v VTRRFC 1.0 TOCHANNEL 2

°UNPILE& °2%5 V. vain

mix(02"

nc.,ar,'

70

.00106FT

G OP V

71!

4-2505

(F_22REPAZI,20NTROL

SWITCH ON

CONTROL

17 FL C Utga°N:Trir gP?L'F"

V IA

5U4GRECT.

ATE,BR

FEL

RED

g sc/TEL

Q RED

GO

R EL

AGC ADJUSTMENTS

The AGC delay control can be adjusted from the frontof the cabinet.

Connect the calibrated oscilloscope through a 10Kisolation resistor to terminal "E" (Fig.25 ). Selectthe strongest TV signal and observe the deflectionon the oscilloscope screen. Adjust the AGC delaycontrol for 2 volt peak output.

VI4BV2 6SN7GT

HONZ.

V15

6C D6GHORIZ.

13 OUTPUT

R62

AptIO%

360 V

0.0.0

1..9

L.. 1

V 9AV2 12AX7

AGO

.150 V

1' 9

+250 v7

Satisfactory adjustment can also be made by observingthe picture and slowly turning the AGC delay controlfrom its maximum clockwise position, counterclock-wise until a point is reached where the picture dis-torts and buzz is heard in the sound. The controlshould then be turned slowly clockwise and set at apoint comfortably below this level of inter carrierbuzz, picture distortion and improper sync.

vtiIX2A

H.V. RECT.

16R V

188 Part of schematic of 21K20 Chassis showing some of the differences from 19K20.


ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION

V36CB61ST. I.F.

T

V V56CB6 6CB62ND I.F. 3RD I.F.

vo v. . -0111.37NGcoracx)(

T4

1IyILINo

L14

L16III

BTB

IOi

SRO. FRINGELOCKR29R" ..0;°0

120K ROO

% 10%

T5ME

4-250 V

VIOA VIOB1/2 12AU7 1/2 12AU7

2ND VIDEOAMP

V°S 2009

z 3900lo%

V 13B 2.

V26A07GTHORI Z.

CONT

47 G. ao,VISA

I/2 6AQ7GT

V19

21FP4.,17LP4

PI X

317 v.

VI4A

V6AI/2 6U81ST VIDE AMP

V6 V T

1/2 6U8INTERCARRER

SOUND1 AMP

37 U.

ION

6BN6AUDIO MT.,

.0SCO

BUZZCO,

V BI/2 12AX7

c-IVERT.OSC

V15

6BQ6GTHORIZ.

a OUTPUTi2OV TOi60v.

i75.411

d."SLO-BLO FUSE

,B9

RS

RZT

032

TOME CCMTR1..

O

zs

RTCALNEAM,

1500

R5bBWG

107.

6E10

V IT

IB3GTH.V. RECT.

s<DAMPERRI TILL

Fig. 25 Schematic Diagram - 19K20, 19K22 and 19K23 Chassis

NOTES:ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED.ALL VOLTAGES ARE DC. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL D.C. VOLTAGES TO BE. MEASURED WITH VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER HAVING II

MEGOHM INPUT RESISTANCEALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS 10 BE MADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT NORMAL SETTING

OF CONTROLS B WITH CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL CONDENSER VALUES IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL RESISTORS* 20% TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.ALL CONDENSER CAPACITY TOLERANCEI20% UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COILS DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT.COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE OHM.CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC

OR 20K MIN. OHM PER VOLT HIGH VOLTAGE METER.ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

OALIGNMENT CIRCLED ALPHABETS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS.POINTS

NM AND CSIMENOT USED ONMODEL MESE

E. V 8

6BK5SOUND OUTPUT

T3

VC

400ED 703 Rad0T COPbNlo TIONS

ONLY

R34470

NOTE. MODEL 19023 SAME AS .9020 EXCEPT 100PCTURE TUBE. PICTURE CONTROLAND DUAL BRIGHTNESS B CONTRASTCONTROLS

DENOTESCHASSIS

189

MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1953 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZenith Chassis 19K20, etc. Waveforms and Peak to Peak Voltages.

The waveforms illustrated on this page and the peak to peak voltages indicated thereon representan average 19K20 chassis. These waveforms and voltages however, are applicable to otherchassis in the "K" line. For best results, the oscilloscope horizontal sweep should be adjustedto a sub -multiple frequency of the waveform under observation.

' 1 8V

Pin 2 6118 (V6A)60 cycles

PRP

Pin 7 12AX7 (V9A)60 cycles

-jv

Pin 5 6BE6 (V11)15.75 Kc.

TIT 17rP"1 , 4V

Pin 2 12AU7 (V10A)60 cycles

106V

Pin 6 12AX7 (V9A)60 cycles

Pin 1 12AX7 (V9B)with red & bl of T6shorted 60 cycles

,..1100 11 ve"" _

- 4-:"'"-'10="---' I , 2 VTO

f 4 V_+.

Pin 7 12AU7 (V10B)voltage depends oncontrast setg.-60 cps

'411rPriMe38V

Pin 7 6BE6 (V11)60 cycles

APin 2 12AX7 (V9B)

60 cycles

13V

I wrifir.'IITIPrr I 42-v

TOI 20 V

Pin 11 pix tube (V19)voltage depends oncontrast setg.-60 cps

Pin 5 6BE6 (V11)60 cycles

IS 4 V

Junction of C49, R56& R66 60 cycles

27 sv

Pin 5 6AH4 (V12) Pin 2 6AQ7GT (V13B) Pin 1 6AQ7GT (V13B) Pin 4 6SN7GT (V14A)60 cycles 15.75 Kc. 15.75 Kc. 15.75 Kc.

Iiev90VT

10 OV

Pin 1 6SN7GT (V14B) Pin 2 6SN7GT (V14B) Junction of R66 &15.75 Kc. 15.75 Kc. C16 15.75 Kc.

190

93V \ / \ AO.ISV

Junction of R61 & Pin 5 6AX4GT (V16) Junction of R62 &L28 15.75 Kc 15.75 Kc. C29AD 60 cycles

Pin 8 6BQ6GT (V15)15.75 Kc.

Junction of C37AD &T9 60 cycles


Index Under each manufacturer's name are listed that make chassisand models in numerical order, at left. The corresponding pagenumber at right of each listing refers to the first page of each sec-

tion dealing with such material.

Admiral Corp. Arvin Industries Crosley, cont. Hallicrafters17DX10 5 TEMP 19 385 37 1010P 7217DX11 5 TEZZO, -1 19 386 37 1012P 7217DX12 5 TE331 19 387 37 1013C 7219B1 5 TE332 19 393 like 386 1021P 721901 5 TE337 23 394 like 386 1022C 7219E1 5 TE341 23 396 37 1026P 7219F1, -A 5

19G1 51981 5

19K1 519N1 5

22A2 1222A2A 1222C2 1222E2 1222M1 12221 12121DX10,-A 5

121DX11 5

121DX12,-A 5

121DX16,-A,-L 5

TE341-3 246000 Series 196173 196175TM 196179TM 196213TB, -TM 196215C8, -CM 197200 Series 237210CB, -CM 237210CR 237212CFP 237212 MEA 237214CM 237216CB 237218CB, -CM 23

Du Mont Labs, 1027C 721051P 721052P 721053P 721054P 721055C 721056C 721060C 721061C 721062C 721063C 721075 711200 Series 71A1200D 71012008 71

17T350 4121T327 4121T328 4121T329 4121T359 4121T366 4121T376, -U 4121T377, -U 4121T378, -U 41RA -166 41RA -167 41RA -170 41RA -171 41

121DX17,-A,-L 5 7219CM 23 Emerson F1200D 71121K15A 12 G1200D 71711B, -F 47121K16A 12121K17A 12121M10 12

qapehart-Farnsworth

712B, -F 47716D, -F 47717D, -F 47

J12008 71K1200D 71L1200D 71CX-37 33

121011A 12 CT -75 33 719D, -F 47 P12000 71121M12A 12 CT -77 33 720B, -D 47 R1200D 71221DX15,-A,-L 5 CT -81 33 721D 47 T1200D 71221DX16,-A,-L 5 722D 47 1112000 71221DX17,-A,-L 5 CBS -Columbia 727D 47 X1200D 71221DX26,-A,-L 5 17C18 27 728D 47 A1300D 71221DX38,-A 5 176118 27 731D 47 Hoffman221K45A 12 17T18 27 732B 47 21B116 78221K46A 12 20108 27 733F uses 218309 78221K47A 12 20228 27 chassis 120169F 21B701 78222DX15 5 20T18 27 734B 47 21B907 78222DX15S 12 21C11, -B 30 736B 21M115 78222DX16 12 21C18 27 uses 1201718 21M308 78222DX17 12 21021 30 741D uses 2124700 7822=26 12 21C31B 30 chassis 1201688 21M906 78222DX27 12222DX48 12222DX49 12321DX15,-A,-L 53218X16, -A, -L 53210X17, -A, -L 5321DX25A,-B 5321DX26,-A,-B 5321DX27A, -B 5

21C41 3021T11 30817, -1 27820, -1 27821 271021 30

Coronado

120163B, -D 471201648 47120166D 47120167D 471201688 47120169B 47120169F combin.like 120169B

21P310 7821P702 7821P908 7827M709 78196 78196M, -T 78197 78199 78see Gamble-Skog.

321M25A 12321M26A 12321M27A 12322DX16 12421H15A 12421M16A 12421M35 12421M36 12421M37 12520M11 12520M12 12520M15 12520M16 12520M17 12

Crosley Corp.1201718 similar

to 120166D

Farnsworth - see

MagnavoxEU-17C0L 37EU-17COLB 37EU-17COLBU 37EU-17COLU 37EU-17TOLa 37EU-17TOLB 37EU-17TOLBU 37EU-17TOLU 37EU-21COLBd 37EU-21COLBe 37EU-21COLBU

uses 394EU-21COLd 37

105 Series 83105C 83105E 83105F 83105L 83105M 83CT331 83CT332 83CT333 83CT334 83CT335 83CT336 83CT337 83

Capehart -Far .

Gamble-Skogmo25TV2-43-9045A25TV2-43-9045B25TV2-43-9045C25TV2-43-9060A25TV2-43-90608all on page 55

EU-21C0Le 37 General -Electric CT338 83EU-21COLU 20C105 57 CT339 83

Air King -- see uses 394 20C106 57 CT340 83CBS -Columbia. EU-21TOL 37 20T2 57 CT341 83

EU-21TOLB 37 210200 57 CT342 83Airline -- see EU-21TOLU 21T4 57 CT343 83

Montgomery -W uses 293 21T5 57 CT344 to -348 83

191


Magnavox, cont. Motorola, cont. Philco, cont. Sparton Westinghouse +CT349 83 21K5, -B 91 53-T2269 107 (Sparks-Withingron) H -690K21 179CT350 83 21K6 91 53-T2270 107 27D213 151 H -691K21 179CT351 83 21K7 91 53-T2271 107 5342A 151 H -692T21 179CT352 83 21T3 91 53-T2272 107 5343A 151 H -695K21 179CT353 83 21T4A, -AC 91 53-T2273 107 5383A 151 H -699K17 179CT354 83 21T4ACE, -EA 91 53-T2285 107 5384A 151 H -700T17 179CT355 83 21T5A, -BA 91 53-T2286 107 5385A 151 H -701T17 179CT356 83 TS -292A 91 53-T2287 107 5386A 151 H -702K17 179CT357 83 TS -292B 91 71 108 10352 151 H -703K17 179CT362 83 TS -324A, -B 91 81 112 10353 151 H -704T17 179CT363 83 TS -395A 91 84 107 H -705K17 179CT372 83 TS -400A 91 91 114 H -706T16 179CT373 83 TS -401 91 94 107 H -708T20 179

TS -408A 91 Stewart -Warner H -710T21 179Meek Industries TS -410A 91 H -711T21 17921C -9211D 155

21C -9211E 15517PCSB 87C

TS -501A 91 RCA Victor H -713T21 179H 17917T200 125

17PTE2 87 Qlympic Radio 17T201 125 21C -9211F 155 -714K21H 179

20PCSB2 8720PCW2 87209TE2 87

17T202 12517T211 12517T220 125

21T-92118 15521T -9211C 1559210C 155

-715K21H -716T17 usesV-2208-1

H -718K20 179

TK 99TL 9917C44 99

2OPTSB2 87 17K41 99 17T250DE 133Stromberg- H -720K21 179

2OPTW2 8720TPRS2 8721PCS2 8721QDCS2 87

17K42 9917K50 9917T40 9917T48 99

17T261DE 13321T207, and -Guse KCS-72A

21T208 125

H-721K21 179H -722K21 179H -723K21 179H -724T20 179

Carlson417 Series 159421 Series 159

24qDCS2 87MM -617C, -M 87MM -620C, -T 87JM-717C, -T 87JM-720C, -T 87JM-721C 87JM-721CD 879026 879032 87

20C45 9920052 9920053 9920D49 9920K43 9920K51 9920T46 9920T47 99

21T217 12521T218 12521T227 12521T228 12521T229 12521T242 12521T244 125KCS-72 125KCS-72A 125

Sylvania Elect. H -725T20 179H -730C21 179H -732C21 179H -733C21 179H -754K21 179V-2207-1 179V-2208-1 is like

V-2207-1V-2214-1 179

1-504-1 1671-504-2 1671-508-1 1671-508-2 1671-510-1 1671-510-2 167105B, -BU 167

9033 87 Packard -Bell KCS-72D-1 125KCS-72D-2 125

105M, -MU 167120B, -BU 167 V-2215-1 179

V-2215-2 1792421 103lignIgomery Ward 2422 103

2423 1032822 103

KCS-74 133

Raytheon

120M, -MU 167126B, -BU 167126L 167

V-2215-3 179V-2216-1 179V-2216-2 179

25WG-3066A 8925WG-3066B 8925WG-3071A 89 17T1 136 126M, -MU 167

V-2216-3 17925WG-3071B 8925WG-3072A 89

Philco Corp. 17T2 13621T1 136

172K, -KU 167172M, -MU 167 V-221-5

V-221761

-1 to -579G-1 11025WG-3072B 8925WG-3073A 8925WG-3073B 8925WG-3075A 8925WG-3075B 8925WG-3077A 8925WG-3077B 8925WG-3079A 89

H-1 111J-1 116G-2 1070-4 107H-4 107J-4 10752-T1802 10752-T1821 107

21T2 136M -1733A 136M -1734A 136C -1735A 136C -1736A 136M -2107A 136C -2108A 136C -2109A 136

175B, -BU 167175E 167175M, -MU 167176B, -BU 167176L 167176M, -MU 167177B, -BU 167177M, -MU 167

all on 179V-2218-1 179

179V -2219-1V-2218-11 179V-2220-1 to -4

all on 179V-2220-11 179

25W0 -3079B 89 52-T1822 107 C -2110A 136 178B, -BU 167Zenith Radio

52-T2120 107 C -2111A 136 178M, -MU 16719K20 185

Motorola 52-T2150W 107 19K22 18517F12D 91 52-T2151 107 Sears, Roebuck 19K23 185

153-16 14717F13, -B 91 52-T2252 107 Trav-ler Radio 211(20 18517F13BC, -C 91 53-T1824 107 163-16 147 36A2 175 K1812E, -R 18517K13D 91 53-T1825 107 1132-17 147 36B2 175 K1915E, -R 18517K14, -A,-B 91 53-T1826 107 1163-17 147 217-32 175 K1820E, -R 18517K14BC,-C 91 53-T1827 107 1175-21 147 217-33 175 K18465, -R 18517K14W, -WC 91 53-T1852 107 1182-21 147 217-37 175 K1850E, -R 18517K15, -B 91 53-T1853 107 1189-21 147 217-331 175 K1880R 18517K15BC, -C 91 53-T1883 107 478.319 147 217-371 175 K2229R 18517K16, -C 91 53-T1884 107 478.341 147 220-34 175 K2230E, -R 18517T9EF, -F 91 53-T1886 107 478.375 147 220-35 175 K2240E, -R 18517T1OD 91 53-T2125 107 478.376 147 221-36 175 K2258E, -R 18517T11, -C 91 53-T2126 107 478.380 147 K22605 18517T11E, -EC 91 53-T2127 107 478.381 147 Westinghouse K2263E 18517T12, -B,-C 91 53-T2152 107 H -667T17 179 K2266, -R 18517T12W, -WC 91 53-T2183 107 Sentinel H -668T17 179 K22675 18517T13 91 53-T2227 107 1U-458 141 H -673K21 179 K2268R 18521C1 91 53-T2228 107 1U-459 141 H -676T21 179 K2270H, -R 18521C1B 91 53-T2260 107 1U-460 141 H -678K17 179 K2286R 18521F2, -B 91 53-T2262 107 10-461 141 H -679K17 179 K2287R 18521F3, -B 91 53-T2264 107 H -681T17 179 K22885 18521K4, -A 91 53-T2266 107 Silvertone, see H -688K24 179 K2290R 18521K4B, -W 91 53-T2268 107 Sears, Roebuck H -689T16 179 K22915 185

192

ti Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual

Yi.P.P./V.VCAVVe.14%%"1.1.N4A/VerVietWVANYWANVONAN'OdWiel

Supreme Publications are Available at All Leading Parts Jobbers

Most - Often Needed - World Radio History

Documents

Transcript of Most - Often Needed - World Radio History